NuganHandBank_CIA_Drugs



Do you remember the Nugan Hand Bank?

The Nugan Hand Bank
Michael Hand
Frank Nugan
Admiral Earl P. Yates
USA President George Bush
The Central Intelligence Agency (CIA)
Brigadier General Erle Cocke, former head of Nugan Hand’s Washington branch
 The Nugan Hans Bank's co-founder, former U.S Green Beret Michael Jon "Mike" Hand
The Merchants of Venice
The Secret Team - The Australian Drug Connection
The Crimes of Patriots-
A True Tale of Dope Dirty Laundering and the CIA

 by Jonathan Kwitny
In December 2011, Michael Hand’s military colleague and Nugan Hand ‘fixer’, Douglas Sapper, confirmed that Nugan Hand Bank had been a conduit for CIA money


Stash Prada


Published on May 27, 2016

Nugan Hand Bank was an Australian merchant bank that collapsed in 1980 after the suicide of one of its founders, Australian lawyer Francis John "Frank" Nugan, resulting in a major scandal. News stories suggested that the bank had been involved in illegal activities, including drug smuggling, arranging weapons deals, and providing a front for the United States Central Intelligence Agency. Speculation grew when it became known that the bank had employed a number of retired United States military and intelligence officers, including former CIA director William Colby.
Investors' losses and the speculation surrounding the bank's activities led to three major government investigations over the next five years. The bank's co-founder, former U.S Green Beret Michael Jon "Mike" Hand, and two other bank employees were indicted for conspiring to "pervert the course of justice" by destroying or removing bank records. Hand fled abroad in June 1980. In 1985 a royal commission of inquiry found that while the bank had committed numerous violations of banking laws, the allegations of drug-smuggling, arms dealing, and involvement in CIA activities were not substantiated.[1][2] In 2000, Brigadier General Erle Cocke, former head of Nugan Hand’s Washington branch, gave a court deposition admitting that he carried out long-term, clandestine banking activities for numerous agencies including the CIA and FBI.[3] In December 2011, Michael Hand’s military colleague and Nugan Hand ‘fixer’, Douglas Sapper, confirmed that Nugan Hand Bank had been a conduit for CIA money
In June 1973, Frank Nugan and Mike Hand met up with prominent Australian businessman and racehorse owner John Needham to discuss setting up a company that could act as a merchant bank. On 6 July 1973, the trio incorporated Nugan Hand Needham and took expensive offices at 55 Macquarie Street, in the heart of the Sydney CBD. The first year of operation was so disorganized that Needham asked to be released from the partnership. Following Needham's departure, the firm was renamed Nugan Hand Ltd.[5]
According to writer Alfred W. McCoy, the bank was formed with a fraudulent claim of $1m in share capital: "With only $80 in the company's bank account and just $5 in paid-up capital, Frank Nugan wrote his own company a personal check for $980,000 to purchase 490,000 shares of its stock. He then covered his massive overdraft by writing himself a company check for the same amount."[6] Kings Cross restaurateur Bernie Houghton was also involved in the bank from the beginning.[7]
The Nugan Hand Bank attracted investors with promises of up to 16% interest rates on their deposits and assurances of anonymity, tax-free accounts, specialist investment assistance, along with more surreptitious services such as money laundering.

Category People & Blogs


Murkier Waters than bottom of the harbour- Age from Melbourne, Victoria on May 12, 1989 

May 12, 1989

 A Publisher Extra Newspaper

The Age from Melbourne, Victoria · Page 11

Publication: The Age i

Location: Melbourne, Victoria

Issue Date: Friday, May 12, 1989

Page: Page 11

https://www.newspapers.com/newspage/120597265/

On the surface they will be seen as tax cheats, says DAVID WILSON, but the activities of Francis Ward and Keith Knight raise many more questions than tax avoidance.

In 1977, Ward and Dunn left the bank and a year later set up in the taxation business with Knight. It should be stressed that in no way was Dunn associated with the illegal activities of Ward and Knight. There appears to have been an arrangement, although not documented, whereby the Ward and Knight group took over some of the Nugan Hand clients, particularly in the tax-advice area. In late 1978, a highly unlikely character entered the scene. Brian Raymond Durston had not long been out of jail, after being convicted on a false imprisonment count. Durston, along with a then Melbourne justice of the peace and real estate agent, Guy Keith Campbell, were directors of a $2 company called Camper Timber and Trading. In October 1978 an agreement was reached between Camper Timber and Ward and Knight that the company was to "exclusively service" Ward and Knight in "washing" of income or other services. In effect. Camper Timber became Ward and Knight's "laundering agent". The agreement estimated that the amount of income to go through the businesses was expected to be not less than $150 million. As part of the agreement it was decided that companies associated  with and passing through Ward and Knight which were stripped of their assets would end up with Camper Timber. Durston would then arrange for another company to be issued for arms dealing … investigators, after raiding the Ward-Knight-Dunn Offices investigators found a folder on an Israeli aircraft deal. The folder made reference to a company, Hainan Ltd., which was registered in Hong Kong and of which Ward and Knight were both directors. ON 13 February 1980, Knight- wrote to a colleague in Hong Kong. In the letter, he said: "The negotiations between our Melbourne client and the Israeli arms manufacturer were discontinued and the $750,000 profit did not-eventuate. We were quite incorrectly instructed in this matter, and have voiced our protest quite strongly through our Melbourne office." : . Investigators also found documentation on a Ward-Knight com-, pany which revealed a project to develop gun racks for sale to Indonesia. Another interesting sidelight to Ward and Knight is that they dabbled in industrial and residential projects. On each investment. one company was bought for $440,000, but within two years it was in liquidation and its shares were worthless. A venture into the travel agency industry also flopped. While the tax-avoidance matters were thoroughly and successfully investigated, the other more murky matters remain much of a mystery. Ward: first job at the Bathurst post office. a vacant block, while others were sent to two brothers, known as Johnson, in Brisbane. The Johnsons, according to evidence, did not exist. The worlds of Ward and Knight crashed in May 1983 when they were each declared bankrupt. They have since been discharged. But behind the tax schemes there emerges a shadowy world of much greater concern. Whether or not it was of their own choosing. Ward and Knight allowed well-known criminals to hold ac- Knight: started out in a wholesale vegetable business. counts with them. For example, a long-time convicted drug-runner, said by police to have been responsible for the importation of 12 kilograms of heroin, was found to have bank books in six different aliases with the Ward and Knight group. The assumption at first appears that the drug-runner was using the group for income tax preparation advice. But the person had not filled in a tax form for the better part of a decade and Ward and Knight did not act as tax agents, in Opportunity for a rising star. N the surface, Francis Dennis Ward and Reginald Keith Knight will be seen as tax cheats. Ward and Knight were, like Queenslander Brian James Maher and Sydney-sider John Walker Wynyard, leading lights in the bottom-of-the-harbor tax-avoidance industry: an industry which on some estimates turned over thousands of millions of dollars. But unlike Maher and Wynyard, more and more questions are being asked, and remain unanswered, about Ward and Knight. In a nutshell. Was the Ward-Knight bottom-of-the-harbor business just a sideline to what could have been a vast, flourishing criminal enterprise? Why would Ward and Knight, running a domestic tax business in Sydney and Melbourne, need to establish companies scattered throughout Asia? Why would Knight need to travel abroad almost 30 times, many of them for a few days at a time to Singapore and the Philippines, in the space of a few years? Why would a United States businessman, in an undated telex, outline to Ward and Knight a proposal to supply the Indonesian Government with 250 Corvette destroyers? Why would two supposedly smart money men buy a financially crippled fishing lodge on the tip of North Queensland where access is virtually limited to light aircraft? And why did Ward and Knight allow their Melbourne office to include corporate rogues, like Robert Sterling, convicted of fraud, and Brian Raymond Durston, once nominated as a key figure on the Melbourne waterfront, and in the painters and dockers? Knight was born in Geeveston in northern Tasmania on 26 February 1937. He was the eldest of seven children. An above-average student, he matriculated and moved into insurance before starting a wholesale vegetable business. He married on New Year's Eve 1960. He left the vegetable business to do a part-time economics course at the University of Tasmania in Hobart. He drove taxis to help support his wife and two daughters. His first brush with the law came in November 1968 when he opened bank accounts in false names and then tried to milk them through an unsophisticated round-robin. He was convicted on four charges of obtaining goods by false pretences and was given a suspended sentence of 12 months' imprisonment. Knight returned to his studies. completing the course in 1970. He then moved to Sydney, worked in an accountancy practice and studied law and accountancy part-time. TARD was born at Wel- lington in central New T T South Wales on 2 May 1937. While a toddler, his family moved to Bathurst He left school after gaining his Intermediate Certificate. At 18, he was convicted of fraudulent misappropriation while working at the local post office. He then began work with a food-processing firm, studying accountancy part-time. In 1967 he was posted to Sydney in a middle-level management position. He married in 1970. In the early 1970s, Ward was introduced to Frank Nugan, who was then trying to establish a merchant bank. In November 1974, Ward became a director and company secretary of the then fledging Nugan Hand Bank. In 1975, Ward wooed a colleague, Peter Milton Dunn, to Nugan Hand. ,,, Wakoola Pty. Ltd., to end up with the effective company shells provided by Ward and Knight. The directors of Wakoola were well-known painters and dockers, including Johnny Johanson, a key waterfront criminal. Business boomed. Keith Knight drove a white Rolls-Royce, owned a $500,000 home in Sydney, a share in an ocean-going yacht, and in a bank statement in 1980 estimated his net worth at $1,862 million. Ward also gained sudden wealth, estimating in July 1980 his worth at $2.8 million. Durston and Campbell effectively left the tax-avoidance game by late 1979. Ward and Knight continued. In late 1979, Ward and Knight had a leading Sydney Queen's counsel examine the validity of the Camper Timber scheme. In March the following year, the QC advised that the scheme was highly illegal and Ward and Knight could be charged with conspiracy to defraud the Tax Office. To many, that might have been the end of the rort, but not to Ward and Knight. They continued to market avoidance schemes, deliberately lying to prospective clients that the QC's opinion supported the legality of the schemes. One scheme, which was at the hub of the conspiracy to defraud charges they were sentenced on yesterday, was technically called "a sluzkin". It worked by stripping the assets from companies so the companies still had tax liability but no capacity to pay. The charges against Ward and Knight centred on 71 companies being stripped of their assets between 1978 and 1980 and the Tax Office being deprived of about $21.5 million. The Crown prosecutor, Mr Nicholas Cowdery, QC, told the trial in Sydney that internal documents of Ward and Knight referred to documents being consigned to a "watery grave". Some of the documents ended up at a Sydney address which was Financial Planning Consultant software, proven range of investment products, subsidised loans after short qualifying period, computer leasing, excellent package with productivity incentives. Do it now. Send completed resume to

 David Walker, GPO Box 9895, Melbourne, Vic, 3001 OR call (03) 605 3205 or toll free (008) 331 240.

National Australia Financial Management's high-profile Financial Planning Operation is seeking Licensed Consultants to meet demand and expansion. Experienced professionals with first-rate qualifications are invited to apply now. Successful applicants will enjoy: quality lead referral, state-of-the-art computer National Australia FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT BADJAR 


Two bankers : found guilty in $21 million tax fraud case

The Age from Melbourne, Victoria · Page 32

Publication: The Age i

Location: Melbourne, Victoria

Issue Date: Tuesday, May 2, 1989

Page: Page 32

https://www.newspapers.com/newspage/122956194/

Two bankers : found guilty in $21 million tax fraud case Two merchant bankers were found guilty yesterday of conspiring to defraud the Commonwealth of more than $21 million In tax. After considering its verdict for six hours, a jury in the Central Criminal Court in Sydney found Francis Dennis Ward, 51, and Reginald Keith Knight, 52, guilty , of the charges against them. The. trial had lasted several weeks. Mr Justice Loveday remanded, the men in custody to be sentenced, with a third man, Paul Richard Russell, 39, of Baulkham Hills, on 11 May. Russell has' pleaded guilty to the same charge. Ward, of Centennial Park In' Sydney's east, and Knight, of the'.' Gold Coast, had both pleaded not guilty to conspiring to defraud the. Commonwealth of tax between 19 April 1978 and 19 December 1980. ; The prosecution alleged that : the pair were principals of the: merchant bank Ward, Knight and Dunn, which marketed tax' schemes aimed at those interested in reducing their tax liability.' Although their scheme was" technically called a "Slutzkin" after a High Court case of the: same name it was also referred to as a "bottom of the harbor". It ' operated by stripping the assets, from companies so they still had a tax liability, but no resources to pay. The Crown Prosecutor, Mr Nicholas Cowdery, QC, said the scheme allowed businessmen,' with a current-year tax liability, to  transfer money. Plant equipment to a new company .' usually with a similar name and carry on with no tax problem.: The original companv. with tax liability, would be sold through a ' second company to a third company or individual. With no assets, no tax could be paid and there could be no recourse against the original . shareholders because of the legal concept of limited liability. Mr Cowdery said there were references in Ward, Knight and Dunn internal, documents to a, "company undertaker" and to a company being consigned to a . "watery grave". There was no evidence that any of the company documents went to the "bottom of the harbor", although many did turn up in a ' caravan on a property west of Sydney, he said. Mr Cowdery said 71 companies were stripped of their assets in two years, depriving the Commonwealth of $21.5 million in tax. Ward and Knight denied any wrongdoing, saying they were acting as agents with the belief that the ultimate owners of the 71 companies would deal with the tax liabilities. Both said there had been administrative inefficiency, but not dishonesty in the bank. No trial date has been fixed for a fourth man, Mr Emod Tarisz-nyas, 55, of Nerang, Queensland, who has pleaded not guilty to the same charge.


CIA-USA Government  Drugs Arms Money-laundering Secret CIA- USA Wars



The Most Secret Place On Earth The ClAs Covert War In Laos 2015

The Most Secret Place On Earth The ClAs Covert War In Laos 2015

Published on Oct 30, 2015

This video is about The most secret places on the earth the Clas Covert war.watch this interesting video.

Category People & Blogs

dang po3 weeks ago

Eventually all of the stories will slowly fade away


100 Best Things to do in South Africa

by Jen Miller

Jen Reviews

https://www.jenreviews.com/best-things-to-do-in-south-africa/

Breath-taking sunsets, an incredible amount of beautiful and diverse wildlife, unspoilt and rugged scenery! These are just a few words to describe South Africa. If you are craving adventure, diversity and excitement, then this ultimate list of the top 100 things to do in South Africa is for you!

Contents

1. The Kruger National Park (Hazyview)

2. Table Mountain (Cape Town)

  • 3. Robben Island (Cape Town)
  • 4. Cape Winelands (Cape Town)
  • 5. Whale Watching (Plettenberg Bay)
  • 6. Knysna Elephant Sanctuary (Knysna)
  • 7. Bloukraans Bungee (Tsitsikamma)
  • 8. Shark Cage Diving (Hermanus)
  • 9.Cango Caves (Oudtshoorn)
  • 10. The Blue Train (Pretoria/ Cape Town)
  • 11. The Otter Trail (Garden Route, Knysna)
  • 12. Hot Air Balloon Safaris (Johannesburg)
  • 13. Cradle of Humankind (Johannesburg)
  • 14. Ukhuthula (Brits)
  • 15. Sun City (Rustenburg)
  • 16. Soweto (Johannesburg)
  • 17. uShaka Marine World (Durban)
  • 18. Drakensberg Mountains (Durban)
  • 19. Gods Window (Graskop)
  • 20. Turtle Tours (Saint Lucia)
  • 21. Sabi Sabi Game Lodge (Sabi)
  • 22. Tsitsikamma (Plettenberg Bay)
  • 23. Canopy Tours (Knysna)
  • 24. Augrabies Waterfall (Augrabies)
  • 25. Grahamstown Arts Festival (Grahams Town)
  • 26. Garden Route (Plettenberg, Knysna)
  • 27. Tiffindell Ski Resort (Rhodes)
  • 28. Namaqua National Park (Springbok)
  • 29. The Owl House (Graaf Reniet)
  • 30. Lesedi Cultural Village ( Johannesburg)
  • 31. Kgalagadi Transfrontier Park (Upington)
  • 32. Apartheid Museum (Johannesburg)
  • 33. Golden Gate (Clarens)
  • 34. Clarens (Bethlehem)
  • 35. Orange River Rafting (Vlooisdrift)
  • 35. Surfing in Jeffreys Bay.
  • 36.Boulders Penguin Colony ( Simons Town)
  • 37.Cathedral Peak Drakensberg (Bergville)
  • 38. Kimberly Big Hole (Kimberley)
  • 39. Scuba Diving Sodwana Bay (Sodwana)
  • 40. Addo Elephant Park (Port Elizabeth)
  • 41. Monkey Land (Plettenberg Bay)
  • 42. Birds Of Eden (Plettenberg Bay)
  • 43. The Cango Wildlife Ranch ((Oudtshoorn)
  • 44. Cape Agulhas ( L’ Agulhas)
  • 45. The Big Tree (Knysna)
  • 46. Voortrekker Monument (Pretoria)
  • 47. Howick Falls (Howick)
  • 48. Fly Fishing in Dullstroom (Dullstroom)
  • 49. Shakaland Zulu Cultural Village (Durban)
  • 50. Bathurst (Port Alfred)
  • 51. Highlands Resort (Clarens)
  • 52. Blyde River Canyon (Graskop)
  • 53. Riebeek Kasteel (Cape Town)
  • 54.Cape Town Cycle Tour(Cape Town)
  • 55. Sterkfontein Caves (Johannesburg)
  • 56. District 6 Museum (Cape Town)
  • 57. Kwena Crocodile Farm (Bela Bela)
  • 58. Butterfly Valley Farm (Ramsgate)
  • 59.Pilanesberg (Brits)
  • 60. Rovos Rail (Pretoria)
  • 61. Cape Town Helicopter Rides (Cape Town)
  • 62. Swartberg Pass (Prince Albert)
  • 63. Maropeng Exhibition(Johannesburg)
  • 64. 4×4 Trips (All over South Africa)
  • 65. Waterberg (Vaalwater)
  • 66. Comrades Marathon (Durban)
  • 67. Waenhuiskrans (Arniston)
  • 68. Radical Raptors (Plettenberg Bay)
  • 69. East Heads Cafe (Knysna)
  • 70. Pilgrims Rest (Pilgrims Rest)
  • 71. Baviaanskloof (Willowmore)
  • 72.Oyster Festival (Knysna)
  • 73. Ride an Ostrich (Oudtshoorn)
  • 74. Wits Art Museum (Johannesburg)
  • 75. Gold Reef City (Johannesburg)
  • 76. Brandy Tour Cape Town (Cape Town)
  • 77. The Oyster Box Luxury Hotel ( Durban)
  • 78.Amphitheater (Drakensberg)
  • 79. Pezula Golf Course (Knysna)
  • 80. V & A Waterfront (Cape Town)
  • 81. Ratanga Junction (Cape Town)
  • 81. The Johannesburg Observatory (Johannesburg)
  • 82. Union Buildings (Pretoria)
  • 83. Rugged Glen (Mount Aux Sources)
  • 84. The Old Biscuit Mill (Cape Town)
  • 85. Cullinan Diamond Mine (Cullinen)
  • 86. Anglo Boer War Museum (Bloemfontein)
  • 87. Natural History Museum (Pretoria)
  • 88. Hartbeespoort Flea Market (Hartbeespoort)
  • 89. Simola (Knysna)
  • 90. Anysberg Nature Reserve (Ladismith)
  • 91. Noetzie Castle (Knysna)
  • 92. Red Barn (Centurion)
  • 93. Sandton City (Johannesburg)
  • 94. Tswaing Soutpan Meteor Crater (Pretoria)
  • 95. Constitution Hill (Johannesburg)
  • 96. Pretoria Zoo (Pretoria)
  • 97. Kirstenbosch Botanical Gardens (Cape Town)
  • 98. Monte Casino (Johannesburg)
  • 99. The Neighbourgoods Market (Johannesburg)
  • 100. Menlyn Mall (Pretoria)

1. The Kruger National Park (Hazyview)

The Kruger National Park is definitely number one on my list of the best things to do in South Africa. Boasting an immense amount of wildlife, you will be able to see all of the big 5; Lions,Leopard, Buffalo, Elephant and Rhino. You can enjoy amazing safaris in the park, and will be able to see all these majestic wild animals in their natural habitat. You will be able to enjoy half day or full day game drives with an experienced guide.

2. Table Mountain (Cape Town)

This massive and gorgeous mountain with views to die for over Cape Town, is a must see in South Africa! You can either take a short 2 hour hike up Table Mountain or enjoy a cable car ride up to the top. The views from the top are magnificent!

3. Robben Island (Cape Town)

One of the most notorious things South Africa has been known for is the injustice of Apartheid. A very historical and informative tour is that of Robben Island. It is 6.9 km out out of the beautiful Bloubergstrand. The island had been used for the imprisonment of criminals. You will be able to go on tours of the foreboding prisons. Nelson Mandela, was imprisoned on Robben Island for 18 years and eventually became a true inspiration for all South Africans and people around the world.

4. Cape Winelands (Cape Town)

Fancy a glass of luxurious Merlot? Crisp Sauvignon Blanc or flirty Rose’? The Cape Winelands is a beautiful place to tour. There are many vineyards to choose from. All offering wine tasting as well as delicious meals that can be paired with the wines. You can choose to either dine in an authentic wine cooler cellar or outside in the vineyards with exquisite views over the mountains.

5. Whale Watching (Plettenberg Bay)

Get up close and personal with these magnificent mammals. You will be able to see Southern Right Whales and Humpback Whales during the winter months in South Africa. South African winters are during June-August and the winters are generally not too cold; be sure to pack in an umbrella or raincoat, as winter months at the coast are rainy. If you would like to have close encounters with dolphins then the summer months are perfect for viewing dolphins in South Africa. This is really an exciting adventure, with exquisite scenery!

6. Knysna Elephant Sanctuary (Knysna)

What could be more exciting than riding on an Elephant!? These ginormous animals are a delight to see. The Knysna Elephant Sanctuary is a beautiful place where elephants are rehabilitated. You will be able to feed them, touch them and even ride on them. There is also a very informative speech about Elephants just before the tour. This is a great experience for anyone and everyone but especially for families with children. The Elephant sanctuary is just 15 minutes from Knysna and is open from 8:30 am (summer) 9:00 am (winter) to 16:00 all year round. These gentle giants are a must see.

7. Bloukraans Bungee (Tsitsikamma)

Are you an adrenaline junkie? Do you love the feeling of freefalling, having the wind rush past you, as if you were flying? Then this is for you. The Bloukraans Bungee is the highest bungee bridge in the whole world! The bridge is 216 meters high! That is definitely something that will get your blood pumping!

8. Shark Cage Diving (Hermanus)

Diving into the deep dark depths of the ocean can be terrifying but facing 100s of razor sharp teeth could be almost unbearable! Shark cage diving off the coast of the Eastern Cape is not for the faint of heart! But this is truly an incredible experience! Come up close and personal with these amazing creatures and see them like you have never seen them before! The tour is about 3-4 hours and you will have great new insights about this remarkable animal. Even though shark cave diving can seem a scary experience, you will in safe hands. This is not an opportunity to be missed.

9.Cango Caves (Oudtshoorn)

Located in an exquisite backdrop, this remarkable cave system is only 29 km from the beautiful and quaint town of Oudtshoorn. You will be amazed with the millions of year old stalactites and stalagmites that decorate the cave. The Cango Cave tour is about 2 hours long and the guides are very experienced and knowledgeable. You have 2 options; You could either enjoy the easy laid back tour of the caves or, for the more adventurous, the adventure tour of the caves. The adventure tour will take you into tiny dark tunnels, and intricate cave systems; Note that the adventure tour is not for pregnant women or people who suffer from claustrophobia. But if you would love to see something humbling and spectacular this tour is a must! Concerts have even been held in the caves before because of the acoustics. A real treat!

10. The Blue Train (Pretoria/ Cape Town)

A breathtaking and luxurious way to see the South African countryside. The Blue Train is a luxurious 5 star hotel that will whisk you away through the gorgeous and diverse South African countryside.You will travel from Pretoria to Cape Town; This is a 27 hour trip but there will be some stops along the way in beautiful little towns of Southern Africa.

11. The Otter Trail (Garden Route, Knysna)

This beautiful hike is 5 days long and 43km. You hike through some of the most breathtaking scenery in South Africa. With raging rivers, lush forests, thunderous waterfalls and beautiful views of the ocean, this hike is a once in a lifetime experience. You will stop at lovely camps for the night that are well appointed. This is really an amazing experience not to be missed.

12. Hot Air Balloon Safaris (Johannesburg)

Imagine flying high above the ground in a hot air balloon; with beautiful scenery down below (you might even see some wild animals.) Hot air balloons are a very romantic and exhilarating thing to do in South Africa.

13. Cradle of Humankind (Johannesburg)

The Cradle of Humankind is a very interesting tour. History enthusiasts will really enjoy this tour. The sites covers 47 000 Hectares of caves. This site is a world heritage site and is famous for the discovery of a 2,3 million year old fossil, nicknamed Mrs Ples. There is also a museum which you can visit with a restaurant.

14. Ukhuthula (Brits)

Have you ever dreamed of holding a lion cub or feeding one with a bottle?If you have, then Ukuthula is a must to go see. Ukuthula is only 80km from O.R Tambo airport. This is a 5 star lodge with excellent food, service and memorable experiences. You can hear the lions roar right up close, touch cheetahs and even walk with the lions. Game rides are also offered. Ukuthula also breeds with white lions. This is a very rare and beautiful thing to see and if you really love Ukutula you can volunteer to help out for a few months. They have a wonderful volunteers programme.

15. Sun City (Rustenburg)

Sun City is a world class resort; offering many hotels, attractions, golf courses and casino. The movie “Blended” with Adam Sandler and Drew Barrymore was shot at Suncity. Sun City hosts two amazing championship golf courses where the world’s best play. The sun city resort is also a wonderful place for families; The Valley of Waves offer a variety of water slides and a wave pool. This one stop destination has it all.

16. Soweto (Johannesburg)

Soweto is a huge township just outside of Johannesburg. Soweto is well known for the people who fought for their freedom during the unjust Apartheid years. Nelson Mandela is a famous Sowetan. There are tours of Soweto, Mandela House Museum and at the end of the tours you will be able to enjoy a traditional South African braai (barbeque).

17. uShaka Marine World (Durban)

Excitement, fun, and lots to do, uShaka Marine world is a top class place to enjoy marine diversity, shows as well as so much more. You can meet a dolphin, swim with sharks and even meet a seal. There is also a fun and massive water theme park which has the highest water slide in the Southern Hemisphere. Party hard in the DJ pool, where you can dance and go wild whilst being entertained by local Djs. The fun never stops at uShaka.

18. Drakensberg Mountains (Durban)

In English, Drakensberg is translated as the Dragon Mountains and you will see why when you come upon these gorgeous mountains.This is a massive and mythical mountain range, which captures your attention. The Drakensberg offers many beautiful and unforgettable hikes. Remember to bring a good hiking backpack. In winter it can even snow on the peaks. Its elevation is 3,482 meters and it is 1000 km in length. This truly is magnificent to see. If you are looking for fresh air, peace and quiet, then this is for you.

19. Gods Window (Graskop)

Imagine being so high up that you would be able to see above the clouds. Gods windows is a beautiful vantage point in the Mpumalanga province. This is a 700 meter drop straight down. From the top of Gods window you will be able to see the Kruger Park and it has also been said that on a clear day you can even see the Mozambican shore line. But besides the spectacular scenery, this spot is also known for the many different species of bird life.

20. Turtle Tours (Saint Lucia)

All you can hear are the waves crashing on the shore. The sky is awash with twinkling stars that shine like a million diamonds and just up ahead in front of you is a Giant Leatherback Turtle! Turtle Tours Offer amazing tours at night where you can see these spectacular creatures make their way to the ocean. There have even been Leopard sightings at times. The Leatherback Turtle is the largest turtle on earth. The best time to go from November the 1st till the end of February.

21. Sabi Sabi Game Lodge (Sabi)

Luxury accommodation, beautiful sunsets and amazing safaris await you at the world renowned Sabi Sabi Game lodge. Sabi Sabi is home to the big 5; which are Lion, Rhino, Buffalo, Elephant and Leopard;but there is also a large variety of other animals including Cheetah, Wild Dog and Hyena. This Luxurious game lodge is deep in the heart of the African Wilderness, so if you’re looking to be pampered with an exhilarating African experience, then Sabi is for you.

22. Tsitsikamma (Plettenberg Bay)

Forests, mountains and the ocean. Tsitsikamma is a magical part of South Africa that will leave you in complete awe. There is so much to do in this breathtaking area; From hikes to ocean dune safaris and even mountain biking. The meaning of Tsitsikamma is “Place of sparkling water.” in the Khoi language. This is an exquisite part of South Africa, that those with an adventurous spirit will love.

23. Canopy Tours (Knysna)This is a fun and exciting way to explore the Knysna rain forests. High above the ground in ancient and massive

Yellow Woods trees that are 700 years old! The trees are 30 meters high, so this is something excitingly different to do in South Africa. You will be able to looks down at the luscious forest floor and admire the beauty of the Knysna forests. Who knows? You might even see the legendary Knysna Elephant that has been rumored to roam the forests.

24. Augrabies Waterfall (Augrabies)

A noise so loud, you would imagine a thunderstorm is on the way. The 56 meter waterfall is set in an arid and rocky part of South Africa, so it seems out of place in this desolate part of the country. The Augrabies Falls National Park is a beautiful place to visit, with many hikes, and interesting rock formations to see. You can also go on game drives during the day or at night with a guide. Despite dry landscape you will still be able to see game.

25. Grahamstown Arts Festival (Grahams Town)

Are you an art lover? Do you enjoy the weird, wonderful and the talented? If that is the case then the Grahamstown National Arts Festival is not to be missed! This art festival encompasses every aspect of the arts. From art, to theater to dancing and music. The festival runs during the winter months of South Africa from the 29th of June to the 9th of July. So if you are looking for something for sophisticated and less adventurous this art festival is for you.

26. Garden Route (Plettenberg, Knysna)

Have you been craving adventure? Perhaps a long road trip to sort out your thoughts and quiet down your restless soul? The Garden Route is the answer. This exquisite drive stretches between Southern Cape and the Western Cape. The landscape is beautifully diverse and scenic. You will be able to stop along the way and enjoy all the little towns and breathtaking scenery. This gorgeous scenery includes: Forests, mountains, the ocean and so much more.

27. Tiffindell Ski Resort (Rhodes)

Snow in Africa? Really?! You might say. How is that even possible? Well that’s the beautiful thing about South Africa; The diversity! Tiffindell Ski resort has been voted as one of the best ski runs in the world. Set high up in the Drakensberg mountains this beautiful resort is a must see. They have state of the art ski equipment and also snowmaking equipment (just incase mother nature throws a curveball) so that you can enjoy snow throughout the whole of winter. There are also many activities to enjoy at Tiffindell’s in summer.

28. Namaqua National Park (Springbok)

Velvet black skies twinkle with stars at night, while down below the ground is covered with millions of daisies as far as the eye can see. The Namaqua National Park is a fantastic place to visit in South Africa! A place of contrast; with a dry arid type desert, to beautiful oceans and then the most exquisite part, the Namaqua daisies. The daisies bloom early August and September. Book your accommodation now to see this spectacular natural show.

29. The Owl House (Graaf Reniet)

The Owl House is a very interesting museum in the Eastern Cape. The owner Helen Martins was an artist who transformed her home into a work of art. Her home and garden contains hundreds of sculptures of camels, owls and people. The house is also covered with coloured glass, mirrors and wire that add to the strange home. The owl house is open from 9:00 am to 16:45pm from Monday to Friday. If you’re an artist and enjoy the weird and wonderful, then come see The Owl House.

30. Lesedi Cultural Village ( Johannesburg)

Enjoy the warmth of African culture at the Lesedi Cultural Village. You will be greeted with warmth and an amazing experience of how traditional Zulu, Xhosa and Pedi people live.This is a traditional homestead, so you will be able to have an authentic and welcoming experience. You can stay with a traditional African family to enjoy the full experience.

31. Kgalagadi Transfrontier Park (Upington)

Soaring temperatures that rise to 40’c, red sand dunes and stars that fill the night sky, the Kgalagadi desert is a magical African experience. You will be able to see many many animals in their natural habitat. Hear the roar of lions at night or the haunting laugh of a hyena. This is a magical experience not to be missed; night game drives and daytime game drives are offered.

32. Apartheid Museum (Johannesburg)

The Apartheid Museum is an excellent place to visit with many exhibitions. If you would like to understand what Apartheid was like in South Africa then a visit to the museum will be an eye opening experience. The museum is open from Monday-Sunday 9:00am -17:00pm

33. Golden Gate (Clarens)

Golden Gate Park gets its name from the colourof the grass and mountains, it all seems to have a beautiful golden colour to it. Be swept away by
massive mountains, beautiful hikes, horse rides and caves. There are many hikes to choose from in Golden Gate; some ranging from easy to quite difficult. Sometimes in winter it even snows, so this is a beautiful place to visit.

34. Clarens (Bethlehem)

Clarens is a gorgeous little town to visit just outside of Golden Gate. With adorable little shops, art galleries and quaint restaurants, Clarens is a perfect stop over. Not only is Clarens a pretty little town but it also boasts exquisite views of the mountains.

35. Orange River Rafting (Vlooisdrift)

Something for the adventurous! River rafting down the orange river is an exciting and different way to see South Africa. The rapids range from easy to moderate. The tour offers half day to 6 day trips. The 6 day trip will be about 65 to 120km. Each night you will stop on the river bank, camp and enjoy a lovely meal.

35. Surfing in Jeffreys Bay.

Perfect swells, cool water and a funky town, J-Bay is the perfect spot for surfers. Many competitions are held here. Strong winds that come down from the mountains, create perfect tubes.. Jeffreys bay is the perfect place for surfers, skateboarders and anyone who enjoys extreme sport. Bring the best surfboard to partake in the fun. There are also many shops in the town that sell name brand surf wear.

36.Boulders Penguin Colony ( Simons Town)

Adorable and comical looking, these little gentleman in their tuxes will steal your heart.
Boulders Penguin Colony is world famous. This is a perfect tour for families,as your children can enjoy watching the penguins and the sea at Boulders because it is a bit warmer than the rest of the Cape seas. The massive boulders also shelter the cove from rough winds so, the sea is calm for children to swim am play in.

37.Cathedral Peak Drakensberg (Bergville)

Fresh crisp air, mountains so colossal that you feel humbled, beautiful hikes and fancy hotels. Cathedral Peak is one of my favourite and most peaceful places in South Africa. It is a 3004 meter high mountain, which is quite a fantastic site to see. One of the most beautiful hotels to stay in is the Cathedral Peak Hotel. You will have exquisite views of the mountains, spa treatments, pools and luxurious rooms to stay in.

38. Kimberly Big Hole (Kimberley)

The Kimberley Big Hole is a very interesting tour if you’re interested in diamonds. The De Beer family has been mining for 120 years and the mine at Kimberley, managed to yield 2722 Kilograms of diamonds. You will also be able to see homes and churches built in the 1800’s that have been preserved. There is a lot of history in Kimberly, including a famous diamond called the Kimberley diamond. This diamond was set in the Russian Crown Jewels but was eventually sold to a private buyer. The diamond is a flawless 70 carat champagne coloured diamond.

39. Scuba Diving Sodwana Bay (Sodwana)

Sodwana Bay is a very quiet slow paced little town that’s part of a nature reserve. The beaches are unspoilt and there is an immense amount of bio diversity. The scuba divingwill indeed prove very fulfilling. You will be able to see all rich amount of sea life in the oceans, from parrot fish, to shark to turtle. This is a real laid back beach holiday. The weather is insanely hot in summer so remember to pack in all the summer essentials. Sodwana Bay is one of the top 10 scuba diving spots in the world. Be sure to see it!

40. Addo Elephant Park (Port Elizabeth)

The Addo Elephant Park is home to more than 600 elephants, if you love elephants come and visit this beautifully diverse national park. Besides elephant you will be able to see hyena, the endangered black rhino and even the big seven; which is: Lions, buffalo, leopard, rhino, elephant, southern right whales and the great white shark (if you take a marine tour)

41. Monkey Land (Plettenberg Bay)

Monkey Land is a sanctuary for all primates that have been hurt, harmed or abandoned. In the Monkeyland Sanctuaries monkeys can roam around free. The tours offered are amazing, as you walk free among these amazing primates. You will encounter Howler monkeys, Swamp Lemurs, capuchins and many more. The tour is about an hour long and you will also cross the highest suspension bridge in the Southern Hemisphere.

42. Birds Of Eden (Plettenberg Bay

Birds of Eden is a beautiful getaway for the whole family. It is the largest free flight aviary in the whole world. You will be walking among many species of birds, all beautiful and unique, in a forest. Birds of Eden is home to some 3500 birds. It is a safe place for birds to be rehabilitated.

43. The Cango Wildlife Ranch ((Oudtshoorn)

The slogan for The Cango Wildlife Ranch is “Comserve, Care, Connect”. That is so true of what they do at the wildlife ranch. The Cango wildlife ranch is home to over 90 species and the tour comprises of very educational and fun lectures. The conservation’s message is to preserve our animals and the environment. You can even swim with crocodiles (while you are safe inside cage) This is a fun family tour with lots of animal interaction; from holding cheetah cubs, to tiger cubs, even feeding many different types of parrots.

44. Cape Agulhas ( L’ Agulhas)

Nothing can be more liberating than having the ocean lap against your bare feet, feeling the salty sea spray kiss your cheeks and realising that you are at the most southern tip of Africa. Cape Agulhas is absolutely breathtaking. With blue blue oceans, rocky beaches and stunning little towns, this is a perfect tourist stop. The Atlantic and the Indian ocean meet here. This is the perfect spot for you to just relax, think and read a good book.

45. The Big Tree (Knysna)

This ancient Yellow Wood will leave you in utter awe. The Big Tree of knysna is estimated to be about 800 years old. It is 36 meters high and 9 meters in diameter.The forests of Knysna and Plettenberg bay area quiet and cool retreat from the scorching African sun. This ancient tree is definitely worth a visit. The hikes to the tree are quick between 4 and 5 km.

46. Voortrekker Monument (Pretoria)

The Voortrekker Monument is a very unique monument that was built in 1949 to commemorate the Pioneers who moved from The Cape to the Northern parts of South Africa. They braved wild animals, tribal people and the unforgiving South African landscape. The monument also has world’s longest historical freeze. It’s a beautiful part of South African history that is a site to see.

47. Howick Falls (Howick)

This magnificent and tall waterfall is a must see. The waterfall is 95 meters high and is in an exquisite setting.There are many legends that surround this mystical waterfall. One legend is that a giant serpent lives in the bottom pool of the waterfall and only a witch doctor can safely approach the waterfall. So, visit the spectacular Howick falls, you might even catch a glimpse of the inkanyamba (giant serpent).

48. Fly Fishing in Dullstroom (Dullstroom)

Beautiful rivers, greenhills, a quaint arty town and awesome pancakes; Dullstroom is a stunning quaint little town. Dullstroom is known for its amazing fly fishing spots as well as horse riding through the countryside. It is a very romantic little town, and a perfect spot for honeymoons.

49. Shakaland Zulu Cultural Village (Durban)

For a truly african experience, a visit to the Shakaland Zulu Cultural Village is something to be treasured. You can choose from a half day tour to a full 2 day tour, where you will be able to see how the Zulu people live. At the cultural village you will experience traditional Zulu dancing, bear making, beadwork and so much more. If you decide to stay for the 2 day tour you will be staying a traditional Zulu beehive hut with all the modern luxuries of today, including DSTV.

50. Bathurst (Port Alfred)

Bathurst is a spooky little town 12km just outside of Port Alfred. It is known for the 1820s British Settlers who were sent there as a buffer between the Xhosa people and the Cape Colony. The town has a lot of interesting little places to see, from nature reserves to a lady who can speak to faeries. There is also coffee shops and a small art gallery. It has been said that on a full moon all the weird and creepy people come out to drink at the Pig and Whistle Pub. You can also visit the giant pineapple which is on a pineapple farm.

51. Highlands Resort (Clarens)

High above the clouds in the edge of the mountain, rests a romantic and quiet resort. The highlands resort is an excellent spot for meditation, relaxation and hot chocolate. These log cabins are situated high up in the Golden Gate mountains. Its an exquisite place to visit in either winter or summer. In winter you might be able to see snow and in summer there are beautiful various hikes to do as well as self driven game drives. This spot is for those seeking solace and peace.

52. Blyde River Canyon (Graskop)

Enjoy the magnificent scenery of the Blyde River Canyon! The Blyde River Canyon is the third largest canyon in the world. This is the perfect place to hike and enjoy unforgettable views.

53. Riebeek Kasteel (Cape Town)

Nestlesd safely in the gorgeous Kasteel Mountains is the little town of Riebeek Kasteel. This beautiful town is surrounded by
vineyards , olive groves and unforgettable mountains.Riebeek Kasteel has been called the mediterranean of Africa. This is a magical little town to visit that will leave you in awe. It is also one of the oldest towns in South Africa.

54.Cape Town Cycle Tour(Cape Town)

Do you love cycling? Are you looking for a new challenge? Then the Cape Town Cycle Tour is for you. It is the world’s largest timed race with the best mountain bikes on display. The rout is 109 km through some of the most breathtaking scenery in the world. There are some 35000 cyclists who enter. The event date for this year is the 12 of March.

55. Sterkfontein Caves (Johannesburg)

The Sterkfontein Caves are world famous for its ancient fossil finds. The one fossil which they found was more than 3 million years old. This is a world heritage site and is definitely worth a visit. The tours go deep into the caves, where you will also see an underground lake and beautiful stalactite and stalagmite formations.

56. District 6 Museum (Cape Town)

District six was a suburb during the Apartheid years that had as many as 1900 families living there. The families were forcibly removed from their homes so that the area could become a “whites only” neighbourhood. 60 000 people were relocated to the Cape Flats. This was a gross injustice and at the District Six museum you will be able to learn more about this bleak part in South Africa’s history.

57. Kwena Crocodile Farm (Bela Bela)

This crocodile sanctuary is a scary but fun experience for the whole family. You will be able to see these ancient dinosaur looking creatures up close.
Kwena is also home to the biggest captured Nile crocodile in the world and home to 7000 other crocs. They also have feeding sessions where you will be able to see these massive creatures jump for chickens and eat them.

58. Butterfly Valley Farm (Ramsgate)

Beautiful colours all around, fluttering fleeting butterflies. The Butterfly Valley farm breeds all South African Butterflies. There is a dome where you will be able to walk around, and these graceful creatures will fly around you. During the tour you will also learn how to conserve butterflies in your area.

59.Pilanesberg (Brits)

The Pilanesberg National Park is right next to Sun City. It is home to the Big 5 and set in an exquisite setting.There are also hides that you can sit in to view the wildlife. Enjoy seeing hippo, crocodile, leopard and giraffe. There are also various restaurants that you can dine in with views of watering holes. There are also lovely campsites.

60. Rovos Rail (Pretoria)

Take a journey back in time and enjoy seeing South Africa on the exquisite and enchanting Rovos Rail. This train has been beautifully restored in the victorian fashion and is a luxury five star hotel that stops at various destinations throughout South Africa and Even Namibia and Tanzania. The journey to Cape Town starts in Pretoria and is a 1600km journey through a vast and rich variety of scenery.

61. Cape Town Helicopter Rides (Cape Town)

Get a unique and exciting view of Cape Town in a helicopter ride. You will see Table Mountain, Cape Town Harbour, the sea and the city of Cape Town. There are various trips to choose from at various prices.This is truly an exciting experience.

62. Swartberg Pass (Prince Albert)

If you are planning to drive through South Africa, be sure not to miss the Swartberg Pass. There are many historical spots along the way which one can stop at and enjoy. The road is gravel, therefore it is best to drive slow and enjoy the scenery; Or if you like, let someone else do the driving, while you ride your bike.

63. Maropeng Exhibition(Johannesburg)

This interesting museum is dedicated to the evolution of mankind throughout the ages. This is a self guided tour, with an exciting underground boat ride, that takes you through the stages of humankind and the earth.You will be able to see fossils and ancient tools that were used by our first ancestors.

64. 4×4 Trips (All over South Africa)

Exciting adventures await with many different 4×4 trips, throughout South Africa. You can choose from easy to more challenging. Some trips last for a few hours to a few days in various nature reserves. Drive through rivers and mud; Over mountains and rocks. You will even drive down or up some sand dunes.

65. Waterberg (Vaalwater)

The Waterberg Game Reserve is wonderful game park to visit that’s close to Johannesburg and also malaria free. The park boasts many different short day hikes, horse rides, game drives and there’s also a goats cheese farm close by.

66. Comrades Marathon (Durban)

Are you athletic and looking for an incredible challenge that has people from all over the world coming to compete? If your answer is YES! Then the Comrades marathon is for you. The race is 88 km long and the route is from Durban to Pietermaritzburg. There is an allowance of only 20 000 runners, so book your spot quickly if you would like to compete this year. The date for 2017 is the 4th of June.

67. Waenhuiskrans (Arniston)

This ancient mythical cave in the beautiful little town of Arniston is a true gem. You can walk to the cave through Dunes or at Low Tide. The cave is large that legend had it that an Ox wagon with a oxen could turn around in the cave. There is even an 1800s shipwreck to see. Arniston boasts sparkling blue water, white sand beaches and adorable Cape Dutch style homes.

68. Radical Raptors (Plettenberg Bay)

Radical Raptors is a rehabilitation center for birds of prey. This is an excellent and educational tour for the whole family. There are bird flight demonstrations, where you will be able to have owls, hawks and the like rest on your hand. Radical Raptors aims at public awareness of these magnificent creatures. The demonstration and interaction is 45min long.

69. East Heads Cafe (Knysna)

Spectacular views, delicious food and friendly service. This is one of the most exquisite places to eat in South Africa with gorgeous views of the Knysna Heads, the lagoon and the sea. A definite must in my books. Make sure to have one of their refreshing cocktails and yummy fish and chips.

70. Pilgrims Rest (Pilgrims Rest)

The tiny town of Pilgrim’s Rest has been declared a National monument because of the early gold rush in the area. This is a stunning little town nestled in the mountains. It’s the perfect place to go horse riding. Beautiful mountains and forests decorate this ancient town. There are museums to see, hikes to do, gold panning and of course horse riding.

71. Baviaanskloof (Willowmore)

Baviaanskloof means The Valley of Baboons in the Dutch language. This beautiful area is known for exquisite mountains, fresh fast running streams and a variety of fauna and flora, as well as wildlife. There is also a vast amount of history in the area that points to our first human ancestors.

72.Oyster Festival (Knysna)

Fun for everyone, the Knysna Oyster festival is one of the best and most loved festivals to attend in South Africa. Offering awesome food, drink and a variety of entertainment for the whole family. The dates for the oyster festival this year will be from the 7th to the 16th of July.

73. Ride an Ostrich (Oudtshoorn)

Riding an Ostrich is a hilarious and unforgettable experience! The Cango Ostrich farm is a beautiful place to visit just a few kilometers away from Oudtshoorn. There are guided tours every 20 min.You will be able to see, touch and even ride these funny looking birds!

74. Wits Art Museum (Johannesburg)

Are you an art connoisseur? Do you enjoy admiring and analyzing wonderful art pieces? Then come to South Africa and be sure not to miss the Wits Art Museum. The museumoffers a wide variety of African contemporary, classical and historical art.

75. Gold Reef City (Johannesburg)

Fun, excitement and a thrilling experience! Gold Reef City is one of the top family attractions in South Africa. There are a wide range of rides for everyone of all ages to enjoy. There are also various hotels, casinos, and restaurants. Gold Reef City is made to look like an old mining town, so it is a very unique experience.

76. Brandy Tour Cape Town (Cape Town)

If you love brandy then you are in for a treat. The Van Ryns Distillery is known as the world’s best brandy distillery. Set in an exquisite setting along the Cape Wine Routes, the Van Ryns Distillery has been around since the 1800s. You can enjoy a relaxing tour, while enjoying delicious brandy,chocolate and gourmet food.

77. The Oyster Box Luxury Hotel ( Durban)

Stay in this gorgeously luxurious hotel that rests majestically on the hill overlooking the Indian Ocean. The rooms boast absolute luxury with breathtaking views of the ocean. There are wonderful fine dining restaurants to choose from and even dolphin watching from the terrace.

78.Amphitheater (Drakensberg)

The phenomenal amphitheater is the most photographed spot in the drakensberg. Exquisite scenery and beautiful hikes await in this jewel of africa. There are various hikes to enjoy. The
Tugela Gorge hike is 22km and it takes about 8 hours to complete. You will also be able to see the magnificent Tugela falls that is 980m high. This is a spectacular part of South Africa which is perfect for nature lovers.

79. Pezula Golf Course (Knysna)

Pezula is a championship golf course with spectacular views of the sea. It is one of the most scenic golf courses in the world, with a marvelous 18 hole course. The course was designed by David Dale and Ronald Fream of America. There is also a 5 star spa in Pezula, so the wives can enjoy being pampered, while the men enjoy one of the most magnificent courses ever.

80. V & A Waterfront (Cape Town)

For an exciting shopping experience, be sure to visit the V&A Waterfront in Cape Town. Set along the gorgeous Cape Town Harbour, this is a wonderful stop for good food, great shopping and awesome live music.There are more than 450 stores to enjoy.

81. Ratanga Junction (Cape Town)

Exciting rides in the heart of Cape Town! Ratanga Junction is fun, fun, fun! The Cape Cobra ride is a looping roller coaster that throws riders from the height of 32 meters.The speed of this exciting roller coaster is 100 km per hour. There are many more fun things to do in the park, and this is a great place for families to visit.

81. The Johannesburg Observatory (Johannesburg)

For those interested in science and astronomy, the Observatory in Johannesburg is a very educational and interesting tour for families. There are different exhibits to see that stimulates a love for science and astrophysics. There are also night tours that allow people to get involved in exciting astronomy activities.

82. Union Buildings (Pretoria)

The Union Buildings are an important heritage site in South Africa. It is the seat of parliament in South Africa. This beautiful sandstone building is set in beautiful gardens with terraces. There is also a massive statue of Nelson Mandela just outside. The building is 285 meters long and was designed by Sir Herbert Baker in the early 1900’s. There is a lot of history surrounding this monumental building. Unfortunately you won’t be allowed in the building but you will be able to explore the outside. A particularly beautiful time to visit is in October when all the purple Jacaranda flowers are in bloom.

83. Rugged Glen (Mount Aux Sources)

This breathtaking nature reserve is a must see! It isn’t a massive nature reserve, but it boasts
exquisite hiking trails and fishing spots. This beautifully quiet, peaceful and majestic part of South Africa is also interesting in a historical sense. There are traces of ancient human history in the area which shows man’s presence from millions of years ago.

84. The Old Biscuit Mill (Cape Town)

This adorable warm and quaint little town in the heart of Cape Town is for those who love good food, awesome music and a trendy vibe. The Old biscuit mill is filled with artists, photographers, architects and food connoisseurs. The town use you be an old biscuit mill and is filled with history too.

85. Cullinan Diamond Mine (Cullinen)

The world’s largest rough diamond was found here at the Cullinan Diamond mine which was, 3106ct; It weighed 621 grams. The mine offers tours of a working mine, and the town of Cullinan is a real treat. The town offers quaint little shops, restaurants and flea markets. The tours of the mine takes about 2 hours. There is also The Cullinan Diamond Shop to visit, if you are interested in buying diamonds.

86. Anglo Boer War Museum (Bloemfontein)

If you are interested in understanding South Africa and the history which moulded it, then a visit to the Anglo Boer Museum should be on your list of things to do in South Africa. The exhibit is excellent as it helps you to understand how the war unfolded.

87. Natural History Museum (Pretoria)

This beautiful old museum had been around since 1892. The museum has educational exhibits of South African natural history, including the hominid Mrs Ples and other follis, skins and skeletons.

88. Hartbeespoort Flea Market (Hartbeespoort)

Set outside with many, many stalls the Hartebeespoort Flea market is the perfect place to get gifts for family back home. The flea market offers a large variety of African arts and Crafts, food stalls and entertainment. This is the best stop over for souvenirs from South Africa.

89. Simola (Knysna)

Simola Golf Course is set in between parts of the forests of Knysna as well as the mountains. This is an exquisite place to play golf. Peaceful scenery will unwind your weary muscles, as you enjoy an excellent game of golf. There is also a hotel and spa on the premises.

90. Anysberg Nature Reserve (Ladismith)

No cell reception, peace, quiet and solitude. The Anysberg Nature reserve is the perfect getaway if you need a place to runaway to, from all the hustle and bustle of city life. Anysberg Nature reserve is in a semi arid desert, with gorgeous mountains, gorges and three rivers that feed this arid area. You will be able to see a lot of wildlife too.

91. Noetzie Castle (Knysna)

This secluded and flawless beach is really a special part of South Africa. White sand, rough, wild seas and a river that runs into the Indian Ocean. The word “Noetzie” means “black water” in the Khoisan language. The river that flows into the sea is a dark orange-black color, from all the minerals. There are no actual historical castles but there are homes that a person can rent that look like castles.

92. Red Barn (Centurion)

If cycling is your thing, The Big Red barn, has an amazing track for mountain bikers. You will ride through a 200 hectare forest of massive eucalyptus trees.; there are many technical aspects to the track as well. The Red barn also has a zip line for the kids and an awesome restaurant for the moms to relax at. Enjoy the flea market on saturdays too.

93. Sandton City (Johannesburg)

This huge and trendy mall is a definite must see in Joberg. Offering more than 300 stores, Sandton city has it all! All the top name brand stores are there, as well as trendy restaurants and jewellery stores. Shop to your heart’s content among the posh and cosmopolitan people of Sandton.

94. Tswaing Soutpan Meteor Crater (Pretoria)

More than 200 000 years old this massive meteor crater is 1 km in diameter and 100 meters high. There is a museum just opposite the crater, where you can learn more about it and the speed at which it hit the earth. Today, it tools like a salt lake.

95. Constitution Hill (Johannesburg)

A former prison, this building is now a museum that testifies to South Africa’s history. Many famous South Africans were held prisoner here, including Nelson Mandela and others. There are interesting tours held throughout the day; Learn about South Africa’s turbulent history and hear the whispers from the past.

96. Pretoria Zoo (Pretoria)

Come and experience a wide variety of animals up close. The Pretoria Zoo is the biggest Zoo in the country, with an aquarium and a replie park. Voted one of the best Zoos in the world, the Pretoria Zoo has some 9500 animals. You can hire a golf cart, take the zoo train or enjoy a cable cart ride. This is a fun family trip.

97. Kirstenbosch Botanical Gardens (Cape Town)

Relaxation and gorgeous scenery, The Kirstenbosch Botanical Gardens is 52 800 sq km of indigenous fauna and flora. One of the most beautiful botanical gardens in the world, this is a real feast on the eyes. Boasting 9000 different species of plants, you will be able to enjoy and see the beauty of South Africa’s diversity.

98. Monte Casino (Johannesburg)

An awesome casino, that has been made to resemble a tuscan town, Monte Casino is a loved spot for tourists and South Africans. There are many gourmet restaurants, a beautiful theater as well as movies. This is a one stop entertainment hub.

99. The Neighbourgoods Market (Johannesburg)

It’s all about the vibe! The neighbourgoods market is known for artisan foods, unique stalls and funky music. A place for people to meet, experience and share ideas. The market is in Johannesburg city center and is open every Saturday.

100. Menlyn Mall (Pretoria)

Menlyn Mall has now been dubbed the largest mall in Africa. With fantastic designer stores, international food brands, including Starbucks and Krispy Kreme; This is a must see in Pretoria. There is a fantastic movie theater and entertainment center for kids.

And there you have it! The top 100 things to do in this magnificent country!

CategoriesBest Things To Do InTravelPost navigation

100 Best Things to do in Austria

100 Best Things to do in England

AUSTRALIA SUPSPECTS BANK LINK TO C.I.A.

Special to the New York Times

Published: November 13, 1982

http://www.nytimes.com/1982/11/13/business/australia-supspects-bank-link-to-cia.html

SYDNEY, Australia, Nov. 12— Australian detectives are expected to visit the United States and Southeast Asia in the next few weeks as they attempt to determine whether the failed Sydney-based Nugan Hand Merchant Bank was involved in trafficking in heroin and covert activities of the United States Central Intelligence Agency.

Under particular scrutiny will be the work carried out for Nugan Hand by retired United States Government officials and military officers between 1977 and 1980, when one of the bank's founders, Frank Nugan, was found shot dead and the other, Michael Hand, vanished. The bank collapsed following Mr. Nugan's death.

In a report released earlier this week, the Australian Government said it had uncovered evidence of a link between the C.I.A. and Nugan Hand. The report, heavily censored because the Government thought publication might inhibit the investigations, was made by police studying the possible involvement of the bank in drug trafficking.

The report said Mr. Hand, who was born in New York City, and a Nugan Hand associate, Bernard Houghton, a 62-year-old Texan who was the bank's representative in Saudi Arabia, had a background in American intelligence before they arrived in Sydney in 1967.

Mr. Hand, who became an Australian citizen in 1979, is believed to be in the United States, the report said. A 'Strong Inference'

The police report said of Mr. Hand: ''His business activities in the late 1960's and the early 1970's with members of the C.I.A.- controlled airline, Air America, and C.I.A.-connected Continental Air Service, and Agency for International Development led to the strong inference that Hand's intelligence activity was with the C.I.A.

''There is some evidence to suggest that Hand retained his U.S. intelligence ties through the 1970's and probably into the 1980's. Houghton was associated with U.S. intelligence personnel in Southeast Asia and Australia, and had some type of association with personnel in the Australian security and intelligence organization.''

Kevin Newman, Australia's administrative services minister, said in a statement that senior American officials had assured him that the C.I.A. had no involvement in the bank. The report said it was not drawing conclusions about C.I.A. involvement with the bank, and its only recommendation was that further investigation was warranted.

(In Washington Friday, a spokesman for the Central Intelligence Agency said it was his understanding that the Australian investigation had turned up new information suggesting C.I.A. involvement in the bank. But, said Dale Petersen, the spokesman for the agency, ''We've checked everything and have found no linkages.'')

The censored part of the report is believed to discuss links between Nugan Hand and organized crime, establishing that the bank was involved in heroin smuggling. Millions of Dollars Transferred

Among the deletions were nearly two pages following the heading, ''The unfinished investigation. United States personnel involved.''

Almost 40 pages of the 240-page report were devoted to Mr. Houghton. The report said that when Mr. Houghton ran the Saudi Arabian office, the bank transferred millions of dollars out of Saudi Arabia. The money has yet to be traced.

Many pages relating to Mr. Houghton were deleted. The sections include ''The destruction of Nugan Hand records;'' his meetings in 1979 with a former C.I.A. operative, Edwin P. Wilson, who was recently arrested in the United States and charged with exporting explosives to Libya to help train terrorists, and one headed, ''Houghton and two Australian clients of Nugan Hand - a case of fraud?'' Colby Is Named

The report included a list of Americans who worked for Nugan Hand. Among them were Rear Adm. Earl Yates, U.S.N., retired, the first president of Nugan Hand International; William E. Colby, Director of Central Intelligence from 1973 to 1976, who worked as legal adviser to Nugan Hand International after 1979; Walter McDonald, former economist and oil expert at the C.I.A., who joined Nugan Hand International in 1979 as a consultant; Brig. Gen. Edwin Black, U.S.A., retired, the bank's representative in Hawaii; Lieut. Gen. LeRoy Manor, U.S.A.F., retired, the Nugan Hand representative in Manila; Dr. Guy Pauker, a consultant to Nugan Hand International, and Dale Holmgren, the bank's Taiwan representative, who was an Army officer in Taiwan.

Apart from the police investigations, a Royal Commission on drug trafficking is also looking into activites of the Nugan Hand Bank.

Illustrations: Photos of figures in the scandal of the Nugan Hand Merchant Bank



Sydney Solicitor Lennard Keith Knight (formerly known as Reginald Keith Knight)
was jailed for tax fraud to as part of the help ASIO and the Australian Federal Police
gave to help protect CIA Operative Michael Hand...
Sydney Solicitor Lennard Keith Knight (formerly known as Reginald Keith Knight)
was jailed for tax fraud
for two years and eight months, with a minimum prison time of two years, along with his business partner Francis Dennis Ward of Ward, Knight and Dunn for $21.5 million in Australian Taxation Frauds, which was the tip of the iceberg of an estimated over $1 billion in tax fraud and money laundering done for the CIA's controlled Nugan Hand Bank and their major international drug distribution partners..


".... If I wrote a book about what I knew regarding the Nugan Hand Bank I would be rich ..howver I would also be dead in the week...." .. Lennard Keith Knight (formerly known as Michael John Moloney)... International Taxation Solicitor that worked for the Nugan Hand Bank after he was released from prison on fraud charges to help cover up and to help protect CIA Operative Michael Hand...
It is understood that Keith Knight is now living in Gingin, Western Australia and running a blind and security door business....

CIA Operative Michael Jon Hand/Fuller, Patricia Swan (the secretary at the Nugan Hand Bank) and Michael John Moloney (solicitor for the Nugan Hand Bank and CIA Operative Bernie Houghton, the previous owner of the Burbon and Beef Steak Bar in Kings Cross Sydney) ... were the only people charged in connection to the massive Nugan Hand fraud/arms dealing/drug running/money laundering/taxation evasion scandal, which ended up with the Nugan Hand Bank going into liquidation with around $100 in real assets and around $50 million in debts .. leaving a trail of Australians and USA Citizens having lost their life savings .... however CIA Operative Michael Jon Hand/Fuller quickly disappeared after CIA Operative Michael Jon Hand/Fuller, Patricia Swan (the secretary at the Nugan Hand Bank) and Michael John Moloney with the help of other Nugan Hand Staff, destroyed and removed the incriminating filed at the Sydney offices of the Nugan Hand Bank .. with threats being made to the staff that is they did not help with the destruction and removal of incriminating files from the Nugan Hand Office, they will find themselves in body bags and also start to receive body parts of their wife and children in the post  ....

8mm HOME MOVIES FROM THE SECRET WAR IN LAOS 75022

PeriscopeFilm

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jtSMZAr9kLY

Published on Jul 29, 2015

These extraordinary Super 8mm home movies from the Vietnam War, come from a member of the "Ravens". The Raven Forward Air Controllers, also known simply as The Ravens, were fighter pilots used for forward air control in a covert operation in conjunction with the Central Intelligence Agency of the United States in Laos during America's Vietnam War. The Ravens provided direction for most of the air strikes against communist Pathet Lao targets and People's Army of Vietnam's infiltrators in support of the Laotian Hmong guerrilla army.

SCENE #1: (00:00:00) T-28 on ramp at Pakse, loaded with Napalm. … (00:26:10) T-28 taking off at Pakse.
 
SCENE #2: (01:37:00) T-28’s bombing target on Bolavens Plateau. … (03:38:05) T-28 shooting rockets on target. Target is a PL (Pathet Lao) village. Ravens did not direct airstrikes on villages, but would monitor the strikes to make sure the Lao Pilots were hitting the village they wanted to target. However, the Ravens had no control over the T-28’s.
 
SCENE #3: (04:59:10) PL antiaircraft locations (the round holes in the ground).
 
SCENE #4: (05:50:10) T-28’s on target on the Eastern foot of the Bolavens Plateau. (06:47:10) When 2 smokes (WP’s, Willie Petes, White Phosphorus) are used, the fighters are to drop their ordnance anywhere between the 2 smokes. … (07:01:15) As here, the 2 smokes mark the area for the dropping of CBU’s (Cluster Bomb Units). … (07:26:10) Here, 500# bombs are dropped. … (07:48:00) Here, Napalm is dropped. … (08:52:00) More 500# bombs. … During these bombing runs, T-28’s are shown making their run-in on target. … (10:05:00) Another CBU run. This is a good shot of the CBU’s.
 
SCENE #5: (11:03:00) Saravane, Laos, burning. Saravane was overrun by the N. Vietnamese, who set the town on fire.
 
SCENE #6: (12:06:05) Passengers at Saravane Airport waiting to load onto plane.
 
SCENE # 7: (13:20:00) School children in Saravane, Laos, in marketplace. As always, they all want their picture taken.
 
SCENE #8: (13:59:05) Shop along road in Laotian town and the pedestrian traffic, bicycles, and cyclos (taxis), women carrying firewood on their back, etc. A lot of “village activity”. … (16:25:05) Laotian soldiers in café for coffee. … (16:45:00) Boys playing soccer at school.
 
SCENE #9: (18:31:00) Military compound at Saravane, Laos, with women walking down road. Gasoline drums are seen lined up on the ground ready to be used to refuel aircraft. All refueling is done manually with a hand-pump. Airline Stewardess and Pilot are seen on ramp at Saravane. … (20:07:05) Royal Lao Air Force plane landing at Saravane. … (20:51:05) Konty (Raven 58’s GIB [Guy-in-the-Backseat]) is shown at Saravane holding Raven 58’s Chicom SKS that was given to him by General Phasouk, the MR-4 Commander (Military Region). He is standing in front of the Lao Airlines sign at Saravane.
 
SCENE #10: (21:19:10) Raven 58’s O-1 and looking toward the mist-shrouded mountains south of Saravane. When flying over the northern part of the Bolavens Plateau, breaking out below the clouds, it was a very “prehistoric”-type site. In fact, unknown at the time, Ravens spotted what would eventually be determined to be a previously unknown huge water buffalo. It turned out to be an unknown species that is about twice the size of water buffalos commonly seen in the rice fields. … (21:45:10) A village along the runway at Saravane complete with water buffalo (the normal size).
 

We encourage viewers to add comments and, especially, to provide additional information about our videos by adding a comment! See something interesting? Tell people what it is and what they can see by writing something for example like: "01:00:12:00 -- President Roosevelt is seen meeting with Winston Churchill at the Quebec Conference."

This film is part of the Periscope Film LLC archive, one of the largest historic military, transportation, and aviation stock footage collections in the USA. Entirely film backed, this material is available for licensing in 24p HD and 2k. For more information visit
 http://www.PeriscopeFilm.com

Category Education


FOUND After 35 Years: CIA’s Fugitive Banker

http://www.thedailybeast.com/found-after-35-years-cias-fugitive-banker

FOUND After 35 Years: CIA’s Fugitive Banker

How Michael Jon Hand, who founded an Australian bank with ties to American military and intelligence officials

 that defrauded depositors and investors, was tracked to Idaho.

PROPUBLICA

By Raymond Bonner, Special to ProPublica


It was one of the greatest disappearing acts of modern times.

Amid a swirl of allegations and rumors that the Nugan Hand Bank was involved in arms smuggling, drug-running, and covert operations for the CIA, the institution’s American founder vanished from Australia. Thirty-five years later, that man, Michael Jon Hand, was tracked to a small town in Idaho where he has been living under the name of Michael Jon Fuller.

Hand was found by an Australian writer, Peter Butt, whose just-released book, Merchants of Menace, discloses Hand’s whereabouts after decades of mystery.

If finding Hand, now 73, solves one mystery, it raises another. How could he have lived in the United States so long without being detected? He changed his name only slightly, from Hand to Fuller, and did not get a new Social Security number, according to Butt.

Hand’s company, G.M.I. Manufacturing, is registered with the Idaho secretary of state. The company “now manufactures tactical weapons for US Special Forces, special operations groups and hunters,’’ Butt writes. Has Hand/Fuller been brazen, foolish, or, as Butt asks, does he belong “to a protected species, most likely of the intelligence kind?”

Two years after fleeing Australia, in 1982, when the CIA was involved in a covert operation to overthrow the left-wing Sandinista government in Nicaragua, Hand was working as a military adviser in the region where the anti-Sandinista “contras” were based, according to an Australian intelligence document, which was declassified earlier this year.


Nugan Hand bank mystery: Michael Hand found living in the United States

Damien Murphy

http://www.smh.com.au/business/banking-and-finance/nugan-hand-bank-mystery-michael-hand-found-living-in-the-united-states-20151107-gkthas.html

One of Australia's most wanted fugitives, Michael Hand, the co-founder of the Sydney-based international merchant bank Nugan Hand, has been found alive and well and living in small-town America.

http://www.smh.com.au/national/a-decorated-green-beret-with-pie-in-sky-schemes-20151109-gku2zs.html

NOVEMBER 9 2015

With news that one of Australia's most wanted fugitives has been found living in the United States, we revisit a 1985 profile of Michael Hand, co-founder of the notorious Nugan Hand merchant bank

 

Lindsay Murdoch, Denis Muller and Rod Frail
First published in The Sydney Morning Herald on November 28, 1985

Michael Jon Hand and his partner, Frank Nugan, were as different as chalk and cheese.

People who worked with them characterised Hand as very much the motivator, a gung-ho pusher of people who played a promotional role in the bank. Hand seemed to regard Nugan as his intellectual superior.

He implied, at a company conference in the Gazebo Hotel in Sydney in 1979, that in their early days it was Nugan who had the technical expertise, while his contribution was that he knew how to deal with people. By then, however, they complemented each other: "I have become a first-class pencil pusher and Frank has turned into a Dale Carnegie."



A gung-ho pusher of people... Michael Hand, part owner of Nugan Hand bank Photo: Supplied

Admiral Earl Yates, the retired US Navy officer whom Hand recruited to work for the bank, told the royal commission Hand was a practising Christian Scientist. Whenever they travelled together they would attend church services on Wednesdays and Sundays. Hand would occasionally address the congregation.

"In the mornings when we would travel, he would ask me to come up go his hotel room ... and have a devotional, and he would take a  reading from his religious doctrine and put it on the tape recorder, and we would listen to the tape and have a moment of silent prayer, and then charge off for the day."

Hand was born in New York on December 8, 1941. Twenty years later he graduated from the University of Syracuse, New York, with a degree in forestry.

He enlisted with the US Army in 1963 and served until 1966. During the Vietnam War he was in the Green Berets, the elite airborne unit, and won the Distinguished Service Cross, America's stand highest award for bravery.

He once told William Colby, former director of the CIA, that in Vietnam he had some "loose connection" with the CIA.

He came to Australia on rest and recreational leave in the late sixties and met Bernie Houghton, proprietor of the Bourbon and Beefsteak restaurant in Kings Cross, where many of those involved in Nugan Hand were to first meet.

Hand emigrated to Australia in September 1967, and Houghton got him a job with Parkes Developments, selling land on the NSW North Coast. He met Nugan in 1968. They soon became close friends and shared a flat in the eastern suburbs of Sydney. Hand's first business involvement with Nugan on a more or less equal footing was when Nugan formed a company called Yorkville Nominees Pty Ltd, to buy and sell real estate. Hand was a director for three months in 1972.

Hand and Nugan became partners in another company which in July 1973 changed its name to Nugan Hand Ltd. The company dealt in real estate and silver bullion. It was heavily involved, until December 1973, is the sale of land at Brunswick Heads.

 "The little f----r, he's gone and got out of this mess and left me to clean it up."

Michael Hand, on Frank Nugan

Hand went to South Africa in 1974, and from there he continued to maintain a close working relationship with Nugan, even though Hand once told the NSW Corporate Affairs Commission that they had "separated company" for about 15 months.

In March 1976 he returned to Australia and apparently resumed his role as equal partner in Nugan Hand Ltd. By 1979, however, the relationship between Hand and Nugan soured. Nugan had, for two years, been on the grog to an extent which worried and irritated Hand.

There was, by then, another source of irritation. Nugan and his brother, Ken, were involved in committal proceedings in NSW over matters arising from the Nugan Fruit Group, a Griffith based produce distributor.

Hand described the whole affair as like a cancer and early in 1979 he told Admiral Yates he had a plan to ease Nugan out.

Yates himself gave an unflattering character assessment of Hand to the royal commission.

Citing billion dollar oil deals, loans and weapons sales, Yates described Hand as having delusions of grandeur, becoming involved in "pie in the sky schemes" and of "chasing rainbows".

When Frank Nugan was found shot dead in his car near Lithgow in January, 1980, Ken Nugan rang Hand in London to tell him. Ken Nugan said Hand's reaction was: "The little f----r, he's gone and got out of this mess and left me to clean it up." 

First published in The Sydney Morning Herald on November 28, 1985

One of Australia's most wanted fugitives, Michael Hand, is 'tracked down in the U.S.' after 35 years on the run following the collapse of the infamous Nugan Hand Bank and apparent suicide of its co-founder

Michael Hand disappeared after collapse of the infamous Nugan Hand Bank

Fellow co-founder of bank, Frank Nugan, found shot dead shortly after

Hand has been tracked down after 35 years on run in U.S. town Idaho Falls

Reporters approached a man who they claimed was Hand outside chemist 

By Jenny Awford For Daily Mail Australia

PUBLISHED: 13:06, 8 November 2015 | UPDATED: 15:20, 8 November 2015



Read more:
 http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-3309110/Michael-Hand-tracked-35-years-collapse-Nugan-Hand-Bank.html#ixzz4qCbmw0gN 
Follow us:
 @MailOnline on Twitter | DailyMail on Facebook

http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-3309110/Michael-Hand-tracked-35-years-collapse-Nugan-Hand-Bank.html

He has been on the run for 35 years since the collapse of the infamous Nugan Hand Bank - which wiped out hundreds of millions of dollars - and the apparent suicide of its co-founder Frank Nugan.

But former CIA agent Michael Hand, who helped set-up the Sydney-based business, has allegedly been tracked down in a small U.S. town.

Hand, 73, who is one of Australia's most wanted fugitives, is allegedly living under the name Michael Jon Fuller in Idaho Falls, author Peter Butt has claimed in his new book. 

The former U.S. Special Forces soldier disappeared in June 1980 following the collapse of the bank which had debts of more than $50million.

Scroll down for video 

+4

Michael Hand, the co-founder of the Sydney-based international merchant bank Nugan Hand, has allegedly been tracked down (pictured) in small U.S. town Idaho Falls

His business partner, Mr Nugan, 37, was then found shot dead beside a 30-calibre rifle in his Mercedes-Benz just outside Lithgow, NSW, in what was ruled as a suicide by a coroner.

Reporters from 60 Minutes approached a man who they claimed was Hand outside a chemist on Sunday night's program, but the man refused to comment.

 

They were tipped off about his location by Sydney-based author Mr Butt, who revealed where the fugitive was living in his book Merchants of Menace.

Mr Butt claimed that Hand had been living in the United States as a 'protected species' since he vanished from Australia. 

+4

Hand, a former U.S. Special Forces soldier, disappeared in June 1980 following the collapse of the bank which had debts of more than $50million

+4

Reporters from 60 Minutes approached a man who they claimed was Hand outside a chemist on Sunday night's program, but the man refused to comment 

'The fact that Hand has been allowed to live the free life in the United States suggests that he belongs to a protected series, most likely of the intelligence kind,' he said.

'Indeed, an intelligence document I found places Michael Hand back working for the CIA in Central America 18 months after his disappearance.'  

Mr Butt said he would inform the Australian Federal Police and the NSW Police of Hand's new identity and whereabouts.

He claimed that a simple background check revealed Hand's new assumed identity as Michael Fuller's social security number is allegedly identical to the one allocated to Michael Hand in 1960. 

The author said he would like to see Hand extradited from the U.S. but acknowledged that it would take a 'serious measure of political will'.  

+4

Hand's business partner, Frank Nugan, 37, was then found shot dead beside a 30-calibre rifle in his Mercedes-Benz

just outside Lithgow, NSW, in what was ruled as a suicide by a coroner

Nugan Hand Bank, Fri Jun 27, 2003

http://www.takeoverworld.info/Nugan_Hand_Bank_afpn.htm

Elias Alias
Nugan Hand Bank
Fri Jun 27 15:25:31 2003
216.166.170.11

Maybe this relates to the wonderful Interview William Rivers Pitt has posted here, as well as showing yet more need for "rope".

Elias
http://www.thementalmilitia.org 

~

taken from pages 461-472 in Alfred W. McCoy's bombshell book, "The Politics of Heroin: CIA Complicity In The Drug Trade", (published by Lawrence Hill Books, Chicago, by arrangement with Harper and Row, Publishers, Inc., New York; ISBN: 1-55652-125-1; this is the second edition, copyrighted by Alfred W. McCoy 1991; first edition copyrighted by Alfred W. McCoy and Cathleen B. Read, 1972.) 

~ ~ ~ 


At 4:00 a.m. on January 27, 1980, a state police officer patrolling a country road west of Sydney, Australia, noticed a late-model Mercedes sedan parked by the side of the road and stopped to examine it. Inside the constable found the body of a middle-aged male slumped forward, still holding the rifle he had apparently used to shoot himself in the head. Searching his wallet, the police found personal identification for one Frank Nugan, a merchant banker of Sydney, and a calling card from one William Colby, a New York lawyer who had recently retired as director of the U.S. Central Intelligence Agency. 

The circumstances of Nugan's suicide and the bank's spectacular collapse only six months later have inspired hundreds of press probes, three major Australian government investigations, and a lengthy book by one of America's best investigative reporters. All have asked the same basic question: What was the relationship between the Nugan Hand Bank and the CIA? Although we have more details about the bank than about any other company with similarly ambiguous CIA conections, the question still defies a concise answer. The Nugan Hand Bank remains a great espionage mystery. 

Although the large question about the bank and the agency will probably never be answered, Nugan Hand's twisted history does offer insights into the world of CIA espionage---in particular, that gray area of alumni, allies, assets, and affiliated companies that do so much of the agency's covert work. In his memoirs and public statements, William Colby has portrayed his CIA colleagues as "honorable men", patriots who simply would not, could not tolerate any involvement in drugs by either agency personnel or covert assets. Whatever it may or may not have been, the Nugan Hand Bank was certainly two things: (1)an employer of many retired CIA agents and (2) heavily involved in narcotics trafficking. Unlike most of the agency's faceless espionage, the carefully documented Nugan Hand case affords a close look at the moral universe of covert operations, particularly the gray sector of CIA proprietaries and affiliates. The Nugan Hand case shows how the CIA's secret war in Laos, interwoven with the tribal opium trade, produced a covert action cadre with a tolerance for drug dealing. 

The Nugan Hand Bank served several constituencies simultaneously, and its various relationships reveal a good dal about the operations of this clientele. Based in Sydney, the bank was a partnership between Australian lawyer Frank Nugan and an ex-Green Beret businessman named Michael Hand. Both worked closely with one of their senior managers, a mysterious American expatriate with impeccable intelligence contacts, Maurice Benard Houghton. Through the three men and their separate, sometimes overlapping networks, the bank cultivated corrupt Australian politicians, Sydney crime syndicate, a fraternity of ex-CIA arms dealers, and the U.S. Central Intelligence Agency. 

In less than a decade after its incorporation in Sydney in 1973, Nugan Hand Limited went through a complete cycle from modest origins to spectacular global expansion to precipitous collapse. During its eight-year life, the bank's character was shaped by its three principals. Son of a Spanish migrant fruit packer, Francis Nugan grew up in Griffith, New South Wales, in the coutry west of Sydney, graduated in law from Sydney University, and did some spotty postgraduate legal studies in California and Canada. Nugan would later claim that he played a major role in rewriting Canada's tax law while studying abroad, but records show that he was employed as a minor clerical assistant. His name does appear among the twenty-seven listed in the tax review's final report. While his brother Ken built the family produce business, the Nugan Group Limited, into one of Australia's largest, Frank practiced law in Sydney without much success in the late 1960s. Stripped of his inflated credentials, Frank Nugan was known to be an abrasive alcoholic, an incompetent manager, a mediocre lawyer, and a "pathological liar". 

The other founding partner, Michael Jon Hand, was born in New York in 1941, son of a senior state civil servant, and raised in the Bronx. In 1963 he finished a year's vocational course in forestry at Syracuse University, graduating thirty-eighth among forty-nine students, and joined the U.S. Army's Special Forces, the Green Berets. After training at Fort Bragg, he was sent to Vietnam where he won the army's second highest decoration, the Distinguished Service Cross, for gallantry in fighting northwest of Saigon. Sometime in 1965-1966 Hand joined the CIA for two years as a contract operative fighting with Hmong guerrillas in the mountains of northern Laos. While serving with the CIA, Hand met Theodore Shackley, the agency's Vientaine station chief in 1966-1968, and befriended a crack Air America pilot, Kermit "Buddy" King, who often flew him to remote tribal outposts. The various official reports do not mention whether Hand also met Shackley's friend and deputy CIA statcion chief Thomas Clines, later a close associate of both Hand and his partner Bernie Houghton. Although Hand's Hmong allies grew opium and shipped it to market on Air America, it is not known whether it was here that Hand acquired the expertise in narcotics that he later applied to building the bank. 

Sometime in 1967 Hand finished his CIA contract and moved to Sydney, where he met American expatriate Bernie Houghton, who was then running the Bourbon and Beefsteak restaurant in the city's Kings Cross vice district. Through Houghton and other contacts,Hand soon became involved in selling Australian real estate to Americans serving in Southeast Asia. In early 1968 the pilot Buddy King joined Hand in Australia and eventually settled with his Thai housekeeper several hours up the coast from Sydney, where their land sales were located, often flying Hand up to the property in a private aircraft for weekends. As an indication of their CIA contacts, in September 1969 Hand formed Australasian and Pacific Holdings Ltd., a real estate company whose seventy-one shareholders included nineteen people then employed by the CIA's contract airlines in Indochina, Air America and Continental Air Services. Sometime in the late 1960s Hand met Frank Nugan and the two are believed to have shared an apartment before they both married. Crude in manner, violent in speech, and poorly educated, Hand had no banking experience and would bring little more than his cunning and covert contacts to the building of Nugan Hand Bank. 

The key figure in much of the bank's history, Maurice Bernard Houghton, is a mysterious Texan who arrived in Sydney from Southeast Asia in 1967 with an impressive list of references from senior U.S. military officers. Born in Texas in 1920, Houghton finished a semester at Southern Methodist University; served in the military during World War II; and knocked bout the country for twenty years in various jobs with no particular direction. In 1964 Houghton moved to Southeast Asia, where he remained for the next three years during the escalation of the Viet Nam war, engaged in activities that remain unclear. Australia's Joint Task Force into the bank's affairs reported that Houghton was "part of the intelligence community" in Southeast Asia before coming to Australia. Wall Street Journal reporter Jonathan Kwitny interviewed former U.S. intelligence officers who claimed, on the record, that Houghton was a wheeler-dealer in Southeast Asia who traded in slot machines, opium---anything. 

Soon after arriving in Sydney, Houghton formed a business association with a prominent Hungarian emigre, Sir Paul Strasser, owner of one of Sydney's leading property companies. With support from Strasser and his associates, Houghton opened the Bourbon and Beefsteak restaurant in October, 1967, just weeks before the first American soldiers began arriving on R&R leave from Vietnam. Among Houghton's private guests at the club were the CIA's Australian station chief from 1973 to 1975, John D. Walker; the state's Premier Sir Robert Askin, a corrupt politician notorious for his contacts with criminal syndicates; and Abraham Saffron, Sydney's leading gangster and vice lord of Kings Cross. Unlike his future partners, Houghton maintained excellent contacts with the most senior U.S. military and intelligence personnel in the Asia-Pacific region. His intelligence contacts were such that when hereturned to Australia from a business trip without a visa in 1972, he rang the state director for the clandestine Australian Security Intelligence Organization (ASIO). The director, Leon Carter, vouched for Houghton and the American received an immediate visa. In dealing with his male friends, Houghton seems to have been a man of strong loyalties and antipathies. "I had a personality problem with Nugan", Houghton later told the Australian Joint Task Force. "He was harsh, abrasive, arrogant and inconsiderate." By contrast, Houghton remained very close to Michael Hand, who seemed to regard the older man as a "father figure". Hand would eventially tire of Frank Nugan's alcoholism and costly flamboyance, but he remained close to Bernie Houghton until the end. 

In 1973, Nugan Hand Limited was born, as it would die, through a gross financial fraud. With only $80 in the company's bank account and just $5 in paid-up capital, Frank Nugan wrote hs own company a personal check for $980,000 to purchase 490,000 shares of its stock. He then covered his massive overdraft by writing himself a company check for the same amount. Through this elementary accounting fraud, Nugan could claim that the company's paid-up capital was a million dollars. The bank's start also coincided with the first of many allegations of drug dealing against Michael hand. Injured in an accident, Buddy King's Thai houskeeper met a Sydney lawyer to sue for compensation. The lawyer was, for reasons never explained, phoned the Australian Bureau of Narcotics to report that King, Air America's former ace pilot, was flying heroin into Australia for Michael hand. Soon after his housekeeper's lawyer made these allegations, King fell to his death from the tenth floor of a Sydney apartment building. 

Over the next four years, the bank gfrew at a remarkable rate by providing a bridge between larger, legitimate banks and a shadow universe of organized crime, illegal money laundering, and intelligence operations. Even at its peak in 1979 with dozens of emplyees and a global network of offices, the bank never really made a proper profit. Most employees were not clerks or investment counselors, but salespeople who csrambled desperately to keep new deposits coming in the front door faster than the bank's officers could take them out the back---through lavish expenses, high salaries, and simply fraud. Nugan Hand was a carnival shell game, courting depositors for cash and moving money from branch to branch to conceal one fundamental fact---the bank simply had no assets behind it. 

Like many corporate confidence men, Frank Nugan and Michael Hand were obsessed with creating the illusion of propriety and prosperity. Without any capital or customers, Frank Nugan's first act in opening the company was to lease expensive, well-appointed offices at 55 Macquarie Street, a prestigious address in the heart of the Sydney business district. Nugan hired a reputable money market manager who found that he could get an hour or two of credit every day from personal contacts in the business, just long enough to buy and sell. Although the trading incurred a real loss of $18, 373, the total volume of transactions reached $2.4 million dollars, giving the new company the aura of doing big business. As the bank grew, so did the scale of its illusions. The bank issued glossy annual reports claiming, in 1976 for example, $22 million in "total assets", $26 million in "gross proceeds from sales of securities", and approval of its bookkeeping by reputable auditors. A lavish promotional brochure described the bank as part of the Nugan Hand Group, "with assets exceeding US $20,000,000 and a turnover exceeding US $1,000,000,000 per annum." Assuring potential clients "absolute security, anonymity and confidentiality", the brochure promised customers "the utmost in personal service and attentive specialist assistance." With what now seems wry irony, the bank offered, as a special service for valued customers, child welfare accounts that would "give faithful and attentive care and supervision to all aspects of education, health, welfare and advancement in life off the children of the beneficiary." All of these claims, financial and moral, were knowing lies. 

While Frank Nugan concentrated on courting business clients in Sydney, other associates, Hand included, took the bank abroad. The group's first breakthrough to something approaching profit came in 1974-1975 when it opened a legal Hong Kong branch. By offering Sydney depositors a money-laundering facility for illegal transfers of Australian money to Hong Kong and reciprocally allowing Hong Kong clients a higher rate of interest for funds deposited ni Sydney, the bank began to move large funds for the first time. 

As these global activities grew over the next six years, Nugan Hand Limited gradually divided, formally and informally, into two almost separate companies: the Sydney-based Nugan Hand Limited under Frank Nugan's control and the international branches of Nugan Hand Bank, later registered as a Cayman Islands corporation, managed largely by Michael hand. As Hand grew tired of Frank Nugan's incessant drinking and mounting legal problems, the ex-Green Beret pulled away from his Australian partner and drew Bernie Houghton into the international side fo the business. While Frank Nugan's Sydney office concentrated on tax fraud and money laundering, the Hand-Houghton partnership led the bank's international division into new fields---drug finance, arms trading, and support work for CIA covert operations. 

During the bank's early days in Sydney, Michael Hand had told his junior colleagues that "it was his ambition that Nugan Hand become banker for the CIA. In southern Africa during the mid-1970s, Hand, the former CIA operative, seems to have realized his ambition. At that time southern Africa was in the throes of decolonization, with guerrilla groups fighting the Portugese in Angola and British colonials in Rhodesia. When the Portuguese regime began to crumble in Angola, rival guerrilla groups turned to their great power patrons for more arms, making Angola a cockpit of cold war confrontation. As CIA covert arms shipments began flowing into Angola in 1974-1975, first to Holden Roberto and then to UNITA, Michael Hand left Sydney in January 1975 for southern Africa, where he remained for more than a year, trading in arms and munitions. During his fifteen months in Africa, Hand telexed and telephoned the bank's Sydney headquarters repeatedly, speaking with Frank Nugan and employee, Wilhemus Hans, about shipments of pistols, helicopters, and munitions. After Nugan's death, investigators found what appeared to be phone notes in his handwriting from this period, one of which read: 

Military weapons Rhodesia 
Pay in Gold 
Recoilless Rifles 
Morters 60/80 ml 
M79 Granade launchers 
Quad .50 Caliber machine guns 

Although it has never been clearly established what, if any, arms were actually shipped from Australia, there is no doubt about the sincerity of Michael Hand's intentions. In Pretoria, South Africa, Hand incorporated a trad 

Predatory Practices Nugan Hand Trick Bank

Con Front Nugan Hand - Nugan Hand Trick Bank

The Crime Bankers-Frank Nugan and Michael Hand/Fuller

More CIA Treachery: Nugan Hand Bank Ltd
By Elias Alias, 2015

This latest version of the selected excerpts from Alfred McCoy’s masterpiece on the CIA’s dope dealing escapades is more complete than previous postings. I have typed in passages from pages 461-472 in Alfred W. McCoy’s bombshell book, “The Politics of Heroin: CIA Complicity In The Drug Trade“, (1991; first edition 1972.)

At 4:00 a.m. on January 27, 1980, a state police officer patrolling a country road west of Sydney, Australia, noticed a late-model Mercedes sedan parked by the side of the road and stopped to examine it. Inside the constable found the body of a middle-aged male slumped forward, still holding the rifle he had apparently used […] Searching his wallet, the police found personal identification for one Frank Nugan, a merchant banker of Sydney, and a calling card from one William Colby, a New York lawyer who had recently retired as director of the U.S. Central Intelligence Agency.

The circumstances of Nugan’s [death] and the bank’s spectacular collapse only six months later have inspired hundreds of press probes, three major Australian government investigations, and a lengthy  book by one of America’s best investigative reporters. All have asked the same basic question: What was the relationship between the Nugan Hand Bank and the CIA? Although we have more details about the bank than about any other company with similarly ambiguous CIA connections, the question still defies a concise answer.

[…] Nugan Hand’s twisted history does offer insights into the world of CIA espionage—in particular, that gray area of alumni, allies, assets, and affiliated companies that do so much of the agency’s covert work. In his memoirs and public statements, William Colby has portrayed his CIA colleagues as “honorable men”, patriots who simply would not, could not tolerate any involvement in drugs by either agency personnel or covert assets. Whatever it may or may not have been, the Nugan Hand Bank was certainly two things: (1)an employer of many retired CIA agents and (2) heavily involved in narcotics trafficking.

Unlike most of the agency’s faceless espionage, the carefully documented Nugan Hand case affords a close look at the moral universe of covert operations, particularly the gray sector of CIA proprietaries and affiliates. The Nugan Hand case shows how the CIA’s secret war in Laos, interwoven with the tribal opium trade, produced a covert action cadre with a tolerance for drug dealing.

The Nugan Hand Bank served several constituencies simultaneously, and its various relationships reveal a good deal about the operations of this clientele. Based in Sydney, the bank was a partnership between Australian lawyer Frank Nugan and an ex-Green Beret businessman named Michael Hand. Both worked closely with one of their senior managers, a mysterious American expatriate with impeccable intelligence contacts, Maurice Benard Houghton. Through the three men and their separate, sometimes overlapping networks, the bank cultivated corrupt Australian politicians, Sydney crime syndicate, a fraternity of ex-CIA arms dealers, and the U.S. Central Intelligence Agency.

In less than a decade after its incorporation in Sydney in 1973, Nugan Hand Limited went through a complete cycle from modest origins to spectacular global expansion to precipitous collapse. During its eight-year life, the bank’s character was shaped by its three principals. [Following is excepted] Francis Nugan was known to be an abrasive alcoholic, an incompetent manager, a mediocre lawyer, and a “pathological liar”. Michael Jon Hand, was born in New York in 1941, had joined the U.S. Army’s Special Forces, the Green Berets. Sometime in 1965-1966 Hand joined the CIA where he met Theodore Shackley and befriended a crack Air America pilot, Kermit “Buddy” King. Hand also met deputy CIA station chief Thomas Clines. In 1967 Hand finished his CIA contract and moved to Sydney, where he met American expatriate Bernie Houghton.

As an indication of their CIA contacts, in September 1969 Hand formed Australasian and Pacific Holdings Ltd., a real estate company whose seventy-one shareholders included nineteen people then employed by the CIA’s contract airlines in Indochina, Air America and Continental Air Services. Sometime in the late 1960s Hand met Frank Nugan and the two are believed to have shared an apartment before they both married. Crude in manner, violent in speech, and poorly educated, Hand had no banking experience and would bring little more than his cunning and covert contacts to the building of Nugan Hand Bank.

The key figure in much of the bank’s history, Maurice Bernard Houghton, is a mysterious Texan who arrived in Sydney from Southeast Asia in 1967 with an impressive list of references from senior U.S. military officers. […] Australia’s Joint Task Force into the bank’s affairs reported that Houghton was “part of the intelligence community” in Southeast Asia before coming to Australia. Wall Street Journal reporter Jonathan Kwitny interviewed former U.S. intelligence officers who claimed, on the record, that Houghton was a wheeler-dealer in Southeast Asia who traded in slot machines, opium—anything.

Soon after arriving in Sydney, Houghton formed a business association with a prominent Hungarianemigre, Sir Paul Strasser, owner of one of Sydney’s leading property companies. With support from Strasser and his associates, Houghton opened the Bourbon and Beefsteak restaurant in October, 1967, just weeks before the first American soldiers began arriving on R&R leave from Vietnam. Among Houghton’s private guests at the club were the CIA’s Australian station chief from 1973 to 1975, John D. Walker; the state’s Premier Sir Robert Askin, a corrupt politician notorious for his contacts with criminal syndicates; and Abraham Saffron, Sydney’s leading gangster and vice lord of Kings Cross.

Unlike his future partners, Houghton maintained excellent contacts with the most senior U.S. military and intelligence personnel in the Asia-Pacific region. His intelligence contacts were such that when he turned to Australia from a business trip without a visa in 1972, he rang the state director for the clandestine Australian Security Intelligence Organization (ASIO). The director, Leon Carter, vouched for Houghton and the American received an immediate visa. In dealing with his male friends, Houghton seems to have been a man of strong loyalties and antipathies. “I had a personality problem with Nugan”, Houghton later told the Australian Joint Task Force. “He was harsh, abrasive, arrogant and inconsiderate.” By contrast, Houghton remained very close to Michael Hand, who seemed to regard the older man as a “father figure”. Hand would eventually tire of Frank Nugan’s alcoholism and costly flamboyance, but he remained close to Bernie Houghton until the end.

In 1973, Nugan Hand Limited was born, as it would die, through a gross financial fraud. With only $80 in the company’s bank account and just $5 in paid-up capital, Frank Nugan wrote his own company a personal check for $980,000 to purchase 490,000 shares of its stock. He then covered his massive overdraft by writing himself a company check for the same amount. Through this elementary accounting fraud, Nugan could claim that the company’s paid-up capital was a million dollars.

The bank’s start also coincided with the first of many allegations of drug dealing against Michael hand. Injured in an accident, Buddy King’s Thai house-keeper met a Sydney lawyer to sue for compensation. The lawyer was, for reasons never explained, phoned the Australian Bureau of Narcotics to report that King, Air America’s former ace pilot, was flying heroin into Australia for Michael hand. Soon after his housekeeper’s lawyer made these allegations, King fell to his death from the tenth floor of a Sydney apartment building.

Over the next four years, the bank grew at a remarkable rate by providing a bridge between larger, legitimate banks and a shadow universe of organized crime, illegal money laundering, and intelligence operations. Even at its peak in 1979 with dozens of employees and a global network of offices, the bank never really made a proper profit. Most employees were not clerks or investment counselors, but salespeople who scrambled desperately to keep new deposits coming in the front door faster than the bank’s officers could take them out the back—through lavish expenses, high salaries, and simply fraud. Nugan Hand was a carnival shell game, courting depositors for cash and moving money from branch to branch to conceal one fundamental fact—the bank simply had no assets behind it.

Like many corporate confidence men, Frank Nugan and Michael Hand were obsessed with creating the illusion of propriety and prosperity. Without any capital or customers, Frank Nugan’s first act in opening the company was to lease expensive, well-appointed offices at 55 Macquarie Street, a prestigious address in the heart of the Sydney business district. Nugan hired a reputable money market manager who found that he could get an hour or two of creditevery day from personal contacts in the business, just long enough to buy and sell. Although the trading incurred a real loss of $18, 373, the total volume of transactions reached $2.4 million dollars, giving the new company the aura of doing big business.

As the bank grew, so did the scale of its illusions. The bank issued glossy annual reports claiming, in 1976 for example, $22 million in “total assets”, $26 million in “gross proceeds from sales of securities”, and approval of its bookkeeping by reputable auditors. A lavish promotional brochure described the bank as part of the Nugan Hand Group, “with assets exceeding US $20,000,000 and a turnover exceeding US $1,000,000,000 per annum.” Assuring potential clients “absolute security, anonymity and confidentiality”, the brochure promised customers “the utmost in personal service and attentive specialist assistance.” […] All of these claims, financial and moral, were knowing lies.

While Frank Nugan concentrated on courting business clients in Sydney, other associates, Hand included, took the bank abroad. The group’s first breakthrough to something approaching profit came in 1974-1975 when it opened a legal Hong Kong branch. By offering Sydney depositors a money-laundering facility for illegal transfers of Australian money to Hong Kong and reciprocally allowing Hong Kong clients a higher rate of interest for funds deposited in Sydney, the bank began to move large funds for the first time.

As these global activities grew over the next six years, Nugan Hand Limited gradually divided, formally and informally, into two almost separate companies: the Sydney-based Nugan Hand Limited under Frank Nugan’s control and the international branches of Nugan Hand Bank, later registered as a Cayman Islands corporation, managed largely by Michael hand. As Hand grew tired of Frank Nugan’s incessant drinking and mounting legal problems, the ex-Green Beret pulled away from his Australian partner and drew Bernie Houghton into the international side of the business. While Frank Nugan’s Sydney office concentrated on tax fraud and money laundering, the Hand-Houghton partnership led the bank’s international division into new fields—drug finance, arms trading, and support work for CIA covert operations.

During the bank’s early days in Sydney, Michael Hand had told his junior colleagues that “it was his ambition that Nugan Hand become banker for the CIA. In southern Africa during the mid-1970s, Hand, the former CIA operative, seems to have realized his ambition. At that time southern Africa was in the throes of decolonization, with guerrilla groups fighting the Portugese in Angola and British colonials in Rhodesia. When the Portuguese regime began to crumble in Angola, rival guerrilla groups turned to their great power patrons for more arms, making Angola a cockpit of cold war confrontation.

As CIA covert arms shipments began flowing into Angola in 1974-1975, first to Holden Roberto and then to UNITA, Michael Hand left Sydney in January 1975 for southern Africa, where he remained for more than a year, trading in arms and munitions. During his fifteen months in Africa, Hand telexed and telephoned the bank’s Sydney headquarters repeatedly, speaking with Frank Nugan and employee, Wilhemus Hans, about shipments of pistols, helicopters, and munitions. After Nugan’s death, investigators found what appeared to be phone notes in his handwriting from this period, one of which read:

Military weapons Rhodesia
Pay in Gold
Recoilless Rifles
Morters 60/80 ml
M79 Granade launchers
Quad .50 Caliber machine guns

[…] In Pretoria, South Africa, Hand incorporated a trading company, Murdoch Lewis Proprietary Ltd., to take delivery of the arms shipments. At one point Hand summoned his Sydney employee Wilhemus Hans to Africa for discussions about formation of a helicopter squadron for the white [illegal occupiers]. Hand also made frequent phone calls to another bank employee, Frank Ward, later charged with arms dealing by Australian authorities in court proceedings that remained classified.

While Hand waited in southern Africa to take delivery of arms, his close friend Bernie Houghton flew to Washington DC, with two Nugan Hand employees to arrange shipments. Significantly, Houghton made direct contact with CIA agent Edwin Wilson, then working for Task Force 157, a covert action arm of the Office of Naval Intelligence (ONI). With vast profits from his contract covert operations work, Wilson had purchased Mt. Airy Farms, a thousand-acre estate in northern Virginia where he often entertained his close comrades Thomas Clines and Theodore Shackley, Hand’s former CIA superiors back in Laos who were now rising fast in the agency’s Langley headquarters. After fifteen years as a career CIA officer, Wilson had transferred to Task Force 151 in 1973 and was operating from the offices of a cover company, World Marine Inc., at 1425 K Street in Washington. It was there that Wilson would meet Houghton and the two Nugan Hand men to arrange the African arms deal.

Australia’s Joint Task force investigating the bank later learned details of the meetings from Dennis Schlachter, a World Marine employee whose evidence as a protected federal witness would lead to Wilson’s 1982 conviction for illegal arms sales to Libya. Sometime in 1975 or early 1976 Schlachter first learned of the African arms deal when two CIA agents based in Indonesia, James Hawes and Robert Moore, called on Wilson at World Marine in Washington to discuss “an African arms deal” that, in these agents’ words, “had to be put together”. Sometime later, Houghton arrived from Sydney and came into World Marine’s offices with the two Nugan Hand men to order the arms.

Schlachter recalls chauffeuring Wilson and Hawes out to the agency’s headquarters in Langley while the two discussed using Nugan Hand Bank to finance the shipments. Under the “cover of Task Force 157,” ammunition, 3,000 weapons including machine guns, M-1s, carbines and others”. With an end-user’s certificate showing World Marine as the purchaser and an Australian company as the buyer, the arms left the United States from Boston for southern Africa in three separate shipments.

The Australian Joint Task Force found that Ed Wilson and Bernie Houghton were also involved in the ONI operation to transfer a highly classified spy ship to the Shah of Iran. Soon after joining Task Force 157 in 1973, Wilson had earned a $500,000 fee by delivering an earlier spy ship to Iran under the cover of World Marine. According to the witness Schlachter, in 1975 the U.S. Navy assigned Wilson to deliver another high-technology spy ship to Iran. Schlacter recalls that Houghton “was involved” in this deal, working with “funds…and…payouts”.

Significantly, Australian immigration records show that Houghton flew to Iran in March 1975 in the company of a U.S. Army Colonel. Working through Task Force 157, Wilson purchased the ship and ordered it to sail from England around Africa to Iran. When some “mix-up” developed, Schlachter recalls that “Wilson flew to Iran to correct it.” Australian immigration records show that in January 1976 Wilson flew into Sydney and stayed in Australia for three days before flying on to Iran.”

After fourteen months in Africa, Michael Hand returned to the bank’s Sydney headquarters in March 1976 and dedicated his trade skills to a new constituency—Australia’s leading international heroin smugglers. After nearly fifty years without a serious narcotics problem, Australia showed signs of spreading addiction in the late 1970s as Sydney’s criminal syndicates began organizing regular heroin shipments from Southeast Asia. In a March, 1977 report, for example, Sydney’s Crime Intelligence Unit monitored a series of meetings between the city’s leading illegal bookmaker, George Freeman, and California crime figure Danny Stein:

“Information was received that Stein was here for the purpose of organizing a network for the reception of heroin into this country from the Golden Triangle and for subsequent distribution on thelocal market and in the United States.”

Would-be Sydney heroin smugglers faced Australia’s stringent currency control laws that made it difficult to export the hard cash for heroin buys in Bangkok. After two years of active money laundering through Hong Kong, Nugan Hand was becoming known in the underworld as a reliable money mover. Sometime in early 1976 George “the Duke” Countis, an American crime figure who “owned” a gaming table in an illegal Sydney casino, brought Murray Riley to the headquarters of Nugan Hand Limited. A former Sydney constable, Riley had quit the police to become a “patron” in the criminal underworld and a close associate of leading criminals like George Freeman. Just back from Africa, Hand quickly developed what the Australian police Joint Task Force called “a close business and social relationship with Riley”.

Starting in April 1976, only four weeks after his arrival from Africa, Hand made five cash transfers to Hong Kong for Murray Riley totaling $295,000. After each transfer, one of Riley’s underlings would call at Nugan Hand’s Hong Kong office to pick up the money, later using the cash to take delivery of a heroin shipment. Through this procedure, Nugan Hand handled $4.3 million in identifiable drug money for twenty-six known dealers between 1976 and 1980. Studying Hand’s memorandum to his Hong Kong office about a $60,000 cash transfer for Riley’s October shipment, the Task Force concluded “that Hand was aware that Riley was involved in significant illegal activity”.

As an indication of their closeness, in late 1986, acting on Riley’s advice, Hand opened bank branches in Thailand, in the words of his Chiangmai branch manager, “to attract drug money”. Two years later, when a yacht was seized south of Sydney with 4.3 tons of high-grade cannabis and Riley was charged, Michael Hand ordered the bank’s Hong Kong office to destroy all incriminating records of Riley’s money transfers. Reviewing this period in the bank’s history, Australia’s Joint Task Force concluded:

“Throughout 1976 Hand was knowingly involved in drug activity with the ‘Riley’ group in that he permitted and even encouraged the use of Nugan Hand facilities for the movement of ‘drug’ money.

In October 1976 Hand decided to leave the Sydney office to Frank Nugan and move to Hong Kong, where he could build the bank’s international division. Over the next two years, Hand worked with some success to develop a global network of twelve branches that covered Asia, Africa, and the Americas. After months of failure, Hand’s break had come in June 1976 when the Cayman Islands, a British colonial tax haven in the Caribbean, decided to charter the Nugan Hand Bank, finally giving the company the legal right to advertise itself as a “merchant bank”.



Partying At The Nugan Hand Bank And The Misadventures In The Pacific

James Ambas

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kQBOMNCncVw&app=desktop

Published on Jul 13, 2011

This is part 1 of a show Dave Emory and Nip Tuck did on December 3, 1986.

Websites:
http://spitfirelist.com/anti-fascist-...
http://spitfirelist.com/

Categor News & Politics

More Nugan Hand Partying, Falcon's Trip The Rio Grande, And The Meditteranean Connection

James Ambas

Published on Jul 13, 2011

This is part 2 of a show Dave Emory and Nip Tuck did on December 3, 1986.

Websites:
http://spitfirelist.com/anti-fascist-...
http://spitfirelist.com/

Category News & Politics



Subject: Wisdom- CIA- Nugan Hand Bank- Michael John Moloney , and
Lennard Keith Knight (formerly known as Reginald Keith Knight)




Wisdom is the highest level of knowledge 
Wisdom is aquired by experience gained by normal natural living.
The wise individual constantly satisfies their natural needs and therefore experiences a major saturation 
They have everything that they need, irrespective of the quality and quantity of what they have and are.
Therefore satisfied by overcoming the inconveniences ..  the conveniences also lose their importance. ..
In otherwords, where differences get smaller between the possible conveniences and the inconveniences .... the needs also get smaller ... the more the individual knows ... the less needs they have.... which means that by living they come closer to freedom ... in it's broadest sense but..
Taken from. . The Report On Humanism by Aleksandar Sarovic

.....
Sydney Morning Herald
Thursday October 15th, 1981- Page 17.

Witness in conspiracy case said Hand Feared for His Life..

T.C. Davidson QC - acting for the Corporate Affairs Commissioner ... questioned Mr Gilder at the committal of Nugan Hand Bank'the secretary, Patricia Mary Swan and solicitor for the Nugan Hand Bank and Bernie Houghton, Michael John Moloney (now known as Lennard Keith Knight ..)..
Mr Gilder said that on Tuesday, January 31st 1980  .. at a meeting in the Nugan Hand Bank offices in at 15 Macquarie Street, Sydney ... he (Mr Gilder) proposed that the company (Nugan Hand Ltd) suspend operations until the financial state of Nugan Hand Ltd had been clarified ... 
Mr Gilder told the Court that Michael John Hand then spoke for about 20 minutes   .. saying that they (Nugan Hand Ltd) must stay in business ... that (if not) his (Mr Gilder 's) wife would suffer greatly ... and that she (Mr Gilder 's wife) would be mutilated and send to him (Mr Gilder) in packages ...
Michael John Hand had also said that his (Gilder's) picture was well known in South East Asia and that he (Gilder) should also fear for his family too ... 
Mr Gilder said Michael John Hand/Fuller repeated several times. .  that he had received death threats   . .. as a result the suggestion that trading (in Nugan Hand Ltd)
 was not discussed further ...
The now missing Director and Part Owner of the failed Nugan Hand Bank ... Michael John Hand/Fuller ... told employees that he had received death threats ... and that he (Michael John Hand/Fuller) expected to be killed within the next 24 hours ....
A witness told the Committal Hearing of a conspiracy case yesterday ..
 the witness Mr Jeremy Mackenzie Gilder of Moruben Road, Moiman ... was giving evidence at the Sydney Court of Pretty Sessions in Phillip Street at the Committal Hearing of Nugan Hand Bank's secretary, Patricia Mary Swan, and Nugan Hand Bank's solicitor, Michael John Moloney (now known as Lennard Keith Knight) ... who have been both charged with conspiring to pervert the course of justice  . .. with contravening Sections 174 and 179A of the Companies 
Act   ... and falsely swearing oaths relating to the disappearance of documents belonging to the Nugan Hand Group of Companies ... in answer to questions from Mr   ..  
... Mr Gilder then gave evidence ...
".. about the use of a Hi Ace Van used to transport cartons containing files from the offices of the late Frank Nugan ... out of the offices of the Nugan Hand Group ... 
Mr Gilder said that the defendant Swan helped pack the files and papers in Mr Nugant's Office into cartons.  ... along with himself, Hand, Moloney, Mr Stephen Hill (former director and company secretary of Nugan Hand Ltd), Admiral Yates, Mr George Shaw and possibly Mr Quentin George...
Mr Gilder said that he saw the van the following day. ... and the cartons were no longer inside the van ...
Mr Gilder told Mr I.S. Ward QC acting for the defendant Michael John Molony (known as Lennard Keith Knight) ...that he ( Gilder) had never been in any discussions about whether the Nugan Hand Group of Companies had anything to hide or the documents and files belonging to the Nugan Hand Group should be secreted or distoroyed ...
Mr Gilder also gave evidence concerning the Nugan Hand Solicitor, Michael John Moloney's position in the Nugan Hand Group of companies.
Mr Gilder said that he first met the Nugan Hand Solicitor, Michael John Moloney/Knight, at the Sydney Airport on Tuesday, January 29th, 1980 ...when he (Mr Gilder) went out to the Sydney Airport to collect Michael John Hand/Fuller ....
Michael John Hand/Fuller was returning to Sydney after the death of his partner to collect Francis John Nungan, on Sunday January 27th, 1980. 
Mr Gilder stated that members of the Nugan family were there and also the Nugan Hand Solicitor, Michael John Moloney (now known as Lennard Keith Knight) ...and Mr Bernie Houghton...
Mr Ward QC asked Mr Gilder if Michael John Moloney (now known as Lennard Keith Knight) had been introduced to Michael John Hand/Fuller by Mr Bernie Houghton .... Mr Gilder said ... "...quite possibly..." ...
Mr Gilder then drove Michael John Hand/Fuller and Michael John Moloney (now known as Lennard Keith Knight) back to Sydney .... it was hard to say whether Hand and Molony knew each other before that day.
At the meeting in the Nugan Hand Offices om Tuesday January 29th, 1980, Hand had said the principle of the group, should follow Moloneys instructions ... the hearing continues..

Subject: Wisdom- CIA- Nugan Hand Bank- Michael John Moloney (Lennard Keith Knight)



Wisdom is the highest level of knowledge 
Wisdom is aquired by experience gained by normal natural living.
The wise individual constantly satisfies their natural needs and therefore experiences a major saturation 
They have everything that they need, irrespective of the quality and quantity of what they have and are.
Therefore satisfied by overcoming the inconveniences ..  the conveniences also lose their importance. ..
In otherwords, where differences get smaller between the possible conveniences and the inconveniences .... the needs also get smaller ... the more the individual knows ... the less needs they have.... which means that by living they come closer to freedom ... in it's broadest sense but..
Taken from. . The Report On Humanism by Aleksandar Sarovic

.....
Sydney Morning Herald
Thursday October 15th, 1981- Page 17.

Witness in conspiracy case said Hand Feared for His Life..

T.C. Davidson QC - acting for the Corporate Affairs Commissioner ... questioned Mr Gilder at the committal of Nugan Hand Bank'the secretary, Patricia Mary Swan and solicitor for the Nugan Hand Bank and Bernie Houghton, Michael John Moloney (now known as Lennard Keith Knight ..)..
Mr Gilder said that on Tuesday, January 31st 1980  .. at a meeting in the Nugan Hand Bank offices in at 15 Macquarie Street, Sydney ... he (Mr Gilder) proposed that the company (Nugan Hand Ltd) suspend operations until the financial state of Nugan Hand Ltd had been clarified ... 
Mr Gilder told the Court that Michael John Hand then spoke for about 20 minutes   .. saying that they (Nugan Hand Ltd) must stay in business ... that (if not) his (Mr Gilder 's) wife would suffer greatly ... and that she (Mr Gilder 's wife) would be mutilated and send to him (Mr Gilder) in packages ...
Michael John Hand had also said that his (Gilder's) picture was well known in South East Asia and that he (Gilder) should also fear for his family too ... 
Mr Gilder said Michael John Hand/Fuller repeated several times. .  that he had received death threats   . .. as a result the suggestion that trading (in Nugan Hand Ltd)
 was not discussed further ...
The now missing Director and Part Owner of the failed Nugan Hand Bank ... Michael John Hand/Fuller ... told employees that he had received death threats ... and that he (Michael John Hand/Fuller) expected to be killed within the next 24 hours ....
A witness told the Committal Hearing of a conspiracy case yesterday ..
 the witness Mr Jeremy Mackenzie Gilder of Moruben Road, Moiman ... was giving evidence at the Sydney Court of Pretty Sessions in Phillip Street at the Committal Hearing of Nugan Hand Bank's secretary, Patricia Mary Swan, and Nugan Hand Bank's solicitor, Michael John Moloney (now known as Lennard Keith Knight) ... who have been both charged with conspiring to pervert the course of justice  . .. with contravening Sections 174 and 179A of the Companies 
Act   ... and falsely swearing oaths relating to the disappearance of documents belonging to the Nugan Hand Group of Companies ... in answer to questions from Mr   ..  
... Mr Gilder then gave evidence ...
".. about the use of a Hi Ace Van used to transport cartons containing files from the offices of the late Frank Nugan ... out of the offices of the Nugan Hand Group ... 
Mr Gilder said that the defendant Swan helped pack the files and papers in Mr Nugant's Office into cartons.  ... along with himself, Hand, Moloney, Mr Stephen Hill (former director and company secretary of Nugan Hand Ltd), Admiral Yates, Mr George Shaw and possibly Mr Quentin George...
Mr Gilder said that he saw the van the following day. ... and the cartons were no longer inside the van ...
Mr Gilder told Mr I.S. Ward QC acting for the defendant Michael John Molony (known as Lennard Keith Knight) ...that he ( Gilder) had never been in any discussions about whether the Nugan Hand Group of Companies had anything to hide or the documents and files belonging to the Nugan Hand Group should be secreted or distoroyed ...
Mr Gilder also gave evidence concerning the Nugan Hand Solicitor, Michael John Moloney's position in the Nugan Hand Group of companies.
Mr Gilder said that he first met the Nugan Hand Solicitor, Michael John Moloney/Knight, at the Sydney Airport on Tuesday, January 29th, 1980 ...when he (Mr Gilder) went out to the Sydney Airport to collect Michael John Hand/Fuller ....
Michael John Hand/Fuller was returning to Sydney after the death of his partner to collect Francis John Nungan, on Sunday January 27th, 1980. 
Mr Gilder stated that members of the Nugan family were there and also the Nugan Hand Solicitor, Michael John Moloney (now known as Lennard Keith Knight) ...and Mr Bernie Houghton...
Mr Ward QC asked Mr Gilder if Michael John Moloney (now known as Lennard Keith Knight) had been introduced to Michael John Hand/Fuller by Mr Bernie Houghton .... Mr Gilder said ... "...quite possibly..." ...
Mr Gilder then drove Michael John Hand/Fuller and Michael John Moloney (now known as Lennard Keith Knight) back to Sydney .... it was hard to say whether Hand and Molony knew each other before that day.
At the meeting in the Nugan Hand Offices om Tuesday January 29th, 1980, Hand had said the principle of the group, should follow Moloneys instructions ... the hearing continues..


Merchants of Menace review: What really went on with the Nugan Hand Bank swindle

DECEMBER 16 2015- Wayne Grogan

Merchants of Menace: The True Story of the Nugan Hand Bank Scandal
PETER BUTT
BLACKWATTLE PRESS, $29.99

 

http://www.smh.com.au/entertainment/books/merchants-of-menace-review-what-really-went-on-with-the-nugan-hand-bank-swindle-20151214-glmzy4.html

 



Merchants of Menace by Peter Butt traces a negative space of deep politics. Photo: Supplied

 

The recent discovery by documentary maker Peter Butt that Michael Hand was living in Idaho reawakens the mystery of the Nugan Hand Bank, a CIA front that stole more than $50 million from investors in arguably Australia's greatest criminal conspiracy.

In 35 years since escaping Sydney, all that has been revealed about Hand is his drug-running modus operandi, via the exposed work of CIA clone Ollie North. But Hand was the prototype "action officer".

Butt's book about the bank's operations, Merchants of Menace, traces a negative space of deep politics, where a rogue club can access a secret global network to implement illegal programs and remain outside any government overview.

With pinning clarity, Butt also accounts for Hand's undercover mission in Angola. Using Frank Nugan in Sydney to shelter the money flow, Hand delivered weapons to the white buffer states of Rhodesia and Mozambique. Any stifling of communism was fine with Hand. 

Hand also loved killing commies. We get a close-up of his fearsome Vietnam exploits in interviews with Douglas Sapper, a combat buddy from the days of Special Forces training. Sapper, an admirer of Hand but sharp on the folly of his appetites, became a Nugan Hand fixer and occasional soldier of fortune. He is a reliable narrator, cynical enough to be unaffiliated and real enough to let the truth breathe.

In using Sapper's confessional detail to counterpoint a documentary timeline of the bank's crimes, Butt gives the reader an intimate seat at the conspirators' table. What shocks is the level of damage they were prepared to cause in Australia, revealed here for the first time.

Operating in such a weightless space was perfect for Nugan's lust to become the richest man in Sydney. Nugan is outlined as willing enough to do people in, and by the late 1970s heroin in Sydney had become a flood through the bank's laundering of drug-dealer profits.

In using Sapper's confessional detail to counterpoint a documentary timeline of the bank's crimes, Butt gives the reader an intimate seat at the conspirators' table. What shocks is the level of damage they were prepared to cause in Australia, revealed here for the first time.

Operating in such a weightless space was perfect for Nugan's lust to become the richest man in Sydney. Nugan is outlined as willing enough to do people in, and by the late 1970s heroin in Sydney had become a flood through the bank's laundering of drug-dealer profits.

To the cold eye of Bourbon & Beefsteak owner and CIA point-man Bernie Houghton, sketched like someone with a dead heart, Nugan was an accident waiting to wreck everything. 

The good timing of Nugan's death is the other big mystery accorded fresh eyes and more detail here. Overwhelming pressures – suspicious heavy criminals, advanced alcoholism and deteriorating control over the bank's fraudulence – pushed Nugan to get religion. It's moot whether or not the Spirit moved him towards redemption, but he did start to protest the bank's darkness to his machiavellian American friends. 

Interest now lies in an explanation from the found Hand. What's likely is the blankety-blank of US "national security".

Wayne Grogan's 2008 novel, Heavy Allies (Brandl & Schlesinger), is about the Nugan Hand Bank.

AUSTRALIA SUPSPECTS BANK LINK TO C.I.A.

Special to the New York Times

Published: November 13, 1982

http://www.nytimes.com/1982/11/13/business/australia-supspects-bank-link-to-cia.html

SYDNEY, Australia, Nov. 12— Australian detectives are expected to visit the United States and Southeast Asia in the next few weeks as they attempt to determine whether the failed Sydney-based Nugan Hand Merchant Bank was involved in trafficking in heroin and covert activities of the United States Central Intelligence Agency.

Under particular scrutiny will be the work carried out for Nugan Hand by retired United States Government officials and military officers between 1977 and 1980, when one of the bank's founders, Frank Nugan, was found shot dead and the other, Michael Hand, vanished. The bank collapsed following Mr. Nugan's death.

In a report released earlier this week, the Australian Government said it had uncovered evidence of a link between the C.I.A. and Nugan Hand. The report, heavily censored because the Government thought publication might inhibit the investigations, was made by police studying the possible involvement of the bank in drug trafficking.

The report said Mr. Hand, who was born in New York City, and a Nugan Hand associate, Bernard Houghton, a 62-year-old Texan who was the bank's representative in Saudi Arabia, had a background in American intelligence before they arrived in Sydney in 1967.

Mr. Hand, who became an Australian citizen in 1979, is believed to be in the United States, the report said. A 'Strong Inference'

The police report said of Mr. Hand: ''His business activities in the late 1960's and the early 1970's with members of the C.I.A.- controlled airline, Air America, and C.I.A.-connected Continental Air Service, and Agency for International Development led to the strong inference that Hand's intelligence activity was with the C.I.A.

''There is some evidence to suggest that Hand retained his U.S. intelligence ties through the 1970's and probably into the 1980's. Houghton was associated with U.S. intelligence personnel in Southeast Asia and Australia, and had some type of association with personnel in the Australian security and intelligence organization.''

Kevin Newman, Australia's administrative services minister, said in a statement that senior American officials had assured him that the C.I.A. had no involvement in the bank. The report said it was not drawing conclusions about C.I.A. involvement with the bank, and its only recommendation was that further investigation was warranted.

(In Washington Friday, a spokesman for the Central Intelligence Agency said it was his understanding that the Australian investigation had turned up new information suggesting C.I.A. involvement in the bank. But, said Dale Petersen, the spokesman for the agency, ''We've checked everything and have found no linkages.'')

The censored part of the report is believed to discuss links between Nugan Hand and organized crime, establishing that the bank was involved in heroin smuggling. Millions of Dollars Transferred

Among the deletions were nearly two pages following the heading, ''The unfinished investigation. United States personnel involved.''

Almost 40 pages of the 240-page report were devoted to Mr. Houghton. The report said that when Mr. Houghton ran the Saudi Arabian office, the bank transferred millions of dollars out of Saudi Arabia. The money has yet to be traced.

Many pages relating to Mr. Houghton were deleted. The sections include ''The destruction of Nugan Hand records;'' his meetings in 1979 with a former C.I.A. operative, Edwin P. Wilson, who was recently arrested in the United States and charged with exporting explosives to Libya to help train terrorists, and one headed, ''Houghton and two Australian clients of Nugan Hand - a case of fraud?'' Colby Is Named

The report included a list of Americans who worked for Nugan Hand. Among them were Rear Adm. Earl Yates, U.S.N., retired, the first president of Nugan Hand International; William E. Colby, Director of Central Intelligence from 1973 to 1976, who worked as legal adviser to Nugan Hand International after 1979; Walter McDonald, former economist and oil expert at the C.I.A., who joined Nugan Hand International in 1979 as a consultant; Brig. Gen. Edwin Black, U.S.A., retired, the bank's representative in Hawaii; Lieut. Gen. LeRoy Manor, U.S.A.F., retired, the Nugan Hand representative in Manila; Dr. Guy Pauker, a consultant to Nugan Hand International, and Dale Holmgren, the bank's Taiwan representative, who was an Army officer in Taiwan.

Apart from the police investigations, a Royal Commission on drug trafficking is also looking into activites of the Nugan Hand Bank.

Illustrations: Photos of figures in the scandal of the Nugan Hand Merchant Bank






Secret War in Laos Documentary Film: Laotian Civil War and U.S. Government Involvement

The Film Archives

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=R0t1AZXRogU&app=desktop

Published on Aug 27, 2012

The Laotian Civil War (1953--75) was a fight between the Communist Pathet Lao (including many North Vietnamese of Lao ancestry, and the Royal Lao Government in which both the political rightists and leftists received heavy external support for a proxy war from the global Cold War superpowers. Among United States Central Intelligence Agency Special Activities Division US and Hmong veterans of the conflict, it is known as the Secret War.[8]

The Kingdom of Laos was a covert theatre for battle for the other belligerents during the Vietnam War. The Franco--Lao Treaty of Amity and Association signed 22 October 1953, transferred remaining French powers -- except control of military affairs -- to the Royal Lao Government -- which did not include any representatives from the Lao Issara anti-colonial armed nationalist movement[9] — and otherwise establishing Laos as an independent member of the French Union.[10]

The following years were marked by a rivalry between the neutralists under Prince Souvanna Phouma, the right wing under Prince Boun Oum of Champassak, and the left-wing Lao Patriotic Front under Prince Souphanouvong and future Prime Minister Kaysone Phomvihane. A number of attempts were made to establish coalition governments, and a "tri-coalition" government was finally seated in Vientiane.

The fighting in Laos involved the North Vietnamese Army, American, Thai, and South Vietnamese forces directly and through irregular proxies in a battle for control over the Laotian Panhandle. The North Vietnamese Army occupied the area for use as the Ho Chi Minh Trail supply corridor and staging area for offensives into South Vietnam. There was a second major theatre of action on and near the northern Plaine des Jarres.

The North Vietnamese and Pathet Lao emerged victorious in 1975, as part of the general communist victory in Indochina that year.

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Laotian_...

Category Education


Welcome to the Sydney Crime Museum, 
the history site of a city founded by criminals.

The Nugan Hand Connection- the Sydney Crime Museum

http://www.sydneycrimemuseum.com/crime-stories/the-nugan-hand-connection/

Merchant banker Frank Nugan viewed the world of high finance like a game of chess. For every move there was always a countermove — until checkmate. If outmanoeuvred when actually playing chess, he would sit back imperiously and utter his favourite saying: ‘so I’m in a corner. So what?’ If he lost he was eager to play again, to try to win another game.

But checkmate came for Frank Nugan on a lonely road west of the Blue Mountains, near Sydney, early on the morning of Sunday, 27 January 1980. A passing police patrol car found his body slumped across the front seat of his white Mercedes sedan. His right hand rested neatly on the butt of a .30 mm rifle, his left hand on the barrel, with the muzzle centimetres away from the side of his bullet-holed head.

Later a coroner found that Nugan, crushed by the strain of walking a business tightrope, had committed suicide.

Like his merchant banking activities, Nugan’s death at first appeared a mystery. There was suspicion that he may have been murdered, but the weight of evidence does point to suicide. An audit of the Nugan Hand Bank books was due within a week and Frank Nugan knew his global billion-dollar empire would be exposed for what it was — an empty sham.

During those last few weeks, Nugan’s behaviour became more frenetic. Already facing conspiracy charges resulting from alleged irregularities in the affairs of a fruit- and vegetable-packing company run by his brother Ken, he now also faced a forced admission of failure and, more shattering, allegations that he had plundered millions of dollars of clients’ funds.

Two days before his death, at least one director threatened to resign unless Nugan could produce securities to match depositors’ funds.

An immensely proud man with an obsession for appearances, Nugan was told he would have to put up his Vaucluse mansion and other assets. He replied: ‘I may as well shoot myself.

Both Nugan and his partner, Michael Jon Hand, who has disappeared, turned to religion as their problems grew. Nugan believed that, all else having failed, he could get God onside. Inside the cover of a pocket edition of the New Testament and Psalms found on his body, he had written: ‘God is our partner — GNH and Co. Isaiah 41.10’. GNH apparently meant God, Nugan, Hand and Co.

The extraordinary cast of people associated with the bank — from a former head of the CIA to prominent members of the Sydney underworld — Nugan’s death, the coroner’s inquiry, the sensational collapse of the bank and Hand’s disappearance have aroused tremendous interest and comment. But so far little information has come forward which explains these events fully.

Days before his death, Nugan went to communion at St. Andrew’s Cathedral, Sydney, where other communicants noticed him sitting by himself, weeping quietly.

Nugan had befriended a lay preacher, Paul Owens, who would often receive a call to go to Nugan’s Macquarie Street office to pray, or spend time with him after morning church services which Nugan attended sometimes three times a week. Once, he confided to Owens: ‘Paul, I’m working my guts out and I just don’t seem to be getting anywhere’.

Owens gave Nugan a Bible, inscribed ‘To Frank from your friend Paul. Mathew 16 — Lo, I am with you always’.

The coroner, Mr Derek Hand SM, found that Nugan had committed suicide because of an ‘accumulation of strain’ which had pushed him beyond breaking point. The inquest had been told of ‘gross and systematic defalcation of gargantuan proportions’.

However, at the inquest, Michael Hand claimed that the prospect of being discovered would not have caused him to commit suicide. ‘I don’t believe he could have given up the ship . . . Frank Nugan was a fighter and I do not believe he would have taken his own life’.

The Nugan Hand Bank was involved extensively in drug activities, including the laundering of drug money.

The explanation for this lies in Frank Nugan’s ambition to make $100 million. To achieve this end he believed the bank would grow quickly with the right ‘front’ — connections with prominent people. He flaunted success in the firm belief — common to many self-made men — that the appearance of success breeds success.



AFR Review Illustration by Michael Fitzjames - The Devil with an apple


Nugan luxuriated in a chauffeur-driven Mercedes, a yacht and his water-front home at Vaucluse.

These trappings were immensely important to him and were reflected in his remarkably gauche suggestion to a Financial Review journalist in 1978: ‘Any time you want to be picked up in front of the Herald (the Sydney Morning Herald) building by the driver and the Merc, just give us a hoy and I’ll send him straight around. That’ll show your mates you’re cutting it with the big time’.

But even though Frank Nugan was unreliable, pushy and boastful, people liked him. The fact that his insecurity and vulnerability were so close to the surface gave him curious charm and appeal. As he said: ‘I’m just a poor Spanish boy battling to make a quid’.

One former employee said: ‘It was quite a sight to see Frank at the end of a day, in full flight, with the best part of a bottle of Johnny Walker Black Label under his belt, cursing his enemies, giving his views on the state of the world or seeking advice from colleagues on how best to tackle his problems — advice which he rarely had the patience to hear all the way through’.

On the other side, the decade of the Nugan Hand Bank paralleled the explosion of illegal drug trafficking into Australia and the increasing financial sophistication of organised crime in Sydney.

Francis John Nugan, the son of immigrant parents from Valencia, Spain, was born in Griffith, NSW, where his father set up his own fruit-packing and distribution business. Frank and his brother, Ken, did well at school and went to Sydney University. Ken graduated in economics and took over the running of the family fruit-packing business.

Frank finished law and, following a stint with the prominent Sydney firm of Dawson Waldron as an articled clerk, gained a Masters Degree in Law at the Berkeley campus of the University of California. From there he began studying for a doctorate in Canada and, though he never completed the degree, years later he would on occasion introduce himself as ‘Dr Nugan’.

Returning to Australia in 1968, aged twenty-six, Nugan spent a year with Freehill, Hollingdale and Page, a large Sydney law firm. Lured by the mining boom, Nugan helped to float Meekatharra Minerals, capitalising his investment after the shares moved from 10 cents to $7.

Flush with his first million, Nugan met Michael Jon Hand. A year older, Hand was a forestry graduate from Syracuse University in New York State and had served as a Green Beret in the US special forces in Vietnam. According to contemporary reports, Hand was one of six survivors of a 200-member unit which held out against 1200 North Vietnamese at Dong Xoai, 135 kilometres north of Saigon, in one of the first major battles of the Vietnam War. He was awarded America’s second highest gallantry award, the Distinguished Service Cross.

In 1969, Hand established a local company, Australasian and Pacific Holdings Ltd, ostensibly to promote tourism and business in the Pacific area. Shareholders included four other Americans — Grant Walters, Robert Petersen, David Houston and Spencer Smith — who all gave as their address the San Francisco office of Air America, since identified as a CIA-controlled airline used for clandestine operations in Vietnam and Laos.

Hand introduced Nugan to some associates whose names have since cropped up in the various royal commissions established to investigate organised crime in NSW and the State’s burgeoning illicit drug trade.

In 1970, Nugan and Hand formalised their relationship by establishing Yorkville Nominees Pty Ltd, an investment advisory company. Three years later they launched Nugan Hand Ltd as a public company, with paid-up capital of $1 million, increased to $2 million four years later.

The new venture was established as an investment banking firm and took over the clients and business developed by Yorkville Nominees.

After less than twelve months, the two expanded to Asia and established Nugan Hand [Hong Kong] Ltd, although it was not until 1976 that they registered the company with the Hong Kong Commissioner of Banking as a deposit-taking company. At the same time, the Nugan Hand Bank was incorporated in Grand Cayman, a British dependency and offshore tax haven in the West Indies.

The Cayman operation was established soon after another venture, the Castle Bank, had been forced to close following revelations that it had been used as a conduit for CIA funds used in undercover operations. According to the Wall Street Journal, the US Internal Revenue Service also found evidence that the Castle Bank had been used for tax evasion by American organised crime.

An investigation by Internal Revenue was abandoned, according to the paper, after the CIA intervened on the grounds that the probe could jeopardise national security. The head of the CIA at that time was William Colby, who subsequently became a legal representative for Nugan Hand in Washington.

However, so far no link has been made between Colby’s CIA role and his legal appointment.

In 1978, Nugan Hand acquired control of the small F. A. Neubauer Bank in Hamburg. The bank now had branches in Sydney, Hong Kong, the Cayman Islands and Germany, operating under the umbrella of a master company, Nugan Hand International, headquartered in Singapore.

Representative offices were also established in Malaysia, the Philippines, Thailand, Taiwan, Saudi Arabia, Panama, Chile, Argentina, Britain and the US.

Nugan modelled his operation on the secretive banks which handled the private affairs of wealthy clients in 18th century Europe.

Once clients passed money to the bank they were identified solely by a numbered code. Frank Nugan and Michael Hand had their own numbers — 536 and 537. A tiny red dot alongside the code indicated a sensitive client.

A special code was used for money transfers between Sydney and overseas offices, ‘hides’ being used for Australian dollars, ‘latest’ for US dollars, ‘glassware’ for Singapore dollars, ‘radies’ for gold, ‘televisions’ for silver, and ‘raw material’ for cash.

On the surface, Nugan Hand operated the same as any other merchant bank — accepting deposits, re-investing the money, arranging the transfer of money and advising on takeovers. According to bank publicity, it concentrated on the short-term money market. However, the generous rates — offering interest on depositors’ funds three or four per cent higher than ruling rates — was one of the initial reasons for rousing the suspicions of other bankers who speculated openly that Nugan Hand was not engaged in legitimate activities.

Since the collapse of the bank, it has become apparent that much of the money was not re-invested but simply disappeared. On the surface it was all accounted for, but Nugan, in fact, was playing the oldest commercial trick — robbing Peter to pay Paul.

The fiction was developed through the employment of prestigious ‘front’ staff and extraordinary publicity. In 1976, the bank’s Australian turnover was claimed to be $26 million. A year later, according to bank handouts, it had increased eightfold to reach $220 million. Less than twelve months later, Nugan was proclaiming it had passed $1000 million.

However, it was not until late in 1977 that Nugan Hand [Hong Kong] Ltd, supposedly the bank’s biggest money-spinner, secured its first deposit of $1 million. This inclusion gave the group such a boost that Nugan telexed his congratulations and gave the local representative, Leslie Collings, a directorship and salary of $50000 a year. Shortly afterwards, eyebrows were raised in the Hong Kong banking fraternity when it was reported in a radio news broadcast that the group had accepted a deposit of $700 million. The true figure was $700000.

Bank staff in Hong Kong witnessed little first-hand evidence of the billion-dollar turnover. What money they did see arrive was transferred quickly to Sydney, Singapore or the Cayman Islands. The balance sheet for the Hong Kong office at the end of December 1977 disclosed the holding of only $953 903 in deposits.

Although the transactions confused official investigators, the process of one particular deposit in Sydney, unearthed by my investigations, provides an insight into the operations of the bank.

A Sydney security firm, K. & R. Cash, was called to Nugan’s office to deliver a large amount of cash to the South Hurstville branch of the Commercial Bank of Australia. Once the cash was deposited, cheques were made out at Nugan’s direction. For one consignment of $350000 — $300000 in $50 notes and $50000 in $20 notes — Nugan directed K. & R. Cash to make out two cheques in favour of F. J. Nugan. One, dated 4 November 1977, was for $250000 and the other, dated 7 November, was for $100000.

When K. & R. Cash had deposited $109000 for Nugan Hand with the CBA Bank seven months previously — on 4 April 1977 — it had made out the cheque to Nugan Hand. On presentation to the bank, the cheque had been changed, with Nugan Hand altered to Yorkville Nominees Pty Ltd, Frank Nugan’s private company. Other cheques covering deposits for similar amounts were changed in the same way. Thus Yorkville Nominees became the major conduit for the extraction of funds placed with Nugan Hand companies.

It has been discovered that, through Yorkville, Nugan took $500000 to buy his mansion in Coolong Road, Vaucluse, at least $400000 to remodel and furnish it and an estimated $900000 to mount a defence against charges involving his brother Ken’s fruit- and vegetable-packing company at Griffith.

Frank and his brother Ken, along with two ex-NSW detectives Fred Krahe and Keith Kelly, were charged in May 1978 with conspiracy to defraud the Nugan Group Ltd, the family fruit and vegetable empire at Griffith. The charges against Krahe and Kelly were later dismissed, but a magistrate found that a prima facie case existed against Frank and Ken Nugan. Final hearings against the brothers were scheduled when Frank was found dead. Ken Nugan was subsequently convicted and served a gaol sentence.

The remarkable lack of interest in the fate of much of the money lodged with the bank has been attributed by official investigators to the fact that much of it was ‘black’, or obtained illegally.

The involved financial transactions apparently did not stop after Nugan died. Among other deposits under claim in Hong Kong is one for $HK1250000 accepted from Whitehall Finance on 28 January 1980 — the first business day after Nugan’s body was discovered.

Lodged with the group for investment at short notice at an interest rate of 14·75 per cent, it was apparently transmitted from Hong Kong to the Cayman Islands. According to Mr Mike Woollard, a banking expert in the Official Receiver’s Office in Hong Kong, Nugan Hand’s Hong Kong operation acted merely as a ‘conduit of funds for the Cayman Island company’.

In a ‘strictly private and confidential’ report tendered before the Hong Kong Supreme Court by the Colony’s Financial Secretary, Mr David Jefferson, it is disclosed that no record of some deposits existed in company books.

However, to impress and maintain appearances, both Nugan and Hand promoted political connections. As the Washington Post has reported, Nugan arranged to be photographed with President Jimmy Carter. In the Philippines, he befriended President Marcos and in late 1970s the bank hosted an international congress on new enterprises in Manila, Nugan outlaid $75 000 on one Manila ‘bash’ — hiring helicopters to fly in guests from surrounding islands. He announced he was working out details of loans for Filipino firms amounting to $200 million but nobody could explain where the money was coming from.

In another incident involving the bank’s office in Thailand, elaborate arrangements were made to ship about $100 million in gold out of Bangkok. As a former employee relates the story, the deal was arranged through a contact of Imelda Marcos, wife of the Philippines President. Nugan Hand’s Hong Kong office sent an armed van to the Hong Kong airport to take delivery of the expected shipment but it failed to arrive.

Throughout 1977 and 1978, the bank maintained an office not only in Bangkok but also in Chiang Mai, at the heart of the Golden Triangle, the notorious source of much of Asia’s heroin, which lies at the meeting point of Burma, Thailand and Laos. Curiously, its Chiang Mai office was next door to the office of America’s Drug Enforcement Agency.

Nugan Hand’s man, Neil Evans, and DEA’s man, Chuck Wilson, answered each other’s phones and played cards together.

Suspicions about the bank’s involvement in laundering drug money were privately voiced for years and can now be supported in some detail. Police found on Nugan’s body a 15-page list of 194 names of companies and individuals. The money mentioned in the list amounted to several million dollars. Various names were repeated and next to them were comments such as ‘uncollectable’, ‘nil’ or ‘paid in’. Fearing the approaching bank audit, Nugan apparently had prepared the list in a desperate bid to call up funds.

Names in the list included Reg Parkin, gaoled with former NSW policeman Murray Stewart Riley over the much-publicised importation of $46 million worth of buddha sticks from Thailand in the yacht Anoa in 1978. Two references were made to a Ken Dooley — an alias for Kenneth Derley, also convicted with Riley over the Anoa deal. James Randolph Sweetman, who also appears in the list, was convicted in 1970 with Stanley John Smith, better known as ‘stan the Man’, over the attempted sale of amphetamines following a haul from a May & Baker warehouse in Sydney.

Riley and Dooley were observed by authorities entering Nugan Hand’s Sydney office, yet the former denied to the NSW Woodward Royal Commission on drugs that he had any dealings with Nugan Hand. Riley had extensive dealings with the bank in both Sydney and Hong Kong. On his first visit to the Hong Kong office he called himself ‘Mr Murray’ and on his following visit ‘Mr Riley’. When asked what his real name was he replied that it was both, if put together. Riley finally became so well known to the staff that he was given the nickname ‘Mr Blue Eyes’.

Parkin is also remembered well by the bank’s former Hong Kong staff. He left a printed calling card. On his first call, he is believed to have collected $8000 transmitted from Sydney.

On a subsequent visit, he discussed the purchase of a boat with Hand. The Sydney office arranged the transaction of $18000 to Hong Kong for the purchase of a boat — a twin-diesel motor cruiser known as ‘Mashkee Two’. Parkin told the royal commission he had never met Nugan but when the Hong Kong staff refused to advance him money for the boat without authority, he said: ‘I’ll go down to Sydney and see Frank’.

These anecdotes reflect the schizophrenic nature of the operation. At one end there was a legitimate bank with honest, dedicated employees; at the other, a secretive structure designed to work outside the law. As one former employee put it, ‘It often seemed that there were two distinctive operations — the fledgling merchant bank with all its ancillary services, and Frank’s activities, about which little was known’.

The mystery surrounding Nugan continued after his death. At his funeral, as the body was lowered into the grave, Hand turned to an associate and said: ‘I could have sworn I heard the bastard laughing at me’.

from Connections 1 by Bob Bottom

Illustrations by Michael Fitzjames


Frank Nugan  - Background

http://www.sourcewatch.org/index.php/Frank_Nugan




Frank Nugan

Frank Nugan and Michael Jon Hand/Fuller

Frank Nugan "was born in Griffith in 1942, the son of a Spanish migrant who started a fruit packing business there. The playboy heir to a modest food processing fortune, Nugan got a law degree in 1963 from Sydney University and a Master of Law from Berkeley University in 1965. After working in Canada, he returned to Australia in 1968 and met Bernie Houghton and Michael Hand with whom he established a number of companies, including the Nugan Hand Bank. By the late 1970s, Frank Nugan was calling himself ‘one of the wealthiest men in Sydney’. He drove a gold Mercedes and lived in a million dollar mansion in Vaucluse with a harbour view and its own beach. Half owner of the Nugan Hand Bank, at its prestigious 55 Macquarie Street address, he shared offices overlooking Circular Quay with Sir Robert Askin, recently-retired Premier of New South Wales.

"Askin and his powerful circle were Frank Nugan’s sponsors. Admiral Yates, the President of Nugan Hand Bank, said he accepted the position as Nugan Hand president on the advice of Sir Robert Askin. Admiral Yates said he trusted Askin’s opinion about the bank principals, Frank Nugan and Michael Hand, because Askin knew them well and shared an office with them. Yates said: ‘I inquired of Sir Robert Askin, who had a private office at 55 Macquarie Street with them, and he gave them very strong credentials’. Yates said Askin had told him Nugan and Hand were ‘good solid business people — a little flamboyant, but that was because they were so successful’.

"Nugan touted his skills as a tax consultant and a financial adviser, but his genius lay in deception. Secret accounts were his trademark, and he was gifted at losing money in elaborate deceipts, scattering cheques to create bewildering paper trails. Stewart, in his report into the Nugan Hand Bank, had a diagram of one $30,000 diversion of funds from the Nugan Hand Bank to the Nugan Group in Griffith which Frank Nugan sent through eleven transactions between the source (the Nugan Hand Bank) and its destination in the Nugan Group.

"The Nugan Group, Frank Nugan’s family company, began in 1941 in a primitive shed in Banna Avenue in Griffith, packing fresh fruit and vegetables. By 1977 the Nugan Group was valued at $11 million; it operated a major 5 acre factory complex in Griffith and ran factories in Casino, Lismore and Brisbane. It was one of Australia’s major fruit juice producers, and the largest proprietary fresh fruit and vegetable packers and distributors in the country." 

"Frank attended Griffith High School, the University of Sydney (LL.B., 1964) and the University of California at Berkeley (LL.M., 1965), United States of America. After spending some years in Canada, he returned to Sydney in 1968. He was admitted as a solicitor on 22 November and set up practice. In New York on 23 May 1970 he married Charlotte Lee Sofge, who came from Tennessee.

"That year Nugan was involved, as a director (1970-72), in floating Meekatharra Minerals N.L. to mine nickel, cobalt and copper in Western Australia; its shares rose to $6.90 then fell sharply. With a New Yorker named Michael Hand, Nugan engaged in land-deals and share-trading. In 1973 they set up a merchant bank, Nugan Hand Ltd, with a nominal paid-up capital of $1 million. Between 1976 and 1979 'turnover' reportedly rose from $30 million to $1000 million; the bank opened offices to accept deposits in Hong Kong, Singapore, the Cayman Islands and Saudi Arabia...

"Meanwhile, his elder brother Kenneth had expanded their father's firm, the Nugan Group Ltd, into one of Australia's largest fruit and vegetable distributors; Frank was one of its directors. In 1978 he, Ken and others were charged with conspiracy to defraud the Nugan Group." 

                                                                                    


More CIA Treachery: Nugan Hand Bank

NuganHand_Crimes-of-Patriots-Jonathan-Kwitny

Nugan Hand Bank Laundering money  for major illegal drug dealers and a front for the CIA

to move illegal drugs, arms dealing, money laundering,

tax and other fraud, paying off assassins, murderers for hire and paying off people

and to influence the outcome of state and federal elections in Australia and around the world

Editor’s Note: I posted the below article at the American Patriot Friends Network way back in 2003 Part 1 Here; Part 2 Here), and have re-posted it elsewhere over the years. This latest version of the selected excerpts from Alfred McCoy’s masterpiece on the CIA’s dope dealing escapades is more complete than previous postings. Professor McCoy’s book is “The Politics of Heroin: CIA Complicity In The Drug Trade”.  (See below)

But first a word about the book pictured above: Jonathan Kwitny was sent by the Wall Street Journal to Australia to cover a breaking story about one of the CIA;s drug-smuggling, money-laundering, and arms dealing proprietaries, a bank named Nugan Hand, Ltd. Mr. Kwitny gave us the “story behind the story” regarding the Iran-Contra scandal which disgraced the Ronald Reagan White House. His coverage of the Australian government’s investigation of the Nugan Hand Bank, Ltd, led to the free wheeling dope-dealing escapades of the CIA’s drug dealing, arms trafficking, and money laundering at a larger CIA proprietary bank named BCCI, which the U.S. Senate investigated.

I have typed in passages from pages 461-472 in Alfred W. McCoy’s bombshell book, “The Politics of Heroin: CIA Complicity In The Drug Trade“, (published by Lawrence Hill Books, Chicago, by arrangement with Harper and Row, Publishers, Inc., New York; ISBN: 1-55652-125-1; this is the second edition, copyrighted by Alfred W. McCoy 1991; first edition copyrighted by Alfred W. McCoy and Cathleen B. Read, 1972.)

Nugan Hand_Politics of Heroin



 The Politics Of Heroin -

CIA Complicity In The Global Drug Trade by Alfred McCoy

Nugan Hand Bank

At 4:00 a.m. on January 27, 1980, a state police officer patrolling a country road west of Sydney, Australia, noticed a late-model Mercedes sedan parked by the side of the road and stopped to examine it. Inside the constable found the body of a middle-aged male slumped forward, still holding the rifle he had apparently used to shoot himself in the head. Searching his wallet, the police found personal identification for one Frank Nugan, a merchant banker of Sydney, and a calling card from one William Colby, a New York lawyer who had recently retired as director of the U.S. Central Intelligence Agency.

The circumstances of Nugan’s suicide and the bank’s spectacular collapse only six months later have inspired hundreds of press probes, three major Australian government investigations, and a lengthy book by one of America’s best investigative reporters. All have asked the same basic question: What was the relationship between the Nugan Hand Bank and the CIA? Although we have more details about the bank than about any other company with similarly ambiguous CIA connections, the question still defies a concise answer. The Nugan Hand Bank remains a great espionage mystery.

Although the large question about the bank and the agency will probably never be answered, Nugan Hand’s twisted history does offer insights into the world of CIA espionage—in particular, that gray area of alumni, allies, assets, and affiliated companies that do so much of the agency’s covert work. In his memoirs and public statements, William Colby has portrayed his CIA colleagues as “honorable men”, patriots who simply would not, could not tolerate any involvement in drugs by either agency personnel or covert assets. Whatever it may or may not have been, the Nugan Hand Bank was certainly two things: (1)an employer of many retired CIA agents and (2) heavily involved in narcotics trafficking. Unlike most of the agency’s faceless espionage, the carefully documented Nugan Hand case affords a close look at the moral universe of covert operations, particularly the gray sector of CIA proprietaries and affiliates. The Nugan Hand case shows how the CIA’s secret war in Laos, interwoven with the tribal opium trade, produced a covert action cadre with a tolerance for drug dealing.

The Nugan Hand Bank served several constituencies simultaneously, and its various relationships reveal a good dal about the operations of this clientele. Based in Sydney, the bank was a partnership between Australian lawyer Frank Nugan and an ex-Green Beret businessman named Michael Hand. Both worked closely with one of their senior managers, a mysterious American expatriate with impeccable intelligence contacts, Maurice Benard Houghton. Through the three men and their separate, sometimes overlapping networks, the bank cultivated corrupt Australian politicians, Sydney crime syndicate, a fraternity of ex-CIA arms dealers, and the U.S. Central Intelligence Agency.

In less than a decade after its incorporation in Sydney in 1973, Nugan Hand Limited went through a complete cycle from modest origins to spectacular global expansion to precipitous collapse. During its eight-year life, the bank’s character was shaped by its three principals. Son of a Spanish migrant fruit packer, Francis Nugan grew up in Griffith, New South Wales, in the country west of Sydney, graduated in law from Sydney University, and did some spotty postgraduate legal studies in California and Canada. Nugan would later claim that he played a major role in rewriting Canada’s tax law while studying abroad, but records show that he was employed as a minor clerical assistant. His name does appear among the twenty-seven listed in the tax review’s final report. While his brother Ken built the family produce business, the Nugan Group Limited, into one of Australia’s largest, Frank practiced law in Sydney without much success in the late 1960s. Stripped of his inflated credentials, Frank Nugan was known to be an abrasive alcoholic, an incompetent manager, a mediocre lawyer, and a “pathological liar”.

The other founding partner, Michael Jon Hand, was born in New York in 1941, son of a senior state civil servant, and raised in the Bronx. In 1963 he finished a year’s vocational course in forestry at Syracuse University, graduating thirty-eighth among forty-nine students, and joined the U.S. Army’s Special Forces, the Green Berets. After training at Fort Bragg, he was sent to Vietnam where he won the army’s second highest decoration, the Distinguished Service Cross, for gallantry in fighting northwest of Saigon. Sometime in 1965-1966 Hand joined the CIA for two years as a contract operative fighting with Hmong guerrillas in the mountains of northern Laos. While serving with the CIA, Hand met Theodore Shackley, the agency’s Vientaine station chief in 1966-1968, and befriended a crack Air America pilot, Kermit “Buddy” King, who often flew him to remote tribal outposts. The various official reports do not mention whether Hand also met Shackley’s friend and deputy CIA station chief Thomas Clines, later a close associate of both Hand and his partner Bernie Houghton. Although Hand’s Hmong allies grew opium and shipped it to market on Air America, it is not known whether it was here that Hand acquired the expertise in narcotics that he later applied to building the bank.

Sometime in 1967 Hand finished his CIA contract and moved to Sydney, where he met American expatriate Bernie Houghton, who was then running the Bourbon and Beefsteak restaurant in the city’s Kings Cross vice district. Through Houghton and other contacts, Hand soon became involved in selling Australian real estate to Americans serving in Southeast Asia. In early 1968 the pilot Buddy King joined Hand in Australia and eventually settled with his Thai housekeeper several hours up the coast from Sydney, where their land sales were located, often flying Hand up to the property in a private aircraft for weekends. As an indication of their CIA contacts, in September 1969 Hand formed Australasian and Pacific Holdings Ltd., a real estate company whose seventy-one shareholders included nineteen people then employed by the CIA’s contract airlines in Indochina, Air America and Continental Air Services. Sometime in the late 1960s Hand met Frank Nugan and the two are believed to have shared an apartment before they both married. Crude in manner, violent in speech, and poorly educated, Hand had no banking experience and would bring little more than his cunning and covert contacts to the building of Nugan Hand Bank.

The key figure in much of the bank’s history, Maurice Bernard Houghton, is a mysterious Texan who arrived in Sydney from Southeast Asia in 1967 with an impressive list of references from senior U.S. military officers. Born in Texas in 1920, Houghton finished a semester at Southern Methodist University; served in the military during World War II; and knocked bout the country for twenty years in various jobs with no particular direction. In 1964 Houghton moved to Southeast Asia, where he remained for the next three years during the escalation of the Viet Nam war, engaged in activities that remain unclear. Australia’s Joint Task Force into the bank’s affairs reported that Houghton was “part of the intelligence community” in Southeast Asia before coming to Australia. Wall Street Journal reporter Jonathan Kwitny interviewed former U.S. intelligence officers who claimed, on the record, that Houghton was a wheeler-dealer in Southeast Asia who traded in slot machines, opium—anything.

Soon after arriving in Sydney, Houghton formed a business association with a prominent Hungarian emigre, Sir Paul Strasser, owner of one of Sydney’s leading property companies. With support from Strasser and his associates, Houghton opened the Bourbon and Beefsteak restaurant in October, 1967, just weeks before the first American soldiers began arriving on R&R leave from Vietnam. Among Houghton’s private guests at the club were the CIA’s Australian station chief from 1973 to 1975, John D. Walker; the state’s Premier Sir Robert Askin, a corrupt politician notorious for his contacts with criminal syndicates; and Abraham Saffron, Sydney’s leading gangster and vice lord of Kings Cross. Unlike his future partners, Houghton maintained excellent contacts with the most senior U.S. military and intelligence personnel in the Asia-Pacific region. His intelligence contacts were such that when here turned to Australia from a business trip without a visa in 1972, he rang the state director for the clandestine Australian Security Intelligence Organization (ASIO). The director, Leon Carter, vouched for Houghton and the American received an immediate visa. In dealing with his male friends, Houghton seems to have been a man of strong loyalties and antipathies. “I had a personality problem with Nugan”, Houghton later told the Australian Joint Task Force. “He was harsh, abrasive, arrogant and inconsiderate.” By contrast, Houghton remained very close to Michael Hand, who seemed to regard the older man as a “father figure”. Hand would eventually tire of Frank Nugan’s alcoholism and costly flamboyance, but he remained close to Bernie Houghton until the end.

In 1973, Nugan Hand Limited was born, as it would die, through a gross financial fraud. With only $80 in the company’s bank account and just $5 in paid-up capital, Frank Nugan wrote hs own company a personal check for $980,000 to purchase 490,000 shares of its stock. He then covered his massive overdraft by writing himself a company check for the same amount. Through this elementary accounting fraud, Nugan could claim that the company’s paid-up capital was a million dollars. The bank’s start also coincided with the first of many allegations of drug dealing against Michael hand. Injured in an accident, Buddy King’s Thai house-keeper met a Sydney lawyer to sue for compensation. The lawyer was, for reasons never explained, phoned the Australian Bureau of Narcotics to report that King, Air America’s former ace pilot, was flying heroin into Australia for Michael hand. Soon after his housekeeper’s lawyer made these allegations, King fell to his death from the tenth floor of a Sydney apartment building.

Over the next four years, the bank grew at a remarkable rate by providing a bridge between larger, legitimate banks and a shadow universe of organized crime, illegal money laundering, and intelligence operations. Even at its peak in 1979 with dozens of employees and a global network of offices, the bank never really made a proper profit. Most employees were not clerks or investment counselors, but salespeople who scrambled desperately to keep new deposits coming in the front door faster than the bank’s officers could take them out the back—through lavish expenses, high salaries, and simply fraud. Nugan Hand was a carnival shell game, courting depositors for cash and moving money from branch to branch to conceal one fundamental fact—the bank simply had no assets behind it.

Like many corporate confidence men, Frank Nugan and Michael Hand were obsessed with creating the illusion of propriety and prosperity. Without any capital or customers, Frank Nugan’s first act in opening the company was to lease expensive, well-appointed offices at 55 Macquarie Street, a prestigious address in the heart of the Sydney business district. Nugan hired a reputable money market manager who found that he could get an hour or two of credit every day from personal contacts in the business, just long enough to buy and sell. Although the trading incurred a real loss of $18, 373, the total volume of transactions reached $2.4 million dollars, giving the new company the aura of doing big business. As the bank grew, so did the scale of its illusions. The bank issued glossy annual reports claiming, in 1976 for example, $22 million in “total assets”, $26 million in “gross proceeds from sales of securities”, and approval of its bookkeeping by reputable auditors. A lavish promotional brochure described the bank as part of the Nugan Hand Group, “with assets exceeding US $20,000,000 and a turnover exceeding US $1,000,000,000 per annum.” Assuring potential clients “absolute security, anonymity and confidentiality”, the brochure promised customers “the utmost in personal service and attentive specialist assistance.” With what now seems wry irony, the bank offered, as a special service for valued customers, child welfare accounts that would “give faithful and attentive care and supervision to all aspects of education, health, welfare and advancement in life off the children of the beneficiary.” All of these claims, financial and moral, were knowing lies.

While Frank Nugan concentrated on courting business clients in Sydney, other associates, Hand included, took the bank abroad. The group’s first breakthrough to something approaching profit came in 1974-1975 when it opened a legal Hong Kong branch. By offering Sydney depositors a money-laundering facility for illegal transfers of Australian money to Hong Kong and reciprocally allowing Hong Kong clients a higher rate of interest for funds deposited ni Sydney, the bank began to move large funds for the first time.

As these global activities grew over the next six years, Nugan Hand Limited gradually divided, formally and informally, into two almost separate companies: the Sydney-based Nugan Hand Limited under Frank Nugan’s control and the international branches of Nugan Hand Bank, later registered as a Cayman Islands corporation, managed largely by Michael hand. As Hand grew tired of Frank Nugan’s incessant drinking and mounting legal problems, the ex-Green Beret pulled away from his Australian partner and drew Bernie Houghton into the international side fo the business. While Frank Nugan’s Sydney office concentrated on tax fraud and money laundering, the Hand-Houghton partnership led the bank’s international division into new fields—drug finance, arms trading, and support work for CIA covert operations.

During the bank’s early days in Sydney, Michael Hand had told his junior colleagues that “it was his ambition that Nugan Hand become banker for the CIA. In southern Africa during the mid-1970s, Hand, the former CIA operative, seems to have realized his ambition. At that time southern Africa was in the throes of decolonization, with guerrilla groups fighting the Portugese in Angola and British colonials in Rhodesia. When the Portuguese regime began to crumble in Angola, rival guerrilla groups turned to their great power patrons for more arms, making Angola a cockpit of cold war confrontation. As CIA covert arms shipments began flowing into Angola in 1974-1975, first to Holden Roberto and then to UNITA, Michael Hand left Sydney in January 1975 for southern Africa, where he remained for more than a year, trading in arms and munitions. During his fifteen months in Africa, Hand telexed and telephoned the bank’s Sydney headquarters repeatedly, speaking with Frank Nugan and employee, Wilhemus Hans, about shipments of pistols, helicopters, and munitions. After Nugan’s death, investigators found what appeared to be phone notes in his handwriting from this period, one of which read:

Military weapons Rhodesia

Pay in Gold

Recoilless Rifles

Morters 60/80 ml

M79 Granade launchers

Quad .50 Caliber machine guns

Although it has never been clearly established what, if any, arms were actually shipped from Australia, there is no doubt about the sincerity of Michael Hand’s intentions. In Pretoria, South Africa, Hand incorporated a trading company, Murdoch Lewis Proprietary Ltd., to take delivery of the arms shipments. At ione point Hand summoned his Sydney employee Wilhemus Hans to Africa and met him in Rhodesia for discussions about formation of a helicopter squadron for the white settlers. Hand also made frequent phone calls to another bank employee, Frank Ward, later charged with arms dealing by Australian authorities in court proceedings that remained classified. While Hand waited in southern Africa to take delivery of arms, his close friend Bernie Houghton flew to Washington DC, with two Nugan Hand employees to arrange shipments. Significantly, Houghton made direct contact with CIA agent Edwin Wilson, then working for Task Force 157, a covert action arm of the Office of Naval Intelligence (ONI). With vast profits from his contract covert operations work, Wilson had purchased Mt. Airy Farms, a thousand-acre estate in northern Virginia where he often entertained his close comrades Thomas Clines and Theodore Shackley, Hand’s former CIA superiors back in Laos who were now rising fast in the agency’s Langley headquarters. After fifteen years as a career CIA officer, Wilson had transferred to Task Force 151 in 1973 and was operating from the offices of a cover company, World Marine Inc., at 1425 K Street in Washington. It was there that Wilson would meet Houghton and the two Nugan Hand men to arrange the African arms deal.

Australia’s Joint Task force investigating the bank later learned details of the meetings from Dennis Schlachter, a World Marine employee whose evidence as a protected federal witness would lead to Wilson’s 1982 conviction for illegal arms sales to Libya. Sometime in 1975 or early 1976 Schlachter first learned of the African arms deal when two CIa agents based in Indonesia, James Hawes and Robert Moore, called on Wilson at World Marine in Washington to discuss “an African arms deal” that, in these agents’ words, “had to be put together”. Sometime later, Houghton arrived from Sydney and came into World Marine’s offices with the two Nugan Hand men to order the arms. Schlachter recalls chauffeuring Wilson and Hawes out to the agency’s headquarters in Langley while the two discussed using Nugan Hand Bank to finance the shipments. Under the “cover of Task Force 157,” ammunition, 3,000 weapons including machine guns, M-1s, carbines and others”. With an end-user’s certificate showing World Marine as the purchaser and an Australian company as the buyer, the arms left the United States from Boston for southern Africa in three separate shipments.

The Australian Joint Task Force found that Ed Wilson and Bernie Houghton were also involved in the ONI operation to transfer a highly classified spy ship to the Shah of Iran. Soon after joining Task Force 157 in 1973, Wilson had earned a $500,000 fee by delivering an earlier spy ship to Iran under the cover of World Marine. According to the witness Schlachter, in 1975 the U.S. Navy assigned Wilson to deliver another high-technology spy ship to Iran. Schlacter recalls that Houghton “was involved” in this deal, working with “funds…and…payouts”. Significantly, Australian immigration records show that Houghton flew to Iran in March 1975 in the company of a U.S. Army Colonel. Working through Task Force 157, Wilson purchased the ship and ordered it to sail from England around Africa to Iran. When some “mix-up” developed, Schlachter recalls that “Wilson flew to Iran to correct it.” Australian immigration records show that in January 1976 Wilson flew into Sydney and stayed in Australia for three days before flying on to Iran.”

After fourteen months in Africa, Michael Hand returned to the bank’s Sydney headquarters in March 1976 and dedicated his trade skills to a new constituency—Australia’s leading international heroin smugglers.After nearly fifty years without a serious narcotics problem, Australia showed signs of spreading addiction in the late 1970s as Sydney’s criminal syndicates began organizing regular heroin shipments from Southeast Asia. In a March, 1977 report, for example, Sydney’s Crime Intelligence Unit monitored a series of meetings between the city’s leading illegal bookmaker, George Freeman, and California crime figure Danny Stein: “Information was received that Stein was here for the purpose of organizing a network for the reception of heroin into this country from the Golden Triangle and for subsequent distribution on thelocal market and in the United States.”

Would-be Sydney heroin smugglers faced Australia’s stringent currency control laws that made it difficult to export the hard cash for heroin buys in Bangkok. After two years of active money laundering through Hong Kong, Nugan Hand was becoming known in the underworld as a reliable money mover. Sometime in early 1976 George “the Duke” Countis, an American crime figure who “owned” a gaming table in an illegal Sydney casino, brought Murray Riley to the headquarters of Nugan Hand Limited. A former Sydney constable, Riley had quit the police to become a “patron” in the criminal underworld and a close associate of leading criminals like George Freeman. Just back from Africa, Hand quickly developed what the Australian police Joint Task Force called “a close business and social relationship with Riley”.

Starting in April 1976, only four weeks after his arrival from Africa, Hand made five cash transfers to Hong Kong for Murray Riley totaling $295,000. After each transfer, one of Riley’s underlings would call at Nugan Hand’s Hong Kong office to pick up the money, later using the cash to take delivery of a heroin shipment. Through this procedure, Nugan Hand handled $4.3 million ni identifiable drug money for twenty-six known dealers between 1976 and 1980. Studying Hand’s memorandum to his Hong Kong office about a $60,000 cash transfer for Riley’s October shipment, the Task Force concluded “that Hand was aware that Riley was involved in significant illegal activity”. As an indication of their closeness, in late 1986, acting on Riley’s advice, Hand opened bank branches in Thailand, in the words of his Chiangmai branch manager, “to attract drug money”. Two years later, when a yacht was seized south of Sydney with 4.3 tons of high-grade cannabis and Riley was charged, Michael Hand ordered the bank’s Hong Kong office to destroy all incriminating records of Riley’s money transfers. Reviewing this period in the bank’s history, Australia’s Joint Task Force concluded: “Throughout 1976 Hand was knowingly involved in drug activity with the ‘Riley’ group in that he permitted and even encouraged the use of Nugan Hand facilities for the movement of ‘drug’ money.

In October 1976 Hand decided to leave the Sydney office to Frank Nugan and move to Hong Kong, where he could build the bank’s international division. Over the next two years, Hand worked with some success to develop a global network of twelve branches that covered Asia, Africa, and the Americas. After months of failure, Hand’s break had come in June 1976 when the Cayman Islands, a British colonial tax haven in the Caribbean, decided to charter the Nugan Hand Bank, finally giving the company the legal right to advertise itself as a “merchant bank”.

As the bank expanded dramatically in 1977-1978, Michael Hand recruited some of the most famous names in U.S. national security circles to join the bank as employees or associates. The key figure in making these contacts for Hand was Bernie Houghton, who had taken a more active role in the bank in 1976 after his bar business went bankrupt with debts of nearly a million dollars. In early 1977 Houghton recruited an old friend, Admiral Earl Yates, retired chief strategist for the U.S. Pacific Command, to serve as president of the Nugan Hand Bank. Through the admiral’s influence, a succession of such senior appointments followed:

General Leroy J. Manor, former Pentagon counterinsurgency specialist and chief of staff of the U.S. Pacific Command, manager of the bank’s Manila branch;

General Edwin F. Black, former OSS officer and commander of U.S. forces in Thailand, president of Nugan Hand, Inc., of Hawaii;

Dr. Guy Pauker, Asia expert for the Rand Corporation, a research firm under contract to the U.S. Defense Department, bank consultant.

Dale Holmgren, former chairman of the CIA’s Civil Air Transport, [a CIA proprietary airline similar to Air America], manager of the bank’s Taiwan branch;

William Colby, retired CIA director, Nugan Hand’s legal counsel.

The pattern of events surrounding this expansion indicates that Michael Hand may have realized his dream of becoming the “CIA’s banker”. Both Sydney police and Wall Street Journal reporter Jonathan Kwitny came away from their long investigations of Nugan Hand convinced that there may well have been some connection between the bank’s sudden rise and the antecedent demise of a CIA proprietary, the Castle Bank and Trust of Nassau. After retiring from the CIA, Paul Helliwell, founder of such agency “proprietaries” as SEA Supply Inc. of Bangkok and Air America, opened a law office in Miami and formed Castle Bank offshore in nearby Nassau to cover the agency’s covert money movements. In 1973 agents of the Internal Revenue Service were able to photograph the Castle Bank’s customer list while a bank executive dined in a posh Key Biscayne restaurant with a woman described as an IRS “informant”. Reviewing the purloined documents, IRS investigators found that the 308 Castle Bank customers on the list had moved $250 million to foreign numbered accounts. Depositors included Playboy publisher Hugh Hefner, Penthouse magazine publisher Robert Guccione, and some major organized crime figures—Morris Dalitz, Morris Kleinman, and Samuel A. Tucker. Eleated by the find, investigators formed Project Haven to make “the single biggest tax-evasion strike in IRS history.” Suddenly, the IRS announced that it was dropping the investigation because of “legal problems”. According to a later investigation by the Wall Street Journal, “pressure from the Central Intelligence Agency … caused the Justice Department to drop what could have been the biggest tax evasion case of all time.” The CIA invoked “national security” since it was using the Castle Bank “for the funding of clandestine operations against Cuba and other intelligence operations directed at countries in Latin America and the Far East.” By the time Helliwell died from emphysema on Christmas Eve, 1976, Castle Bank had been liquidated.

Simultaneous with the closure of Castle Bank’s Nassau office, Nugan Hand Bank launched its formal “banking” operations in the nearby Cayman Islands. The opening of Caribbean branches, a new area for Nugan Hand, and recruitment of retired CIA officers gave it a corporate structure similar to the collapsed Castle Bank. Indeed, a former CIA agent named Kevin Mulcahy, a key witness in the Edwin Wilson case, gave details to the National Times of Sydney “about the Agency’s use of Nugan Hand for shifting money for various covert operations around the globe”.

Working through Houghton, moreover, the Nugan Hand Bank deepened its contacts with the network of ex-CIA officials surrounding Edwin Wilson. After helping Hand informally with the bank’s operations for the previous five years, Houghton finally joined Nugan Hand’s staff in late 1978 and opened a branch in Saudi Arabia to collect deposits from American contract employees. Under Houghton’s management, the Saudi branch ran the bank’s biggest — and simplest — fraud. With introductions from Beck Arabia of Dallas, a leading engineering firm with major Middle East contracts, Houghton flew into Saudi Arabia in January 1979 and rented a villa at Al-Khobar to serve as both office and residence for the bank. Over the next twelve months, Houghton and his aides circulated through the U.S. construction camps along the Persian Gulf, issuing bank receipts for cash deposits from American contract workers. Paid in cash and unable to make deposits in Saudi Arabia’s backward banking system, American expatriate workers needed the deposit-taking service that Nugan Hand pretended to provide. Houghton then bought bundles of Thomas Cook traveler’s checks and sent them off in commercial courier parcels to Michael Hand’s new office in Singapore. Through this simple system, Houghton and Hand collected collected at least $5 million from their fellow Americans—all of which simply disappeared when the bank collapsed a year later.

Houghton’s presence in Arabia brought Nugan Hand Bank into closer contact with Wilson’s network of former CIA officials, now moving its base of operations to nearby Libya. When Houghton opened his Saudi office in 1979, Wilson’s network seemed a step away from unprecedented power, and Houghton apparently decided to join their rise. Within months, however, both Wilson’s group and Nugan Hand were plunging precipitously toward a collapse.

After decades inside the CIA, Wilson and his closest associates were finally forced out in the late 1970s, losing the mantle of CIA protection that had long masked their operations. In February 1976, Admiral Bobby Ray Inman, the new head of the Office of Naval Intelligence, ran into Ed Wilson by chance and learned to his surprise that this wheeler-dealer was one of his own operatives in Task Force 157. When Wilson’s contract came up for renewal a few months later, ONI canceled it on Inman’s orders, pushing the ex-CIA man into the private sector. There he prospered. Between June and September 1976 Wilson supplied Libya with thousands of CIA-designed bomb timers and more than 21 tons of Composition C-4, the most powerful nonnuclear explosive in America’s arsenal–thereby providing Colonel Muammar al-Qaddafi with a potent weapon for his terrorist campaign in Europe and the Middle East. Over the next four years, Wilson recruited U.S. Green Berets to train Libyan commandos, delivered weapons for Qaddafi’s terrorists, and even arranged assassinations for the Libyan dictator. One of Wilson’s employees, former CIA officer Kevin Mulcahy, became concerned by these shipments and reported them to the CIA. But Wilson’s old friend Theodore Shackley, now deputy director for Clandestine Services [at CIA], blocked any internal investigation. In April 1977 The Washington Post published an article on Wilson’s activities stating that he “may have had contact with one or more current CIA employees”, and the agency’s new director, Admiral Stansfield Turner, started asking questions. He soon learned about Wilson’s close friendship with his former CIA colleagues Clines and Shackley, then high in the Langley hierarchy. Over the opposition of senior CIA bureaucrats, Turner transferred the two to secondary jobs. A year later Thomas Clines resigned from the CIA after thirty years’ service, borrowed $500,000 from Wilson to set up his own company, and soon won a $71 million contract for arms delivery to Egypt. No longer heir-apparent to the post of CIA director, Theodore Shackley resigned in Septermber 1979 and followed Clines into the consulting business.

(end excerpts from Alfred McCoy’s book, “The Politics of Heroin”)

Notes:

I do have the book by Jonathan Kwitny of the Wall Street Journal, pictured atop this page, but I do not have Sleight Of Hand by Owen.  Therefore I cannot say much about it, other than it is on my “wish list” at Amazon dot com.  Anyone who has read this book is invited to post their take in the comments section below this article. Thank you.

http://www.amazon.com/Sleight-hand-million-Nugan-scandal/dp/0863990231

Alfred McCoy’s book, The Politics of Heroin, is at Amazon dot com —  http://www.amazon.com/Politics-Heroin-Complicity-Global-Trade/dp/1556521251/ref=sr_1_2?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1446552531&sr=1-2&keywords=Alfred+mccoy+Politics+of+Heroin

However, one should know that not all editions of the book have the chapter on Nugan Hand. My copy of the book is the 2nd edition, and contains the material I typed in above for this article.

https://www.oathkeepers.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/animated-banner-1.gif
The Nugan Hand
and How the CIA Moves Drugs and Money

Further Reading
In Banks We Trust by Penny Lernux published in 1994

"A veteran - whether active duty, retired, national guard, or reserve - is someone who, at one point in his or her life, wrote a blank check made payable to The ''United States of America'', for an amount of ''up to and including his life.''" – Author Unknown 

"If there must be trouble, let it be in my day, that my child may have peace." – Thomas Paine 

"Those who expect to reap the blessings of freedom must, like men, undergo the fatigue of supporting it.” – Thomas Paine


Veterans, you swore an Oath...

Oath of Enlistment

I, (NAME), do solemnly swear (or affirm) that I will support and defend the Constitution of the United States against all enemies, foreign and domestic; that I will bear true faith and allegiance to the same; and that I will obey the orders of the President of the United States and the orders of the officers appointed over me, according to regulations and the Uniform Code of Military Justice. So help me God.



Officers Oath

I, [name], do solemnly swear (or affirm) that I will support and defend the Constitution of the United States against all enemies, foreign and domestic; that I will bear true faith and allegiance to the same; that I take this obligation freely, without any mental reservation or purpose of evasion; and that I will well and faithfully discharge the duties of the office on which I am about to enter. So help me God.


Your Oath NEVER expires! 
It''s time to keep it!

OATH KEEPERS: 
ORDERS WE WILL NOT OBEY

Click here to read full length version.

1. We will NOT obey orders to disarm the American people.


2. We will NOT obey orders to conduct warrantless searches of the American people
.

3. We will NOT obey orders to detain American citizens as “unlawful enemy combatants” or to subject them to military tribunal.


4. We will NOT obey orders to impose martial law or a “state of emergency” on a state.


5. We will NOT obey orders to invade and subjugate any state that asserts its sovereignty.


6. We will NOT obey any order to blockade American cities, thus turning them into giant concentration camps.

7. We will NOT obey any order to force American citizens into any form of detention camps under any pretext.


8. We will NOT obey orders to assist or support the use of any foreign troops on U.S. soil against the American people to “keep the peace” or to “maintain control."


9. We will NOT obey any orders to confiscate the property of the American people, including food and other essential supplies.


10. We will NOT obey any orders which infringe on the right of the people to free speech, to peaceably assemble, and to petition their government for a redress of grievances.


Click here to read full length version.



Site Dedication


This site is dedicated to the memory of 
John William Adams (1925-2006), 
Marine and Oath Keeper extraordinaire.


John Adams, at the age of 16, lied about his age to join the Marines so he could fight against Imperial Japan in the Pacific. His enlistment date was December 10, 1941, just three days after the attack on Pearl Harbor (see below). As a Marine rifleman, he fought the Japanese from island to island, across the pacific, including at Iwo Jima. We may have good men, but we never had better.


Until his death in 2006, he was a dedicated 
patriot who still took his oath to defend the 
Republic deadly serious. May God grant you the courage to do likewise.



FOUNDER STEWART RHODES

Stewart is the founder and Director of Oath Keepers. He served as a U.S. Army paratrooper until disabled in a rough terrain parachuting accident during a night jump.

He is a former firearms instructor and former member of Rep. Ron Paul’s DC staff.

Stewart previously wrote the monthly Enemy at the Gates column for S.W.A.T. Magazine

Stewart graduated from Yale Law School in 2004, where his paper “Solving the Puzzle of Enemy Combatant Status” won Yale’s Miller prize for best paper on the Bill of Rights. He assisted teaching U.S. military history at Yale, was a Yale Research Scholar, and is writing a book on the dangers of applying the laws of war to the American people.


Board of Directors

Stewart Rhodes, Army Airborne Veteran, Yale Law School Graduate, OK Founder and President

John D. Shirley, Retired Duty Peace Officer - Houston, TX. National Lead Liaison to Peace Officers.

Jay Stang, Veteran US Marine Corps - Texas Chapter President

Jim Ayala, EMT Veteran, Oath Keepers Treasurer, Merchandise

Michele Imburgia, Texas State VP

Sheriff Denny Peyman, Retired Jackson County, KY Sheriff, OK National Peace Officer Liaison

John Kerriman, Current Missouri police academy instructor, police veteran, OK National Peace Officer/LEO Liaison





Air America _One man's story

David Quam

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=V0jlBB9t3Ao&app=desktop

Published on Dec 31, 2011

Air America_One man's story of his experiences with Air America By Dave Quam

Category Education


 Allegations of CIA drug trafficking 

 

https://www.revolvy.com/topic/Allegations%20of%20CIA%20drug%20trafficking&item_type=topic

 Allegations of CIA drug trafficking 

A number of writers have claimed that the United States Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) is or has been involved in drug trafficking.

Books on the subject that have received general notice include works by historian Alfred McCoy, English professor and poet Peter Dale Scott,

and journalists Gary WebbMichael C. Ruppert and Alexander Cockburn. These claims have led to investigations

 by the United States government, including hearings and reports by the United States House of Representatives, Senate,

Department of Justice, and the CIA's Office of the Inspector General. The subject remains controversial.

Following is a summary of some of the main claims made by geographical area.

Afghanistan

For eight years, (until October 2009), Ahmed Wali Karzai, brother of the then-newly elected President of Afghanistan Hamid Karzai,

was on the payroll of the CIA - but is also alleged to have been involved in opium trafficking in the Middle East.[1] [2]

Golden Triangle

While the CIA was sponsoring a Secret War in Laos from 1961 to 1975, it was accused of trafficking in opium

 (an area known as the Golden Triangle).

In response to accusations by Rolling Stone magazine in 1968, and Alfred W. McCoy in 1972,

 the CIA made its own internal inquiries of its staff and clients in Laos concerning the drug trade. It noted that trading in opium was lega

l in Laos until 1971. Cultural background was also explored. Opium served the isolated Lao hill tribes as their sole cash crop. Additionally,

it was one of the few medicines available in their primitive living circumstances.

Nevertheless, the CIA had its own internal security agents investigating any possible commercial exports from mid-1968 onwards.

An American single plane airline was barred from CIA airfields on suspicion of drug smuggling.

 A guerrilla commanding officer was pressured into giving up dealing in opium.

The CIA's own conclusion was that small amounts of opium might have been smuggled via their contract aircraft, given wartime conditions.

The Agency's case officers even staged a couple of impromptu raids on drug refineries, only to be reined in by their Office of General Counsel.[3]

During its involvement, the CIA used the Meo (Hmong) population to fight Pathet Lao rebels. Because of the war against Pathet Lao rebels,

 the Hmong depended upon poppy cultivation for hard currency. The Hmong were very important to CIA operations and the CIA

was very concerned with their well-being. The Plain of Jarshad been captured by Pathet Lao rebels in 1964, which resulted in the

Laotian Air Force not being able to land their C-47 transport aircraft on the Plain of Jars for opium transport.

 The Laotian Air Force had almost no light planes that could land on the dirt runways near the mountaintop poppy fields.

Having no way to transport their opium, the Hmong were faced with economic ruin. Air America was the only airline available in northern Laos.

"According to several unproven sources, Air America began flying opium from mountain villages north and east of

the Plain of Jars to Gen Vang Pao's headquarters at Long Tieng."[4]

The CIA's front company, Air America was alleged to have profited from transporting opium and heroin on behalf of

 Hmong leader Vang Pao,[5] [6] [7] or of "turning a blind eye" to the Laotian military doing it.[8] [9] This allegation has been supported by

 former Laos CIA paramilitary Anthony Poshepny (aka Tony Poe), former Air America pilots, and other people involved in the war.

It is portrayed in the movie Air America. However, University of Georgia historian William M. Leary, writing on behalf of Air America,

claims that this was done without the airline employees' direct knowledge and that the airline did not trade in drugs.[10] Curtis Peebles 

denies the allegation, citing Leary's study as evidence.[11]

Historian Alfred W. McCoy stated that:[12]

In most cases, the CIA's role involved various forms of complicity, tolerance or studied ignorance

about the trade, not any direct culpability in the actual trafficking ...

[t]he CIA did not handle heroin,

 but it did provide its drug lord allies with transport, arms, and political protection.

In sum, the CIA's role in the Southeast Asian heroin trade involved indirect complicity rather than direct culpability.



United States

Mena, Arkansas

A number of allegations have been written about and several local, state, and federal investigations have taken place related to the alleged use

of the Mena Intermountain Municipal Airport as a CIA drop point in large scale cocaine trafficking beginning in the early 1980s.[13]

Some conspiracy theories regarding the airport extend to alleging the involvement of figures such as Oliver North and former presidents George H. W. Bush and Bill Clinton.[14]

An investigation by the CIA's inspector general concluded that the CIA had no involvement in or knowledge of any illegal activities that may have occurred in Mena.

The report said that the agency had conducted a training exercise at the airport in partnership with another

Federal agency and that companies located at the airport had performed "routine aviation-related services on equipment owned by the CIA".[15]

Hollywood film director Ron Howard is currently making a movie about these events, called 'Mena',[13] and

 focusing on the notorious pilot and Medellin cartel drug smuggler Adler Berriman Seal, a.k.a. Barry Seal, in which Seal is played by actor Tom Cruise.

 The film has been renamed American Made and is set for release in September 29, 2017.[16]

Mexico

In October 2013, two former federal agents and an ex-CIA contractor told an American television network that CIA operatives were involved in the kidnapping and murder of DEA covert agent Enrique Camarena, because he was a threat to the agency's drug operations in Mexico. According to the three men, the CIA was collaborating with drug traffickers moving cocaine and marijuana to the United States, and using its share of the profits to finance Nicaraguan Contra rebels attempting to overthrow Nicaragua's Sandinista government.

A CIA spokesman responded, calling it "ridiculous" to suggest that the Agency had anything to do with the murder of a US federal agent or the escape of his alleged killer.[17]

Honduras

The Honduran drug lord Juan Matta-Ballesteros was the owner of SETCO, an airline which the Nicaraguan Contras used to covertly transport military supplies and personnel in the early 1980s.[18] Writers such as Peter Dale Scott and Jonathan Marshall have suggested that the U.S. government's desire to conceal or protect these clandestine shipments led it to close the DEA office in Honduras when an investigation began into SETCO, allowing Matta-Ballesteros to continue and expand his trafficking.[19]

Nicaragua

In 1986, the United States Senate Committee on Foreign Relations began investigating drug trafficking from Central and South America and the Caribbean to the United States. The investigation was conducted by the Sub-Committee on Terrorism, Narcotics, and International Operations, chaired by Senator John Kerry, so its final 1989 report was known as the Kerry Committee report. The Report concluded that "it is clear that individuals who provided support for the Contras were involved in drug trafficking, the supply network of the Contras was used by drug trafficking organizations, and elements of the Contras themselves knowingly received financial and material assistance from drug traffickers."[20]

In 1996 Gary Webb wrote a series of articles published in the San Jose Mercury News, which investigated Nicaraguans linked to the CIA-backed Contras who had smuggled cocaine into the U.S. which was then distributed as crack cocaine into Los Angeles and funneled profits to the Contras. His articles asserted that the CIA was aware of the cocaine transactions and the large shipments of drugs into the U.S. by the Contra personnel and directly aided drug dealers to raise money for the Contras. The Los Angeles TimesThe New York Times, and The Washington Post launched their own investigations and rejected Webb's allegations.[21] In May 1997, the Mercury News executive editor Jerry Ceppos, who had approved the series, published a column that acknowledged shortcomings in the series reporting, editing, and production, while maintaining the story was correct "on many important points."[21] Webb later published a book based on the series, Dark Alliance: The CIA, the Contras, and the Crack Cocaine Explosion.[22]

Panama

The U.S. military invasion of Panama after which dictator Manuel Noriega was captured.

In 1989, the United States invaded Panama as part of Operation Just Cause, which involved 25,000 American troops. Gen. Manuel Noriega, head of government of Panama, had been giving military assistance to Contra groups in Nicaragua at the request of the U.S.—which, in exchange, allowed him to continue his drug-trafficking activities—which they had known about since the 1960s.[23] [24] When the DEA tried to indict Noriega in 1971, the CIA prevented them from doing so.[23] The CIA, which was then directed by future president George H. W. Bush, provided Noriega with hundreds of thousands of dollars per year as payment for his work in Latin America.[23] However, when CIA pilot Eugene Hasenfus was shot down over Nicaragua by the Sandinistas, documents aboard the plane revealed many of the CIA's activities in Latin America, and the CIA's connections with Noriega became a public relations "liability" for the U.S. government, which finally allowed the DEA to indict him for drug trafficking, after decades of allowing his drug operations to proceed unchecked.[23] Operation Just Cause, whose ostensible purpose was to capture Noriega, pushed the former Panamanian leader into the Papal Nunciowhere he surrendered to U.S. authorities. His trial took place in Miami, where he was sentenced to 45 years in prison.[23]

Noriega's prison sentence was reduced from 30 years to 17 years for good behavior.[25] After serving 17 years in detention and imprisonment, his prison sentence ended on September 9, 2007.[26] He was held in U.S. custody before being extradited to France where he was sentenced to 7 years for laundering money from Colombian drug cartels.[27]

Venezuela

A failed CIA anti-drug operation in Venezuela resulted in at least a ton of cocaine being smuggled into the United States and sold on the streets. The incident, which was first made public in 1993, was part of a plan to assist an undercover agent to gain the confidence of a Colombian drug cartel. The plan involved the unsupervised shipment of hundreds of pounds of cocaine from Venezuela. The drug in the shipments was provided by the Venezuelan anti-drug unit which was working with the CIA, using cocaine seized in Venezuela. The shipments took place despite the objections of the U.S. DEA. When the failed plan came to light, the CIA officer in charge of the operation resigned, and his supervisor was transferred.[28]

In addition, the former Venezuelan anti-narcotics chief General Ramon Guillen Davila and his chief civilian aide were both indicted in connection with the shipments.[29] Because Venezuela does not extradite its citizens, Guillen was not tried in the U.S., but his civilian aide was arrested while in the United States and sentenced to 20 years.[30]

See also

  • CIA transnational anti-crime and anti-drug activities
  • War on Drugs
  • Project MKULTRA
  • Air America (airline)
  • Air America (non-fiction book)
  • Air America (film)
  • Castle Bank & Trust (Bahamas)
  • Nugan Hand Bank
  • Bank of Credit and Commerce International (BCCI)

References

1.     http://www.thedailybeast.com/articles/2009/10/28/the-karzai-brothers-fight-back.html

2.     https://www.nytimes.com/2009/10/28/world/asia/28intel.html?_r=0

3.     Ahern, Thomas L. Jr. (206). Undercover Armies: CIA and Surrogate Warfare in Laos. Center for the Study of Intelligence. pp. 535–547. Classified control no. C05303949.

4.     McCoy, Alfred (1972). The Politics of Heroin in Southeast Asia. Harper & Row. pp. 263–264,. ISBN 0060129018. Air America began flying opium from mountain villages north and east of the Plain of Jars to Gen. Vang Pao's headquarters at Long Tieng.

5.     "Opium Throughout History"PBS. Retrieved July 15, 2013.

6.     Cockburn, AlexanderJeffrey St. Clair (1998). "9". Whiteout, the CIA, drugs and the press. New YorkVersoISBN 1-85984-258-5.

7.     Blum, William. "The CIA and Drugs: Just say "Why not?"". Third World Traveller. Retrieved May 26, 2013.

8.     Robbins, Christopher (1985). The Ravens. New York: Crown. p. 94. ISBN 0-9646360-0-X.

9.     "Air America and Drugs in Laos"Los Angeles Times. Retrieved July 16, 2013.

10.   "History of CAT/Air America". Air-america.org. Archived from the original on April 24, 2011. Retrieved April 29, 2011.

11.   Peebles, Curtiss. Twilight Warriors: Covert Air Operations Against the USSR. pp. 254–255. ISBN 1591146607.

12.   p. 385 of The Politics of Heroin: CIA Complicity in the Global Drug Trade, by McCoy, with Cathleen B. Read and Leonard P. Adams II, 2003, ISBN 1-55652-483-8

13.   http://www.arktimes.com/RockCandy/archives/2014/02/13/ron-howard-to-direct-movie-about-arkansass-most-notorious-drug-smuggler-barry-seal

14.   Schneider, Howard (1994-07-21). "Clandestination: Arkansas; Mena Is a Quiet Little Place. So How Did It Become the Cloak-and-Dagger Capital of America?". Washington Post. pp. –01. ISSN 0190-8286. Retrieved 2017-06-14.

15.   Rothberg, Donald (9 November 1996). "Investigation Absolves CIA in Alleged Drug Smuggling". Associated Press. Retrieved 26 May 2013.

16.   http://www.imdb.com/title/tt3532216/.

17.   ""Te CIA helped kill DEA agent Enrique ‘Kiki’ Camarena," say witnesses"El País (Spain) (in Spanish). 15 October 2013. Retrieved 21 October 2013.

18.   Bunck, Julie M. & Fowler, Michael R. (2012). Bribes, Bullets, and Intimidation: Drug Trafficking and the Law in Central America. Penn State Press. p. 274. ISBN 9780271048666.

19.   Scott, Peter Dale & Marshall, Jonathan (1998). Cocaine Politics: Drugs, Armies, and the CIA in Latin America. University of California Press. p. 57. ISBN 9780520921283.

20.   "Subcommittee on Terrorism, Narcotics and International Operations of the U.S. Senate Committee on Foreign Relations" (April 1989). Drugs, Law Enforcement And Foreign Policy. p. 86. Retrieved 2015-04-25.

21.   Daunt, Tina (March 16, 2005). "Written in Pain". Los Angeles Times. Los Angeles. Retrieved April 3, 2015.

22.   Template:Cite url=http://catalog.sevenstories.com/products/dark-alliance-the-cia-the-contras-and-the-cocaine-explosion-movie-tie-in-edition

23.   Cockburn, Alexander; Jeffrey St. Clair (1998). Whiteout: The CIA, Drugs and the Press. New York: Verso. pp. 287–290. ISBN 1-85984-258-5.

24.   Buckley, Kevin (1991). Panama: The Whole Story. Simon and Schuster. ISBN 978-0-671-72794-9.

25.   Schpoliansky, Christophe (2010-04-27). "Panama's Ex-Dictator Manuel Noriega Extradited from U.S. to France"Abcnews.go.com. Retrieved 2012-07-20.

26.   "Manuel Noriega scheduled for September release". USA Today. 24 January 2007.

27.   "Manuel Noriega sentenced to 7 years". Reuters. 7 July 2010.

28.   Chua, Howard G. (1993-11-29). "Confidence Games". TIME. Retrieved 2012-07-20.

29.   "Venezuelan pleads innocent to drug-smuggling charges". Tampa Tribune. January 29, 1997. p. 7.

30.   "Man Gets 20 Years in Drug Smuggling". Sun Sentinel (Final ed.). Fort Lauderdale. 1997-12-11. p. 11.

Further reading

  • Scott, Peter Dale; Marshall, Jonathan (1998). Cocaine Politics: Drugs, Armies, and the CIA in Central America. University of California Press. ISBN 0-520-21449-8.
  • Scott, Peter Dale (2003). "11, "Opium, the China Lobby, and the CIA"". Drugs, oil, and war: the United States in Afghanistan, Colombia, and Indochina. Rowman & Littlefield. ISBN 978-0-7425-2522-1.
  • Kruger, Henrik. (1980). The Great Heroin Coup: Drugs, Intelligence, and International Fascism. South End Press. ISBN 0-89608-031-5.
  • Kwitny, Jonathan (1988). The Crimes of Patriots: A True Tale of Dope, Dirty Money, and the CIA. Touchstone Books. ISBN 978-0-671-66637-8.
  • Levine, Michael (1993). The Big White Lie: The Deep Cover Operation That Exposed the CIA Sabotage of the Drug War. Thunder's Mouth Pr. ISBN 978-1-56025-084-5.
  • McCoy, Alfred W.; Read, Kathleen B. (1972). The Politics of Heroin in Southeast Asia. Harper & Row. ISBN 0060129018. Archived from the original on 2015-02-16. (The link is to the complete text of this book.)
  • McCoy, Alfred W. (2003). The Politics of Heroin: CIA Complicity in the Global Drug Trade, Afghanistan, Southeast Asia, Central America, Columbia. Lawrence Hill & Co. ISBN 1-55652-483-8.
  • Webb, Gary (1999). Dark Alliance: CIA, the Contras and the Crack Cocaine Explosion. Seven Stories Press,U.S. ISBN 1-888363-93-2.
  • Cockburn, Alexander; St-Clair, Jeffrey (1998). Whiteout: The CIA, Drugs, and the Press. Verso. ISBN 9781859841396.

CIA & DOJ Reports

  • Overview of CIA/IG Investigation (January 29, 1998) — A short summary of The Inspector General's Report of Investigation regarding allegations of connections between CIA and the Contras in cocaine trafficking to the United States.

1.     Report of Investigation--Volume I: The California Story (January 29, 1998) —The Inspector General's Report of Investigation regarding allegations of connections between CIA and the Contras in cocaine trafficking to the United States. Volume I: The California Story.

2.     Report of Investigation -- Volume II: The Contra Story (October 8, 1998) — The Inspector General's Report of Investigation regarding allegations of connections between CIA and the Contras in cocaine trafficking to the United States. Volume II: The Contra Story.

  • USDOJ/OIG Special Report. THE CIA-CONTRA-CRACK COCAINE CONTROVERSY: A REVIEW OF THE JUSTICE DEPARTMENT’S INVESTIGATIONS AND PROSECUTIONS (December, 1997)

External links

  • Frontline: Guns, Drugs, and the CIA
  • Congressional Testimony of Peter Kornbluh

 


Jim Kilcullen Air America

David Quam

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4wus8pdFNNI&app=desktop

Published on Aug 7, 2014

Jim Kilcullen's Air America story..

Category Education


Predatory Practices Nugan Hand Trick Bank

Con Front Nugan Hand - Nugan Hand Trick Bank

The Crime Bankers-Frank Nugan and Michael Hand/Fuller

More CIA Treachery: Nugan Hand Bank Ltd
By Elias Alias, 2015

This latest version of the selected excerpts from Alfred McCoy’s masterpiece on the CIA’s dope dealing escapades is more complete than previous postings. I have typed in passages from pages 461-472 in Alfred W. McCoy’s bombshell book, “The Politics of Heroin: CIA Complicity In The Drug Trade“, (1991; first edition 1972.)

At 4:00 a.m. on January 27, 1980, a state police officer patrolling a country road west of Sydney, Australia, noticed a late-model Mercedes sedan parked by the side of the road and stopped to examine it. Inside the constable found the body of a middle-aged male slumped forward, still holding the rifle he had apparently used […] Searching his wallet, the police found personal identification for one Frank Nugan, a merchant banker of Sydney, and a calling card from one William Colby, a New York lawyer who had recently retired as director of the U.S. Central Intelligence Agency.

The circumstances of Nugan’s [death] and the bank’s spectacular collapse only six months later have inspired hundreds of press probes, three major Australian government investigations, and a lengthy  book by one of America’s best investigative reporters. All have asked the same basic question: What was the relationship between the Nugan Hand Bank and the CIA? Although we have more details about the bank than about any other company with similarly ambiguous CIA connections, the question still defies a concise answer.

[…] Nugan Hand’s twisted history does offer insights into the world of CIA espionage—in particular, that gray area of alumni, allies, assets, and affiliated companies that do so much of the agency’s covert work. In his memoirs and public statements, William Colby has portrayed his CIA colleagues as “honorable men”, patriots who simply would not, could not tolerate any involvement in drugs by either agency personnel or covert assets. Whatever it may or may not have been, the Nugan Hand Bank was certainly two things: (1)an employer of many retired CIA agents and (2) heavily involved in narcotics trafficking.

Unlike most of the agency’s faceless espionage, the carefully documented Nugan Hand case affords a close look at the moral universe of covert operations, particularly the gray sector of CIA proprietaries and affiliates. The Nugan Hand case shows how the CIA’s secret war in Laos, interwoven with the tribal opium trade, produced a covert action cadre with a tolerance for drug dealing.

The Nugan Hand Bank served several constituencies simultaneously, and its various relationships reveal a good deal about the operations of this clientele. Based in Sydney, the bank was a partnership between Australian lawyer Frank Nugan and an ex-Green Beret businessman named Michael Hand. Both worked closely with one of their senior managers, a mysterious American expatriate with impeccable intelligence contacts, Maurice Benard Houghton. Through the three men and their separate, sometimes overlapping networks, the bank cultivated corrupt Australian politicians, Sydney crime syndicate, a fraternity of ex-CIA arms dealers, and the U.S. Central Intelligence Agency.

In less than a decade after its incorporation in Sydney in 1973, Nugan Hand Limited went through a complete cycle from modest origins to spectacular global expansion to precipitous collapse. During its eight-year life, the bank’s character was shaped by its three principals. [Following is excepted] Francis Nugan was known to be an abrasive alcoholic, an incompetent manager, a mediocre lawyer, and a “pathological liar”. Michael Jon Hand, was born in New York in 1941, had joined the U.S. Army’s Special Forces, the Green Berets. Sometime in 1965-1966 Hand joined the CIA where he met Theodore Shackley and befriended a crack Air America pilot, Kermit “Buddy” King. Hand also met deputy CIA station chief Thomas Clines. In 1967 Hand finished his CIA contract and moved to Sydney, where he met American expatriate Bernie Houghton.

As an indication of their CIA contacts, in September 1969 Hand formed Australasian and Pacific Holdings Ltd., a real estate company whose seventy-one shareholders included nineteen people then employed by the CIA’s contract airlines in Indochina, Air America and Continental Air Services. Sometime in the late 1960s Hand met Frank Nugan and the two are believed to have shared an apartment before they both married. Crude in manner, violent in speech, and poorly educated, Hand had no banking experience and would bring little more than his cunning and covert contacts to the building of Nugan Hand Bank.

The key figure in much of the bank’s history, Maurice Bernard Houghton, is a mysterious Texan who arrived in Sydney from Southeast Asia in 1967 with an impressive list of references from senior U.S. military officers. […] Australia’s Joint Task Force into the bank’s affairs reported that Houghton was “part of the intelligence community” in Southeast Asia before coming to Australia. Wall Street Journal reporter Jonathan Kwitny interviewed former U.S. intelligence officers who claimed, on the record, that Houghton was a wheeler-dealer in Southeast Asia who traded in slot machines, opium—anything.

Soon after arriving in Sydney, Houghton formed a business association with a prominent Hungarianemigre, Sir Paul Strasser, owner of one of Sydney’s leading property companies. With support from Strasser and his associates, Houghton opened the Bourbon and Beefsteak restaurant in October, 1967, just weeks before the first American soldiers began arriving on R&R leave from Vietnam. Among Houghton’s private guests at the club were the CIA’s Australian station chief from 1973 to 1975, John D. Walker; the state’s Premier Sir Robert Askin, a corrupt politician notorious for his contacts with criminal syndicates; and Abraham Saffron, Sydney’s leading gangster and vice lord of Kings Cross.

Unlike his future partners, Houghton maintained excellent contacts with the most senior U.S. military and intelligence personnel in the Asia-Pacific region. His intelligence contacts were such that when he turned to Australia from a business trip without a visa in 1972, he rang the state director for the clandestine Australian Security Intelligence Organization (ASIO). The director, Leon Carter, vouched for Houghton and the American received an immediate visa. In dealing with his male friends, Houghton seems to have been a man of strong loyalties and antipathies. “I had a personality problem with Nugan”, Houghton later told the Australian Joint Task Force. “He was harsh, abrasive, arrogant and inconsiderate.” By contrast, Houghton remained very close to Michael Hand, who seemed to regard the older man as a “father figure”. Hand would eventually tire of Frank Nugan’s alcoholism and costly flamboyance, but he remained close to Bernie Houghton until the end.

In 1973, Nugan Hand Limited was born, as it would die, through a gross financial fraud. With only $80 in the company’s bank account and just $5 in paid-up capital, Frank Nugan wrote his own company a personal check for $980,000 to purchase 490,000 shares of its stock. He then covered his massive overdraft by writing himself a company check for the same amount. Through this elementary accounting fraud, Nugan could claim that the company’s paid-up capital was a million dollars.

The bank’s start also coincided with the first of many allegations of drug dealing against Michael hand. Injured in an accident, Buddy King’s Thai house-keeper met a Sydney lawyer to sue for compensation. The lawyer was, for reasons never explained, phoned the Australian Bureau of Narcotics to report that King, Air America’s former ace pilot, was flying heroin into Australia for Michael hand. Soon after his housekeeper’s lawyer made these allegations, King fell to his death from the tenth floor of a Sydney apartment building.

Over the next four years, the bank grew at a remarkable rate by providing a bridge between larger, legitimate banks and a shadow universe of organized crime, illegal money laundering, and intelligence operations. Even at its peak in 1979 with dozens of employees and a global network of offices, the bank never really made a proper profit. Most employees were not clerks or investment counselors, but salespeople who scrambled desperately to keep new deposits coming in the front door faster than the bank’s officers could take them out the back—through lavish expenses, high salaries, and simply fraud. Nugan Hand was a carnival shell game, courting depositors for cash and moving money from branch to branch to conceal one fundamental fact—the bank simply had no assets behind it.

Like many corporate confidence men, Frank Nugan and Michael Hand were obsessed with creating the illusion of propriety and prosperity. Without any capital or customers, Frank Nugan’s first act in opening the company was to lease expensive, well-appointed offices at 55 Macquarie Street, a prestigious address in the heart of the Sydney business district. Nugan hired a reputable money market manager who found that he could get an hour or two of creditevery day from personal contacts in the business, just long enough to buy and sell. Although the trading incurred a real loss of $18, 373, the total volume of transactions reached $2.4 million dollars, giving the new company the aura of doing big business.

As the bank grew, so did the scale of its illusions. The bank issued glossy annual reports claiming, in 1976 for example, $22 million in “total assets”, $26 million in “gross proceeds from sales of securities”, and approval of its bookkeeping by reputable auditors. A lavish promotional brochure described the bank as part of the Nugan Hand Group, “with assets exceeding US $20,000,000 and a turnover exceeding US $1,000,000,000 per annum.” Assuring potential clients “absolute security, anonymity and confidentiality”, the brochure promised customers “the utmost in personal service and attentive specialist assistance.” […] All of these claims, financial and moral, were knowing lies.

While Frank Nugan concentrated on courting business clients in Sydney, other associates, Hand included, took the bank abroad. The group’s first breakthrough to something approaching profit came in 1974-1975 when it opened a legal Hong Kong branch. By offering Sydney depositors a money-laundering facility for illegal transfers of Australian money to Hong Kong and reciprocally allowing Hong Kong clients a higher rate of interest for funds deposited in Sydney, the bank began to move large funds for the first time.

As these global activities grew over the next six years, Nugan Hand Limited gradually divided, formally and informally, into two almost separate companies: the Sydney-based Nugan Hand Limited under Frank Nugan’s control and the international branches of Nugan Hand Bank, later registered as a Cayman Islands corporation, managed largely by Michael hand. As Hand grew tired of Frank Nugan’s incessant drinking and mounting legal problems, the ex-Green Beret pulled away from his Australian partner and drew Bernie Houghton into the international side of the business. While Frank Nugan’s Sydney office concentrated on tax fraud and money laundering, the Hand-Houghton partnership led the bank’s international division into new fields—drug finance, arms trading, and support work for CIA covert operations.

During the bank’s early days in Sydney, Michael Hand had told his junior colleagues that “it was his ambition that Nugan Hand become banker for the CIA. In southern Africa during the mid-1970s, Hand, the former CIA operative, seems to have realized his ambition. At that time southern Africa was in the throes of decolonization, with guerrilla groups fighting the Portugese in Angola and British colonials in Rhodesia. When the Portuguese regime began to crumble in Angola, rival guerrilla groups turned to their great power patrons for more arms, making Angola a cockpit of cold war confrontation.

As CIA covert arms shipments began flowing into Angola in 1974-1975, first to Holden Roberto and then to UNITA, Michael Hand left Sydney in January 1975 for southern Africa, where he remained for more than a year, trading in arms and munitions. During his fifteen months in Africa, Hand telexed and telephoned the bank’s Sydney headquarters repeatedly, speaking with Frank Nugan and employee, Wilhemus Hans, about shipments of pistols, helicopters, and munitions. After Nugan’s death, investigators found what appeared to be phone notes in his handwriting from this period, one of which read:

Military weapons Rhodesia
Pay in Gold
Recoilless Rifles
Morters 60/80 ml
M79 Granade launchers
Quad .50 Caliber machine guns

[…] In Pretoria, South Africa, Hand incorporated a trading company, Murdoch Lewis Proprietary Ltd., to take delivery of the arms shipments. At one point Hand summoned his Sydney employee Wilhemus Hans to Africa for discussions about formation of a helicopter squadron for the white [illegal occupiers]. Hand also made frequent phone calls to another bank employee, Frank Ward, later charged with arms dealing by Australian authorities in court proceedings that remained classified.

While Hand waited in southern Africa to take delivery of arms, his close friend Bernie Houghton flew to Washington DC, with two Nugan Hand employees to arrange shipments. Significantly, Houghton made direct contact with CIA agent Edwin Wilson, then working for Task Force 157, a covert action arm of the Office of Naval Intelligence (ONI). With vast profits from his contract covert operations work, Wilson had purchased Mt. Airy Farms, a thousand-acre estate in northern Virginia where he often entertained his close comrades Thomas Clines and Theodore Shackley, Hand’s former CIA superiors back in Laos who were now rising fast in the agency’s Langley headquarters. After fifteen years as a career CIA officer, Wilson had transferred to Task Force 151 in 1973 and was operating from the offices of a cover company, World Marine Inc., at 1425 K Street in Washington. It was there that Wilson would meet Houghton and the two Nugan Hand men to arrange the African arms deal.

Australia’s Joint Task force investigating the bank later learned details of the meetings from Dennis Schlachter, a World Marine employee whose evidence as a protected federal witness would lead to Wilson’s 1982 conviction for illegal arms sales to Libya. Sometime in 1975 or early 1976 Schlachter first learned of the African arms deal when two CIA agents based in Indonesia, James Hawes and Robert Moore, called on Wilson at World Marine in Washington to discuss “an African arms deal” that, in these agents’ words, “had to be put together”. Sometime later, Houghton arrived from Sydney and came into World Marine’s offices with the two Nugan Hand men to order the arms.

Schlachter recalls chauffeuring Wilson and Hawes out to the agency’s headquarters in Langley while the two discussed using Nugan Hand Bank to finance the shipments. Under the “cover of Task Force 157,” ammunition, 3,000 weapons including machine guns, M-1s, carbines and others”. With an end-user’s certificate showing World Marine as the purchaser and an Australian company as the buyer, the arms left the United States from Boston for southern Africa in three separate shipments.

The Australian Joint Task Force found that Ed Wilson and Bernie Houghton were also involved in the ONI operation to transfer a highly classified spy ship to the Shah of Iran. Soon after joining Task Force 157 in 1973, Wilson had earned a $500,000 fee by delivering an earlier spy ship to Iran under the cover of World Marine. According to the witness Schlachter, in 1975 the U.S. Navy assigned Wilson to deliver another high-technology spy ship to Iran. Schlacter recalls that Houghton “was involved” in this deal, working with “funds…and…payouts”.

Significantly, Australian immigration records show that Houghton flew to Iran in March 1975 in the company of a U.S. Army Colonel. Working through Task Force 157, Wilson purchased the ship and ordered it to sail from England around Africa to Iran. When some “mix-up” developed, Schlachter recalls that “Wilson flew to Iran to correct it.” Australian immigration records show that in January 1976 Wilson flew into Sydney and stayed in Australia for three days before flying on to Iran.”

After fourteen months in Africa, Michael Hand returned to the bank’s Sydney headquarters in March 1976 and dedicated his trade skills to a new constituency—Australia’s leading international heroin smugglers. After nearly fifty years without a serious narcotics problem, Australia showed signs of spreading addiction in the late 1970s as Sydney’s criminal syndicates began organizing regular heroin shipments from Southeast Asia. In a March, 1977 report, for example, Sydney’s Crime Intelligence Unit monitored a series of meetings between the city’s leading illegal bookmaker, George Freeman, and California crime figure Danny Stein:

“Information was received that Stein was here for the purpose of organizing a network for the reception of heroin into this country from the Golden Triangle and for subsequent distribution on thelocal market and in the United States.”

Would-be Sydney heroin smugglers faced Australia’s stringent currency control laws that made it difficult to export the hard cash for heroin buys in Bangkok. After two years of active money laundering through Hong Kong, Nugan Hand was becoming known in the underworld as a reliable money mover. Sometime in early 1976 George “the Duke” Countis, an American crime figure who “owned” a gaming table in an illegal Sydney casino, brought Murray Riley to the headquarters of Nugan Hand Limited. A former Sydney constable, Riley had quit the police to become a “patron” in the criminal underworld and a close associate of leading criminals like George Freeman. Just back from Africa, Hand quickly developed what the Australian police Joint Task Force called “a close business and social relationship with Riley”.

Starting in April 1976, only four weeks after his arrival from Africa, Hand made five cash transfers to Hong Kong for Murray Riley totaling $295,000. After each transfer, one of Riley’s underlings would call at Nugan Hand’s Hong Kong office to pick up the money, later using the cash to take delivery of a heroin shipment. Through this procedure, Nugan Hand handled $4.3 million in identifiable drug money for twenty-six known dealers between 1976 and 1980. Studying Hand’s memorandum to his Hong Kong office about a $60,000 cash transfer for Riley’s October shipment, the Task Force concluded “that Hand was aware that Riley was involved in significant illegal activity”.

As an indication of their closeness, in late 1986, acting on Riley’s advice, Hand opened bank branches in Thailand, in the words of his Chiangmai branch manager, “to attract drug money”. Two years later, when a yacht was seized south of Sydney with 4.3 tons of high-grade cannabis and Riley was charged, Michael Hand ordered the bank’s Hong Kong office to destroy all incriminating records of Riley’s money transfers. Reviewing this period in the bank’s history, Australia’s Joint Task Force concluded:

“Throughout 1976 Hand was knowingly involved in drug activity with the ‘Riley’ group in that he permitted and even encouraged the use of Nugan Hand facilities for the movement of ‘drug’ money.

In October 1976 Hand decided to leave the Sydney office to Frank Nugan and move to Hong Kong, where he could build the bank’s international division. Over the next two years, Hand worked with some success to develop a global network of twelve branches that covered Asia, Africa, and the Americas. After months of failure, Hand’s break had come in June 1976 when the Cayman Islands, a British colonial tax haven in the Caribbean, decided to charter the Nugan Hand Bank, finally giving the company the legal right to advertise itself as a “merchant bank”.

As the bank expanded dramatically in 1977-1978, Michael Hand recruited some of the most famous names in U.S. national security circles to join the bank as employees or associates. The key figure in making these contacts for Hand was Bernie Houghton, who had taken a more active role in the bank in 1976 after his bar business went bankrupt with debts of nearly a million dollars. In early 1977 Houghton recruited an old friend, Admiral Earl Yates, retired chief strategist for the U.S. Pacific Command, to serve as president of the Nugan Hand Bank. Through the admiral’s influence, a succession of such senior appointments followed:

– General Leroy J. Manor, former Pentagon counterinsurgency specialist and chief of staff of the U.S. Pacific Command, manager of the bank’s Manila branch;
– General Edwin F. Black, former OSS officer and commander of U.S. forces in Thailand, president of Nugan Hand, Inc., of Hawaii;
– Dr. Guy Pauker, Asia expert for the Rand Corporation, a research firm under contract to the U.S. Defense Department, bank consultant.
– Dale Holmgren, former chairman of the CIA’s Civil Air Transport, [a CIA proprietary airline similar to Air America], manager of the bank’s Taiwan branch;
– William Colby, retired CIA director, Nugan Hand’s legal counsel.

The pattern of events surrounding this expansion indicates that Michael Hand may have realized his dream of becoming the “CIA’s banker”. Both Sydney police and Wall Street Journal reporter Jonathan Kwitny came away from their long investigations of

 

The Crimes Of Patriots _ A True Tale of Dope, Dirty Money, and the CIA by Jonathan Kwitny

Nugan Hand convinced that there may well have been some connection between the bank’s sudden rise and the antecedent demise of a CIA proprietary, the Castle Bank and Trust of Nassau.

After retiring from the CIA, Paul Helliwell, founder of such agency “proprietaries” as SEA Supply Inc. of Bangkok and Air America, opened a law office in Miami and formed Castle Bank offshore in nearby Nassau to cover the agency’s covert money movements. In 1973 agents of the Internal Revenue Service were able to photograph the Castle Bank’s customer list while a bank executive dined in a posh Key Biscayne restaurant with a woman described as an IRS “informant”. Reviewing the purloined documents, IRS investigators found that the 308 Castle Bank customers on the list had moved $250 million to foreign numbered accounts. Depositors included Playboy publisher Hugh Hefner, Penthouse magazine publisher Robert Guccione, and some major organized crime figures—Morris Dalitz, Morris Kleinman, and Samuel A. Tucker.Elated by the find, investigators formed Project Haven to make “the single biggest tax-evasion strike in IRS history.”

Suddenly, the IRS announced that it was dropping the investigation because of “legal problems”. According to a later investigation by the Wall Street Journal, “pressure from the Central Intelligence Agency … caused the Justice Department to drop what could have been the biggest tax evasion case of all time.” The CIA invoked “national security” since it was using the Castle Bank “for the funding of clandestine operations against Cuba and other intelligence operations directed at countries in Latin America and the Far East.” By the time Helliwell died from emphysema on Christmas Eve, 1976, Castle Bank had been liquidated.

Simultaneous with the closure of Castle Bank’s Nassau office, Nugan Hand Bank launched its formal “banking” operations in the nearby Cayman Islands. The opening of Caribbean branches, a new area for Nugan Hand, and recruitment of retired CIA officers gave it a corporate structure similar to the collapsed Castle Bank. Indeed, a former CIA agent named Kevin Mulcahy, a key witness in the Edwin Wilson case, gave details to the National Times of Sydney “about the Agency’s use of Nugan Hand for shifting money for various covert operations around the globe”.

Working through Houghton, moreover, the Nugan Hand Bank deepened its contacts with the network of ex-CIA officials surrounding Edwin Wilson. After helping Hand informally with the bank’s operations for the previous five years, Houghton finally joined Nugan Hand’s staff in late 1978 and opened a branch in Saudi Arabia to collect deposits from American contract employees. Under Houghton’s management, the Saudi branch ran the bank’s biggest — and simplest — fraud. With introductions from Beck Arabia of Dallas, a leading engineering firm with major Middle East contracts, Houghton flew into Saudi Arabia in January 1979 and rented a villa at Al-Khobar to serve as both office and residence for the bank. Over the next twelve months, Houghton and his aides circulated through the U.S. construction camps along the Persian Gulf, issuing bank receipts for cash deposits from American contract workers. Paid in cash and unable to make deposits in Saudi Arabia’s backward banking system, American expatriate workers needed the deposit-taking service that Nugan Hand pretended to provide. Houghton then bought bundles of Thomas Cook traveler’s checks and sent them off in commercial courier parcels to Michael Hand’s new office in Singapore. Through this simple system, Houghton and Hand collected collected at least $5 million from their fellow Americans—all of which simply disappeared when the bank collapsed a year later.

Houghton’s presence in Arabia brought Nugan Hand Bank into closer contact with Wilson’s network of former CIA officials, now moving its base of operations to nearby Libya. When Houghton opened his Saudi office in 1979, Wilson’s network seemed a step away from unprecedented power, and Houghton apparently decided to join their rise. Within months, however, both Wilson’s group and Nugan Hand were plunging precipitously toward a collapse.

After decades inside the CIA, Wilson and his closest associates were finally forced out in the late 1970s, losing the mantle of CIA protection that had long masked their operations. In February 1976, Admiral Bobby Ray Inman, the new head of the Office of Naval Intelligence, ran into Ed Wilson by chance and learned to his surprise that this wheeler-dealer was one of his own operatives in Task Force 157. When Wilson’s contract came up for renewal a few months later, ONI canceled it on Inman’s orders, pushing the ex-CIA man into the private sector. There he prospered. Between June and September 1976 Wilson supplied Libya with thousands of CIA-designed bomb timers and more than 21 tons of Composition C-4, the most powerful nonnuclear explosive in America’s arsenal–thereby providing Colonel Muammar al-Qaddafi with a potent weapon for his terrorist campaign in Europe and the Middle East. Over the next four years, Wilson recruited U.S. Green Berets to train Libyan commandos, delivered weapons for Qaddafi’s terrorists, and even arranged assassinations for the Libyan dictator. One of Wilson’s employees, former CIA officer Kevin Mulcahy, became concerned by these shipments and reported them to the CIA. But Wilson’s old friend Theodore Shackley, now deputy director for Clandestine Services [at CIA], blocked any internal investigation. In April 1977 The Washington Post published an article on Wilson’s activities stating that he “may have had contact with one or more current CIA employees”, and the agency’s new director, Admiral Stansfield Turner, started asking questions. He soon learned about Wilson’s close friendship with his former CIA colleagues Clines and Shackley, then high in the Langley hierarchy. Over the opposition of senior CIA bureaucrats, Turner transferred the two to secondary jobs. A year later Thomas Clines resigned from the CIA after thirty years’ service, borrowed $500,000 from Wilson to set up his own company, and soon won a $71 million contract for arms delivery to Egypt. No longer heir-apparent to the post of CIA director, Theodore Shackley resigned in Septermber 1979 and followed Clines into the consulting business.

(end excerpts from Alfred McCoy’s book, “The Politics of Heroin”)

Jonathan Kwitny was sent by the Wall Street Journal to Australia to cover a breaking story about one of the CIA;s drug-smuggling, money-laundering, and arms dealing proprietaries, a bank named Nugan Hand, Ltd. Mr. Kwitny gave us the “story behind the story” regarding the Iran-Contra scandal which disgraced the Ronald Reagan White House. His coverage of the Australian government’s investigation of the Nugan Hand Bank, Ltd, led to the free wheeling dope-dealing escapades of the CIA’s drug dealing, arms trafficking, and money laundering at a larger CIA proprietary bank named BCCI, which the U.S. Senate investigated.



The Crime of Patriots – 

A True Story of Dope, 

Dirty Money and the CIA

BY Jonathan Kwitny

https://www.scribd.com/doc/95815512/Kwitny-The-Crimes-of-Patriots-A-True-Tale-of-Dope-Dirty-Money-and-the-CIA-Iran-Contra-Scandal-1987

The Crime of Patriots – A True Story of Dope, Dirty Money and the CIA

BY Jonathan Kwitny

The Crimes of Patriots will reveal how an obscure Australian bank, Nugan Hand Ltd., came to occupy the central position in a vast network of drug transactions, fraud, secret arms deals, and  covert intelligence operations.

"The Crimes of Patriots is a masterpiece, pulling together previously  unavailable do c u m e n t a t I o n  in  a  m o s  t c r e  a t i v e   w a y  a  n d —t h r o u g h  K w I t n y' s  o r ig i n a l  r e s e a r c h—

addressing the crucial questions to the most mysterious collection of intelligence hands ever caught in a single scandal. The answers Kwitny gathers and the new questions he raises are a road map for a major Congressional investigation yet to come."—Scott Armstrong

"As this book so clearly demonstrates, Jonathan Kwitny  is  a peerless investigative r e p o r  t e  r."—Peter Maas

In a government of laws, the existence of the government will be imperiled if it fails to observe the law scrupulously. Our government is the potent, the omnipotent, teacher. For good or ill, it teaches the whole people by its example. If government becomes a lawbreaker it breeds contempt for law: it invites every man to become a law unto himself. It invites anarchy.

Justice Louis D. B RANDEIS

For some time I have been disturbed by the way [the] CIA has been diverted from its original assignment. It has become an operational arm and at times a policy-making arm of the Government. This has led to  trouble and may have compounded our difficulties in several explosive areas. I never had any thought when I set up the CIA that it would be injected into peacetime cloak and dagger operations. Some of the complications and embarrassments that I think we have experienced are in part attributable to the fact that this quiet intelligence  arm of the President has been so removed from its intended role that it is being interpreted as a symbol of sinister and mysterious foreign intrigue—and a subject for Cold War  enemy propaganda. With all the nonsense put out by Communist propaganda about "Yankee imperialism," "exploitive capitalism," "war-mongering," "monopolists" in their name-calling assault on the West, the last thing we needed was for the CIA to be seized upon as something akin to a subverting influence in the affairs of other people. . .  . But there are now some searching questions that need to be answered. I, therefore, would like to see the CIA be restored to its original assignment as the intelligence arm of the President, and whatever else it can properly perform in that special field, and that its operational duties be terminated or properly used  elsewhere. We have grown up as a nation, respected for our free institutions and for our ability to maintain a free and open  society. There is something about the way the  CIA has been functioning that is casting a shadow over our historical position, and I feel that we need to correct it. 

HARRYS. TRUMAN, December 22, 1963

"There  is  a  secret  g ove r n me n t  in America. It  operates with  the  explicit  and  I mp l i e d    authority of the highest officials, and in the name of America's interests it has inflicted  great damage on the unsuspecting peoples of other countries and on our own  f u n d a m e n  t  a l   p r i  n c  i  p l  e s...   I   w i  sh    e v e r  y o n e   wo u l d    r e ad    The   C ri m e s   of   Pat r i o t s .    Perhaps t hen  the  current  hearings  on  the  Iran-Con t r a  aff a i r—for  Ro n a l d  Rea g a n  is  the   latest to wield this secret weapon and to perish by it—will be the last. An informed people  might  become  an  outraged   people  and  finally  put  a  stop  to  our  own sel f -  destruction.   If so, we  will owe much to Jonathan Kwitny's reporting." —Bill Moyes

"It is unusual to commend a book of investigative journalism that leaves some questions unanswered, but Jonathan Kwitny's account of the Nugan Hand affair transcends ordinary journalism. The Crimes of Patriots is the story of a reporter at work trying to balance issues of criminality and national security, and Kwitny left me with the sense that no one could have done it better."—Seymour Hersh

"This is a superbly researched and exceptionally well-told story."—John Kenneth Galbraith

"Jonathan  Kwitny  is  the  John  Le  C ar re  of  nonfiction  crime.  Sometimes  when  I  was w a ll o wing  I n The Crimes  of  Patriots  I  burst  out laughing  (perversely)  because  the  kings  of  this complicated idyl  are such shameless rogues. Is there no limit to their white-collar mischief?  Kwitny has raised the question again, as only he can."—Robert Sherrill

The Crimes of Patriots is the story behind the story revealed in the Iran-contra investigation. It is a chilling glimpse into the workings of the secret government that has operated  ruthlessly  in  this  country  and  around  the  world  for  the  last  forty  years, unchecked, answerable only to itself. It is a masterpiece of investigative journalism that  reveals the sordid truths shrouded within the "national security interest."

A rifle blast  blows off the  head of an  Australian banker in his Mercedes—and a tale of the whole Cold War begins to unravel. The death of Frank Nugan exposes the  massive fraud at the  heart  of  his empire, the  Nugan  Hand  Bank; but it also exposes the real power of  the  bank—a  network of  U.S.  generals,  admirals, and  CIA  men,  including  a  former  director  of  that  organization.  As the colourful story of the Nugan Hand Bank unfolds, we learn that there have been many similar operations.  Patterns  and  eerie  resonances  emerge,  and  the   names  of  those  who  later  masterminded  the Iran-contra  fiasco  lurk  in  the  shadows  cast  by  Nugan Hand: Clines, Shackley, Secord. We are slowly brought to a greater truth.  In his last book, Endless Enemies, Jonathan Kwitny showed how our anti-communist based  foreign policy undermines American security.  Here  he exposes  at  last  the  crimes   committed  against  American  citizens  in  pursuit  of  that  policy.  He  shows  how some  of   the biggest  names  in  American  defense  and  intelligence  were  involved  in  an  operation  that promoted the dope trade, tax evasion, and gun running, and swindled American citizens, and citizens of allied countries,  out  of  millions  of  dollars.  Kwitny  lays  out  a  mystery  filled   with questions whose answers—so far—have stayed locked in the U.S. government's  vault of secrets.

JONATHAN  KWITNY ,

 

a  Wall  Street Journal reporter for sixteen years, is one of America's foremost journalists and holds the honor  medal for career achievement  from  the  University  of Missouri  School  of Journalism . His  reporting  exposed former Reagan adviser Richard Allen's conflicts of interest, and forced the resignation of Lynn Helms, Reagan's Federal Aviation administrator. This  is Jonathan  Kwitny's  sixth  book. His fifth, Endless Enemies:  The Making of  an Unfriendly World, was runner-up for the Pulitzer Prize in general non fiction in 1985. Mr. Kwitny has lived or travelled  in more than ninety countries. A native of Indianapolis, he works from t he Journal's New York bureau.

Author's Note for The Crimes of Patriots

For five years prior to the publication of this book, the author tried repeatedly and fruitlessly to interview and obtain comment from Richard Secord, Theodore Shackley, and Thomas Clines, former high federal officials connected to Edwin Wilson, the traitor and convicted death merchant. Some of these efforts are described in the book. At the eleventh hour, as books were sitting on the warehouse loading docks waiting to be shipped to bookstores, Clines, Shackley, and Secord's lawyer, Thomas Green, contacted the publisher, stating that they had obtained a proof copy of the book and alleged that there were numerous errors in it. I have reviewed these specifics, along with my own sources, and I find that the men were, on the whole, treated fairly. As usually happens, comment from the subjects being written about did reveal a few erroneous details and  conflicting versions of events.— J.K. August 12, 1987

 

Contents

P R   O   L   O   G    U   E   11

CAST OF CHARACTERS   131.

 

The End  of  the  Rainbow  192.

 

The Cover-Up  343.

 

The Golden Triangle  434.

 

The Education of a Banker  S35.

 

Corporate Veils  696.

 

Sleight of Hand  817.

 

Terrorists and  Patriots 958.

 

Into Africa 1109.

 

The Spooking of Australia 12610.

 

The Un-Bank 14311.

 

Laughing at the Law 16512.

 

The Asia Branches 18113.

 

The U.S. Branches 19414.

 

Banking in Opiumland 20615.

 

Officers and Gentlemen 21716.

 

The Drug Bank 22917.

 

The "Mr. Asia" Murders 24318.

 

Bernie of Arabia 25719.

 

The Admiral's Colors 27220.

 

Men of Substance 28621.

 

What the Tape Recorder Heard 296

 

The Wilson Connection 30823.

 

The Explosion 32424.

 

Thwarting the Investigators 34025.

 

"Everybody Left Alive Is Innocent" 35526.

 

The Agency's Assets 362

APPENDIX

The Questions Whose Answers Are Secret 382

AFTERWORD

 by Admiral Earl P. Yates, USN (ret.) 391

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS   398

IN  D   E   X             401

Photographs appear following page 198

Prologue

As this book goes to press, the United States Government is consumed with a foreign policy scandal. Arms were secretly sold to an Iranian government that the U.S. administration publicly preached against, and there was at least the intention to divert some of the proceeds to evade a Congressional prohibition on aiding rebels trying to overthrow the Government of Nicaragua. To keep the activity secret, the White House conducted its arms sales and Contra supply operations through a network of supposedly private citizens, most of whom had recently held jobs with the armed forces or Central Intelligence  Agency. Not only were laws broken governing the conduct of foreign policy, but private profits were evidently made in the process, of a size still being determined. There are daily expressions of shock and outrage about the "privatization" of foreign policy, and about the White House's obsession with covert activity, as if these were inventions of the Reagan Administration. They weren't. The need, claimed by the past eight presidents, to pursue a perpetual and largely secret global war by fair means or foul against what is said to be are relentlessly expanding Soviet empire has justified gross violations of American law against the interests of American citizens for forty years. What is happening new in1987 is that a window has suddenly been opened on this shadow world before the spooks who inhabit it could completely take cover. By dealing with such an unreliable co-conspirator as Iran, some of whose leaders delighted in exposing the arms sales, the Reagan Administration allowed its secret operations to be blown with unprecedented prematurity. Yet it is important to keep in mind that what we are seeing is not an aberration; the aberration is only that we are seeing it, and what we are seeing is still not the most of it. Nevertheless, some good may come from the unpleasant sight of so many greedy arms dealers and callous and bumbling ex-generals. Some good may come from the sense that all we achieved by sneaking.

COLBY:      T h  o  u  g h     n  o  w     a    l  a  w  y  e  r         I n    pr  i v  a t e    p  r a c t  i  c  e,    C o  l  b y   w  a s     a    c  a  r  e  e r    p  r o  f  e s s  i  on a  l    covert   operator    of    the    highest   order.   A long   rise   thr ough   the   ranks   had   b rough t   him   to   command of the CIA's station in Saigon in the 1960s. He ran all U.S. "intelligence"  operations in the Vietnam War  theater, including Operation Phoenix, a Stalin-like program that fingered

The End of the Rainbow

"A .30-calibre rifle was held by him," Sergeant Brown went on, "the butt resting inthe passenger-side floor well. His left hand held the barrel, three or four inches from themuzzle, and near the right side of his head. His right hand rested near the trigger. Therewas lots of blood over the console, the front seats, and front and rear floor wells. Therewas lots of blood on the head of the person. The rifle had a live round in the breech, onein the magazine. There was a spent cartridge in the right passenger-side floor well."Of the throng that crammed the little courthouse that week, Sergeant Brown andConstable Cross were among the few who believed that Francis John Nugan, the man inthe Mercedes, had committed suicide. In the three months since the body had beenfound, facts had leaked out about Frank Nugan's life that led most people to suspect,even presume, murder.But whatever the facts of Nugan's life, the facts of his death told the local policeotherwise. The autopsy had found no trace of drugs, poison, or prior injury. Nugan diedof a single gunshot wound. Given the moat of undisturbed gore that surrounded hisbody, there seemed to be no way that someone else could have gotten into the car, killed him, and left. Later, all this would be of great interest to politicians. But at this juncture the debate was being staged by insurance lawyers. They had been hired to try to establish facts that would relieve their clients, various companies, of responsibility under Nugan's millions of dollars in insurance policies. One large creditor had himself taken out a $1-million policy on Nugan; this policy, which Nugan's intimates weren't aware of, now stood to make the creditor rich for the first time in his life, unless it was challenged."Would you agree it is almost impossible to get yourself into that position?"pressed lawyer Barry Edmund Mahoney of Commonwealth Assurance Ltd."What position?" replied Sergeant Brown."The one you describe, with the head about a foot below the muzzle, which was itself being held by the left hand," said Mahoney. Then he spoke the words the gallery had been waiting for: "I suggest to you one would have to be a contortionist!"The reporters had their lead. Sergeant Brown, unfazed, replied, "It didn't appear to be any great distortion, viewing it." But in the newspapers his reply got second billing to the lawyer's "

contortionist" remark. So did Sergeant Brown's further observation that he had plotted a trajectory from the rifle, through Nugan's head, to the bullet mark in the roof of the Mercedes."They were all very close to being in alignment," Brown said.That all pointed to suicide—a scenario the United States Central Intelligence Agency would be able to live with. Other aspects of Brown's testimony, however, were much more disturbing, to the CIA and others. For example, there was a list found in Nugan's briefcase—it came to be known as "the body list"—containing scores of typed names of prominent Australian political, sports, business, and entertainment personalities. Next to the names were hand written dollar amounts, mostly five- and six-figure sums. Were these debtors? Creditors?  No one knew yet. Then there was the Bible, a New Testament, found on the body. It bore, in Nugan's handwriting, the inscription, "I place this day my life, my work, my loved ones in the Lord's hands, He is so good and it will be a good day I believe, I believe this will be a glorious magical miraculous day, he is with me now, Jesus walks with me now. Visualize one hundred thousand customers world-wide, prayerize, actualize."Interleaved at page 252 of the Bible were two pieces of paper. One bore a telephone number in Long Beach, Florida. Nugan had just been negotiating the purchase both of a swank home near Long Beach and of controlling interest in a nationally chartered U.S. bank near there; the bank's best-known customer was the U.S. Air Force. The other piece of paper, by Sergeant Brown's description, was "what looks like the remnants of a meat pie bag." On it, Brown testified, were written "the names of Congressman Bob Wilson—and Bill Colby.

"WILSON:  The  ranking  Republican  on  the  U.S.  House  of  R e p r esentatives  Armed  Services Committee. A few weeks before Nugan's death, Congressman Wilson, his wife, fellow Congressman Richard Ichord, and their staff had been out dining with Nugan's American business partner, who had himself worked for the CIA






The Crime of Patriots –

A True Story of Dope,

Dirty Money and the CIA

BY Jonathan Kwitny

https://www.scribd.com/doc/95815512/Kwitny-The-Crimes-of-Patriots-A-True-Tale-of-Dope-Dirty-Money-and-the-CIA-Iran-Contra-Scandal-1987

The Crime of Patriots – A True Story of Dope, Dirty Money and the CIA

BY Jonathan Kwitny

The Crimes of Patriots will reveal how an obscure Australian bank, Nugan Hand Ltd.,came to occupy the central position in a vast network of drug transactions, fraud, secretarms deals, and  covert intelligence operations.

"The Crimes of Patriots is a masterpiece, pulling together previously  unavailable do c u m e n t a t I o n  in  a  m o s  t c r e  a t i v e   w a y  a  n d —t h r o u g h  K w I t n y' s  o r ig i n a l  r e s e a r c h—

addressing the crucial questions to the most mysterious collection of intelligence handsever caught in a single scandal. The answers Kwitny gathers and the new questions heraises are a roadmap for a major Congressional investigation yet to come."—Scott Armstrong

"As this book so clearly demonstrates, Jonathan Kwitny  is  a peerless investigative r e p o r  t e  r."—Peter Maas

In a government of laws, the existence of the government will be imperiled if it fails toobserve the law scrupulously. Our government is the potent, the omnipotent, teacher.For good or ill, it teaches the whole people by its example. If government becomes alawbreaker it breeds contempt for law: it invites every man to become a law untohimself. It invites anarchy.

Justice Louis D. B RANDEIS

For some time I have been disturbed by the way [the] CIA has been diverted from itsoriginal assignment. It has become an operational arm and at times a policy-making armof the Government. This has led to  trouble and may have compounded our difficulties inseveral explosive areas.I never had any thought when I set up the CIA that it would be injected intopeacetime cloak and dagger operations. Some of the complications and embarrassmentsthat I think we have experienced are in part attributable to the fact that this quietintelligence arm of the President has been so removed from its intended role that it isbeing interpreted as a symbol of sinister and mysterious foreign intrigue—and a subjectfor Cold War  enemy propaganda.With all the nonsense put out by Communist propaganda about "Yankeeimperialism," "exploitive capitalism," "war-mongering," "monopolists" in their name-calling assault on the West, the last thing we needed was for the CIA to be seized uponas something akin to a subverting influence in the affairs of other people. . .  .But there are now some searching questions that need to be answered. I, therefore,would like to see the CIA be restored to its original assignment as the intelligence armof the President, and whatever else it can properly perform in that special field, and thatits operational duties be terminated or properly used  elsewhere.We have grown up as a nation, respected for our free institutions and for our abilityto maintain a free and open  society. There is something about the way the  CIA has beenfunctioning that is casting a shadow over our historical position, and I feel that we needto correct it.

HARRYS. TRUMAN, December 22, 1963

 

"There  is  a  secret  g ove r n me n t  in America. It  operates with  the  explicit  and  I mp l i e d   authority of the highest officials, and in the name of America's interests it has inflicted great damage on the unsuspecting peoples of other countries and on our own  fundamental  p r i  n c  i  p l  e s...   I   w i  sh    e v e r  y o n e   wo u l d    r e ad    The   C ri m e s   of   Pat r i o t s .   Perhaps then  the  current  hearings  on  the  Iran-Con t r a  aff a i r—for  Ro n a l d  Rea g a n  is  the  latest to wield this secret weapon and to perish by it—will be the last. An informed people  might  become  an  outraged  pe o p l e  and  finally  put  a  stop  to  our  own self -  destruction.  If so, we  will owe much to Jonathan Kwitny's reporting."—Bill Moyes

"It is unusual to commend a book of investigative journalism that leaves some questions unanswered, but Jonathan Kwitny's account of the Nugan Hand affair transcends ordinary journalism. The Crimes of Patriots is the story of a reporter at work trying to balance issues of criminality and national security, and Kwitny left me with the sense that no one could have done it better."—Seymour Hersh

"This is a superbly researched and exceptionally well-told story."—John Kenneth Galbraith

"Jonathan  Kwitny  is  the  John  Le  C ar re  of  nonfiction  crime.  Sometimes  when  I  was w a ll o wing  I n The Crimes  of  Patriots  I  burst  out laughing  (perversely)  because  the  kings  of  this complicated idyl  are such shameless rogues. Is there no limit to their white-collar mischief?  Kwitny has raised the question again, as only he can."—Robert Sherrill

The Crimes of Patriots is the story behind the story revealed in the Iran-contra investigation. It is a chilling glimpse into the workings of the secret government that has operated  ruthlessly  in  this  country  and  around  the  world  for  the  last  forty  years, unchecked, answerable only to itself. It is a masterpiece of investigative journalism that reveals the sordid truths shrouded within the "national security interest."

A rifle blast  blows off the  head of an  Australian banker in his Mercedes—and a tale of the whole Cold War begins to unravel. The death of Frank Nugan exposes the  massive fraud at the  heart  of  his empire, the  Nugan  Hand  Bank; but it also exposes the real power of  the bank—a  network of  U.S.  generals,  admirals, and  CIA  men,  including  a  former  director  of  that  organization.  As the colourful story of the Nugan Hand Bank unfolds, we learn that there have been many similar operations.  Patterns  and  eerie  resonances  emerge,  and  the  names  of  those  who  later  masterminded  the Iran-contra  fiasco  lurk  in  the  shadows  cast  by  Nugan Hand: Clines, Shackley, Secord. We are slowly brought to a greater truth. In his last book, Endless Enemies, Jonathan Kwitny showed how our anti-communist based foreign policy undermines American security. Here he exposes  at  last  the  crimes  committed  against  American  citizens  in  pursuit  of  that  policy.  He  shows  how some  of   the  biggest  names  in  American  defense  and  intelligence  were  involved  in  an  operation  that promoted the dope trade, tax evasion, and gun running, and swindled American citizens, and citizens of allied countries,  out  of  millions  of  dollars.  Kwitny  lays  out  a  mystery  filled  with questions whose answers—so far—have stayed locked in the U.S. government's vault of secrets.

JONATHAN  KWITNY ,

 

a  Wall  Street Journal reporter for sixteen years, is one of America's foremost journalists and holds the honor  medal for career achievement  from  the  University  of Missouri  School  of Journalism . His  reporting  exposed former Reagan adviser Richard Allen's conflicts of interest, and forced the resignation of Lynn Helms, Reagan's Federal Aviation administrator. This  is Jonathan  Kwitny's  sixth  book. His fifth, Endless Enemies:  The Making of  an Unfriendly World, was runner-up for the Pulitzer Prize in general non fiction in 1985. Mr. Kwitny has lived or travelled  in more than ninety countries. A native of Indianapolis, he works from t he Journal's New York bureau.

Author's Note for The Crimes of Patriots

For five years prior to the publication of this book, the author tried repeatedly and fruitlessly to interview and obtain comment from Richard Secord, Theodore Shackley, and Thomas Clines, former high federal officials connected to Edwin Wilson, the traitor and convicted death merchant. Some of these efforts are described in the book. At the eleventh hour, as books were sitting on the warehouse loading docks waiting to be shipped to bookstores, Clines, Shackley, and Secord's lawyer, Thomas Green, contacted the publisher, stating that they had obtained a proof copy of the book and alleged that there were numerous errors in it. I have reviewed these specifics, along with my own sources, and I find that the men were, on the whole, treated fairly. As usually happens, comment from the subjects being written about did reveal a few erroneous details and conflicting versions of events.— J.K. August 12, 1987


Marijuana Australiana

 

Marijuana Australiana:

 

Cannabis Use, Popular Culture, and the Americanisation  of Drugs Policy in Australia, 1938 - 1988

John Lawrence Jiggens, BA

Centre for Social Change Research

Carseldine Campus

QUT

 

Submitted  in requirement for the degree,

Doctor of Philosophy,  April 2004

Marijuana Australiana

KEY WORDS:

Narcotics, Control of — Australia, Narcotics and crime — Australia, Cannabis use —

Australia, Popular Culture — Australia, Drugs policy — Australia, Organised crime —

Queensland, New South Wales, Cannabis prohibition — Australia, Police

corruption — Queensland, New South Wales, the counter-culture — Australia, Reefer

Madness — Australia, the War on Drugs — Australia, Woodward Royal Commission

(the Royal Commission into Drug Trafficking), the Williams Royal Commission

(Australian Royal Commission into Drugs), the Fitzgerald Inquiry, the Stewart

Royal Commission (Royal Commission into Nugan Hand), Chlorodyne, Cannabis —

medical use, cannabis indica, cannabis sativa, Gough Whitlam, Richard Nixon,

Donald Mackay, Johannes Bjelke- Petersen, Terry Lewis, Ray Whitrod, Fast Buck$,

Chris Masters, John Wesley Egan, the Corset Gang, Murray Stewart Riley, Bela

Csidei, Maurice Bernard 'Bernie' Houghton, Frank Nugan, Michael Jon Hand, Sir

Peter Abeles, Merv Wood, Sir Robert Askin, Theodore (Ted) Shackley, Fred Krahe,

James (Jimmy) Bazley, Gianfranco Tizzoni, Ken Nugan, Brian Alexander.

ABSTRACT

The word 'marijuana' was introduced to Australia by the US Bureau of Narcotics via

the Diggers newspaper, Smith 's Weekly, in 1938. Marijuana was said to be 'a new

drug that maddens victims' and it was sensationally described as an 'evil sex drug'.

The resulting tabloid furore saw the plant cannabis sativa banned in Australia, even

though cannabis had been a well-known and widely used drug in Australia for many

decades.

In 1964, a massive infestation of wild cannabis was found growing along a stretch

of the Hunter River between Singleton and Maitland in New South Wales. The

explosion in Australian marijuana use began there. It was fuelled after 1967 by US

soldiers on rest and recreation leave from Vietnam. It was the Baby-Boomer young

who were turning on. Pot smoking was overwhelmingly associated with the

generation born in the decade after the Second World War. As the conflict over the

Vietnam War raged in Australia, it provoked intense generational conflict between

the Baby-Boomers and older generations. Just as in the US, pot was adopted by

Australian Baby-Boomers as their symbol; and, as in the US, the attack on pot

users served as code for an attack on the young, the Left, and the alternative.

In 1976, the 'War on Drugs' began in earnest in Australia with paramilitary

attacks on the hippie colonies at Cedar Bay in Queensland and Tuntable Falls in

New South Wales. It was a time of increasing US style prohibition characterised by

'tough-on-drugs' right-wing rhetoric, police crackdowns, numerous murders, and a

marijuana drought followed quickly by a heroin plague; in short by a massive

worsening of 'the drug problem'. During this decade, organised crime moved into

the pot scene and the price of pot skyrocketed, reaching $450 an ounce in 1988.

Thanks to the Americanisation of drugs policy, the black market made 'a killing'.

In Marijuana Australiana I argue that the 'War on Drugs' developed — not for

health reasons — but for reasons of social control; as a domestic counter-revolution

against the Whitlamite, Baby-Boomer generation by older Nixonite Drug War

warriors like Queensland Premier, Bjelke-Petersen. It was a misuse of drugs policy

which greatly worsened drug problems, bringing with it American-style organised

crime.  As the subtitle suggests, Marijuana Australiana relies significantly on

'alternative' sources, and I trawl the waters of popular culture, looking for

songs,  posters, comics and underground magazines to produce an 'underground' history of  cannabis in Australia. This 'pop' approach is balanced with a hard-edged,

quantitative analysis of the size of the marijuana market, the movement of price, and  the seizure figures in the section called 'History By Numbers'.

As Alfred McCoy  notes, we need to understand drugs as commodities. It is only through a detailed  understanding of the drug trade that the deeper secrets of this underground world can  be revealed. In this section, I present an economic history of the cannabis market and  formulate three laws of the market.

 

Marijuana Australiana 

In my  opinion, Bottom's great, unstated theme is the Americanisation of organised crime in  Australia in the seventies, though Bottom himself 

does not seem to recognise this.  

The Godfather in Australia is (mostly) an excellent piece of reportage, but the  early chapters are, especially in comparison with Drug Traffic and The Prince and the Premier, an inferior and wrong-headed history of organised crime in Australia.

In these chapters, Bottom suggests that organised crime in Australia is dominated by a secret Italian society, which I find extremely dubious, if not racist. The Italian  presence, like the Lebanese and Chinese, is undeniable; but the Irish — the Kellys  and the Murphys — 

take precedence over the Sergis and the Bellinos; and above all  the ethnics are the corrupt members of the Sydney Establishment 

and their American  gangster friends.  

In this regard, the mirror world of the illegal drug trade simply reflects the power  structures of the public world. 

It is simple economics that the Americans dominate the world illicit drug trade because the US drugs market is the largest

in the world, something like 50% of the world drug trade.

As a consequence, Australia, like many  other countries, finds itself embroiled in the violence and politics of the $200 billion  US drugs black market. It is only our traditional subservience to 'our great and  powerful ally' which makes us shrink from this truth.

In marked contrast to the works of the three blind commissioners, the Sackville

Royal Commission into the Non-Medical Use of Drugs in South Australia

represented a thoughtful examination of the drug problem in Australia. Headed by a

triumvirate consisting of a professor of law, a professor of medicine and a professor  of sociology, and aided by an exceptional research team,

 the various publications of  the Sackville Royal Commission have the advantage of being written by people who were experts in the field, rather than by judges. I would single out two of their  productions for praise: John Lonie's (1978) A Social History of Drug Control in  Australia; 2,1 and Keith Windshuttle' s unpublished monograph Drugs and the Press,

1977-1979 22 . Windshuttle's analysis is that the media play a dubious,

 double role, simultaneously glamorising drugs and drug use while condemning them.

Windshuttle summarised this 'Reefer Madness' style as a formula consisting of titilation, followed by arousal, followed by condemnation.

Predictably, the Sackville  Commission's sensible and intelligent Final Report 33 was savaged by the Murdoch  media with this same formula of moral 

outrage and condemnation. I would like to express my gratitude to the Department of the Premier and Cabinet (South Australia) 

 for granting me access to the Sackville Archives.

Marijuana Australiana is thus a history of an illicit world, the world of cannabisuse and cannabis users in Australia between 1938 and 1988, 

which uses significant illicit sources. It is in five parts. The first part looks at the ending of legal cannabis in  Australia in the years following 1938, 

when the word 'marijuana' was first  introduced into Australia. The second part looks at the rebirth of cannabis use  

amongst the Baby-Boomer young during that decade of dissent (1964 -1975) known  variously as the Vietnam years and the Whitlam years. 

The third part looks at the launch of the War on Drugs in the decade that followed the dismissal of the Whitlam  government in the 'constitutional coup' of 


November 1975, and describes the social  forces that propelled this Americanisation of drugs policy in Australia. The fourth  part is an economic history of the Australian cannabis market in the period 1973-  1998, called 'History By Numbers'. The fifth part synthesises this economic history  with the previous literary history to explain the 'mega-features' of the War on Drugs  period, and to provide an insight into the top of the Australian cannabis trade. While the third part examined the War on Drugs from the bottom level, from the level of  the ordinary cannabis user, the fifth part examines the cannabis trade at the highest  level, the level of international drug traffickers, the level of Nugan Hand and the  Sydney Connection. 


Nugan Hand Bank General Information

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nugan_Hand_Bank]

Nugan Hand Bank was an Australian merchant bank that collapsed in 1980 after the suicide of one of its founders, Australian lawyer Francis John Nugan, resulting in a major scandal.[1] News stories suggested that the bank had been involved in illegal activities, including drug smuggling, arranging weapons deals, and providing a front for the United States Central Intelligence Agency. Speculation grew when it became known that the bank had employed a number of retired United States military and intelligence officers, including former CIA director William Colby.

Investors' losses and the speculation surrounding the bank's activities led to three major government investigations over the next five years. The bank's co-founder, American Michael Jon Hand, and two other bank employees were indicted for conspiring to "pervert the course of justice" by destroying or removing bank records. Hand fled abroad in June 1980. In 1985, a Royal Commission of Inquiry found that while the bank had committed numerous violations of banking laws, the allegations of drug-smuggling, arms dealing and involvement in CIA activities were not substantiated.[2][3]

Founding

Nugan Hand Ltd. was founded in Sydney in 1973 by Australian lawyer Francis John "Frank" Nugan and former U.S. Green Beret Michael Jon "Mike" Hand. According to writer Alfred W. McCoy, the bank was formed with a fraudulent claim of $1m in share capital: "With only $80 in the company's bank account and just $5 in paid-up capital, Frank Nugan wrote his own company a personal check for $980,000 to purchase 490,000 shares of its stock. He then covered his massive overdraft by writing himself a company check for the same amount."[4] Kings Cross restaurateur Bernie Houghton was also involved in the bank from the beginning.[5]

The Nugan Hand Bank attracted investors with promises of up to 16% interest rates on their deposits and assurances of anonymity, tax-free accounts, specialist investment assistance, along with more surreptitious services such as money laundering. Nugan Hand rapidly gained business and expanded its offices from a single Sydney office to a global network that included branches (registered in the Cayman Islands) in Chiang Mai, Manila, Hawaii, Singapore, Hong Kong, Taiwan, Cayman Islands and Washington D.C..

According to a former employee speaking in 1980, the bank paid commission of up to 2.5% on unsecured investments of $1m or more, when the going rate was around 0.25%. Together with related costs, the bank was paying over 12% to access funds.[6] Yet the bank never became involved in traditional merchant banking activities like equity investment or mortgage financing; instead, its principals sought all manner of unconventional investment opportunities, including gun running and attempts to corner various commodities markets, such as Malaysian rubber and Indonesian oil.[6] Via its Cayman Islands subsidiary it also provided tax avoidance and evasion schemes.[6]

The Nugan Hand Bank gained respectability by the recruitment of a number of retired senior U.S. military and intelligence personnel, such as former Rear AdmiralEarl P. Yates as bank president and ex-CIA head William Colby as legal counsel.[7]

Australian trucking magnate Peter Abeles was also connected with the bank.[8]

Bernie Houghton became the bank's Saudi Arabian representative;[9] but eventually had to flee that country in a hail of bullets, as depositors sought to recover their money.[10]

Michael Hand had formed a close business and social relationship with former Sydney police constable and underworld "patron", Murray Stewart Riley.[11] From April 1976, Hand initiated five cash transfers totaling $295,000 to the Hong Kong office. Riley’s subordinates used these funds to buy heroin that was then shipped to Australia. Upon Riley’s advice, Hand opened branches in Thailand “to attract drug money” and two years later, ordered the destruction of all incriminating records relating to Riley’s money transfers.[12]

Collapse and Scandal

The bank's collapse was precipitated by the death of its founder Frank Nugan in the early hours of 27 January 1980. Nugan (who was facing charges of stock fraud) was found shot dead by a .30-calibre rifle in his Mercedes-Benz outside Lithgow, New South Wales. An inquest later returned a verdict of suicide. However, questions remain unanswered in regard to the lack of fingerprints on the weapon and the probability that the police who found Nugan had prior knowledge of his death.[13]

Suspicions about the bank's activities grew in subsequent days as details of the contents of Nugan's car emerged. Of special interest was the business card of William Colby. Furthermore, Nugan's office had been ransacked and Hand and Yates had ordered important company files destroyed or hidden elsewhere.[14] Peter Butt states that Brian Alexander who was on bail, due to charges related to the Mr Asia drug syndicate, accompanied investigators when they searched the deceased Nugan's home. During the search, the investigators were interrupted by police officers who were responding to an anonymous phone caller who had claimed that police were in trouble at the residence. During this period, Alexander roamed freely and had the opportunity to remove incriminating documents.[15]

The official inquest into Nugan's death in April 1980 made front-page news amid testimony from Hand that Nugan Hand was insolvent, owing at least A$50 million (and as much as hundreds of millions), including $20,000 rent on their Sydney headquarters.

After destroying many of Nugan Hand's records, Hand fled Australia under a false identity in June 1980.[16]

Investigations

Three major government investigations issued reports devoted to the activities of Nugan Hand. Two of these were from bodies specifically created to examine the scandal: the first, the Commonwealth-New South Wales Joint Task on Drug Trafficking, consisted of investigators from federal and state government, and lasted from 1980 to 1983; the second, the Royal Commission of Inquiry into the Activities of the Nugan Hand Group, was headed by Donald G. Stewart, and lasted from 1983 to 1985. In addition, the Corporate Affairs Commission of New South Wales, a state level organ charged with regular oversight of business activities in New South Wales, began looking into the bank almost immediately after Nugan's suicide[17] and issued seven interim reports from 1980 until 1983, when it completed its investigation.

A report by the New South Wales Corporate Affairs Committee linked former Philippine president Ferdinand Marcos to the bank.[18] Melbourne and Manila businessman Ludwig Petre Rocka had an account at the bank, as did his wife Elizabeth E. Marcos, sister of Ferdinand. Rocka had helped set up the Manila branch of Nugan Hand and had his Manila office (International Development & Planning Corporation) in the same office as the bank.

The Royal Commission found that the Nugan Hand Bank was implicated in money-laundering, illegal tax avoidance schemes, and widespread violations of banking laws.[19] One witness, a former Nugan Hand director, stated that Hand threatened bank executives: "If we didn't do what we were told, and things weren't handled properly, our wives would be cut into pieces and put in boxes and sent back to us".[20] However, the Royal Commission did not find credible evidence of drug-smuggling, arms dealing, and CIA involvement.

The Royal Commission found that suggestions of "CIA connections" were widespread, stretching back to an apparent confirmation by a Taiwanese general in 1978. However, the Commission argued there was a lack of specific allegations, let alone evidence to substantiate them.[21] The Commission argued that the CIA would "shy away from having anything at all to do" with such a badly run bank.[22] The Commission dismissed claims that Houghton was a CIA agent, and that the bank was disseminating money for the CIA.[23] The Commission accepted Colby's evidence that he was merely giving legal advice to Nugan and Hand relating to either or both of them taking up residence in the United States.[24][25]

The Commission concluded that Yates, who had apparently been recruited by Hand, was responsible for the involvement of other retired military and intelligence personnel.[26] According to the Commission, Hand believed they would instil confidence in the bank, and their knowledge of South East Asia would be advantageous.[26] Stewart later commented that the involvement of these figures gave the impression that the bank had connections that it did not actually have.[27]Apart from the bank accepting deposits with no questions asked, the Royal Commission found no credible evidence of involvement in the drug trade.[28] However, Stewart stated in his memoirs that he had "no doubt" that Houghton, Nugan, and Hand played a part in drug trafficking at Houghton's Kings Cross establishments.[29]

The Royal Commission's findings conflict with the findings of the 1982 NSW Joint Task Force on Drug Trafficking which found that Hand had encouraged Murray Riley and his associates to use Nugan Hand facilities to move drug money.[30] Task Force investigator, Clive Small, concludes that the Stewart Royal Commission was a whitewash:

The royal commission was so dismissive of an American connection that many people who read it simply felt that it was a cover up, because it was in effect so superficial and so dismissive. It never attempted to put into context its findings with the findings of the Joint Task Force, which have not been found to be in any way, shape or form inaccurate or unreliable”.[31]

No one connected with Nugan Hand has ever been convicted of a crime.

Allegations of CIA Involvement…

Politician and jurist, John Dowd, states that Nugan Hand became the vehicle to quietly move drug industry money. Dowd advises that this led to dealing with corrupt governments and the CIA, but in Australia during the 1970-80s, the CIA was seen as "the good guys".[32] Similarly, former NSW Attorney General, Frank Walker, insists that from the government’s perspective, having good relations between ASIO and the CIA was more important than bringing criminals to justice.[33]

Investigative authors, Kwitney J. (1987) and McCoy A.W. (1991) asserted that Nugan Hand Bank had facilitated the international movement of illegal funds for both drug smugglers and the CIA. The Stewart Royal Commission’s decision that there was no evidence to support these allegations astonished these early investigators.[34]

Revelations by the American defence industry employee, Christopher Boyce, initiated speculation that the CIA and Nugan Hand had also played some part in the dismissal of Australian Prime Minister, Gough Whitlam. For instance, William Blum (1999) states inter alia, that the bank allegedly transferred $2.4 million to the Liberal Party of Australia which contested two forced elections in 1974 and 1975 to oust Whitlam's Labor government. He also states that the Governor General, Sir John Kerr, who was instrumental to the dismissal, was referred to by the CIA as “our man”.[35] The CIA responded to these allegations with an emphatic denial: “The CIA has not engaged in operations against the Australian Government, has no ties with Nugan Hand and does not involve itself in drug trafficking.”[36]

Cooperation from the American agencies did not extend to other Australian investigators. NSW Corporate Affairs investigators, Geoffrey Nicholson and Rick Porter, in association with the Nugan Hand liquidator, John O’Brien, requested documents from the FBI and also the CIA. They received documents from both agencies that were so heavily redacted that they were useless.[37] Joint Task Force investigators also made requests through ASIO to the CIA asking for information. Inexplicably, the requests were never passed on by ASIO.[38]

In 1981, Prime Minister Malcolm Fraser, who had hoped the Nugan Hand controversy would fade away , stood before the parliament and told the Australian public that the CIA had no interest in the bank. However, Fraser’s assurances were challenged by journalist, Brian Toohey, who wrote that a former CIA agent had told him that Patry E Loomis had worked for the CIA and allegedly arranged for huge sums of money to pass through Nugan Hand for various intelligence operations around the world.[39] Details in Seymour Hersh’s (1981) article ‘The Qaddafi Connection’ in The New York Times supported Toohey’s assertions.[40]

In an interview with documentary maker Peter Butt, Michael Hand’s military colleague and Nugan Hand ‘fixer’, Douglas Sapper, claimed that Nugan Hand Bank had been a conduit for CIA money.[41]

Locating Hand

In March 1991, the Australian magazine The Eye reported that Michael Hand was living in the United States, giving an address and other details,[42] but Australian authorities declined to pursue an extradition.[43]

In November 2015, the Sydney Morning Herald reported that Peter Butt had located Hand living under the name Michael Jon Fuller in Idaho Falls, Idaho.[44] Peter Butt queried the failure of the FBI to find him, given that Fuller's social security numbers are identical to Hand's.[45]

References

  1.  Pilger, John, A Secret Country, Vintage Books, London, 1992, ISBN9780099152316, pp. 208, 209-12, 231, 307, 318.
  2. Jump up^ "Royal commission report: Nugan Hand 'not into drugs, arms'". The Canberra Times. ACT. 1985-11-28. p. 8. Retrieved 2015-05-03.
  3. Jump up^ Final report of the Royal Commission of Inquiry into the Activities of the Nugan Hand Group (Report). 2. Sydney: Government Printer. 1985. pp. 859, 930, 744.
  4. Jump up^ McCoy, Alfred W. (1991). The politics of heroin: CIA complicity in the global drug trade. Lawrence Hill Books. pp. 462–478. ISBN 1556521251.
  5. Jump up^ Stewart, Don (2007). Recollections of an Unreasonable Man. Sydney: ABC Books. pp. 164–165. ISBN 9780733318948.
  6. ^ Jump up to:a b c Sydney Morning Herald, 26 September 1980, Ambitious schemes never eventuated: Chase after an elusive 'big deal'
  7. Jump up^ Stewart, Don (2007). Recollections of an Unreasonable Man. Sydney: ABC Books. pp. 166–167, 171–172. ISBN 9780733318948.
  8. Jump up^ Tony Reeves, Mr Sin: The Abe Saffron Dossier, Allen and Unwin, Sydney, 2007, p 84.
  9. Jump up^ Sydney Morning Herald, 25 September 1980, The last 20 frantic day's of Frank Nugan's life: Desperate bid to save bank empire

10. Jump up^ Stewart, Don (2007). Recollections of an Unreasonable Man. Sydney: ABC Books. p. 170. ISBN 9780733318948.

11. Jump up^ NSW Joint Task Force, Report, Vol 2, Nugan Hand, 330.

12. Jump up^ McCoy Alfred W. (1991) 468.

13. Jump up^ Peter Butt (2015). Merchants of Menace. Sydney: Blackwattle Press. pp. 166–168, 192–200.

14. Jump up^ Butt P.2015, 173-179.

15. Jump up^ Butt P. 2015,171- 172.

16. Jump up^ Sheehan, Paul; Tom Ballantyne & Greg Wilesmith (21 August 1981), "How Michael Hand Left Australia"Sydney Morning Herald

17. Jump up^ Kwitny, p. 333

18. Jump up^ Foley, Stephen (8 April 1983), "NSW report shows link with Marcos relatives", The Age

19. Jump up^ "Cabinet Documents on the Inquiry into the Nugan-Hand Group : Government of the Commonwealth of Australia". Internet Archive. Retrieved 2015-10-03.

20. Jump up^ Morton, James & Susanna Lobez (2010), Dangerous to Know: An Australasian Crime Compendium, Melbourne University Publishing, p. unknown, ISBN 978-0-522-85681-1 Morton and Lobez cite John Owen's 1983 book Sleight of Hand: The $25 Million Nugan Hand Bank Scandal for the claim.

21. Jump up^ Final report of the Royal Commission of Inquiry into the Activities of the Nugan Hand Group (Report). 2. Sydney: Government Printer. 1985. pp. 740–741, 744.

22. Jump up^ Final report of the Royal Commission of Inquiry into the Activities of the Nugan Hand Group (Report). 2. Sydney: Government Printer. 1985. p. 744.

23. Jump up^ Final report of the Royal Commission of Inquiry into the Activities of the Nugan Hand Group (Report). 2. Sydney: Government Printer. 1985. pp. 744–745.

24. Jump up^ Final report of the Royal Commission of Inquiry into the Activities of the Nugan Hand Group (Report). 2. Sydney: Government Printer. 1985. pp. 749–750.

25. Jump up^ Stewart, Don (2007). Recollections of an Unreasonable Man. Sydney: ABC Books. pp. 171–172. ISBN 9780733318948.

26. Jump up to:a b Final report of the Royal Commission of Inquiry into the Activities of the Nugan Hand Group (Report). 2. Sydney: Government Printer. 1985. p. 742.

27. Jump up^ name="Stewart 2007 166–167, 171–172"

28. Jump up^ Final report of the Royal Commission of Inquiry into the Activities of the Nugan Hand Group (Report). 2. Sydney: Government Printer. 1985. p. 859.

29. Jump up^ Stewart, Don (2007). Recollections of an Unreasonable Man. Sydney: ABC Books. p. 165. ISBN 9780733318948.

30. Jump up^ Commonwealth-New South Wales Joint Task Force on Drug Trafficking,June 1982, Report. Volume 2. Nugan Hand (Part 1),442.

31. Jump up^ Butt P. 2015, Author’s interview with Clive Small , 236.

32. Jump up^ Butt P. 2015, Author’s interview with John Dowd, 265.

33. Jump up^ Butt P. 2015, Author’s interview with Frank Walker, 264.

34. Jump up^ Butt P. 2015, 233.

35. Jump up^ Blum, W. 1999, 'Australia 1973-1975: Another free election bites the dust' in Killing Hope: US military and CIA interventions since World War II. Maine: Common Courage Press, p. 249.

36. Jump up^ Kwitney J. 1987, 354

37. Jump up^ Butt P 2015,Interview with Rick Porter, 220-223

38. Jump up^ Butt P. 2015, Interview of Clive Small, 228

39. Jump up^ Brian Toohey, National Times, 31 May 1981, p1.

40. Jump up^ Seymour Hersh, New York Times, 14 June 1981.

41. Jump up^ Butt P. 2015, Author’s interview with Doug Sapper,240.

42. Jump up^ Campbell, Rod (1991-03-27). "Notorious banker found, but who cares?". Canberra Times. p. 1. Retrieved 2015-05-03.

43. Jump up^ Campbell, Rod (1991-04-08). "No extradition for Hand". Canberra Times. p. 7. Retrieved 2015-05-06.

44. Jump up^ Murphy, Damien (2015-11-09). "Nugan Hand bank mystery: Michael Hand found living in the United States". Sydney Morning Herald. Retrieved 2015-11-10.

45. Jump up^ Butt P. 2015, 265



Michael J. Hand By John Simkin

August 1, 2006 in JFK Assassination Debate 

http://educationforum.ipbhost.com/topic/7574-michael-j-hand/

John Simkin Admin

There is not a great deal on the web on Michael J. Hand. He has not been seen since disappearing from Australia after the death of his partner, Frank Nugan. It is believed that the CIA arranged for him to start a new life in the US. Anyone know anything about him?

Michael Jon Hand, the son of a civil servant, was born in the Bronx on 8th December, 1941. According to Jonathan Kwitny in his book The Crimes of Patriots: A True Tale of Dope, Dirty Money, and the CIA: "Hand passed every class he took, and was noted for exceptional character, courtesy, cooperation, and appearance. His IQ registered an also exceptional 131."

In 1959 his mother died after falling or jumping from a third-floor window. Soon afterwards he attended a one-year course at the New York State Ranger School. This was followed by a year managing a sports school in Los Angeles.

In May 1963 Hand joined the US Army and started his training at Fort Bragg, North Carolina. During the Vietnam War he won the Distinguished Service Cross (DSC). According to the DSC citation he almost single-handedly held off a fourteen-hour Vietcong attack on the Special Forces compound at Dong Xaoi.

In 1966 he left the army to work "directly for the U.S, Government". Friends of Michael Hand have suggested that he was employed on undercover missions for the Central Intelligence Agency in Vietnam and Laos. One reported that he "helped train the mountain people - Montagnards - and worked closely with the Air America crews that supplied them". According to Jonathan Kwitny Hand worked under William Colby during the Vietnam War.

Michael Hand moved to Australia in September, 1967. At first Hand went to work selling development lots along the Australian coast. The company, Ocean Shores Development, was run by lawyer Fred Miller, a senior executive for the shipping empire owned by Sir Peter Abeles, the longtime business partner, Rupert Murdoch. One of the largest investors in this scheme was the singer Pat Boone. The registered directors included Boone of Beverly Hills, California and Patricia Swan of Sydney, Australia. Swan was Frank Nugan's secretary.

It was while working for Miller that Hand made contact with Bernie Houghton who had also moved to Australia in 1967. Houghton had established the Bourbon and Beefsteak Bar and Restaurant in Sydney. He claimed that he met Hand in the autumn of 1967. However, in one interview he admitted he had been told about Hand in 1964: "I had heard of Mike Hand's great combat exploits and courage, which was well-known in Vietnam."

Regular visitors to the Bourbon and Beefsteak Bar included two Central Intelligence Agency station chiefs in Australia (Milton Corley Wonus and John Denley Walker). Lieutenant Colonel Bobby Boyd, a Texan who was a former U.S. embassy military attaché in Latin America, also went to work for Houghton.

In 1969 Hand formed his own company called Australian and Pacific Holdings. His two partners were Clive Wilfred Lucas and John J. Foley. The plan was to develop an island off Australia's barrier reef. Hand and Lucas visited Vietnam where they raised $16,000 from members of the U.S. Army. On 16th January, 1970, the directors of Australian and Pacific Holdings decided to lend the $16,000 to Frank Nugan.

In May 1970 a list of Australian and Pacific's shareholders was filed with the government. Of the thirty-seven listed shareholders, four had the address c/o Air America whereas another had the address c/o Continental Air Service. Later both Air America and Continental Air Service exposed as a CIA front. Five shareholders were reachable through the U.S. Agency for International Development. This agency posed as a cover for CIA covert operatives such as David Sanchez Morales.

In the early 1970s Hand spent a lot of time travelling. A former CIA colleague, Douglas Sapper, claimed "Michael showed up in Laos a lot. I saw him in Phnom Penh (Cambodia) from time to time." Sapper also saw Hand with Houghton in Vietnam. Bernie Houghton later told the police that he was with Hand buying surplus U.S. war material for resale.

Houghton clearly had important contacts in Australia. When he applied for a new Australian visa in 1972, he gave the immigration officers the name of Leo Carter, director of the Australian Security Intelligence Organization (ASIO) in New South Wales, to support his application. Carter also arranged for him to get permission for unlimited re-entries to Australia in the future.

Allan Parks claims that Houghton was active in the drug trade in the 1970s. "There's no doubt about it, he'd fly anything. The Golden Triangle, that's where he got his opium from. There was one flight, he flew in slot machines. He did some deals over in India."

There is no doubt that Michael Hand and Frank Nugan were involved in promoting anti-socialist political causes. As Jonathan Kwitny points out in The Crimes of the Patriots: “By associating with the more hard-hat attitudes of the right wing of Labour, Nugan and Hand may have done more to help their cause than they could by sticking to the more right-wing parties. Certainly it is a standard ploy of the CIA to work less with the most openly anti-communist parties than with the anti-communist wing of the party on the borderline.”

In 1973 Michael Hand and Frank Nugan, an Australian lawyer, established the Nugan Hand Bank. Another key figure in this venture was Bernie Houghton, who was closely connected to CIA officials, Ted Shackley and Thomas G. Clines.

Nugan ran operations in Sydney whereas Hand established a branch in Hong Kong. This enabled Australian depositors to access a money-laundering facility for illegal transfers of Australian money to Hong Kong. According to Alfred W. McCoy, the "Hand-Houghton partnership led the bank's international division into new fields - drug finance, arms trading, and support work for CIA covert operations." Hand told friends "it was his ambition that Nugan Hand became banker for the CIA."

In 1974 the Nugan Hand Bank got involved in helping the CIA to take part in covert arms deals with contacts within Angola. It was at this time that Edwin Wilson became involved with the bank. Two CIA agents based in Indonesia, James Hawes and Robert Moore, called on Wilson at his World Marine offices to discuss "an African arms deal". Later, Bernie Houghton arrived from Sydney to place an order for 10 million rounds of ammunition and 3,000 weapons including machine guns. The following year Houghton asked Wilson to arrange for World Marine to purchase a high-technology spy ship. This ship was then sold to Iran.

By 1976 the Nugan-Hand Bank appeared to have become a CIA-fronted company. This is reflected in the type of people recruited to hold senior positions in the bank. For example, Rear-Admiral Earl P. Yates, the former Chief of Staff for Policy and Plans of the U.S. Pacific Command and a counter-insurgency specialist, became president of the company. Other appointments included William Colby, retired director of the CIA, General Leroy J. Manor, the former chief of staff of the U.S. Pacific Command and deputy director for counterinsurgency and special activities, General Edwin F. Black, former commander of U.S. forces in Thailand, Walter J. McDonald, retired CIA deputy director for economic research, Dale C. Holmgren, former chairman of the CIA's Civil Air Transport and Guy J. Pauker, senior Republican foreign policy adviser.

One of those that Earl P. Yates brought in to help the Nugan Hand Bank was Mitchell WerBell. Yates later told the Joint Task Force on Drug Trafficking he recruited WerBell as a consultant because he "had extensive experience in Central America".

On 27th November 1979 Michael Hand wrote to Ted Shackley. It concerned a meeting the two men had recently attended in Washington: "The opportunity of meeting you again on different terms was very enjoyable and I sincerely trust that something worthwhile businesswise may surface and be profitable for both of us."

Former CIA agent, Kevin P. Mulcahy later told the National Times newspaper "about the Agency's use of Nugan Hand for shifting money for various covert operations around the globe."

The investigative journalist, Jonathan Kwitny, became convinced that the Nugan Hand Bank had replaced the Castle Bank and Trust Company in Nassau, as the CIA's covert banker. The bank, run by Paul Helliwell, was forced to close after the Internal Revenue Service discovered that he Castle Bank was laundering CIA funds and drug profits.

On 7th January 1980, Robert Wilson (House of Representatives Armed Services Committee) and Richard Ichord (chairman of the Research and Development Subcommittee of the Armed Services Committee) had dinner with Bernie Houghton at the Bourbon and Beefsteak Bar and Restaurant in Sydney.

On 27th January, 1980, Frank Nugan was found shot dead in his Mercedes Benz. With his body was a Bible that included a piece of paper. On it were written the names "Bob Wilson" and "Bill Colby". Robert Wilson was a senior member of the U.S. House of Representatives Armed Services Committee and William Colby was a former director of the CIA.

Bernie Houghton was in Switzerland at the time and he immediately rang his branch office in Saudi Arabia and ordered the staff to leave the country. Houghton also visited Edwin Wilson's office in Geneva and left a briefcase with bank documents for safekeeping. Soon afterwards, a witness saw Thomas G. Clines going through the briefcase at Wilson's office and remove papers that referred to him and General Richard Secord.

Two days after Nugan died, Michael Hand held a meeting of Nugan Hand Bank directors. He warned them that unless they did as they were told they could "finish up with concrete shoes" and would be "liable to find their wives being delivered to them in pieces".

Michael Hand, Patricia Swan, Bernie Houghton and his lawyer, Mike Moloney, spent the next few days removing files from Nugan's office. They also began paying back selected clients. One estimate is that over $1.3 million was paid out in this way.

Frank Nugan's inquest took place in April, 1980. Testimony from Michael Hand revealed that Nugan Hand was insolvent, owing at least $50 million. Hand then promptly fled Australia under a false identity on a flight to Fiji in June 1980. Bernie Houghton also disappeared at this time and it is believed both men eventually reached the United States.

According to one witness, Thomas G. Clines helped Bernie Houghton escape. Michael Hand also left the country accompanied by James Oswald Spencer, a man who served with Ted Shackley in Laos. The two men traveled to America via Fiji and Vancouver. One report published in November, 1980, suggested that Michael Hand was living in South America. It claimed that he had managed to escape with the help of "former CIA employees".

An investigation by the Australia/New South Wales Joint Task Force on Drug Trafficking discovered that the clients of the Nugan Hand Bank included several people who had criminal convictions relating to drug offences including Murray Stewart Riley, Donald William McKenzie, James Lewis Williams, Malcolm Craig Lord, Charles Robertson Beveridge, Barry Graeme Chittem, Murray Don Newman, Bruce Alan Smithers, James Sweetman, James Blacker, Colin Courtney, Stephen Demos, John Brooking and John Ceruto. According to the records the bank was making $100,000 a year from tax advice. In reality, it was receiving it for money laundering.

One right-wing organization called Accuracy in Media defended the Nugan-Hand Bank claiming it was really an honest but hard-luck banking organization that had been maligned by an anti-military press.

The Australian government asked the Royal Commissioner D. G. Stewart to investigate the Nugan-Hand Bank scandal. The Stewart Royal Commission was published in June, 1985. It stated that the "Nugan Hand Ltd. was at all times insolvent... and flouted the provisions of the legislation as it then stood in that large volumes of currency were moved in and out of Australia".

Stewart went on to blame the dead Frank Nugan and the missing Michael Hand for the illegal activities of the bank. Rear-Admiral Earl P. Yates, William Colby, General Leroy J. Manor, General Edwin F. Black, Walter J. McDonald, Dale C. Holmgren, Guy J. Pauker and Bernie Houghton were considered blameless. Despite the evidence, Hand and Patricia Swan, Nugan's secretary, were accused of being the only ones "responsible for the shredding of documents".

http://www.spartacus.schoolnet.co.uk/JFKhandM.htm

 Michael Jon Hand



Paul-Helliwell-meeting-Michael-Hand-and-Frank-Nugan


 

John Kelly Experienced Member

Posted July 7, 2011

Posted July 7, 2011

To give the appearance of normalcy, Hand rented a flat at 35 Union Street Pyrmont but was actually staying at the Sebel Town House or Bernie Houghton's Elizabeth Bay penthouse. He used the name Alan Winter to leave the country. The real Winter was a normal guy, wife two kids, who worked as a butcher in Bexley. An associate of Hand approached Winter claiming he worked for an insurance company and secured his parent's birthdates, their marriage date and mother's maiden name. At the time, this is all one needed to request a birth certificate. This item plus two photographs would secure a passport. Hand donned a false beard to match Winter and without any problems, got a passport under the name Alan Winter. 48 hours later, Hand left the country. He travelled to Vancouver, then to Ohio (where he connected with the family of an Australian business associate) and then onto New York. Hand's aging father, who he was close to, was in a nursing home there. From here, Hand was guided by his Manhattan handler and disappeared into the murky world of intelligence. About a year after Frank Nugan's death, a Sydney business man claimed to have seen Nugan in a Atlanta bistro. He asked Nugan what he was doing here and got a one word reply, "reaping". Rumors abounded that Nugan was not the one killed in Lithgow but an Italian drug dealer. It was Nugan's brother (a man with somewhat of a shady background) who identified the body. FWIW. JK

Zach Robertson Experienced Member

Posted July 8, 2011


On 7/7/2011 at 10:39 PM, John Kelly said:

Hand was guided by his Manhattan handler and disappeared into the murky world of intelligence. JK

Hi Mr. Kelly,

First off, I just want to say that I very much enjoy reading your posts. They are filled with great insight.

I was wondering if you could share who the Manhattan connection to this is? I seem to remember reading about a man by the name of John Martin who was supposedly from NYC and associated with Intel-types. Is this the man you were referring to?

Thanks, Zach

John Kelly Experienced Member

Posted July 8, 2011

 On 7/8/2011 at 1:00 AM, Zach Robertson said:

  On 7/7/2011 at 10:39 PM, John Kelly said:

Hand was guided by his Manhattan handler and disappeared into the murky world of intelligence. JK

Hi Mr. Kelly,

First off, I just want to say that I very much enjoy reading your posts. They are filled with great insight.

I was wondering if you could share who the Manhattan connection to this is? I seem to remember reading about a man by the name of John Martin who was supposedly from NYC and associated with Intel-types. Is this the man you were referring to?

Thanks,

Zach

Excellent, Zach, you are right on the money. John Martin is an alias of course. He was also a sponsor of Robert Emmett Johnson. I very much enjoy your posts. Keep up the great work. JK

Zach Robertson Experienced Member

n 7/8/2011 at 1:19 AM, John Kelly said:

  On 7/8/2011 at 1:00 AM, Zach Robertson said:

  On 7/7/2011 at 10:39 PM, John Kelly said:

Hand was guided by his Manhattan handler and disappeared into the murky world of intelligence.

I was wondering if you could share who the Manhattan connection to this is? I seem to remember reading about a man by the name of John Martin who was supposedly from NYC and associated with Intel-types. Is this the man you were referring to?

Excellent, Zach, you are right on the money. John Martin is an alias of course. He was also a sponsor of Robert Emmett Johnson. I very much enjoy your posts. Keep up the great work. JK

Posted July 8, 2011

  On 7/8/2011 at 1:19 AM, John Kelly said:

  On 7/8/2011 at 1:00 AM, Zach Robertson said:

  On 7/7/2011 at 10:39 PM, John Kelly said:

Hand was guided by his Manhattan handler and disappeared into the murky world of intelligence.

I was wondering if you could share who the Manhattan connection to this is? I seem to remember reading about a man by the name of John Martin who was supposedly from NYC and associated with Intel-types. Is this the man you were referring to?

Excellent, Zach, you are right on the money. John Martin is an alias of course. He was also a sponsor of Robert Emmett Johnson. I very much enjoy your posts. Keep up the great work. JK

Thanks Mr. Kelly!

Here is an forum topic that I think deserves some more attention here:

Clendenin J. Ryan - Baltimore millionaire and CIA funder

While Clendenin Ryan is likely not "John Martin," I think he has plenty of connections to Col. Ulius Amoss, The INFORM intelligence network, and ultimately Robert Emmett Johnson which in turn, will lead to "John Martin's" true identity.

Zach

http://educationforum.ipbhost.com/topic/11614-clendenin-j-ryan-baltimore-millionaire-and-cia-funder/

Clendenin J. Ryan - Baltimore millionaire and CIA funder

By John BevilaquaNovember 18, 2007 in JFK Assassination Debate 

John Bevilaqua Advanced Member

Posted November 18, 2007 (edited)

From a previous posting by Paul Rigby:

p.142: "Who, Amoss wondered, might be willing to invest in such a scheme? [To smuggle Stalin's son out of the Soviet Union – PR] He found the answer through a complicated chain of contacts, beginning with Mrs. Mary Vaughan King, who runs the Baltimore public relations firm, Counsel Services, of which the colonel is a client. It led to Clendenin Ryan, a somewhat quixotic multi-millionaire, who once served as an assistant to Mayor La Guardia, ran for the New York mayoralty himself on an independent ticket and the governorship of New Jersey, published a semi-political magazine, and sent large sums abroad to break communist-inspired strikes and influence voters in favor of anti-communist candidates for high office."

Amoss ran International Services of Information and worked for Frank Wisner of the CIA. Even Carleton S. Coon worked for Amoss at the OSS as a Major under the Colonel. Coon and Amoss later worked with Robert Emmett Johnson in Baltimore at ISI. So now we have Amoss and Coon linked through Clendenin Ryan right into The Richard Condon Manchurian Candidate crowd like Brig Gen Bonner Fellers who was an ISI patron (Fighting Frank Bollinger), and "...that fascinating young man who wrote about man and God at Yale." (William F. Buckley, Jr. founder of YAF which was funded by Clendenin Ryan) and Ray S. Cline who was John Yerkes Iselin himself in Manchurian Candidate. Cline later took over control of R. E. Johnson when Cline ran WACL and murdered Archbishop Romero.

What was the magazine Clendenin Ryan published? The American Mercury from 1950-1952, the Buckley years.

What other groups did he help to start later in his career perhaps using his son Clendenin Ryan, Jr. as a go between and contact point with Doug Caddy his college roommate? The Young Americans for Freedom started at the Sharon estate of William F. Buckley, Jr.

The Conservative Press in Twentieth-Century America - Google Books Resultby Ronald Lora, William Henry Longton - 1999 - Social Science - 744 pages

The new purchaser of the Mercury was Clendenin J. Ryan, an erstwhile reformer who was a prominent financier and the son of an even more prominent financier, ...

books.google.com/books?isbn=0313213909...

The Other Side of the Sixties: Young Americans for Freedom and the ... - Google Books Resultby John A. Andrew - 1997 - Political Science - 287 pages

... David Franke, George Gaines, Robert Harley, James Kolbe, Richard Noble, Suzanne Regnery, Clendenin Ryan, Scott Stanley, John Weicher, and Brian Whelan. ...

books.google.com/books?isbn=0813524016...

Anybody have anything else on this guy Clendenin Ryan? Do a google or a yahoo search on this guy and it may

open your eyes. His family made their money in Copper apparently.

Apparently Clendenin Ryan funded Ulius Amoss and his gang of spies and assassins and somehow Richard Condon found out about Bonner Fellers, Ray S. Cline and Wickliffe Draper and Condon even inserted names of several American

Mercury writers to draw attention to this den of theives and their links to YAF, The American Mercury and The Pioneer Fund. Condon even mentioned American Mercury writers like Arnold Bennett, George Sokolosky, Westbrook Pegler and others from that circle of friends. Clendenin Ryan was involved with the Baltimore & Ohio railroad as well in some form or fashion and Condon mentions that company in ManCand, too.

Richard Condon apparently wanted us to be able to follow the path from Bonner Fellers in Cairo, Egypt through ISI via Amoss and Coon into Baltimore, MD where the trail would be picked up with The American Mercury crowd which was first started in Baltimore by H. L. Mencken then later bought by Clendenin Ryan, who funded several illicit ISI projects. The links back into YAF began with God and Man at Yale (Buckley) via Clendenin Ryan, the publisher of The American Mercury in the early 1950's. Ryan's son also helped start YAF according to Doug Caddy while they were both students at Georgetown. Later the Mercury moved to East 57th Street in NYC when Draper was involved with that publication at the time when he also lived on 57th St in Manhattan. Richard Giesbrecht also isolated American "Mercury" in his statements to the FBI following the Winnipeg Airport Incident.

Will those who could not accept the fact that Richard Condon knew what he was talking about finally admit their

ill conceived or incorrect notions? Does anyone else have any information on Clendenin Ryan to share here?

Edited November 18, 2007 by John Bevilaqua

James Richards Super Member

Posted November 18, 2007 (edited)

During the late 1940's and early 1950's, Clendenin Ryan was the money behind the wiretapping of various government buildings and officials.

His right hand man was an investigator/lawyer named John Broady. Broady was the one who knew where the bodies were buried.

In 1957, Clendenin Ryan allegedly shot himself to death. Some will argue that he had help. Anyway, Broady had connections to Robert Emmett Johnson and to a sophisticated network featuring an intel gathering apparatus that was ultimately recruited by Ulius Amoss.

Clendenin Ryan below.

James

Edited November 18, 2007 by James Richards

Douglas Caddy Super Member

Posted November 18, 2007

  John Bevilaqua said:

From a previous posting by Paul Rigby:

p.142: "Who, Amoss wondered, might be willing to invest in such a scheme? [To smuggle Stalin's son out of the Soviet Union – PR] He found the answer through a complicated chain of contacts, beginning with Mrs. Mary Vaughan King, who runs the Baltimore public relations firm, Counsel Services, of which the colonel is a client. It led to Clendenin Ryan, a somewhat quixotic multi-millionaire, who once served as an assistant to Mayor La Guardia, ran for the New York mayoralty himself on an independent ticket and the governorship of New Jersey, published a semi-political magazine, and sent large sums abroad to break communist-inspired strikes and influence voters in favor of anti-communist candidates for high office."

Amoss ran International Services of Information and worked for Frank Wisner of the CIA. Even Carleton S. Coon worked for Amoss at the OSS as a Major under the Colonel. Coon and Amoss later worked with Robert Emmett Johnson in Baltimore at ISI. So now we have Amoss and Coon linked through Clendenin Ryan right into The Richard Condon Manchurian Candidate crowd like Brig Gen Bonner Fellers who was an ISI patron (Fighting Frank Bollinger), and "...that fascinating young man who wrote about man and God at Yale." (William F. Buckley, Jr. founder of YAF which was funded by Clendenin Ryan) and Ray S. Cline who was John Yerkes Iselin himself in Manchurian Candidate. Cline later took over control of R. E. Johnson when Cline ran WACL and murdered Archbishop Romero.

What was the magazine Clendenin Ryan published? The American Mercury from 1950-1952, the Buckley years.

What other groups did he help to fund and found later in his career? Young Americans for Freedom started at the Sharon estate of William F. Buckley, Jr.

The Conservative Press in Twentieth-Century America - Google Books Resultby Ronald Lora, William Henry Longton - 1999 - Social Science - 744 pages

The new purchaser of the Mercury was Clendenin J. Ryan, an erstwhile reformer who was a prominent financier and the son of an even more prominent financier, ...

books.google.com/books?isbn=0313213909...

The Other Side of the Sixties: Young Americans for Freedom and the ... - Google Books Resultby John A. Andrew - 1997 - Political Science - 287 pages

... David Franke, George Gaines, Robert Harley, James Kolbe, Richard Noble, Suzanne Regnery, Clendenin Ryan, Scott Stanley, John Weicher, and Brian Whelan. ...

books.google.com/books?isbn=0813524016...

Anybody have anything else on this guy Clendenin Ryan? Do a google or a yahoo search on this guy and it may

open your eyes. His family made their money in Copper apparently.

Apparently Clendenin Ryan funded Ulius Amoss and his gang of spies and assassins and somehow Richard Condon found out about Bonner Fellers, Ray S. Cline and Wickliffe Draper and Condon even inserted names of several American

Mercury writers to draw attention to this den of theives and their links to YAF, The American Mercury and The Pioneer Fund. Condon even mentioned American Mercury writers like Arnold Bennett, George Sokolosky, Westbrook Pegler and others from that circle of friends. Clendenin Ryan was involved with the Baltimore & Ohio railroad as well in some form or fashion and Condon mentions that company in ManCand, too.

Richard Condon apparently wanted us to be able to follow the path from Bonner Fellers in Cairo, Egypt through ISI via Amoss and Coon into Baltimore, MD where the trail would be picked up with The American Mercury crowd which was first started in Baltimore by H. L. Mencken then later bought by Clendenin Ryan, who funded several illicit ISI projects. The links back into YAF began with God and Man at Yale (Buckley) via Clendenin Ryan, the publisher of The American Mercury in the early 1950's. Ryan also helped start YAF. Later the Mercury moved to East 57th Street in NYC. Richard Giesbrecht also isolated American "Mercury" in his statement to the FBI.

when Draper was closely involved with that publication.

Will those who could not accept the fact that Richard Condon knew what he was talking about finally admit their

ill conceived notions? Does anyone else have any information on Clendenin Ryan to share here?

Clendenin Ryan was a student at the School of Foreign Service, Georgetown University, at the same time I was (1956-60). He was one of my roommates in a off-campus house during that period, along with David Franke. Our house was the scene of laying the groundwork for the modern Conservative movement that was about to be born.

From what I vaguely remember, as this occurred some 50 years ago, he was the son of Clendenin Ryan, and grandson of Thomas Fortune Ryan. During one of our talks, Clendenin told me that his father had contributed the beautiful stain glass window that adorns to this day the front of St. Patrick's on Fifth Avenue in Manhattan.

Clendenin, my former roommate, was tangentially involved in the founding of YAF. His contribution was in the area of activity, not in funding. YAF was founded by funds advanced by Charles Edison, son of Thomas Edison, for whom I worked following my graduation from Georgetown. Charles Edison, former governor of New Jersay and former Secretary of the Navy under FDR, had his home and office in the Towers of the Waldorf. His philosophy, which I have adopted to this day, is that the American Eagle must have two strong wings to fly a straight course: a left one and a right one. The right wing has been way too strong for the past 30 years; hopefully, the left wing will strengthen in 2008 and the Eagle will again soar straight-away.

Clendenin Ryan, former roommate and friend, died from cancer in the late 1960's, on a date that I cannot pinpoint from memory. My guess is that he was under 30 years of age when he passed.

I never met his father nor, of course, his grandfather. The posting above about his father's political activity comes as news as his son never mentioned any of this to me.

John Bevilaqua Advanced Member

Posted November 18, 2007

From Time magazine...

Behind the pink, tubby façade of rich Clendenin John Ryan, the soul of the selfless public servant throbbed. Unlike many another son of privilege, he did not collect show girls; he devoted himself to business and the sober pursuit of turning rascals out of government.

His credentials were irreproachable: he was Princeton '28, Republican, a grandson of Financier Thomas Fortune Ryan. With other moneyed political innocents (and some toughened professionals), he plunged eagerly into the Fusion movement which made Fiorello La Guardia mayor of New York in 1934. The Little Flower made him his secretary, later gave him a couple of city posts, until the two reformers had a falling out in 1940.

Noisy & Hopeful. Not until two months ago did Clen Ryan return to New York politics. This time his entry was noisy and his ambitions were high; he might even be a mayor-maker again.

Ryan dumped $500,000 into something he called the National Foundation for Good Government. It would scotch corruption not only in New York but elsewhere. He railed at Governor Tom Dewey for not investigating Mayor Bill O'Dwyer's administration. He trotted down to City Hall with ten questions for O'Dwyer. Their substance: Is Slot Machine Tycoon Frankie Costello the real boss of New York City?

Bill O'Dwyer contemptuously snorted "crackpot." Ryan was undismayed. He chirped back: "A question a day might keep Costello away." The next morning, resplendent in pearl-grey Homburg, Ryan was back at City Hall. This time he nailed to the front door of the Hall photostats of some old (and generally discredited) grand jury charges that O'Dwyer had been grossly lax as district attorney of Brooklyn. Ryan happily held every pose the photographers yelled for, withdrew the nail, and went away.

The Wild Plot. Then the pros—Bill O'Dwyer and Tammany Hall—looked Clen up & down without great passion, spit on their hands and went to work. Before they were even half through they had made Clen Ryan look bad. In the dead of night Bill O'Dwyer summoned newsmen to City Hall, himself broke the wildest wiretapping story to hit the town since Justice Aurelio was overheard thanking Frankie Costello for his nomination (TIME, Feb. 7).

A jaunty, 6 ft. ex-city detective and wiretapping expert named Kenneth Ryan (no kin to Clen) had been picked up. The mayor himself had broken him down in his City Hall office; $10,000 worth of telephone and tapping equipment had been found in the detective's Yonkers home. A plot was afoot, said O'Dwyer, to listen in on the telephones of several score of city officials (including his) and some big wheels in the Midwest. A prominent someone had given Ryan $100,000 to do it.

At 7 that morning, after long questioning, Tapper Ryan asked permission to use a ladies' washroom near the mayor's office. Leaving his hat and coat on a chair, the tap expert beat it out a back window of City Hall and got clean away. While the cops bayed after him, Mayor O'Dwyer brought in the "someone" named by Tapper Ryan. This turned out to be a lawyer and private eye named John Broady, who, as it happens, works for none other than do-gooder Clendenin John Ryan and years before had gathered evidence for Ryan's annulment from the Countess Marie Anne Wurmbrand-Stuppach.

This week Bill O'Dwyer and the rest of the pros handed the case over to the grand jury. Tapper Ryan, who surrendered after 48 hours, was indicted. Rich Man Ryan was questioned by the grand jury. Nobody had actually accused the chubby amateur of anything. They had just roughed him up some. New York City will elect a mayor this November and Tammany, it appeared, was bent on wising up simon-pures like Clen Ryan.

John Bevilaquan Advanced Member

Posted November 18, 2007

Condon and Giesbrecht both mentioned: THE AMERICAN MERCURY and George Lincoln Rockwell and William F. Buckley, Jr. worked there at one time or another. Clendenin J. Ryan's ownership of The

Mercury coincided with Buckley's publishing of God and Man at Yale. The fact that Condon knew about Gen Bonner Fellers, Ray S. Cline, Wickliffe Draper, Robert J. Morris and many others from that period leads me to believe he knew what they were up to even then.

During 1923, while he and the noted drama critic George Jean Nathan were still editing the Smart Set, Henry Louis Mencken gleefully anticipated the new monthly to be published the following January by Alfred A. Knopf. Mencken planned "a serious review the gaudiest and damndest ever seen in the Republic."' Theodore Dreiser suggested several flashy titles. ''What we need," Mencken explained to his old friend, "is something that looks highly respectable outwardly. The American Mercury is almost perfect for that purpose. What will go on inside the tent is another story. You will recall that the late P. T. Barnum got away with burlesque shows by calling them moral lectures.''2 During the next decade, Mencken would thrust his arms wide, gather in as much of America as possible, and make it all part of the show. Under his forceful hand, the American Mercury would provide rollicking, highly irreverent commentary upon the American scene. From 1924 to 1933, ''Mencken'' and the ''Mercury" would become synonymous. This coupling would prove to be one of the magazine's greatest strengths as well as a salient factor in its decline.

When the American Mercury was established, Mencken and Nathan were each given twenty-five shares of stockthe remaining one hundred were divided among Knopf, his wife, and his fatheras well as full editorial control.3 The magazine was intended for the intelligent, solvent, urbane American who was skeptical about brummagem utopias and the yearning to save humanity. ''The American Mercury will never have a million circulation,'' Mencken explained. "It is not headed in that direction. Its function is to depict America for the more enlightened sort of Americansrealistically, with good humor and wholly without cant.

It is read wherever a civilized minority survives the assaults of the general herd of lawyers and come-ons. Its aim is to entertain that minority and give it consolation.''4 The American Mercury was called many things, a number of them vicious, but few called it dull.

Even fewer called it unattractive. As Mencken wished, the magazine's rambunctious content was sedately clothed by its respectable title and the distinctive Paris-green cover. The paper was expensive Scotch featherweight, and the Garamond type was set in double columns. There were no illustrations in each issue of 128 pages.5 Mencken had chafed under what he considered the ostentation of the Smart Set's cover and the poor quality of its paper. With the Mercury, he had a magazine whoseunderstated elegance set it apart from many of its competitors.

As he had done when he and Nathan were editing the Smart Set, bMencken continued to live in Baltimore and make periodic trips to New York City. Highly efficient, Mencken and Nathan decided to handle submissions as they had done earlier. If the first reader liked the manuscript, then he forwarded it to his colleague, whose approval was also necessary for a piece to be accepted. Disagreements were rare, and authors received a quick response to their material. Encouragement and incisive criticism accompanied many letters of rejection. This editorial courtesy, the prompt response and payment, and the prestige of appearing in the Mercury helped to atone for the magazine's low rate of pay: two cents per word for prose, and fifty cents per line for poetry.

During Mencken's editorship, the Mercury published William Faulkner, F. Scott Fitzgerald, Theodore Dreiser, Sherwood Anderson, Sinclair Lewis, and Edgar Lee Masters.6 But the magazine was also enlivened by a number of writers not actively courted by other magazines.

Convicts and hoboes and dishwashers wrote for Mencken, as did taxi drivers and businessmen, physicians and clergymen, lawyers and diplomats and outdoorsmen. The Mercury remained open to newspapermen as well as academic critics, and the eclectic nature of its contributors benefited the magazine.

The Smart Set had been primarily a magazine of fiction. But during his decade with the Mercury, Mencken's interest in fiction declined; he published less of it and reviewed it infrequently. The Mercury's nonfiction, as well as some of its more celebrated features, tended to be satirical. In fact, more than one-third of the essays published between 1924 and 1929 lampooned some aspect of the American scene.7 Some of the more vulnerable targets were assaulted repeatedly: pedagogy, chiropractic, Christian Science, Prohibition, puritanism, the sad credulity of rural America.s In "Americana," a feature continued from the Smart Set, the editors offered items gleaned from a variety of newspapers and magazines.

Determined to prove the imbecility of the American mind, Mencken and

Nathan did not lack material. For example, the Mercury recounted the

story of the young man in Oregon who, believing that fasting would

improve his health, died of starvation. And there was the sad tale of the

wife who divorced her husband because, at the breakfast table, he took the

milk for his coffee directly from a goat's udder.9

The initial printing for the Mercury's first issue was five thousand; a

second printing was necessary, then a third. The January 1924 Mercury sold

more than fifteen thousand copies, far surpassing the most optimistic

expectations.'! By the end of the year, circulation had climbed past forty-

two thousand." Nathan's resignation as coeditor in 1925 had no noticeable

impact. (The men were heading in opposite directions: Nathan's interest

remained literature, particularly drama, but Mencken was concerned with

the American scene.)'2 By the end of June 1925, circulation had surpassed

forty-six thousand.'3

April 1926 was marked by the uproar over "Hatrack,'' a chapter from Herbert Asbury's forthcoming book Up from Methodism. This episode brought the magazine and its editor even greater notoriety and placed both in the forefront of the battle against censorship. "Hatrack''then title is taken from an angular prostitute of that name ridicules evangelicalism, hypocritical religion, and the prurience of small-town life.

The Reverend J. Frank Chase, secretary of the powerful Watch and Ward Society in Boston, found ''Hatrack" immoral, and a magazine peddler on Harvard Square was arrested for selling the issue in question. Mencken went to Boston to challenge the ruling, sold Chase a copy of the magazine, and was promptly arrested. Mencken was tried the next day and acquitted the following one. The victory cost over twenty thousand dollars in lost

revenues and legal fees and a substantial loss of advertising, but the Mercury had taken a stand for freedom of speech, a cause that Mencken championed above all others. 14 At the end of 1926, Walter Lippmann called Menckenn"the most powerful influence on this whole generation of educated people.'"5

Circulation approached eighty thousand in 1927 and peaked ateighty-four thousand in early 1928.'6 It has been argued repeatedly that the stock-market crash and the resulting depression began the Mercury's decline.

Certainly, they proved to be major factors. Mencken's decision not to take the depression seriously hurt the magazine's credibility. Moreover, his iconoclasm proved less agreeable to the empty stomachs of the depression years. But circulation figures show that the magazine's popularity had begun to ebb prior to the crash in October 1929.l7 Mencken's satire, it appears, had run its course. It had been soinsistent, and in the end so successful, that there was less real need for it. Circulation continued to decline during the early years of the depression. A Jeffersonian liberal, Mencken defended laissez-faire capitalism and attacked proletarian literature. He was bitterly derided by the Left. In 1932, some of Mencken's old friends turned on him.

May of that year saw the publication of the first issue of the American Spectator, edited by Nathan, Dreiser, Ernest Boyd (an Irish critic who had written a book about Mencken in 1925), James Branch Cabell, and Eugene O'Neill. Some of the American Spectator's features were outright imitations of those in the Mercury.

Mencken resigned as editor of the Mercury in December 1933, and his departure precipitated what Marvin Singleton has called ''the erratic downward course of the monthly.''l9 Henry Hazlitt, formerly of the Nation, edited four issues. When he was replaced by Charles Angoff, previously Mencken's assistant, the magazine moved to the Left. Knopf sold the magazine in December 1934 for only twenty-five thousand dollarsto Paul Palmer, formerly of the Baltimore Sunpapers.20 Never again would the Mercury evidence the quality or stability that it had shown under Knopf.

In October 1936, the magazine was reduced to digest size, and then price was cut from fifty to thirty-five cents. Three years later, Palmer sold the magazine to Lawrence E. Spivak, a Harvard graduate who had become the magazine's business manager in 1933. Some old faces reappeared. In 1940, Nathan returned to his column on the theater. Angoff contributed to

''The Library" and served as both literary editor and managing editor, and Mencken wrote three pieces during 1939 and 1941.2' Under Spivak, the Mercury lacked the vitality that it had shown under Mencken. In 1946, the magazine merged with Common Sense. By December 1950, Spivak was reportedly losing forty thousand dollars an issue, and he sold the Mercury to Clendenin J. Ryan, the wealthy son of Thomas Fortune Ryan.22 Ryan published three issues under the title the New American Mercury and sold the magazine to William Bradford Huie in February 1951. In the issue of October 1951, Huie placed the legend ''Founded by Henry L. Mencken'' beneath the table of contents.23 The magazine reprinted several ofmMencken's articles and ran a story by Herben Asbury about the Hatrack affair. In August 1952, Huie sold the Mercury to J. Russell Maguire, a wealthy oilman and munitions manufacturer.

During Maguire's eight years, the Mercury ran more articles (much shorter ones) per issue and took a pronounced step to the Right. J. Edgar Hoover wrote for the magazine, as did Billy Graham, whose portrait graced the cover in January 1957. The Mercury defended Senator Joseph McCarthy and the doctrine of states' rights and attacked, among other things, the graduated income tax, the NAACP, the United Nations, NATO, the ACLU, and Zionism. In fact, for the remainder of its days the Mercury was engaged in a bitter battle with the Anti-Defamation League over charges of anti-Semitism.

In January 1961, Maguire sold the Mercury to the Defenders of the Christian Faith, Inc., and the editorial offices were moved to Oklahoma City. Whereas earlier the magazine had been shaped by Mencken's skepticism, now it printed moral lectures and ran a number of reprints from fundamentalist periodicals. There was even an advertisement for recordings of Bill Sunday's sermons. Issues were missed now, and the magazine contained only sixty-four pages. In 1963, the Legion for the Survival of Freedom, Inc., bought the magazine and moved its offices to Texas. A religious editor was added to the staff. The magazine, which sometimes appeared late, attacked John F. Kennedy and Martin Luther King. In April 1963, the Mercury became a quarterly. In June 1966, the magazine announced an agreement with the Washington Observor, a four-page, semimonthly publication: the periodicals had to be subscribed to concurrently.24 At the same time, the Mercury announced a merger with Western Destiny, a monthly. The Mercury also inherited Northern World, Folk, and Right, publications that Western Destiny had succeeded.

Beginning with the winter 1966 issue, editorial offices were movedmto Torrance, California. A year later, the Mercury's circulation was under seven thousand.25 The magazine lambasted the Jews and carried articles on eugenics.26 Under Mencken, the Mercury had discussed many aspects of black culture and had published the writing of George Schuyler, James Weldon Johnson, Langston Hughes, W. E. B. Du Bois, Walter White, and Countee Cullen.27 In 1967, the Mercury denounced racial integration and went so far as to state: "Negroes have never, at any time or place in the entire history of the world, created or maintained a culture above that of the stone age" (103:3-5).

With the spring 1974 issue, the Mercury celebrated its fiftieth anniversary. The magazine drew upon its illustrious past in an effort to enhance its popularity. The lead editorial, ''If Mencken Would Return. . . ,'' announced righteously, and wrongly, that Mencken ''would clearly approve of the lonely course [the] Mercury has taken since his departure.'' The editorial spoke confidently of the magazine moving "into its second half- century" and continuing "in [Mencken's] footsteps' ' (110:3-4) . It was a very short half-century, and the magazine ' s course was not one that Mencken had plotted. In 1976, the Mercury published Austin J. App's "H. L. Mencken,

Most Influential German-American Author." Marred by several factual errors, the piece lamented that Mencken's insistence upon freedom of speech had unintentionally "furnished ammunition to the proponents of pornography."28 The Mercury ran anicles attacking black studies, the supposedly pernicious influence of modern art in general and Picasso's paintings in particular, and attempts by homosexuals to gain equality under the law. One editorial questioned the existence of the Holocaust and declared that ''Adolph Hitler had embarked upon the greatest task of any man in history . . . the creation of a new culture on the ruins of the old''

(114:3-4).

In the fall 1979 issue, the editor announced a change in ownership and bravely spoke of returning to monthly publication with a magazine twice as long as the present one.29 With the winter issue, editorial offices were moved to Houston. The next year, 1980, marked the centennial of Mencken's birth, and the spring iSSUe was dedicated to his memory.

Besides reprinting one of Mencken's articles and carrying a centennial graphic, the Mercury ran a lead editorial about Mencken that elegized an earlier, simpler time when "the virus of social, racial and sexual equality did not find fertile soil in the minds of most Amencans" (116:3-4). This issue ended with a special supplement soliciting contnbutions so that computers could index biographical information about Amenca's fifteen thousand most dangerous political activists. This plea marked the magazine's lugubnous end. With no notice of cessation, the Mercury shut

down after publishing one issue in its fifty-seventh year.30

Few Amencan periodicals have changed as drastically as the

Mercury did. At its best, dunng the early years under Mencken, the

magazine stood at the forefront of Amencan culture by examining this

country with an enlightened skepticism. At its worst, the magazine drifted

into the foul backwaters of fear and intolerance. But the Mercury's demise

should not detract from its achievements. Because of its uncompromising

stand against censorship, its positive influence upon other Amencan

magazines, the cogency of its satire, and the opportunities that it offered to

a variety of wnters, the Mercury succeeded, at least for a while, in fulfilling

the high expectations that Mencken held for it in 1923.

John Bevilaqua Advanced Member

Posted November 18, 2007

Clendenin J. Ryan and his Freeport McMoran Copper hidden CIA interests...

led me to find this page which is only included in its entirety because of numerous cross references.

The Benno C. Schmidt Page

Schmidt bio in "Cancer Crusade: The Story of the National Cancer Act of 1971," by Richard A. Rettig (Joseph Henry Press, 1977). "Rockefeller was instrumental in choosing Benno C. Schmidt for the panel. Around 1960, Schmidt had joined the board of trustees of Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center at the request of [Laurance] Rockefeller, but was relatively inactive until 1965. He then became actively involved with Memorial Hospital for Cancer and Allied Diseases, first as a member of the board of trustees and chairman of the executive committee, and by 1970 as chairman of the board. He also became a member of the board of the Sloan Kettering Cancer Research Institute....

"Schmidt, a lawyer, had been a partner since 1946 of J.H. Whitney & Co., a New York investment firm, and managing partner since 1959. Much to the surprise of his staff, [sen.] Ralph Yarborough knew this New York lawyer-businessman. Schmidt was born in Abilene, Texas, in 1909, had attended the University of Texas, and had received both the A.B. and the L.L.B. degrees in 1936. Yarborough, who had a law practice in Abilene at the time, had taught in the Texas Law School and Schmidt had been in his class....

"But Schmidt was a Republican and his ties to Texas were to Yarborough's political opponents. Schmidt was a friend of John Connally, former governor of Texas, whom he had taught in law school. The conservative Connally wing of the Democratic party in Texas constituted the sworn enemy of the liberal Yarborough wing. Lloyd Bentsen, who defeated Yarborough for the Senate Democratic nomination in 1970, was a Connally Democrat. Schmidt was also close to George Bush, who, as the Republican candidate, ran unsuccessfully against Bentsen for the Senate in 1970...." However, these political differences were put aside, and Schmidt was chosen to chair the Yarborough panel.

"He had worked for the general counsel of the War Production Board in 1941-42. Then, after three years as a colonel in the U.S. Army, he returned to Washington as general counsel to the foreign liquidation commission of the economic division of the State Department." He had also been chairman of the board of the Bedford-Stuyvesant Development and Services Corporation, established by Robert F. Kennedy; and chairman of the Ford Foundation's Fund for the City of New York.

Schmidt - Cancer Crusade, p. 86 / National Academy Press, 1977

In 1967, Schmidt was a citizen participant of the Advisory Board of the Metropolitan New York Regional Medical Program, District 25, Yonkers, along with Mary Lasker and Benjamin Buttenweiser of Kuhn, Loeb & Co. (who was a trustee of Lenox Hill Hospital during 1968-72). ASH founder and AHF research director George James, then Health Commissioner of the City of New York, was on the Advisory Committee.

NY Metropolitan RMP / National Library of Medicine (pdf, 9pp)

Former President George Bush was part of the Lasker network: "Schmidt gave a copy of the 'summary and recommendations' to George Bush, then U.S. Ambassador to the United Nations, just before Thanksgiving. Bush was asked to pass this portion of the report on to the president so he would have it prior to the panel's presentation. The ambassador did convey the 'summary and recommendations' to John Ehrlichman, President Nixon's principal advisor on domestic policy, with the request that Ehrlichman transmit it to the president."

Schmidt - Cancer Crusade, p. 122 / National Academy Press, 1977

Schmidt was chairman of the President's Cancer Panel in 1975, and ex officio member of the President's Panel on Biomedical Research. (FASEB Newsletter, Mach 1975.)

President's Panels, FASEB Newsletter 1975 / tobacco document

Sir Richard Doll's award from the General Motors Cancer Research Foundation: "Some 'old friends' on the committee which picked Doll, by the way, include: Jonathan Rhoads, Benno Schmidt, Lauren Ackerman, LaSalle Leffall, Brian MacMahon, Lewis Thomas, and Arthur Upton." (Memo from Knopick to Kloepfer, Tobacco Institute SVP of Public Relations, May 2, 1979.)

Knopick to Kloepfer, 1979 / tobacco document

The Advisory Committee of the Symposium on Cancer, presented by Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center, the National Cancer Institute and the American Cancer Society, Sep. 14-18, 1980, included Laurance S. Rockefeller, Chairman of the Board of MSKCC; Benno C. Schmidt, Chairman of the Board of Memorial Hospital; James D. Robinson III, Vice Chairman of the Board of Memorial Hospital; Lane W. Adams, Executive Vice President of the American Cancer Society; Frank J. Rauscher, the ACS's Senior Vice President for Research; and NCI Director Vincent DeVita. The Program Committee included future AHF trustee Jerome J. DeCosse; Mathilde Krim; LaSalle D. Leffall, then immediate past president of the American Cancer Society, who shortly became a trustee of the AHF; and Frank J. Rauscher. Other participants included Sir Richard Doll ("The Interphase Between Epidemiology and Cancer Control"); Arthur C. Upton; Alfred G. Knudson (CTR 1986-94); John Weisburger, longtime research director of the AHF; R. Lee Clark and his assistant, Joseph Painter; and former Rep. Paul G. Rogers.

International Symposium on Cancer, 1980 / tobacco document

Schmidt retired as chairman of the board of overseers of Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center in 1990. His wife, Nancy, was also a member of its board. Pat Buckley (Mrs. William F. Buckley) and Nan Kempner were chairwomen of the benefit in his honor. (Benefits for Cancer and a Harlem School. New York Times, June 3, 1990.)

CBS Inc.

Benno Schmidt was a director of CBS during the 1980s. Betsey Cushing, a sister of CBS Chairman William S. Paley's second wife, Barbara (Babe), was married to Jock Whitney. Franklin Thomas, President of the Ford Foundation and a director of CBS and Cummins Engine Company, was close to Jock Whitney as well, and Schmidt and Paley had invested in Thomas's Bedford-Stuyvesant Restoration Corporation in the 1960s. CBS director Henry Schacht, the chairman of Cummins Engine Company, was another of Thomas's cronies. (In All His Glory. The Life of William S. Paley. By Sally Bedell Smith. Simon and Schuster, 1990.) Babe Cushing Paley's death from lung cancer was featured in Congressional anti-smoking hearings in 1983. Edson Spencer, the CEO of Honeywell Inc. from 1974 to 1988, who manufactured anti-smoking "clean air" propaganda, was a director of CBS from 1985 until CBS merged with Westinghouse in 1997.

Freeport McMoRan Inc.

In 1935, officers and directors of the Freeport Texas Company included John Hay Whitney, chairman (19,850 common); Langbourne M. Williams Jr., president (1,000 common); Eugene L. Norton, chairman; Monro B. Lanier, vice president (800 common); David M. Goodrich (2,500 common); Godfrey S. Rockefeller (2,600 common); Chauncey D. Stillman (7,100 common); and Frank A. Wills, director (3,600 common). Kidder, Peabody & Co. held 4,728 common and 100 preferred. (78,196 Paid in Year to Grover Whalen. New York Times, May 7, 1935.) Its name was changed to Freeport Sulphur Company the next year. (Freeport Texas Co. Changes Its Name. New York Times, Dec. 10, 1936.) The Cuban-American Manganese Corporation was a subsidiary. M.B. Gentry, who joined Freeport Sulphur in 1935 as assistant to the president, was elected a vice president in 1940. He was a mining engineer who developed the Anaconda Copper Mining Company's Chuquicamata Mine in Chile. (Elected a Vice President Of Freeport Sulphur Co. New York Times, Dec. 27, 1940.)

"Significantly, Freeport-McMoRan, back when it was Freeport Sulphur, positively heaved with CIA and elite heavy-hitters--not to mention persistent whispers of its involvement in the recovery of plundered gold stashed in Indonesia, where Freeport had the world's largest copper mining operation. Over the years, the Freeport senior management has included such luminaries as Augustus 'Gus' Long, Chairman of Texaco, who did 'prodigious volunteer work for Columbia Presbyterian Hospital'--which has been described as a 'hotbed of CIA activity'. Another director was Robert Lovett, who has been described as a 'Cold War architect' and was once an executive at the old Wall Street bank of Brown Brothers Harriman. He also served as an Under Secretary of State, Assistant Secretary of War and Secretary of Defense. He was a best friend of Chase Manhattan Bank Chairman (and Warren Commission member) John J. McCloy. The Chase Manhattan and Citibank connection to Freeport was further enhanced by the board appointment of Godfrey Rockefeller, brother of James Stillman Rockefeller who was appointed Chairman of Citibank (then known as First National City Bank, or FNCB for short) in 1959. (Note, too, that Chase Manhattan and Citibank are the exact same two banks that were to issue the Project Hammer documentary letters of credit.) Godfrey Rockefeller was a one-time trustee of the Fairfield Foundation that financed a variety of CIA 'fronts'. Meanwhile, Stillman's cousin, David Rockefeller, was Chairman of Chase Manhattan and regarded as the 'goliath of American banking'. By a strange coincidence of fate, it was Robert Lovett and John J. McCloy who, together with Robert B. Anderson, formed Secretary of War Henry L. Stimson's team of financial experts concerned with tracking WWII gold looted by the Axis powers. Indeed, Lovett and McCloy were responsible for negotiating the secret agreement hidden behind the Bretton Woods Agreement concerning the establishment of the Black Eagle trust that was to make use of plundered WWII bullion in the postwar years." (Project Hammer Reloaded. By David G. Guyatt. Nexus Magazine Aug.-Sep. 2003;10(5 ).)

Project Hammer Reloaded / Nexus Magazine

Langbourne M. Williams Jr.

Langbourne Meade Williams Jr. was married to Elizabeth Goodrich Stillman, sister of Chauncey Devereux Stillman, daughter of Charles Chauncey Stillman and granddaughter of James Stillman of the National City Bank, and a niece of Percy A. Rockefeller and Mrs. William G. Rockefeller. He attended the University of Virginia. (Elizabeth Stillman Engaged to Marry. New York Times, Apr. 15, 1930.) He was a boyhood friend of Buford Scott of Scott & Stringfellow, who was a director of P. Lorillard Tobacco Co., and they and a third friend were all married the same week. (3 Richmond Chums to Wed. New York Times, Sep. 11, 1930.) "Mr. Williams Sr. occupied an important position in the social world of Virginia and in the financial world of the nation. Born in Virginia on Sep. 12, 1872, he was descended on his paternal side from Col. John Dandridge, father of Martha Washington, and on his maternal side from Edmund Randolph, Attorney General in Washington's cabinet." His father, John Langbourne, established the Richmond investment banking firm of John L. Williams & Sons. His brother, John Skelton Williams, was a partner until leaving to be Controller of the Currency in the Wilson administration. Williams Sr. led a successful fight to oust E.P. Swenson from Freeport Texas Company, and Williams Jr. was installed as vice president and treasurer. (L.M. Williams Dies; Virginia Financier. New York Times, Apr. 3, 1931.) John L. Williams & Sons was the largest stockholder of Freeport Texas. John Tyler "Ty" Claiborne Jr., who was an usher at Williams Jr.'s wedding and his advisor in the proxy contest, was the principle securities analyst at Lee Higginson & Co. and he recruited John Hay Whitney. (Along the Highways and Byways of Finance. By Robert E. Bedingfield. New York Times, Apr. 18, 1954.) Williams graduated from the University of Virginia in 1924, and received a masters degree in business administration from Harvard two years later. He worked at Lee, Higginson in New York fpr a year before returning to his family investment firm. He became chairman as well as president of Freeport in 1957, after Whitney resigned to be ambassador to Great Britain. He was a governor of New York Hospital from 1941 to 1961, then an honorary governor until his death. (Langbourne Williams Is Dead; Retired Businessman Was 91. By John Holusha. New York Times, Sep. 14, 1994.)

Williams was a trustee of the Bank of New York, and a director of the Sulphur Export Co., B.F. Goodrich Co., and United States Guarantee Co. (On Board of Bank of New York. New York Times, Apr. 16, 1941.) He was elected to the board of governors of the Society of the New York Hospital, which operated the New York Hospital and affiliates, including Cornell University Medical College. (On Hospital Board. New York Times, Sep. 12, 1941.) He succeeded James W. Husted [son of U.S. Rep.James W. Husted, Skull & Bones 1892], as secretary. (New Secretary of Society Of the New York Hospital. New York Times, Nov. 13, 1946.) It acquired land for the construction of a new building of the Hospital for Special Surgury. Stanhope Bayne-Jones, Skull & Bones 1910, was president of the joint administrative board of the New York Hospital-Cornell Medical Center. ($400,000 Paid Over For Hospital Site. New York Times, Feb. 27, 1951.) Mrs. Williams, Vassar 1927, was treasurer of the board of managers of the Bellevue Schools of Nursing, a member of the board of the Young Women's Christian Association, and a trustee of Vassar College. Mrs. Morris Hadley, wife of S&B 1916, was chairman of the board. (Leader in Welfare Here Elected Vassar Trustee. New York Times, Oct. 13, 1952; Mrs. Langbourne Williams Dead at 51; Welfare Worker Headed Junior League. New York Times, Nov. 27, 1956.)

In 1948, W. Averell Harriman, S&B 1913, who was ambassador-at-large to Western Europe of the ECA, named Williams a member of his Paris headquarters staff, Alfred Friendly as public relations officer. (Finletter Appointed. New York Times, May 20, 1948.) He was to be a member of the New York City Committee of the Episcopal Church Foundation, headed by Harry M. Addinsell, appointed by Presiding Bishop Henry Knox. Other members were Prescott S. Bush, S&B 1917; Pierpont V. Davis; Russell E. Dill; Gayer G. Dominick, S&B 1909; Jackson A. Dykman; William B. Given Jr.; Eugene W. Stetson; Edwin S.S. Sunderland; Walter C. Teagle; and George Whitney. (Accepts City Leadership Of Episcopal Foundation. New York Times, Dec. 8, 1950.) Circa 1967, Williams was a trustee of the Virginia Institute for Scientific Research, founded in 1948, along with H. Rupert Hamner, former vice president of research of the American Tobacco Co. His boyhood friend, Buford Scott, was a contributor.

Virginia Institute for Scientific Research / tobacco document

The founder of the Institute, Professor of Chemistry Allen T. Gwathmey of the University of Virginia, had been an usher at Langbourne Williams' wedding in 1930. His lifelong research interest was the suface properties of crystals. Gwathmey died in 1963.

Evaluation of Virginia Institute for Scientific Research, 1967 / tobacco document

VISR News, Apr. 1963 No. 13 / tobacco document

VISR News, Nov. 1963 No. 14 / tobacco document

Godfrey S. Rockefeller

Godfrey Stillman Rockefeller was the the grandson of John D. Rockefeller's brother William, and a son of William Goodsell Rockefeller, Yale 1892, whose cousin B. Brewster Jennings was the president of Memorial Hospital from 1958-68. (William Goodsell Rockefeller, B.A. 1892. Bulletin of Yale University. Obituary Record of Yale Graduates 1922-1923, pp. 173-174.)

Obituary Record 1922-1923 / Yale University Library (pdf, 385 pp)

Godfrey S. Rockefeller was on the board of directors of Freeport McMoRan for 50 years. He and his cousin Chauncey D. Stillman were elected together (Freeport Texas Elects 2 to Board. New York Times, Dec. 22, 1931.) He graduated from Yale in 1921, and two classmates in Skull & Bones 1921, Charles Harvey Bradley and John Sidney Acosta, were ushers at his wedding; also Henry Mali, John French, Richardson Dilworth, and his brothers, William A. and J. Stillman Rockefeller. Frederick W. Lincoln was his best man, and his uncle, Percy A. Rockefeller, S&B 1900, attended. (Miss Gratz a Bride. New York Times, Jun. 27 1923.) His wife, Helen Gratz, was from St. Louis, Missouri, and Mrs. Prescott S. Bush of Columbus, Ohio, formerly Dorothy Walker of St. Louis, was supposed to have been an attendant (G.S. Rockefeller to Marry June 26. New York Times, Jun. 7, 1923.) Mrs. Rockefeller was president of the Research In Schizophrenia Endowment (RISE), whose activists included Sen. Prescott S. Bush, Mrs. Prescott S. Bush Jr., and Dr. John Walker, S&B 1931, president of the board of managers of Memorial Hospital in New York City from 1965 to 1974. (Greenwich Fete May 4 to Aid Reasearch in Schizophrenia. New York Times, Apr. 24, 1960.) Mrs. Rockefeller also raised funds for the National Association for Mental Health, with Mrs. Albert D. Lasker as a member of her committee. (New Year's Ball Will Take Place In Grand Central. New York Times, Dec. 9, 1963.)

Godfrey S. Rockefeller was a limited partner in Clark, Dodge & Company from 1936 to at least 1945. (Display Ad. 36. New York Times, Jan. 1, 1936 p. 43; Display Ad 194. New York Times, Aug. 9, 1945.) He was a stockholder in the Enterprise Development Corporation, a closed investment trust of heirs of William Rockefeller and Thomas F. Ryan, whose directors included Clendenin J. Ryan, Frederic W. Lincoln, and Morehead Patterson, S&B 1920. (Trust to Supply Venture Capital. New York Times, Mar. 31, 1948.) He was chairman of the Cranston Print Works, a Rockefeller-owned textile company, since 1946. (Godfrey S. Rockefeller, Dies; Executive in Textiles Was 83. New York Times, Feb. 25, 1983.) Godfrey Rockefeller was also elected a director of Benson & Hedges in 1946. (Other Company Meetings. New York Times, Apr. 12, 1946.) He exchanged his shares for those of Philip Morris in 1954. (Letter from Joseph Cullman to Rockefeller, Jan. 18, 1954.)

Godfrey S. Rockefeller Dies / New York Times, Feb. 25, 1983

Cullman to Rockefeller, Jan. 18, 1954 / tobacco document

"Certainly the real monarch of George Bush's Andover secret society, and George's sponsor, was this "Rocky's" father, 'Godfrey S. Rockefeller.' The latter gentleman had been on the staff of the Yale University establishment in China in 1921-22. Yale and the Rockefellers were breeding a grotesque communist insurgency with British Empire ideology; another Yale staffer there was Mao Zedong, later the communist dictator and mass murderer. While he was over in China, Papa Godfrey's cousin Isabel had been the bridesmaid at the wedding of George Bush's parents." (Excerpt from George Bush: The Unauthorized Biography - Part 2 of 8.)

George Bush: The Unauthorized Biography / Internetpirate.com

Charles A. Wight

Charles A. Wight, a vice president of the Bankers Trust Company, was elected to the board of Freeport Sulphur in 1947. He was a director of Grumman Aircraft Engineering Corp. and McGraw-Hill Publishing Co., Inc. (Banker Elected to Board Of Freeport Sulphur Co. New York Times, Sep. 26, 1947.) In 1950, he was chairman of the executive council of Freeport Sulfur Company, and vice chairman of the 1950 United Hospital Fund Campaign under O. Parker McComas, the president of Philip Morris. Both were trustees of Lenox Hill Hospital, and Wight was treasurer. Wight was also a director of the Grumman Aircraft Engineering Company and McGraw-Hill Publishing Company. (Appointed Vice Chairman Of Hospital Fund's Drive. New York Times, Sep 11, 1950.)

Benno Schmidt was a director of Freeport McMoRan Inc. from 1954 until 1997, when he retired and was named chairman emeritus. (Schmidt's bio also lists him as having been a director of Gilead Sciences Inc., where former AHF Trustee and Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld had been a director since 1988.) Other directors of Freeport McMoRan have included Robert W. Bruce III, president of The Robert Bruce Management Co. investment managers (1989 to the present); former presidential advisor Henry A. Kissinger (1988-1995); George Putnam, chairman of The Putnam Investment Management Co.; and also J. Taylor Wharton, chairman of the Department of Gynecology at the University of Texas MD Anderson Cancer Center, and Chancellor of the University of Texas System William H. Cunningham.

Freeport McMoRan 1994 DEF 14A / Securities and Exchange Commission

In the 1960s and 70s, Jean Mauze, the husband of Abbey Rockefeller, benefactor of the Memorial Center for Cancer and Allied Diseases attack on tobacco, was a director of Freeport Sulfur. (Freeport Sulfur's Powerful Board of Directors; Real History Archive.com; and $10,000,000 Asked in Cancer Attack, by William L. Laurence. New York Times, March 9, 1954.)

Freeport Sulfur's Powerful Board of Directors / Real History Archive.com

$10,000,000 Asked, 1954 / tobacco document

Between 1969 and 1972, Robert C. Hills, the President of Freeport Sulphur, and Charles A. Wight, its retired Vice Chairman, were trustees of Lenox Hill Hospital, whose Chairman expressed the gratitude of its Board of Trustees to the Council for Tobacco Research for funding the work of Sheldon Sommers. Sommers was later a member of the CTR's Scientific Advisory Board. Other trustees of Lenox Hill included Benjamin J. Buttenweiser, Limited Partner, and Thomas E. Dewey, Jr., Partner of Kuhn, Loeb & Co.; and Honorary Life Trustee John J. McCloy, then Chairman of the Salk Institute, whose trustees engaged in assorted anti-smoking activism.

Paul W. Douglas

Paul W. Douglas was the President, CEO, and Chairman of the Executive Committee of Freeport Minerals Company (1975-81) and Freeport McMoRan (1981-83); also Chairman of The Pittston Corp. 1984-91, and a director of Phelps Dodge Corp. from 1983-1999. He was elected to the board of directors of Philip Morris when Mary Woodard Lasker's stepson, Edward Lasker, retired in 1980, and was on the board of Philip Morris until 1995. Paul W. Douglas was the son of Sen. Paul H. Douglas (D-IL), who in 1965 was one of four Senators who urged President Johnson to veto the Cigarette Advertising and Labelling Act because of its provision postponing the Federal Trade Commission's rule requiring health hazard warnings in cigarette advertising. His son, Philip Le Breton Douglas, married Elizabeth S. Kean, the niece of anti-smoker Gov. Thomas H. Kean of New Jersey. (Elizabeth S. Kean Affianced. New York Times, Dec. 12, 1982.)

Genetics Institute Inc.

Schmidt was a director of Genetics Institute Inc. from 1980 until it was acquired by American Home Products. James G. Andress joined the board in 1991; Fred Hassan, later the President and CEO of Pharmacia-Upjohn during its "partnership" in the World Health Organization's Tobacco Free Initiative, joined the board in 1992; and former American Health Foundation Trustee and NHLBI director Robert I. Levy, who was president of AHP's pharmaceutics division, joined the board in 1994.

Genetics Institute Inc. 1996 DEF 14A / Securities and Exchange Commission

OTA - Technology Transfer, 1982

Schmidt assisted in the Office of Technology Assessment project on "Technology Transfer at the National Institutes of Health" in 1982. Other participants included David Baltimore, Lester Breslow, Sir Richard Doll, Maureen Henderson, Joshua Lederberg, Arthur Upton, and Ernst Wynder.

OTA - Technology Transfer / Princeton University

Vertex Pharmaceuticals Inc.

Schmidt was a director since 1989 and retired as Chairman of the Board of Directors of Vertex Pharmaceuticals, March 26, 1997. "'Benno Schmidt was instrumental in the founding and early financing of Vertex,' commented Dr. Joshua Boger, President and CEO of Vertex." Charles A. Sanders, the former general director of Massachusetts General Hospital, emeritus director of Research!America and principal of the Washington Advisory Group, was named to the Vertex board on Dec. 12, 1996. (Mr. Benno C. Schmidt Retires as Vertex's Chairman of the Board of Directors, March 26, 1997. Vertex press release March 26, 1997.)

Schmidt Retires, 1997 / Vertex Pharmaceuticals

Vertex Pharmaceuticals 1997 DEF 14A / Securities and Exchange Commission

Benno Schmidt, Walter Cronkite, and Arthur G. Altschul Sr. were honorary chairs of St. Bernard's School's fundraising campaign, circa 1999?. Altschul was a director of General American Investors since 1954, and chairman since 1961, until he retired in 1995. He was the son of Mary Lasker's friend, Frank Altschul.

Benno C. Schmidt Sr. died in October 1999 at the age of 86.

Benno C. Schmidt Sr. obit / St. Bernard's School

Benno C. Schmidt Jr.

Schmidt's son, Benno C. Schmidt Jr. was the president of Yale University from 1986 to 1992. "During his presidency, Yale's endowment grew from $1.7 billion to nearly $3 billion, the highest rate of growth among the major endowed private universities in this country.... Before joining Yale, Benno was the dean of Columbia University Law School where in 1973 he became, at age 29, one of the youngest tenured professors in Columbia's history." Another story of the remarkable success of people with the right connections.

Benno C. Schmidt Jr. bio / Edison Schools

Schmidt has been chairman of the board of Edison Schools (a private school franchise sort of like an educational McDonalds) since 1997. Cheryl Wilhoyte, Madison, Wisconsin's former Superintendant of Schools from 1992 to 1998, joined the company as Executive Vice President in 1998. Deborah M. McGriff, Milwaukee's former Deputy Superintendant of Schools, was Executive Vice President of Development. Joan Ganz Cooney, founder of the Children's Television Workshop, became a director in 2000.

Edison Schools 1999 Form S-1 / Securities and Exchange Commission

Edison Schools 2003 DEF M14A / Securities and Exchange Commission

John Reed Schmidt

Benno Schmidt Sr.'s son John Reed Schmidt is evidently named after his crony from Memorial Sloan-Kettering, Philip Morris director John Shepard Reed. He was a senior production associate with ABC News Closeup in New York, and a graduate Yale University."The bride, who will keep her name, is an associate with the New York law firm of Donovan, Leisure, Newton & Irvine. She graduated cum laude from Yale University and received her degree from the Northeastern Law School. Her father is a physician in West Hartford." (Wendy Frances Conway Marries John R. Schmidt. New York Times, May 22, 1983.)

Wendy Frances Conway Marries John R. Schmidt, May 22, 1983 / New York Times

James Richards  Super Member

Posted November 18, 2007 (edited)

http://www.enotes.com/twentieth-century-cr...merican-mercury

Trouble for the Mercury from Time Magazine

Monday, Dec. 08, 1952 When William Bradford Huie took over the American Mercury two years ago, he promised to "recreate" the magazine in the great tradition of its first editor, Henry L. Mencken. But Bill Huie, who has been in hot water before with his books and articles (TIME, May 30, 1949 et seq.), found himself in trouble again. Almost at the start, he fell out with his backer, Manhattan Millionaire Clendenin Ryan. Five months ago the Mercury owed so much money that Huie was ready to close down. In time's nick, Huie found an angel: J. (for John) Russell Maguire, of Greenwich, Conn., who was operating principally as a Wall Street broker until the SEC forced him out for "flagrant violations" of the law. Later he made millions in manufacturing (Thompson submachine guns, electrical equipment, etc.) and oil. Last week Maguire's backing cost Huie the top section of his staff.

Related Articles

Mercury's editors Martin Greenberg, 34, and Gunther Stuhlmann, 26, resigned. Said their joint statement: "It had been our understanding that the magazine would strive to represent dynamic and sophisticated conservatism—in Mencken's words, 'Tory, but civilized Tory'—and that was the direction in which we sought to guide it." But in view of [Maguire's] lack of sympathy [with these views], we feel it impossible to continue."

Recently Maguire put up money to help distribute Iron Curtain over America, by Southern Methodist University Professor John Beaty, a book that the oldest Methodist Church periodical in the U.S., Zion's Herald, calls the "most extensive piece of racist propaganda in the history of the anti-Semitic movement in America." He has also been a supporter of such propagandists as Merwin K. Hart, and worked with Allen A. Zoll, whose American Patriots, Inc. was listed by the U.S. Attorney General as a "Fascist" organization. Zoll at first was an account executive handling the Mercury's ads, later turned up soliciting subscriptions for the Mercury.

To Editor Huie, Maguire's acquaintances came as no surprise. "I knew I was taking a calculated risk," says he. "I knew about Maguire's indiscretions and operations with the Christian Front crowd. But money to me is impersonal. If suddenly I heard Adolf Hitler was alive in South America and wanted to give a million dollars to the American Mercury, I would go down and get it—or Stalin." No matter who the backer is, Huie maintains he can control the Mercury's editorial policy, expects the magazine will ride out this storm, as it has so many others.

Remember it was Russell Maguire who later hired George Lincoln Rockwell to work at The Mercury... Rockwell went to

Brown University along with E. Howard Hunt and Anastase Vonsiatsky. Later Buckley was Godfather to Hunt's children.

Edited November 18, 2007 by John Bevilaqua



JFK counter coup - Ted Shackley  SSCIA Testimony

Ted Shackley SSCIA Testimony 

Saturday, March 23, 2013


 

Ted Shackley (Left) with Thomas Polgar (Far Right) takes command of the CIA Station in Saigon, January, 1972.


The Black Assassins
https://mindcontrolblackassassins.com/2011/01/19/from-the-gregory-files-black-manchurian-candidates-the-enigma-of-billy-mapp-the-zebra-murders-al-constran/

FROM THE GREGORY FILES: BLACK MANCHURIAN CANDIDATES, THE ENIGMA OF ...


[BK Notes: Shackley testified under the alias "Mr. Halley." Excerpts from testimony does not include questions but only Shackley's answers. For complete text see RIF 157-10002-10086 ] 

http://www.maryferrell.org/mffweb/archive/viewer/showDoc.do;jsessionid=0994C0FC7C93364CA9C3267DE7DE71CB?docId=33939

Testimony of Halley, 19 Aug 1975 (163 pages)

Mr  Halley. I became involved with the Cuban affair in approximately February of 1962. At that time, I was in Headquarters. I was Chief of Foreign Intelligence Activities for the Eastern European Division. I was asked to be released from those duties to conduct a survey of the opportunities for running intelligence operations against Cuba. I was released from those duties; I did engage in a survey of the possibilities for running intelligence, counterintelligence, paramilitary operations against Cuba.”

(document page 4 – MF page 9)

I jointed the Agency originally in 1951. When I was first assigned to the Agency I was an Army officer on active duty. I went through the usual Agency training program. I was assigned to Eastern European activities where I originally was focused on Polish and German operations. I subsequently served from 1952 to 1959 in Germany….

[Did not travel to Cuba, except possibly in transit. ]

When I first entered into this (Cuban) survey, it was to do this on a TDY basis, temporary duty assignment, to complete a report on my findings, to report those at that particular juncture to Mr. Harvey who was the head of the Task Force that was attempting to expand intelligence coverage of Cuba and I was not assigned to the station at that particular point in time.

[Joined JMWAVE shortly after completion of survey, before the end of May 1962]

Dp9 – p.14 MF

….matters pertaining to that survey to the team who was then in charge of operational activity in Miami. That team was essentially headed by Mr. Al Cox, who has since died.

Mr. Cox was the head, then, of what would be the equivalent of the JMWAVE station.

He was the head of that unit until such a time as I replaced him.

My understanding at the time that I conducted this survey was that there was a three-man group in existence which was headed by Mr. Robert Kennedy that was conducting a survey to see what kinds of activities could be conducted against Cuba. The other members of that particular group were General Lansdale and Mr. Helms.

[Not familiar with MONGOOSE or aware of it or that acronym, cryptonym ]

As the Task Force commander, he (Harvey) was reporting to the then DDP who was Mr. Helms.

[Shortly after Helms replaced Mr. Bissell]

p. 16 MF

On one occasion I accompanied Mr. McCone to the White House to give a presentation or sit in while the presentation was being made…This was a meeting with President Kennedy and other members of the then-Cabinet were present at that particular meeting.

[That was in 1962. Not sure if it was meeting of Cabinet, NSC or Special Group]

Mr. McNamara, Mr. Rusk, Mr. Kennedy, the Attorney General was present

DCI was present and gave a portion of the presentation….As I recall Mr. FitzGerald gave the other portion of the presentation.

Doc p. 13 MF p. 18

You know, the chronology of the Chiefs of our Task Force were that it was Harvey, then FitzGerald, then Scraber, after that, Hart. I served with all four of those.

This was a general review of activities that were being conducted against Cuba.

[No mention of assassination]

I am aware of the term Special Group. I am aware that the chronology of the 303 Committee, Special Group, 40 Committee and so forth….

MF p. 19

When I entered into this project in February of ’62, the chain of command that I was familiar with was this three-man group in constant contact with Mr. Harvey. The second chain of command, paralleling that, was Mr. Harvey reporting to the DDP and the DDP subsequently reporting through his chain of command to the Director, and that would be the only way that I could characterize that with any accuracy

MF p20

I know that shortly thereafter I was in Miami, General Lansdale came down to visit me, to talk with me, about the progress that was being made in the operational program. At some point after that, this three-man group for all intents and purposes disappeared. General Lansdale was reassigned, the group broke up; subsequent review of the program were made at the Special Group level. As an example, we would have to submit every month the number of operations that were going to run, such as infiltrations into Cuba through what would be paramilitary means, and these were approved by the Special Group. There was an approval procedure for setting those up, so subsequently the three-man group disappeared and the regular mechanism of the Special Group came into play.

In other words, if we were going to run an operation that was gong to be a cache replacement in the Cuban mainland, that had to be put in, say in our October schedule, that October schedule had to be submitted to the Washington headquarters so they could make it available to the Special Group sometime in September. So I would regard a cache, say the lowest kind of operation in terms of sensitivity, and then you could move up from team infiltrations that had to be approved in advance, resupply missions, paramilitary operations against fixed installations would all be approved.

[Involved in Cuban operations from Feb ’62 – June or July of ‘65]

If it was something that certainly would – for some reason might not be committed to paper, somebody may have wanted to discuss it orally from Miami, the chain of command would have been from me to whoever was the head of the Task Force in Washington, or later, when the Task Force became reintegrated into the Western Hemisphere Division, I would have had to talk to the Chief of the Western Hemisphere Division, who at one time was FitzGerald.

[Talk to Mr. Harvey or Mr. Screbar ]

MF p23

[No knowledge of any assassination plots run out of Miami ]

You have to put yourself in the historical context of that particular time. Thousands of refugees were coming out of Cuba, coming into Miami, Dade County and up and down the Florida Keys.

There was a regular mechanism to screen these people. Any number of these people had plans or ideas for changing the situation in Cuba, among those ideas for changing the situation in Cuba were plans to assassinate any number of people in Cuba. This was something that was talked about, you could go down to any coffee house in downtown Miami and Cubans would be talking that kind of language. So I do not want to leave you with the impression that the word assassination never came across my radar screen, but we are talking about, and my answer was geared to a planned operation by the CIA.

CIA involvement? I know of no operation that was a planned operational activity, you know, for the sole purpose of assassinating, you know, Mr. A, B or Mr. C. This was the x xxx allente of the time. People were talking about these things in the refugee community, these kind of things were being discussed

This was the mood of the Latin American revolutionary where a coup, you know, is a way of life, where restaurants and coffee houses abound with conversation about how to run a coup. In the running of a coup, one of the things that people talk about is how do you control the leadership which then exists at that time.

During my tenure in Miami, I did not put forth any proposals to mount an assassination operation. In other words, there was no formal plan. I did not put forth any operational proposals along this line.
Secondly, I am not aware of any assassination plans being put forth, you know, by Mr. Harvey or by anyone else at that particular time. That is the way I would prefer to answer that. 

…I did not put forth any plans. On the other hand, I do not want to be held responsible for such things as CIA being held in touch with a paramilitary group in Cuba whose primary mission was the collection of intelligence, whose secondary mission might be to organize a resistance and, unbeknownst to me, might have had their own idea which were never consulted with us, you know, never discussed with us, through the communications channels that we had, who may have been thinking, may have planned, and may have attempted, to implement assassination operations.

I do not feel under the command and control mechanisms that existed that I could exercise through the station over such a situation that I could be held responsible for that. Therefore, I cannot accept your question on the secondary or tertiary situation because I have no knowledge of those. You may have some knowledge and you can confront me with some statement by some Cuban who said that this was part of his mission. I have to look at that at the time.

And I will stand by my answer, that is, I put forth no plans, I know of no plans put forth, you know, during my tenure in Miami in which assassination was part of the operational rationale. You know, the only way we can clarify this perhaps to your satisfaction is to discuss some specifics. If you are prepared to talk about specifics, maybe I can deal with those within the framework of that general statement that I made, you know. I know how Cubans talk. I know the rumors that have existed over the years. I simply do not want to be identified with any action conducted by some group over which I had no knowledge or control. That is my key point.

My requirements for reporting really stemmed in the early days from Harvey. If there were any special requirements, he was taking them from the three-man group and translating them and, in fact, much of the system of reporting in those early days was generated by me and what I thought was required to keep Mr. Harvey as a Task Force Commander fully informed. I think that you undoubtedly know from the record that I worked for Mr. Harvey prior to 1962 and therefore I was familiar, you know, with his style of operations and though I had a clear understanding of what he needed in an informational sense. So when I went to Miami, I organized much of the reporting flow upward, if you will, from the field unit to Headquarters.

 No, I do not deserve any credit for the tunnel operation. That is Mr. Harvey’s activity. He kept that very tightly compartmented and in the days when that was going on, I was involved primarily with Eastern European activities.

Yes, I would like to say I am a personal friend of Mr. Harvey.

I want to make a point. Insofar as the three-man group was concerned, I would see Helms in his role as the DDP in the three-man group. I would see Lansdale - - as I told you, Lansdale came down to visit me in Miami on one occasion. He came as part of that three-man group. But my chain of command during my visit was still from me to Harvey.Lansdale was down there, I was to be, you know, straightforward, candid, discuss plans, programs, problems. But I received my orders and instructions, the control of money and so forth was vested in Task Force Commander, Mr. Harvey.

Therefore, I have never dealt with this three-man group as a body. I dealt with the individuals, you know, and various mutations.

I would have to say that the total reporting became more formalized the longer we stayed in business. I cannot ascribe this to the difference of style of the three-man group as opposed to the Agency chain of command or subsequent with the requirements of the Special Group. This evolved from a body of experience that was gained as the operation was established and got some experience.

 So I would not want to characterize that as being a result of the groups.

I had no reason to believe that it was not a duly constituted body. In other words, these officers that I reported to in that particular case, Mr. Harvey, Mr. Helms, were my chain of command at that particular point, were the ones who briefed me on the existence of this three-man body and I felt that was a perfectly legitimate function of that body.

My recollection of the initial briefing was from Mr. Harvey.

[p. 34. MF Did not meet personally, one on one with the Attorney General RFK. The briefing at the White House was only time he met with RFK. ]

Throughout that whole period of time, that was the only, if you will, direct contact with him that I can remember. You know, unless you can show me something.

[Bruce Cheaver….at metting]

Again, I put it in this overall context of the times. We were running Foreign-Intelligence collection operations against Cuba with Classical agent means. We were running collection against Cuba through paramilitary teams. We were involved in paramilitary operations that could be described as commando raids. Those were the kinds of activities. We were dealing with exile groups, we were debriefing refugees and in all of this conversations of assassination, the Cuban penchant for it had to come up. I cannot pinpoint…

Even such things as discussions of various types of weapons, you know, people, as you probably know from this experience, every individual who deals with weapons has a different view on what is the ideal weapon. If you took a squad of ten men and gave them the free choices, I’m sure all ten of them would come up with a different weapon.

Therefore, when we were standardizing weapons to our paramilitary teams, things like that, weapons would be discussed in terms of, you know, muzzle velocity, rate-of-fire, weight of the weapon for the Cuban to carry, because many of them were quite small. In this context, people would discuss what is the range, can a guy use it to shoot somebody at a particular range? Is this an assassination weapon? Is this a good weapon for close combat?

Therefore the term assassination was just part of the life, of the fabric at that time. That is what I am trying to get across. I just cannot articulate any more eloquently than that.

If you are planning a commando raid against something like an oil refinery, you have to think about how are you going to get across the guard force that is around the refinery? One of the questions you have, of course, is if you bypass them, you are successful to get in without a trail or any kind of struggle, that is great. But what happens if you are implanting your target and the guard stumbles on you, you know, the guard forces then becomes an immediate risk to your operation and usually there is a fire fight. Therefore, this becomes a question of weapons. In other words, what weapon is going to give the highest muzzle velocity and make the largest amount of noise? Therefore, if you have two weapons of co-equal cyclic rate of fire and one made less rate of noise than the other for that job you would pick the weapon with the lowest noise. You might even silence it. You may make a silenced submachine gun out of it.

These are the kinds of things that go into these discussions of weapons.

In this particular context, I think most people felt that the Cuban penchant for assassination, for discussing assassination, was the kind that would have to be done from a long range. You know, I think that it is generally an accepted thesis that a group of dedicated men who are prepared to give their lives can in time assassinate almost anybody. Now, the Cuban was not that kind of person. That was not his psychology make-up. He tends to want to live to enjoy life, to talk about his accomplishment. Therefore, while they were brave and dedicated, they were the kind of people who would probably engage in something like this in the context of using the sniper weapon as a vehicle for assassination, long distance.

Therefore, in this context you are talking about range, you know, one of the key factors becomes what is the accurate range of a weapon if fired by an expert marksman. Therefore, that is the kind of thing that would go into, you know, discussions of weapons.

The perspective really starts with the failure of the Bay of Pigs Operation. After the failure of the Bay of Pigs, the Kennedy Administration wanted another look taken at the problem of Cuba. In order to get that other look started, the Kennedy Administration created this three-man task force or this three-man group and wanted to see what else could be done against Cuba, and that is when I came into this problem, in February of ’62.

This three-man group stemmed out of that [Robert Kennedy-Maxwell Taylor Board of Inquiry into Bay of Pigs] inquiry. What its relationship was to the inquiry, I do not know, because I was not involved and I never had an opportunity once I plunged into this job, to go back and read those historical documents. You know, I am sure there is a Maxwell Taylor Report and so forth, but I have never read it.

Therefore, my first task when I became involved in this was the task of coming up with an operational plan to see what kinds of intelligence could be collected in Cuba, so that by collecting this intelligence, an assessment could be made based on hard facts as to what could be done against Cuba. In other words, the difference here was that people thought that the Bay of Pigs operation was not soundly grounded in intelligence. Therefore, this was an attempt to start the collection of intelligence to see what could be done.

In order to collect intelligence at that particular time, it was believed that all avenues of approach should be used, so that meant classical foreign intelligence operations, counterintelligence operations, the debriefing of refugees, and the use of paramilitary means to put teams into Cuba to collect intelligence on that part of the island that could not be covered by what you would call the classical means of foreign intelligence collection.

As the program was started essentially by me or accelerated by me, was in fact got caught up with the Cuban Missile Crisis – that is, the advent of the Soviet intervention into Cuba – and our whole effort shifted to covering that Soviet build-up in Cuba, and this was an integral part of our having detected the Soviet build-up and the Untied States government taking the actions which they did, that is, to verify this.

There was a great problem for a while we were all taking about hard intelligence, the President, John Kennedy, was telling us, give us hard intelligence. We thought we were giving him hard intelligence. What we meant, in his definition of hard intelligence, as it turned out to be, was a U-2 photograph. He never articulated that to us in those terms.

Then we got caught up into the eyeball to eyeball confrontation of the Cuban Missile Crisis. When that was over, we got caught up with the problem of monitoring the disengagement of the Soviet presence in Cuba. That took us up through sometime into early ’63.

Then we took a look again, because we knew an awful lot more about hem than we had when we started in February of ’62, to see what could be done against Cuba, and it was clear at that point that no external invasion was going to be possible, because that was something that was excluded by the Khruschev-Kennedy agreement and then it was not feasible. In any event, therefore it was a question of what could be done. So we were collecting intelligence to continue to stay on top of the situation. We were attempting to establish contact with the military establishment in Cuba to see if there was any force that was opposed to Castro within the military establishment that would be used to alter the situation and continue to see whether there were any economic pressures that could be brought on Cuba that would accelerate the whole problem of creating an environment in which a resistance could be created on an island.

In addition, we were continuing to support certain elements of resistance, you know, that were still there that were not in the Army.

There were paramilitary forces that were in Cuba, that we had put in or established contact with, or people who were already in the bush who we had already established contact with or they had established contact with us, and we were providing them with food, weapons and so forth so that they could survive. So that it was a multifaceted approach at that particular time.

That went on from the middle of ’63 until the middle of ’65, and these are two distinct phases of this operation.

[Structure of JMWAVE]

The Station started expanding in whatever timeframe it was, somewhere after the survey was completed. It must have started expanding sometime in March of 1962. You know, by the time that it was at its peak, which was probably somewhere just before the Cuban Missile Crisis, July, August of 1962, it was either the largest or second largest – my recollection was it was the second largest station in existence at that time.

There would be for instance, maritime case officers. We hired people who had specialized skills, that is, that they could manage a series of vessels for us, but they were not longtime staff employees. Thee would be people who would be used, if you will, in a management organization, basic implementation of the program.

When I talk about the Station, as such, I would say that is roughly in the neighborhood of [REDACTED] people, and that was those people who would be involved in the management effort, the direction effort, the financial logistics, cover procedures, security, that kind of thing. All right? Flowing out from that were people whom we would call agents, that is, people who were not knowledgeable necessarily of whom they worked for or where the cover officers were located and so forth. Let us say, in the maritime parts of the operation we might have had at any one point in time, you know, up to five hundred people involved in maritime activities, you know?

….These would be essentially Cubans who were the captains of the vessels that were used in infiltration operations to put people on the shore of Cuba, and there were a variety of techniques. In other words, you might start with the mother ship, which would be an LCI – I am not sure how familiar you are with various kinds of vessels.

[An LCI is a] Landing craft kind of vessel, or patrol craft, a PC, 110-foot vessel that would be a mother ship. This is the kind of ship that would take fuel supplies and water, so that other smaller vessels could be serviced by it. So you might start an operation of a mother ship towing a smaller boat, or having it on its decks and going down to fifteen or twenty miles from Cuba, putting the smaller boat over the side, which was a faster boat, lower silhouette, less likely to be picked up by a Cuban coastal radar, and then that would take the team in close to the shore where we might finally put them in rubber rafts, where they would paddle in or use a silent outboard motor if the surf was high.

…In other words, I am only using this as an example. Let us say we had the ABC Shipping Company. That shipping company was a subsidiary of the Station, if you sill, and the ABC Shipping Company ran maybe one LCI and maybe two or three smaller boats which it could deck load and that company might have fifty or seventy-five employees, as an example, all Cubans, maybe some of them were Nicaraguan or Costa Rican…We are talking about all of these companies, they probably went up into the hundreds….

There was a Chief of Station, which was myself. I had a Deputy Chief of Station for operations. That is the gentleman who is now retired. I think he is still alive, by the name of Moore, Robert Moore. I had a second Deputy Chief of Station and he was for Support Patterns. That is a gentleman who is also retired, a Mr. Corris.

Then the rest of the Station was organized into a number of branches. Each branch was organized along functional lines….There was a Foreign Intelligence Branch. These were people in, what in my terminology would be classical foreign intelligence operations. That is, trying to recruit a Cuban diplomat abroad, as an example, dealing with, you know, a Uruguayan diplomat in the Uruguayan Embassy in Havana. They are working with resident agents in Cuba who might live in some city like Havana and have a legal  job as a baker or butcher or something but had a radio set in which they could communicate with us, through which they could communicate with us.

Then there was the Paramilitary Branch. This was the group that ran the command o operations. This was the group that ran, and put people back in Cuba, into resistance groups, or established contact with resistance groups. This was a group that also worked in putting in caches that would supply people, either paramilitary forces in Cuba or agents that were being run by the Foreign Intelligence Group.

All right. Then there was a Covert Action, people who dealt with exiled refugee groups that were involved in radio activities, publications, that kind of thing. Then there is a whole panoply of – then there was Maritime, in terms of finance, and so on. Security was a branch. Obviously, under that kind of system, no executive, whether he is president of a corporation or a Chief of Station, can see every single piece of paper that comes in or out, but clearly there was a review procedure whereby program reviews were conducted, individual operational reviews were conducted.

….During this period of time there were a lot of independent Cuban groups who claimed that they had sponsorship from the Agency but did not, and were operating, and there was a period of time when these groups could not run their operations from Florida without running the risk of being picked up by Customs, Immigration, Coast Guard, the FBI, or if we had information on it, you know, we might pass the information to the Coast Guard so that they could keep them from going…..somebody like Alpha 66 or Commando L or somebody like that, they were not part of the CIA apparatus.

Washington, Task Force W, essentially did not run any paramilitary operations where they took command and control fro sending people to Cuba. For instance, if Task Force W in Washington wanted to plant a radio in Cuba which was to be picked up by foreign intelligence agents who could report, they would task us to implant that radio in a cache in a particular area in Cuba, for instance, Oriente province. We would know simply that it was a radio perhaps. We would put it into Oriente province, write up the site, give them the rip cord. They would communicate to the agents in Cuba who would go recover the cache.

I had no contact with the Artime group, as a general rule. They  [Task Force W] also had contact with Manolo Ray which I did not have contact with….

You know, the Agency had a highly compartmented mechanism. You know, let us dispel one thing very promptly here. If you are asking me was I aware of all these contacts, you know, with the Mafia – and I think I can tell you frankly at that time I was not - Harvey would come to Miami to visit me to review the activities of the station, and while there would go off on his own and make his contact with whomever he was meeting. I knew he was meeting somebody, but it was not up to me to find out with whom he was meeting or why he was meeting them or what he was doing with them.

…In this business you just do not ask your superior, what are you doing? That is just not cricket; that is not the way the game is played.

….I had the impression from Harvey going off that he was meeting with somebody, and at one point in time I came to the impression that he was meeting a guy by the name of John. Who John was, I had no idea. We were involved in an attempt to try to find two Soviets at one point who were of interest. The fellow who provided the lead to that had been a member of one of the casinos in Cuba at some time.

I do not remember the man’s name. It may come to me…..

[ Called back for a second session, a seven page transcript, the name of this person is REDACTED but is probably John Martino.]

[Miami station had no direct relationship with Tony Verona]

My recollection of this AMLASH case is as follows. At some point in time, I had a conversation with Desmond FitzGerald in Washington during one of my periodic visits to Washington from Miami. We discussed at that meeting the nature of our approach to the military establishment in Cuba. In the context of this conversation, Mr. FitzGerald asked me if I thought whether it would be a good idea for him to meet one of these Cuban military personalities, and he subsequently identified to me the personality he was talking about was AMLASH-1.

My advice to him was that it would probably not be a good idea for him to meet him, and the only thing that I could see coming out of that king of contact would be that he, Mr. FitzGerald, would get a personal feel for what makes some of these people tick, in human terms, and that that probably was too high a price to pay for the prospect if anything went wrong, an individual as prominent in Washington as, both within the Agency and the social world of Washington, would be exposed in the Press. That would create a flap that I thought was not worth what would be gained from that meeting.

This gentleman, being AMLASH-1, was met in Spain. I also recall after having left the Cuban activity that I read a Press article showing that he had been apprehended and I remember reading the publicity of that particular activity. It is also my recollection that we put in a cache for him.

…I was later Chief of the WH Division from 1972 to 1973, and I did read some of the files….

…FitzGerald and his staff wee working on what I was doing in Miami to try to establish contacts with the Cuban military. In other words, we saw this as a multi-faceted approach. First, we wanted penetration of the Cuban military so that we could collect intelligence. What were their strengths, weaknesses, what was their mood, where were things going? Secondly, we wanted from these sources operational intelligence. Who – in other words, who in these groups were dissatisfied as Fidel consolidated. Who could provide leadership for a counter-movement against Fidel?

We were looking for people, once we had identified them, to see if we could establish contacts with any of those leaders so we could see whether there was a basis for working toward an overthrow of the Castro government. You know, those were the basic steps.

Now as you got down to talking about how you overthrow Castro, obviously the question comes in of how does a group who wants to run a coup or take power take power, and obviously one of the things that has to be looked at is where does the existing leadership going to be during this event, who has control of the various units? So our discussions were all in that context.

[There are fourteen folders in the AMLASH file]

MF p. 103

For most of those commando teams, you were looking for a different kind of weapon. You are looking for a weapon with a high range of fire power over a short distance to deal with an emergency situation rather than the kind of, you know, weapon that we are talking about. In other words, you would find that type of group armed with a submachine gun, as for example.

…Most of the missions that were run were run against targets that were in fairly close proximity to the shore. If you are going to put a party to attack your objective, let us say this objective was a petroleum storage tank, if you were going to do this by putting charges up against the petroleum storage tank that meant that you had to have a group infiltrate close enough to put the charge on the tank. Some distance away from them you would give them a second element of the commando team which would be providing covering fire for this group in case they got into trouble and cannot handle it on the ground. This covering fire group might have had a light machine gun, a Belgian weapon. They could have these kinds of weapons and they did have these kinds of weapons which in the definition you are using could be used as a sniper weapon or whatever, but the basic reason for having that weapon was to provide fire support for the other members of the commando team

[Rolando Martinez “More than once he was given personal charge of weapons drops in which special rifles with silencers and telescopic sights were left at designated inland spots.”  “I took a lot of weapons to Cuba, some of them were very special weapons for special purposes. They were powerful rifles with sophisticated scopes, Springfields with bolt action, rifles only used by snipers.  They were not sent to shoot pigeons or kill rabbits. Everyone in the Underground was plotting to kill Castro and the CIA was helping the Underground. I was with the Underground as well as the CIA, so you can see I was involved in the plots too, but that is also obvious.” ]

[Mr. Murray, who was in the Havana Station, Arthur Avignon who was head of the Havana Station for awhile -]

MF p. 117

There was an office of ONI, Office of Naval Intelligence representative on Guantanamo….

AMOT. That was a program involving a Cuban émigré group that was used as an operational support mechanism to support the Miami Station. They were interviewers of refugees who came out of Cuba. They provided translator personnel to translate the Spanish language publications that were of interest to us. They provided information on the various mainstream activities that were going on in the Cuban exile community.

[Lansdale arrived in Summer of ’62 in special plane that landed at Homestead AFB]

MF p.130-163 Speech of Fidel Castro? ]

SECOND SESSION

NARA Record Number 157-10014-10046 (7 pages)

Testimony of “Halley” (Alias) In Executive Session

Recalled for more questions.

Monday August 25, 1975

SSCIA

http://www.maryferrell.org/mffweb/archive/viewer/showDoc.do;jsessionid=0994C0FC7C93364CA9C3267DE7DE71CB?docId=33939

Shackley recalled the name of North Miami man who provided info on possible Soviet defectors in Cuba  but the Name is REDACTED.

[BK Notes It is possibly, probably Eddie Bayo or John Martino] 

http://www.spartacus.schoolnet.co.uk/JFKshackley.htm 



https://www.spencorp.info/pine-gap-and-the-whitlam-coup

‘The Dismissal’ when the Governor-General of Australia Sir John Kerr terminated the Prime Minister of Australia Gough Whitlam’s reign and dissolved both houses of parliament. 

https://www.spencorp.info/pine-gap-and-the-whitlam-coup


 

Gough Whitlam
 

Australian Security Intelligence Organisation


Australian Secret Intelligence Service

Ted Shackley - CIA

Augusto Pinochet

Salvador Allende

Aerial View of Pine Gap

Sir Maurice Oldfield

Michael Hand

Frank Nugan

Richard Stallings

Malcolm Fraser

Victor Marchetti

Peter Barbour

The Golden Triangle

Neil Evans

Christopher Boyce

Daulton Lee

Tirath Khemlani

John Kerr

James Jesus Angleton

William Colby

 ‘The Dismissal’ when the Governor-General of Australia Sir John Kerr terminated the Prime Minister of Australia Gough Whitlam’s reign and dissolved both houses of parliament. 

“There is one kind of history – the history in newspapers etc. which are all lies. There is another kind of history which is far more scandalous and it’s the one that tells you how it really happened.” – Unknown Subtle.

Almost all Australians have heard of ‘The Dismissal’ when the Governor-General of Australia Sir John Kerr terminated the Prime Minister of Australia Gough Whitlam’s reign and dissolved both houses of parliament.  Kerr then handed the power over Australia to the opposition Liberal Party, making Malcolm Fraser caretaker Prime Minister. Australians have not ever questioned why; they’ve just accepted the mainstream Media’s vague commentaries. A Coup is something that happens in unstable third world countries, not a comfortable land like the Commonwealth of Australia.

The ‘Baby Boomer’ generation of Australia was busy working hard, trying to pay their new mortgages in the face of ever increasing interest rates, raising their families and relying on the six o’clock news to keep them informed. The talking heads rattled on with talk of the senate’s ‘block of supply’ while the Murdoch media spewed out front page stories about Rex Connor’s involvement in ‘the loans affair’ and Jim Cairns’ personal life. In reality, the truth is far more complicated and disturbing.

To truly understand these events, at its core, I have to demonstrate that Australia is not the free and independent nation its citizens believe it to be and quite a bit of background is required.

Australia has much vulnerability; however, here is what I believe to be its biggest. Australia has a small population considering the huge land mass that it is. Its population is spread out but centralised mainly along the southern and eastern coastlines. Its geographic location in relation to far more dominate financial and populous nations like China and Indonesia is something that our nation needs to be aware of. In World War two, the Japanese made it to Darwin and that is one of the reasons that we have allowed the United States to set up so many military bases on Australian land. In addition to this, we are bonded to Great Britain, both through the Commonwealth and on a deeper level, her Reserve Bank is owned by the same group of people who own the United States Federal Reserve and The Bank of England.

The following critique will provide background for the events leading up to the dismissal of the Whitlam government. I will also trace the history of select interest groups who had/have an interest in the affairs of the Australian government. Furthermore, it will look at the fallout providing probably more questions than answers.

 

At the end of World War Two, the fear of communism ran rampant across the western capitalist world fuelled by what is today referred to as ‘McCarthyism’. It was on this basis Prime Minster of Australia, Ben Chifley, in 1949, established the Australian Security Intelligence Organisation (ASIO). ASIO was basically a spy network established by the government to monitor the Australian people and spy on ‘people of interest’. ASIO was the Australian organisational equivalent to the British MI5 or the United States FBI. Very quickly Australian governments lost control over ASIO. Over the next two decades, ASIO was to spy on and keep detailed dossiers on over 100,000 Australian citizens.

This was only officially confirmed in the 1990’s when ASIO released a significant amount of files, recordings, and films of Australians dating back to the Menzies era.  All the spy files kept by ASIO were negative and in some case, they went as far blacklisting individuals, and therefore these people were unable to obtain work, particularly civil service employment. ASIO at this time was not held to account in any public manner. It was a secret and silent cabal which operated unbeknownst to most Australians. 

  

Three years later Prime Minister Sir Robert Menzies established The Australian Secret Intelligence Service (ASIS) Australia’s international spy network. The organisation operated in extreme secrecy. Very quickly the organisation agreed to information sharing with The United States (CIA) and British (MI6). By this stage the United States government, under the weak presidency of Truman, had already lost control of the Central Intelligence Agency. Under ‘Operation Paperclip’ the CIA was able to set up a huge intelligence network through the entire world immediately follow the Second World War. Over the next 20 years, the CIA started to interfere with global politics worldwide.

In South East Asia the CIA’s involvement prolonged the Vietnam War. Through its airline ‘Air America’ it started to import millions of dollars’ worth of heroin and marijuana from the ‘Golden Triangle’, smuggling it back into the States in the coffins of dead American soldiers. The money obtained from the sale of the illegal drugs trade served as a means of funding other covert operations. The Golden Triangle is the border of Thailand, Laos, and Myanmar (Burma), it is called the Golden Triangle because as the opium trade covers three countries, the opium can’t be paid for by currencies, therefore, all financial transactions are made with gold.

Cambodia’s stable leadership had steadfastly refused to take sides in the Vietnam conflict; unfortunately, this didn’t protect them from Kissinger, Nixon and the CIA. In 1969 The US through Air America started carpet bombing Cambodia under the pretext that the North Vietnamese soldiers were using the country as a staging base for its attacks on the South. The bombing of Cambodia lasted for four years, without official recognition of the US Congress.

The humanitarian cost on Cambodia; a nation who was not involved in any direct war was devastating. The Prince of Cambodia Norodom Sihanouk went into exile while the USA dropped more the two and half million bombs on the country. Upwards of 500,000 people were killed with millions more displaced. In the midst of this chaos the Khmer Rouge, led by Pol Pot rose up and took control of the country which led to one of the worst acts of genocide in modern history. All of this in a country that the US weren’t even at war with. 

  

In 1970, Chile democratically elected Salvador Allende as President. One of Allende’s election promises was to nationalise Chiles copper mines. The nationalising of Chiles resources was a threat to United States industrial interests in Chile. US company IT&T controlled the Chilean telephone network and had a lot to lose under the Allende government. IT&T voices its concern to the US government, Henry Kissinger in particular. Kissinger and Nixon then authorised the CIA, with a budget of $8-10 million to infiltrate and destabilise the Chilean government thereby protecting its interest in Chile via the funding of a military coup.

In 1970 Chilean military commander Rene Schneider was assassinated. In his place, Allende appointed the CIA-backed General Augusto Pinochet. In 1973 Pinochet lead the coup which overthrew the government and led to the death of Allende. Pinochet then backed by the CIA (As supported by declassified CIA documents), took control of the country and brutally tortured and murdered any opposition to his leadership.

The CIA can also lay claim to the Iranian coup d'état on 19th August 1953 which overthrew of the democratically elected Prime Minister of Iran Mohammad Mosaddegh when he attempted to nationalise the countries oil. Iran was then run by the US backed, Shah of Iran Mohammad-Rezā Shāh Pahlavi until the 1979 Iranian Revolution.

Furthermore, The CIA was active in drug smuggling out of a number of Latin American countries, the installation puppet governments, and constant destabilising actions, within these countries. These operations were backed by the US the Military industrial complex and US Corporations commercial interests. (As supported by declassified CIA documents, ex-CIA agents, and CIA leaks).

 

Closer to home, the CIA had spent a decade fighting in Indonesia before they assisted in the installation of dictator President Suharto, a favourable condition for US traders accesses to Indonesia’s lucrative mining operations. 

While the mission of the CIA was supposed to be that of an intelligence network it had quickly morphed into a tool for American Corporatocracy worldwide. While ASIS was sharing information with CIA, the CIA viewed ASIS as satellite intelligence network for itself. It was not as forthcoming in information sharing.

In 1972 Gough Whitlam’s Labour party won the federal election, this was Australia’s first Labour government in 23 years and Australian society was about to change drastically. The Whitlam government reforms included; Wage rises, Pensions and Superannuation, Free health care, Equal pay for women, Free Tuition, Aboriginal land rights and other programs, as well as replacing the old national anthem; ‘God Save the Queen’, with the new ‘Advance Australia fair’.

Henry Kissinger the US National Security Advisor and Secretary of State, and President Richard Nixon mistrusted of the Whitlam government so much that they cut them out of the intelligence loop in breach of the UKUSA Security agreement. They referred to (ALP) Australian Labour Party as a socialist government and were eager to oust it from power.

Much to the anger of the United States, and the private British banking system, the Whitlam government withdrew Australian troops from Vietnam; Voiced support of Palestinian land rights and the proposed the setting up an Indian Ocean peace zone.

Gough Whitlam publicly condemned the Nixon administration for the bombing of Hanoi. Trade Minister Dr. Jim Cairns allegedly called for Australian people to protest through boycotting US goods. Whitlam sent a formal letter of objection, hand delivery to the White House by an Australian diplomat. There are conflicting reports over how informal communications between the Whitlam-Nixon governments regarding the ‘Christmas Bombing’ played out. Kissinger was reportedly infuriated. Ultimately the US Ambassador to Australia Walter Rice was recalled. 

 

As a countermeasure to the Whitlam’s government opposing of the US, The US sent Marshall Green, to Australia as ambassador (1972-75). Green was a CIA agent known as the " "coup master" and had been involved in three coups, including the 1965 Indonesian operation, which killed over a million people, while bringing Suharto to power. Green’s involvement was established to deal with “the Whitlam Problem”.

While all these actions were going on, there were just as many changes behind the scenes both nationally and internationally;

Locally, it has been alleged that the day after Whitlam took government he ordered ASIO boss Director-General of Security Peter Barbour not to vet any of his cabinet and staff. Along with soon to be Attorney General Lionel Murphy, Whitlam informed Barbour that ASIO was going be held to a parliamentary managed level of accountability.

 Despite this, the ASIO hunt for Communist in Australia continued to focus of the Australian Trade Unions. ASIO agreed with the CIA view that Gough Whitlam and his Labor government was a communist / socialist threat.

For years the Australian Communist parties had tried to align themselves with Australian trade unions. The Labour Party had long been aligned with the ACTU (Australian Council of Trade Unions). When questioned by the press about the conduct of the ACTU, Gough Whitlam declared total faith in the ACTU’s leader Bob Hawke. ASIO, on the other hand, were deeply entrenched in spying on members of the ALP and the ACTU. This involved videotaping and phone tapping of students, and party and union members. This conduct was initiated by the heads of ASIO and was not authorised by any government department.

According to Joan Coxsedge, (an Australian activist, former politician and leftist journalist); in 1973, Whitlam went to Bill Robertson, the director-general of ASIS and demanded to know the names of operatives and what operations they were undertaking. Unbelievably, he found out Australia operatives were in Chile, working under the CIA’s direction, to destabilise the government of Salvador Allende. Whitman ordered that they immediately cease these actions. ASIS disregarded the order from Whitlam and at least two Australia ASIS operatives were in Chile during the September Coup that resulted in Allende’s death and Pinochet seizing control of the country.

  

The standoff between Gough Whitlam ASIO & ASIS was brought to a head when Attorney General Lionel Murphy, with Federal Police, raided the ASIO offices in Melbourne. Murphy seized files with a search warrant on the grounds of national security. The government believed ASIO was withholding serious information from the government. As a result of this raid, in August 1974, Whitlam set up the ‘Hope Royal Commission’ to investigate the country's intelligence agencies. (The first report of the finding were not released until 1976. Between 1976 and 1977 eight multi-volume reports of the RCIS were released to the Governor-General, however, only very limited information was made public. Thirty years later a review was undertaken to determine what further pages of the reports could be released to the public. In 2008 much of the remaining records were released via the Australian Governments National Archives. Some information was still considered too sensitive to be released.)

Enter The Nugan Hand Bank:

In 1973 The Nugan Hand Bank was established in Australia by Frank Nugan, an Australian lawyer with a questionable history, and Michael Hand, a former CIA contract operative. The bank's directors were all CIA (current and ex) and US military personnel. Four of them list their postal address as care of Air America. The bank's executives included former Rear Admiral Earl Yates as bank president and ex-CIA head William Colby as legal counsel. The bank offered tax breaks and high interests as a means of encouraging high-flying investors. Furthermore, it made assurances of anonymity via numbered accounts, tax-free accounts, and specialist investment assistance. The bank was backed by nothing and had no reserves.

In 1974 the bank became a financial go-between for the US sales of armoury to Angola. Many CIA and US military individuals including Bernie Houghton, Edwin Wilson, Ted Shackley, Thomas G. Clines were involved in the bank.

Nugan Hand obtained a banking license in the tax haven of the Cayman Islands in 1976.

With its head office in Sydney, it set up branches in Chiang Mai, Manila, Hawaii, Cape Town, Hong Kong, Taiwan, Cayman Islands and Washington D.C.

In offering a secret numbered account, ensuring anonymity for its investors, the bank was soon flooded with deposits. It opened the door for money laundering. It is alleged that local drug dealers started depositing funds in the bank. The huge marijuana traders from the Griffith (Robert Trimbole and family) area of Australia was said to have used the bank to launder its profits. The Griffith drug cartel was part of the huge Mr. Asia drug syndicate.

   

For the next seven years, the CIA used the bank as a means of hiding and laundering their funds from illegal operations such as arms trades and drug dealing. 

 

 Nugan Hand established strategic banks around the world. On the recommendation of Murray Stewart Riley, an ex-NSW police officer who was eventually convicted of importing heroin into Australia, Frank Nugan set up and branch in Chiang Mai. Their Chiang Mai office was primarily involved in the money obtained by the CIA through the trade of huge amounts of marijuana and heroin. The marijuana and heroin were coming out of the ‘Golden Triangle’ on the borders of Thailand, Burma, and Laos.

The CIA had been smuggling drugs out of the Golden Triangle throughout the Vietnam War, sometimes in the coffins of dead US soldiers. It has been estimated that this endeavour earned them $59 million dollars.

Gough Whitlam spent quite a bit of time traveling throughout Europe and South East Asia in his bid to open Australia up to trade and political alliances. Not an unreasonable approach from an open a reformist government. 

 

Friends or Foes:

The CIA’s (America and Britain’s) interest in Australia cannot be understated. Whitlam’s sweeping reforms left the major foreign interests deeply concerned that Australia was looking to relinquish its ties to the Commonwealth and establish an independent nation; the Republic of Australia and closing the foreign espionage bases on its territory. This was never stated publicly; however, Whitlam government was well aware of some of the other local and national events involving CIA influence. The Whitlam government had good reason to be suspicious of the close affiliation between the CIA, ASIS, and ASIO.

Gough Whitlam had spoken publically and repeatedly and was quoted in some Australian newspapers about his dislike of the number American military bases in Australia. At the top of his list was the large a very secretive Pine Gap installation situated just north of Alice Springs. Whitlam had gone as far as stating he wanted to close the Pine Gap installation down.

Buried deep in the middle of Rupert Murdoch and other print media were regular stories about Whitlam’s concern about American spy interests in Australia: “US bases ticklish issue for Labor” “Whitlam undertakes to axe two key US defence bases” “PM rejects Anthony’s denial on CIA” “Anthony CIA Connection” Whitlam’s CIA charges ASIS head resigns” “Whitlam to confront critics on US Bases”

In 1966 the Australian government gave the go ahead to the USA to build the Pine Gap installation. The base was built in 18 months and was functional by 1968. A ‘no fly zone’ of 2.5 miles was established around the secretive base. The base was supposed to be a joint venture between the US and Australian governments. The location of Pine gap was the key to its secrecy. Building it outside of Alice Springs meant that it was impossible for mass protests due to its isolated location. A strength that the instalment maintains today.

   

Richard Stallings, head of Pine Gap (1966-68) (CIA) and Victor Marchetti, Chief Executive Assistant (CIA) drafted the Co-operative treaty for the Joint Defence Space Research Facility between the United States and the Australian Commonwealth governments at Pine Gap. Officially the agreement called for full sharing of intelligence gleaned from satellite intercepts of Eurasian satellite communications. Basically, all information gathered from the base would be shared equally with both governments.

The American arm of the facility was partly run by the U.S. Central Intelligence Agency (CIA), U.S. National Security Agency (NSA) and U.S. National Reconnaissance Office (NRO). The station is a key contributor to the global surveillance network ECHELON a code name operated on behalf of the five signatory nations to the UKUSA Security Agreement—Australia, Canada, New Zealand, the United Kingdom, and the United States, Referred to by a number of abbreviations, including Five Eyes.

After Whitlam’s election in 1972, US policy at Pine Gap (CIA) changed as well as spying on Eurasia, they began spying on Australia. This involved covert interference with the Australian government and The Australian Trade Unions. The US also ceased sharing the information obtained by the satellite intercepts with the Australian Government.  This information was verified in the 1985 Hollywood movie ‘The Falcon and the Snowman’.

In short: The movie follows the story of Christopher Boyce and his childhood friend Daulton Lee.

In real life, In 1974 Boyce’s father, an aerospace security manager and FBI agent helped Boyce get a job at TRW, a Southern California aerospace firm in Redondo Beach, California. Boyce’s job was as cipher his role was to take the information obtained from Pine Gap and reroute it to the appropriate CIA and other government organisations. Not long after starting work in in TRW's "Black Vault" high-security division Boyce started to receive transcripts from Pine Gap discussing the proposed overthrow of the Australian government. Therefore not only was information being withheld from Australia but they were also actively working towards a coup in Australia.

Boyce being outraged by what he saw as the betrayal of the US alliance with it allied nation Australia, wanted to destabilise the CIA actions. To do this he enlisted the help of his childhood friend and minor drug dealer Daulton Lee. Boyce started to sell selective Spy intercepts regarding Australia and “The Whitlam Problem” to Russia, via Daulton Lee. Boyce and Lee were caught, convicted of espionage and jailed. Boyce spent the first ten years of his prison sentence in solitary confinement.

  

Today, Boyce laments his ‘one man’ war as ‘knee jerk’ reactionary behaviour based upon juvenile outrage at the USA military industrial complex conduct.

Boyce lives in a quiet town in the US these days and doesn’t like to speak about the events of the 1970’s, however, in 2009, he granted an interview with Australian SBS documentary crew. The documents Boyce saw and passed on have not been fully released to the public. Boyce expressed complacency toward the people of Australia. Based upon the lack of interest Australians had shown over their own government’s treatment he said “I view Australia as a satellite state (Of the United States) just like Alaska”. 

Boyce was adamant that CIA operatives had infiltrated the ACTU (Australian Council of trade Unions), the heartland of the ALP (Australian Labour Party). Boyce said during the interview, that he heard, during his trial, the ACTU’s then President Bob Hawke had denied that the ACTU had been infiltrated by CIA dissidents to corrupt the Australian union system. Boyce stated that he believed Hawke was corrupt and a liar. He expressed bemusement that Bob Hawke later became the Australian Prime Minister.

This story on its own could be dismissed as conjecture and hearsay, however, when taken in context with other current events it gains greater credibility.

While mainstream Australia remained largely unaware of the serious nature of the espionage being carried out at Pine Gap, and the peril its government was in, by pursuing the matter, which was provoking even more serious interest within the CIA and US Military complex:

James Jesus Angleton, The Head of Counterintelligence for the CIA said: “…and we saw this Whitlam government come into power moving in, barging in. We were deeply concerned.”

“You don’t see the jewels of counter intelligence being placed in jeopardy by a party that was seeking a new way for Australia”.

“…It’s a tender plant that needs nourishment. Some of the major secrets that deal with the world I was once in were given to the Australians services (ASIS and ASIO)”.

On 21st October 1975 Gough Whitlam sacked Head of ASIS Bill Robertson, In September of the same year, Whitlam had sacked ASIO head, Peter Barbour.

There was an allegation that then leader of the Country Party; future Deputy Prime Minister Doug Anthony had close ties to the CIA. Whitlam even stated publically In Alice Springs on November 2nd, 1975 that “…I’ve had no affiliations with CIA money in Australia as Doug Anthony has…”

An October issue of The Australian Financial review cover story banner read “Security Blow-Up” beneath the banner headline the paper contained two stories both at the top and bisected by a partition. The parallel headlines read “Whitlam’s CIA charge; ASIS head resigns” the other “Anthony’s CIA connection”. Allegations went as far as saying CIA agents were living in Doug Anthony’s house. 

Whitlam responded to the pressure by addressing the nation via a speech at a press conference on 14 October 1975, where he stated: “I made it clear that the Government will not yield to pressure. We will not yield to blackmail. We will not be panicked. We will not turn over the government of this country to vested interests, pressure groups and newspaper proprietors whose tactics would destroy the standards and traditions of parliamentary government”.

A telex communication recovered from ASIO read:

Top Secret – Urgent message: -

From: Ted Shackley – CIA East Asia Division

To: Director General ASIO

“On November 2 (1975) the Prime Minister of Australia made a statement at Alice Springs, that the CIA had been funding Anthony’s National Party in Australia…

…On November 6 (1975), the Prime Minister publicly repeated the allegation that he knew of two instances in which CIA money had been used to influence domestic Australian politics.”

CIA cannot see how this dialogue with continued reference to CIA can do other than blow the lid off those installations in Australia where the persons concerned have been working... particularly the installation at Alice Springs...The Director General (ASIO) should be assured that the CIA does not lightly adopt this attitude”.

“Your urgent advice would be appreciated… Reply should be made to the CIA… The US ambassador (Green) is fully informed on this message”

Theodore ‘Ted’ Shackley, then- chief of CIA east Asia division was a hard-core long term CIA agent, He was Involved in the ‘Bay of Pigs’ invasion and was responsible for a number of covert operations in Vietnam.

Add this to the following tape recording and dare I say it, it appears there was a conspiracy at hand.

A Tape recording of Victor Marchetti, Chief Executive Assistant, to the CIA revealed the following quote: “The Cia don’t (sic) do these for their health. Just to play games, there was a goal there and the goal I think was to get rid of Whitlam. That was the whole purpose I think was to bring in someone that they were closer with and feel would be more reliable and see things more their way. In a sense, it’s a Chile but in a much more muted and sophisticated and subtle form”.

 

With the renewal of the Pine Gap treaty lease due in December 1975, the situation was about to reach its climax.

CIA director William Colby called upon his counterpart at MI6 Sir Maurice Oldfield. He stressed the importance of the Pine Gap installations strategic significance in the field of counterintelligence, something that Oldfield and MI6 were also acutely aware of. Colby pointed out that as Australia was part of the British domain then it was his job to keep the Australian government in line. 

What the Australian public generally was hearing via their media:

The Loans Affair: The Whitlam government had big dreams for Australia, which included the construction of a natural gas pipeline from central Australia all the way to the ports of Fremantle. For this and other projects, the ALP’s Minister for Minerals and Energy Rex Connor looked for a loan of $4 billion dollars. It was Connor and the Government’s intention for Australia to own 100% of the new constructions, borrowing from the usual lending partners, Europeans and US would have resulted in having to share ownership of the new construction with the lenders. It was a simple, but dangerous idea.

Rex Connor met with the shady individual, Pakistani broker Tirath Khemlani, Khemlani who claimed he was a loans broker for a number of wealthy Arab investors happy to loan the money to Australian at an attractive interest rate. Khemlani promised everything however he delivered nothing but excuses. Under mounting pressure, with the issue dragging on and amounting to nothing, on 20th May 1975 Whitlam ordered Connor to cease his contact with Khemlani.

Until Connor’s attempt to borrow from the Middle East, Australia had always borrowed money from via the Government Treasury usually from United States banks. Whitlam was threatened by the US; they told him they would not lend Australia any money unless they agreed to not borrow money from any other source.

At some point this chaotic episode involving Rex Connor, Jim Cairns & Khemlani was leaked to the media. The Murdoch Press was relentless in the pursuit of Labour party gossip. This put more pressure on the Whitlam government.

Dirty tricks become rife in the espionage and media game. Former CIA agent Edwin Wilson as part of the secret ‘Task Force 157’ whose job it was to manage numerous CIA properties, including Pine Gap, engaged the services of contract agent Joseph Flynn. Together Wilson and Flynn forged and ‘leaked’ documents which surfaced in 1975, that alleged ALP ministers had received kickbacks from the ‘loans affair’. In 1981 Flynn told the National Times he was the responsible for forged documents, which included telexes. Flynn claim his services were paid for by Michael Hand, co-founder of the Nugan Hand Bank.

It is quite possible that many of the documents that resulted in Rex Connor and Jim Cairns being dismissed came from this source. A proper investigation of the ‘leaked’ files was not possible for the government at the time due to the speed at which ensuing events happened.

     

As a result of the leak which involved Tirath Khemlani providing copies of telex communication between himself and Connors and Jim Cairns, Gough Whitlam was forced to sack both members of the party. The loss of these two ministers seriously weakened the government’s credibility. (It was later revealed that Khemlani was employed by Dalamal and Sons, a London-based commodity-trading firm, unfortunately, I couldn’t find any more relevant information on him).

 

So the Whitlam Government found itself in a financially vulnerable position. With no money from overseas, they were was desperate to push the appropriation bills through the Senate to gain funding from the Treasury.

Newly elected Opposition leader Malcolm Fraser was originally undecided about whether to block supply or not. At some point, he decided he would.

The ‘official’ story goes like this: The Liberal Party blocked the Treasury appropriation bills in the senate, with the intention of forcing an early election. Gough Whitlam having already been forced into one early election refused to call another one. Whitlam believed that if he held out long enough a senator would cross the floor and end the stalemate (On the ABC’s four Corner ‘20 years anniversary of the dismissal’ report senator Neville Bonner said he was ready to cross the floor and pass the bill “that afternoon” [meaning prior to his learning of the dismissal]), however that was not to be. (1979 Bonner was named Australian of the year by the very government he help put in place by not crossing the floor).

I have simplified this scenario and not gone into the high court changes to the laws of the senate and new appointments due to vacancies left in the senate because in the big picture they not really relevant.

According to Journalist and author Steve Gerlach, Whitlam had reached a point where he was going to expose to parliament, the names of CIA operative active within Australia. He was going to give that speech on the afternoon of the 11th November 1975.

Kerr called Whitlam to come and see him at Government house on the 11th of November 1975 and without warning sacked Whitlam and his government. Kerr had already met privately with Malcolm Fraser and told him that he was to form an interim government and Fraser agreed to pass the Bill.

Whitlam had been blindsided. He was later to confess, had he known Fraser had just been in to see Kerr; he would have left without meeting with Kerr.

For reasons that to this day remain unclear Malcolm Fraser and Sir John Kerr had been meeting semi-regularly and in secret since January 1975.

According to award-winning British journalist John Pilger, a man known for reporting where other Media fear to tread; MI6 and the CIA had a secret weapon. In 1950 during the height of the communist fears in the US, the CIA established the Congress for Cultural Freedom organisation, an anti-communist institution. Sir John Kerr was a member of the Australian branch, The (AACF) Australian Association for Cultural Freedom. Prior to this Kerr was said to be part of intelligence organisations as far back as 1946. Which intelligence agency is unclear?

The Governor General of Australia Kerr was said to have taken his role as the Queens representative in Australia very seriously. Kerr was appointed to the position by Whitlam. Governor General was largely seen as a ‘figurehead’ position although the holder of the office did theoretically have the power to dismiss the government.

One of the Nugan Hands banks first actions, after its establishment in 1973, was to set up an unlimited ‘slush fund’ for the Liberal Party of Australian. This money played a big part in the election of Malcolm Fraser’s government in 1976. None of this came to light until 1980 when the bank became insolvent and collapsed.

Two months before the Bank collapsed Frank Nugan was found dead in his Mercedes-Benz, just outside of Sydney with a bullet in the head and the CIA Director William Colby’s business card in his pocket.

 “We were to become the paymasters for the CIA around the world, in other words, we were putting ourselves in a position to disperse funds, for the CIA to however they directed” – Former Nugan Hand Bank Executive – Neil Evans – Testifying under immunity from prosecution at The Stewart Royal Commission into the Banks failure.

Evans claimed that the CIA sent him to the city of Chiang Mai, in Northern Thailand, the centre of the drug trade. It was from there he claimed that the CIA made millions of dollars to finance various secret illegal covert projects.

The money would come into the bank from the CIA, or people dealing with the CIA. Through the anonymity of the numbered banking account the money would then be rerouted to various offshore account, mainly America, said Evans.

Michael Hand, ex-Green Beret (CIA), the other owner of the bank, appeared before the Royal Commission and simply stated he didn’t know what happened to the money. Following his appearance at the Royal Commission Hand went straight to the Airport where he boarded a plane for Americas under a false passport and was never heard from again.

The story was reported by American TV news network CBS Los Angeles, tying in Nugan Hand, CIA, drug running and the fall of the Whitlam government. One-off reports, sometimes years after the alleged events were not uncommon, no follow through media investigation were taken up.

One Commission witness, a former Nugan Hand director, stated that Hand warned Bank executives “If we didn’t do what we were told, and things weren’t handled properly, our wives would be cut into pieces and put in boxes and sent back to us.”

In all investors in the bank, across the globe, lost $50 Million dollars. Ultimately the bank had been one big Ponzi scheme.

The Stewart and Woodward Royal Commissions look into Nugan Hand Bank and drug trafficking both in and outside of Australia. The Commissions ran from 1977 – 1983 and found that Nugan Hand had been involved in activities of money-laundering, arms shipments; drug dealing, theft, and tax avoidance. It went on to hold the dead Frank Nugan and the missing Michael Hand responsible. No one connected with Nugan Hand has ever been convicted of a crime. Admiral Yates and his fellow senior officer who were involved with Nugan Hand have not responded to Australian requests to testify about the bank.In short, both Royal Commissions were whitewashed and ultimately did nothing but waste tax payers money.

The Media’s role in these events cannot be understated. What most people tend to forget is that most media outlets are privately owned institutions. The perspective taken by a specific journalistic piece takes in colloquially known as ‘spin’. Certainly, media management was a key to Gough Whitlam’s 1972 “It’s Time” campaign and subsequent election. Unfortunately for Whitlam, his sweeping reforms must have upset some very important media owners and the tide turned against him.

Newspapers primarily sell based on their front page stories, and in the 1970’s print media was a far more relevant information source than it is today. There were little to no Front page stories about CIA, ASIS and ASIO involvement in the Whitlam government. On the other hand, there were continuous front page stories about Rex Connor’s loans affair, Dr. Jim Cairns relationship with Junie Morosi, and the opposition’s block of supply. There was also a lot of focus on the number of overseas trips Gough Whitlam was taking. The media would not relent on these issues and that was the key. When media outlet follows through on a story day after day, week after week, there is inevitably a result.

Pine Gap’s location and activities were and are, so sensitive that when and where Skylab was going to fall back to earth it was kept secret by NASA. NASA knew that the debris of Skylab was going to fall somewhere in outback Australia.  Zbigniew Brzezinski as Jimmy Carter's National Security Advisor advised NASA to continue to deny knowledge of where Skylab was going crash. He was concerned that if the world’s media were to descend on Australia it may draw unwanted attention to the Pine Gap installation. The endeavour didn’t work, and America reporter Ren Breck of News Centre 4 reported on the installation.

Officially in Australia to report on Skylab, Breck questioned, NASA and CIA agent Robert Grey at a press conference in Perth about the Pine Gap installation. Grey’s immediate response was “I’m not prepared to talk about that.”

Breck then took his news crew to Alice Springs where he met with local parliamentary member Neville Perkins. Perkins conceded that he had “no idea” what was going on at the installation. Perkins went on to explain that he had attempted to visit the site a number of times however he was denied entry every time.  Breck’s news crew filmed one of these attempts by Perkins.

In 1983 Network Ten Australia aired the Kennedy Miller Productions, Terry Hayes written Mini-series ‘The Dismissal’. The Kennedy Miller Productions and Hayes have both since achieved international success. The six-hour drama focused on ‘The Loans Affair’, Dr. Jim Cairns’ personal life, and the block of supply.  Sir John Kerr was represented as a sympatric and tortured soul who appeared to have no choice but to take the action he did. The series was hailed as a television dramatic success. It was also broadcast in England. The most interesting thing about the series was not what was in the story but what was left out.

Throughout the three, two-hour episodes, there was no reference to Pine Gap, Nugan Hand, South East Asia, drug Trafficking, The Hope Royal Commission, Bob Hawke and the ACTU or, ASIS. There was one ‘in passing’ line from the actor playing Gough Whitlam about the CIA and ASIO, however, it was not part of any storyline.

 

Why the writer and producers didn’t see fit to include any of these issues is curious. The series was made in 1982-83; by then seven years of new information had come to light. A story about Australians two major security organisations operating under the instruction of a foreign security organisation, while leaving the Australian government out of the loop, would have been a fascinating take on events.

Neil Evans had already given Australian television interviews regarding his involvement in Nugan Hand and its illegal operations. Evans was reportedly paid handsomely by Channel 9, who also sold the interview to USA network CBS. CBS America had already reported on the Nugan Hand link to the dismissal. The Royal Commission into drug trafficking within and outside of Australia had already established that there was a structured trade network including CIA involvement. Whitlam had already sacked Robertson and Peter Barbour, implying that there was a secret war behind the scenes of government. Newspaper articles about the ALP’s concerns about Pine Gap had regularly appeared in local print media. All this additional information was available yet not included anywhere with the drama series.

 

It appears that forces were clearly against Whitlam’s government. The CIA and American Military seldom leave once they have set up a base on foreign soil. Had Pine Gap be located in Glen Waverley or Darlinghurst then maybe it would have caught the attention of the Australian people. Located in an isolated Central Australian town helped maintain the installations anonymity.

The Fraser government went on to win government in 1976 and its continued re-election of government ran through to 1983 when Bon Hawke’s ALP party was elected. When the Fraser Government took over in 1976 there was no follow-through on Doug Anthony’s involvement with the CIA. Whitlam stood down as leader of the ALP after losing the election and consequently, there were no more questions in parliament about the action of the CIA and Pine Gap.  Throughout both subsequent governments’ terms, there was little or no reference to the Pine Gap installation, CIA, ASIS or ASIO. It would appear both parties had learned their place in the Commonwealth and UKASU Treaty.

In 1985, Channel 9 ‘Sunday’ program dedicated the show to the ten year anniversary of the dismissal. Both Whitlam and Fraser lent their time to the show, Kerr was ‘unavailable’. There was no reference to ASIO, ASIS or the CIA. It was interesting to note that most of Whitlam’s social reforms were largely carried on by the Fraser Government.

The ABC’s four corner show focused A 1995, 20th anniversary of the dismissal. Once again Whitlam, Fraser, and others were interviewed. While most of the stories remained the same, again no mention of CIA etc., there was a lot more debate and contradiction about who knew what and when. Statements from a couple of Chief Justices of the High Court stated that Kerr had been looking to find a way to legally dismiss Whitlam.

The most interesting statement on the show came from John Menadue, General Manager of News Ltd (1967-74) and Ambassador to Japan from 1976 to 1980 whom made the following statement.

“I had lunch with him (Murdoch) and… told me, Rupert Murdoch did, that, in effect, the government would be dismissed, there would be an election for the House of Representatives, and said well don’t worry John, you’ll be appointed as ambassador to Tokyo, which turned out he was right on both counts”.

Murdoch denies the conversation took place.

In 1997, the short-lived Channel Ten series ‘Conspiracy’ hosted by Doc Neeson ran a detailed segment on the dismissal. Despite including incriminating statements, from James Jesus Angleton, Victor Marchetti and Ted Shackley, the information went unnoticed.

The word ‘conspiracy’ has been demonised over the years and generally provokes a cynical response amongst the community at large. In its simplest terms, a conspiracy is when two or more parties withhold information or actions from another relevant party. Given the actions of the CIA & ASIO in relation to Whitlam, this undoubtedly constitutes a conspiracy. Furthermore, the lack of follow through in media reports relating to these events also constitutes a further conspiracy.

It’s interesting that this story aired in 1997 at the beginning of the new Howard Liberal era. From 1983 – 1996 the ALP had every opportunity to explore the outcomes of the Royal commissions yet they chose not to. The Hawke government had from its start sort to distance itself from the previous ALP government.

The media; television, talk back radio and newspapers (and today internet websites) are and always have been brainwashing devices. Reputable reports should provide the information in a balanced format and allow the reader or viewer to interpret a story. Private media ownership allows for an edited version of reporting. Balanced reports have increasingly given way to coercive social commentary; Sometimes subtle, sometimes blatant.

In the media, has much changed in the past forty years?

Relaxation of media ownership laws both locally and internationally has created a situation where fewer people and organisations own mainstream media outlets than ever before. Pine Gaps has barely been mentioned in the Australian media over the past four decades. Referencing for this article has primarily come from independent and foreign media outlets.  Any opposition to US military bases is generally suppressed by conventional commercial Australian media.

In political studies in the Australian education system, if The Whitlam government ever discussed, it is focused solely on the ‘loans scandal’ and ‘the dismissal’. Furthermore, the education system is left with the contradiction of referencing; if alleged reputable news sources chose to ignore important news items, then the unconventional and independent knowledge networks have to be embraced.

The world has been at war for fifteen years now, combine that with a brainwashing media immersed in ‘reality television’ which involves regular war video footage, has a distinct ‘Orwellian’ feel to it. Television news starts at 3 pm in the afternoon. Its key demographic is children and teenagers, at home and without parents to discuss the stories with. At the top of each hour, the word ‘terrorism’ and ‘terrorist’ is bombarded at the viewer. Story titles scroll across the bottom of the screen in a similar manner that was outlawed in the 1960’s because of its brainwashing power.

The ‘Deep’ or ‘Dark’ web is free speeches great hope, which is why it is demonised by educational institutes and mainstream media.

In America, media ownership has sunk to six multi-nation organisations owning the mainstream media leadership. In Australia, we have the same situation, which also allows for cross-ownership of media.  This allows for not only duel television ownerships but also ownership of global internet services. Australian media owners share internet powerhouse news networks, like ‘Google’ ‘Yahoo’ and ‘MSN’. These are international news networks posting US political opinions under the ‘.au’ banner. Furthermore, it’s these global and social issues that find their way to ‘Facebook’ and ‘Twitter’ etc. In most case, the stories are just regurgitations of whatever is the flavour of the day on Television, Radio, the internet etc. 

Most international stories of the day stem from the shady organisation called the Associated Press. Who owns the Associated Press is a mystery, however, according to Wikipedia (another giant in internet propaganda):

“As of 2007, news collected by the AP was published and republished by more than 1,700 newspapers, in addition to more than 5,000 television and radio broadcasters. The photograph library of the AP consists of over 10 million images. The AP operates 243 news bureaus in 120 countries”.

 

This is an alarming amount of, unclarified global reporting. Were and are mainstream media journalists investigating stories or are they applying local spin to faceless organisations brainwashing reports. The genuine reporting of people like John Pilger or SBS Dateline tracking down Christopher Boyce is virtually unnoticed when compared to the Associated Press propaganda behemoth. 

Over two score, dual generations have been born and come of age since the events of the 11th November 1975, the forces leading to it and those that followed. 40 years on and Pine Gap is still located just north of Alice Springs and continues to operate in relative anonymity. The alliance of both United States and Australian secret intelligence agencies continues. Pine Gaps has enjoyed anonymity over the past forty years. While ASIO, ASIS and the CIA, Haves spasmodically released declassified files over this time, they have been virtually ignored by the mainstream media.

The ‘paranoia’ that Gough Whitlam appeared to be experiencing towards the end of his term as Prime Minister has proved to be valid. That there is secret government acting beyond the scope of everyday Australians is a disturbing reality. Since ‘The Dismissal’ no other Australian Prime Minister has dared to challenge the USA on any issue of security during their leadership.

Over the past ten years, Pine Gap has moved far beyond the scope of its original vague mission. For 30 years Pine Gap allegedly only monitored foreign satellites and nuclear installations.

 

According to the ABC’s 7:30 report on the 14th December 2014 its mission changed in 2001.As of 2001 information, satellite photos and telephone intercepts have been used directly for US drones strike. The bombings have included sites in Pakistan, Afghanistan, Yemen, Somalia, Syria and Iraq. The bulk of deaths resulting from the information obtained from Pine Gap has been civilians rather than ‘terrorist’. The situation apparently got a lot worse once Barack Obama took over as president when he ordered an escalation in drones’ strikes.

 

 In 2006 it was alleged, in the Sydney Morning Herald, that Pine Gap provided to Israel intelligence that resulted in air strikes within Lebanon that killed many civilians, while hunting a Hezbollah group.

With respect to ASIS and ASIO Operations, both organisations were given greater power following 911.ASIS operations are cloaked in secrecy, there is no reason to believe they are not still an extension of the CIA. Not having any further parliamentary inquiries into their actions, we can only wait and see whether anything comes out of covert exercises in Iraq, Syria, Indonesia or elsewhere.

In recent years, Clive Palmer, Australian politician, and businessman have been, represented as a ‘trouble-maker’ and a ‘nut’ because he has addressed members of the media about CIA involvement in Australia. Mr. Palmer was outspoken about the Rockefeller foundation (who are tied to the CIA) reports and the Greens Party of Australia. During several press conferences, Palmer has challenged journalist to read the Rockefeller foundation reports and asked questions that don’t comply with the Murdoch media agenda. To date not one member of the mainstream media has dared to examine the origins of the document.

Clive Palmer did backtrack on his allegation of treason against the Green Party however it’s still an interesting possibility. An anonymous CIA statement was released in response to the Palmer statement “…simply put these allegations aren’t true…” Regardless as to how much truth is attached to Palmer’s allegation, he did reference, the CIA’s involvement in Chile and the Whitlam dismissal as precedent. The reference to historic CIA involvement in Australia was ignored by commercial media and ‘laughed’ off by the Australian ABC network. 

   

ASIO, continue to spy on Australians, however, even without the strengthening of security laws, organisations like Centrelink have made their job a lot easier. Although Centrelink in an institution in Australia today, it’s often forgotten that it took the abolishment of Australia Privacy Laws to establish it. ASIO now have the luxury to view any Australians, Centrelink records, Australian Tax Office records, emails, and web searches, and record their phone calls and text messages.   

    

In recent years, opposition to Pine Gap has come from a most unusual position; Former Prime Minister Malcolm Fraser. The same man who took over from Whitlam during the coup has now called for the closure of Pine Gap. In his book ‘Dangerous Allies’ he refers to the Pine Gap installation as ‘un-Australian’, he goes on to explain that he believes the operations at Pine Gap have changed over the years. ‘The project for the new America’ security law changes, implemented straight after 911 granted the United States sovereignty over its military bases worldwide.As a result, Australia officially becomes a silent partner in the Pine Gap installation.

Pine Gap was initially set up primarily as a surveillance network. Fraser’s book also states that drone strikes in Afghanistan and Pakistan are being coordinated out of Pine Gap. This means the installations primary philosophy had changed from surveillance to active warfare. Fraser alleged the War powers act that allowed America to do this does not cover Australia, therefore in the eyes of the world court, Australia could be charged with War Crimes. 

 

Two generations ago Whitlam, Cairns and various members of the ALP have opposed Pine Gap due to potential vulnerability to foreign attack due to the secretive surveillance operations there.

Now, forty years on, if Fraser's allegations are correct, central Australia is the ’crown jewel’ of the United States military operations in the Southern hemisphere. Furthermore, if it is operating drone strikes out of the installation it seriously heightens the vulnerability of Australia to retaliatory actions. Therefore Australia carries all the risks associated with the actions of the United States on what should be Australian sovereign land. Meanwhile, the United States does as it pleases, and the sovereignty of Pine Gap is unofficially disputed land. When viewed in this light ASIS is an impenitent organisation, which, despite their original mission can only operate under the direction of the CIA.

So for the last 40 years very little has changed in Australia politics toward The USA and its secret masters. As in any capitalist system, trade has continued to grow. There has to be a limit. China is held to be a big hope, however they are surrounded by US military bases, but ultimately the world remains slaves to a monitory system. The amount of money being spent on global defences spending is beyond the comprehension of the average Australian. Is the money worth anything is a fair question?

As of June 2015, Russia and China are both expanding their territories. At the same time, the United States USS Antietam warship arrive in Sydney. It is here to engage in ‘war games’ with Australian naval services in northern Australia. According to ABC news Australia “There will be 21 US and Australian ships, 33,000 personnel, 200 aircraft and three submarines taking part in the training exercise”

Ultimately, defences spending, CIA, ASIS, ASIO, US and Australian governments, International drugs and arms trading, Associated Press, and International private banking institutions are interwoven. We are not looking at the 1% of the world’s wealthiest people; we are looking at the 1% of the1% of the 1%’s wealthiest people. Most of these people are so wealthy that money ceases to be relevant, and their power is absolute, their anonymity assured. 


Full text of "Marijuana Australia"

https://archive.org/stream/MarijuanaAustralia/Marijuana%20Australia_djvu.txt

Part  One

Cannabis Use, Popular Culture, and the Americanisation  of Drugs Policy in Australia, 1938 - 1988

John Lawrence Jiggens, BA

Centre for Social Change Research

Carseldine Campus

QUT

 

Submitted  in requirement for the degree,

Doctor of Philosophy,  April 2004

Marijuana Australiana

KEY WORDS:

Narcotics, Control of — Australia, Narcotics and crime — Australia, Cannabis use —

Australia, Popular Culture — Australia, Drugs policy — Australia, Organised crime —

Queensland, New South Wales, Cannabis prohibition — Australia, Police

corruption — Queensland, New South Wales, the counter-culture — Australia, Reefer

Madness — Australia, the War on Drugs — Australia, Woodward Royal Commission

(the Royal Commission into Drug Trafficking), the Williams Royal Commission

(Australian Royal Commission into Drugs), the Fitzgerald Inquiry, the Stewart

Royal Commission (Royal Commission into Nugan Hand), Chlorodyne, Cannabis —

medical use, cannabis indica, cannabis sativa, Gough Whitlam, Richard Nixon,

Donald Mackay, Johannes Bjelke- Petersen, Terry Lewis, Ray Whitrod, Fast Buck$,

Chris Masters, John Wesley Egan, the Corset Gang, Murray Stewart Riley, Bela

Csidei, Maurice Bernard 'Bernie' Houghton, Frank Nugan, Michael Jon Hand, Sir

Peter Abeles, Merv Wood, Sir Robert Askin, Theodore (Ted) Shackley, Fred Krahe,

James (Jimmy) Bazley, Gianfranco Tizzoni, Ken Nugan, Brian Alexander.

ABSTRACT

The word 'marijuana' was introduced to Australia by the US Bureau of Narcotics via the Diggers newspaper, Smith 's Weekly, in 1938. Marijuana was said to be 'a new drug that maddens victims' and it was sensationally described as an 'evil sex drug'.

The resulting tabloid furore saw the plant cannabis sativa banned in Australia, even though cannabis had been a well-known and widely used drug in Australia for many decades.

In 1964, a massive infestation of wild cannabis was found growing along a stretch  of the Hunter River between Singleton and Maitland in New South Wales. The

explosion in Australian marijuana use began there. It was fuelled after 1967 by US soldiers on rest and recreation leave from Vietnam. It was the Baby-Boomer young who were turning on. Pot smoking was overwhelmingly associated with the generation born in the decade after the Second World War. As the conflict over the Vietnam War raged in Australia, it provoked intense generational conflict between the Baby-Boomers and older generations. Just as in the US, pot was adopted by Australian Baby-Boomers as their symbol; and, as in the US, the attack on pot users served as code for an attack on the young, the Left, and the alternative.

In 1976, the 'War on Drugs' began in earnest in Australia with paramilitary attacks on the hippie colonies at Cedar Bay in Queensland and Tuntable Falls in

New South Wales. It was a time of increasing US style prohibition characterised by 'tough-on-drugs' right-wing rhetoric, police crackdowns, numerous murders, and a marijuana drought followed quickly by a heroin plague; in short by a massive worsening of 'the drug problem'. During this decade, organised crime moved into the pot scene and the price of pot skyrocketed, reaching $450 an ounce in 1988.

Thanks to the Americanisation of drugs policy, the black market made 'a killing'.

In Marijuana Australiana I argue that the 'War on Drugs' developed — not for health reasons — but for reasons of social control; as a domestic counter-revolution against the Whitlamite, Baby-Boomer generation by older Nixonite Drug War warriors like Queensland Premier, Bjelke-Petersen.

It was a misuse of drugs policy which greatly worsened drug problems, bringing with it American-style organised crime.

 As the subtitle suggests, Marijuana Australiana relies significantly on 'alternative' sources, and I trawl the waters of popular culture, looking for

songs,  posters, comics and underground magazines to produce an 'underground' history of  cannabis in Australia. This 'pop' approach is balanced with a hard-edged, quantitative analysis of the size of the marijuana market, the movement of price, and  the seizure figures in the section called 'History By Numbers'.

As Alfred McCoy  notes, we need to understand drugs as commodities. It is only through a detailed  understanding of the drug trade that the deeper secrets of this underground world can  be revealed. In this section, I present an economic history of the cannabis market and  formulate three laws of the market.

 

Marijuana Australiana

 

Introduction: The History of an Underground World 1 1

 

PART ONE: The End of Legal Cannabis in Australia

 

Chapter 1 : The Reefer Madness Campaign of 1938 23

 

Chapter 2: 'Marijuana' or Indian Hemp? 26

 

Chapter 3: The Second Smith's Weekly Article 31

 

PART TWO: The Rediscovery of Cannabis in Australia

 

Chapter 4: The Hunter Valley Crop 34

 

Chapter 5: I'd Love to Turn You On! 38

 

Chapter 6: Teenage Heaven: Sex, Dope and Gough Whitlam 47

 

PART THREE: The War on Drugs in Australia

 

Chapter 7: Richard Nixon and the War on Drugs in Australia 54

 

Chapter 8: The Murder of Donald Mackay 61

 

Chapter 9 The Woodward Royal Commission 64

 

Chapter 10: An Australian Richard Nixon 70

 

Chapter 11: The Cedar Bay Alliance 74

 

Chapter 12: Regime of Corruption 89

 

Chapter 13: Justice Williams and the Americanisation of 107

 

Drugs Policy in Australia

 

PART FOUR: History by Numbers

 

Chapter 14: History by Numbers 113

 

PART FIVE: The Sydney Connection: Nugan Hand

and the murder of Donald Mackay

 

Chapter 15: The Massive Pot Seizures of 1975 - 1978 150

 

and the Sydney Connection

 

Chapter 16: John Wesley Egan and the CIA's Secret War 158

 

Chapter 17: Bernie Houghton and the R and R Years 161

 

Chapter 18: The Second Sydney Connection 166

 

Chapter 19: Michael Hand 168

 

Chapter 20: Murray Riley 170

 

Chapter 2 1 : Bela Csidei and Harry Wainwright 180

 

Chapter 22: The Trojan Horse Bank 184

 

Chapter 23 : The Small Army: The Nugan Hand Team 188

 

Chapter 24: The CIA Bank? 190

 

Chapter 25 : Frank Nugan and the Murder of Donald Mackay 1 97

 

Chapter 26: The Secret Accounts 207

 

Chapter 27: The Stewart Royal Commission into Nugan Hand 211

 

Chapter 28: Framing Jimmy Bazley 217

 

Chapter 29: On Seeing the Sydney Connection 223

 

Chapter 30: Mignight's Child 231

 

Chapter 3 1 : The Drug Joke: Drugs and Police Corruption

 

234

Chapter 32: 25 Years of the War on Drugs in Australia 241

5

Marijuana Australiana

Conclusion and Appendixes: 247

Appendix 1 : The White Knight - Sir PeterAbeles and his circle 252

Appendix 2: Gough Whitlam on CIA Activity in Australia 258

6

Marijuana Australiana

List of Illustrations

Illustration 1: Smith's Weekly, April 23, 1938

Illustration 2: Cannabis Medicines

Illustration 3: Smith's Weekly, June 11, 1938

Illustration 4: 'How the Press Extend Police Powers', Patrick Cook, New

Journalist, 1978

Illustration 5: 'The Addict' by Martin Sharp, OZ magazine 1966

Illustration 6: 'Showday' by Ian McCausland, Wild & Woolley Comix Book

Illustration 7: 'The Times they are Remaining' by Terry Murphy, The Cane Toad

Times, October 1978

Illustration 8: The Bush Bust Ballard by Neil Pike

Illustration 9: 'Speak, Earthperson' by Damien Ledwich, The Cane Toad Times #4

December 1978

Illustration 10: 'Criminal' from Fast Buck$newsletter #7

Illustration 11: Pig City by the Parameters

Illustration 12: Pig City', poster

Illustration 13: 'What is a Criminal?', poster

Illustration 14: One J (The One Gram Reefer)

Illustration 15: The Sydney Connection & the Massive Seizures of 1975 -1978

Illustration 16: Nugan Hand International

Illustration 17: 'Mr Dick' by Moll, Australasian Seed, July 1977

List of Tables

Table 1: Detection of Cannabis by Police in New South Wales:

Table 2: Seizure of Cannabis by Police and Customs 1972 and 1973

Table 3: The Australian Marijuana Industry Chart, 1973-1998

Table 4: Drug Law Enforcement costs 1987-88

Table 5: Cost of Drug Law Enforcement (Cost.DLE) by year

Table 6: Drug Law Enforcement costs (Marks VNDS)

Table 7: No. of Prisoners in Australia on Drug Offences V Total Prison Population

in Australia by Year

Table 8: Government Expenditure on Justice (in 1998/99 dollars)

Table 9: Police Numbers in Australia

Table 10: Combined Australian Marijuana Industry, 1973-1998

Table 11: Cannabis and Drug Offences 1973 - 1984

Table 12: Regime of Prohibition as Drug Offences per Thousand Users

Table 13: Regime of Prohibition as Cost of Drug Law Enforcement per user

Table 14: Price of pot v Regime of Prohibition

Table 15: Drug Offences Rate by State by Year (ending 30 June)

Table 16: The Size of the Australian Pot Market Estimated by the Seizure Method v

the Estimate from the Green Mean model

Table 17: Adjusted Seizure Figures

List of Graphs

Graph 1: Opoid Overdose Mortality Rate among People aged 15-44 Years in

Australia, 1965 -1997

Graph 2: Drug Offences in Qld, 1968 -1988

Graph 3: The Green Mean Model of the Australian Marijuana Industry

Graph 4: Imprisonment Rates in Australia, 1900 -20

7

Marijuana Australiana

Graph 5: Regime of Prohibition in Whitlams (drug offences/thousand smokers

1973-1998)

Graph 6: Regime of Prohibition (in Whitlams) V Price of Pot (in $Whitlams)

Graph 7: Cost of the War on Drugs in Australia

Statement of original authorship

The work contained in this thesis has not been previously submitted for a degree

or diploma at any other higher education institution. To the best of my knowledge

and belief, the thesis contains no material previously published or written by

another person except where due reference is made.

Acknowledgments

I would like to express my thanks and gratitude to my supervisor, Drew Hutton, and my assistant supervisor, Carl Trocki, for their guidance, encouragement and

critical input. I also thank those who granted me interviews, namely: Keith Moor (author of Crims in Grass Castles); Fats Parementer (writer of Pig City);

 Chris Masters (Four Corners reporter on The Moonlight State); Neil Pike (writer of BushBust Ballard); as well as Greg George, Mitch Thompson and Ian Kerr — for all their information and insight. I would like to express my gratitude to those makers of Marijuana Australiana, cartoonists Matt Mawson, Damien Ledwich, Terry Murphy, Ian McCausland, Martin Sharp and Patrick Cook for permission to reproduce their works, and, of course, for their remarkable insights. In a similar vein, thanks to writers such as Fast Buck$, JJ McRoach and others from the underground magazines (chiefly Weed/Seed/Need/Greed etc and The Cane Toad Times). Thanks also to the Department of the Premier and Cabinet(South Australia) for granting me access to the Sackville Royal Commission Archives, and to the Criminal Justice Commission for granting me access to the files of the Fitzgerald Inquiry.

Marijuana Australiana Glossary

Baby-Boomer - A member of the generation born after the Second World War in the post-war 'baby boom' from 1946 to 1964.

God - A senior policeman said to control the Drug Joke. 

The Green Light - A vice entreprenuer who is given the Green Light, or the go- ahead, by corrupt police to engage in crime under their protection is said to be 'greenlighted'.

The Joke - The name given to the de-facto regulation of the vice trade in Queensland by the corrupt police. Level Five corruption, Queensland-style.

The Drug Joke - The de-facto regulation of the drug trade by corrupt police.

The Laugh - (also the Giggle). Terms used by NSW police to describe Level Five corruption in that state.

Load - Police slang meaning to verbal or set up a criminal.

Mary Jane - One of the common names for drug cannabis. Also pot, grass, dope, shit, marijuana (sometimes spelt marihuana).

R and R - A contraction of rest and recreation leave, a period of leave granted to US soldiers during the Vietnam War.

Redecoration - Furniture or other objects broken during a police raid.

Regime of Prohibition - a measure of how hard governments enforce prohibition,

determined from the ratio of the number of drug offences per thousand drug users.

Regimes of Prohibition - Periods of years with similar 'regime of prohibition'.

Robert Stack - Rhyming slang for smack or heroin. Named after the actor who played Elliot Ness in the sixties TV series, The Untouchables.

The Sydney Connection - The principals of a drug conspiracy supplying the U.S. market via Australia.

Verbal - Police slang meaning to manufacture or concoct a confession.

Whippy - Derived from whip-around, money found during the execution of a warrant which is retained and divided among police.

 

The History of an Underground

World

An Introduction to the Thesis, Methodology and the

Literature

The Thesis

This work is both an economic history and a literary history of cannabis use in Australia during the half-century of prohibition between 1938 and 1988,

and the two sections are guided by differing theses.

The dominant thesis in the literary history is the idea that 'the War on Drugs' in Australia developed not for health reasons

but for reasons of social control; as a domestic counter-revolution against the Whitlamite, Baby-Boomer generation by Drug War warriors like

Queensland Premier Joh Bjelke-Petersen and the youthful John Howard, who were followers and supporters of the US and its President Richard Nixon.

This is an adaptation of Dan Baum's thesis in Smoke and Mirrors that the War on Drugs in the US was a Nixonite code 

for a War on 'the young, the poor, and the black'. 1

I argue that the twenty-four-year period between 1964 and 1988 was characterised by two differing 'regimes of prohibition'. The first period lasted from

1964 to the overthrow of the Whitlam government in the constitutional coup of 1 1 November 1975. It was characterised by the $30 ounce,

 a relatively benign view of cannabis and a search for an independent Australian drugs policy. During this period marijuana smoking became the cultural symbol of the Baby-Boomers generation and spread widely among the under 30s.

The fall of the Whitlam government is the fault line that divides the two regimes of prohibition.

 

The second regime of prohibition, the War on Drugs, started in 1976 with paramilitary attacks on hippie colonies at Cedar Bay in Queensland and Tuntable

Falls in New South Wales. It was a time of increasing US style prohibition characterised by 'tough-on-drugs', right-wing rhetoric, police crackdowns,

numerous murders and a marijuana drought followed quickly by a heroin plague; in short, by a massive worsening of 'the drug problem'.

During this decade, organised crime moved into the pot scene and the price of pot skyrocketed, reaching $450 an ounce in 1988. Thanks to this Americanisation of drugs policy, the black market made 'a killing'.

 

My economic history has been heavily influenced by Drugs, Crime & Society, the

Report by the Parliamentary Joint Committee on the National Crime Authority,

hereafter referred to as the Cleeland Report (after its Chairman Peter Cleeland MP)

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

Marijuana Australiana

 

 

 

which was the first government report to approach marijuana as a commodity and to

treat the marijuana trade as a market. It was a wonderfully numerate report: the first

government report to estimate the size of the marijuana market and its black market

value, just as it was the first to estimate the cost of drug law enforcement. My

section 'History By Numbers', and my approach in general, owes much to the

Cleeland Report. 2

Likewise Clement and Daryal (1999), whose work, The Economics of Marijuana

Consumption, is the only other model of the Australian cannabis market, base their

model upon Cleeland too. Our models, which were developed independently and

contemporaneously, have as many differences as similarities, but we both agree on

Cleeland as the point of departure. I explain the two different models in 'History By  Numbers', and demonstrate how, with minor adjustments, Clements and Daryal's

model approximates my own. By modifying Clements and Daryal (1999) in this

way, I demonstrate two different, yet compatible, ways of estimating the size of

the Australian cannabis market. 3

In many ways, 'History By Numbers' is simply the Cleeland Report extended

over a 25 year period. Its various sections estimate the size and value of the

marijuana market, the cost of drug law enforcement, and the price of marijuana in

the period from 1973 to 1998. My original contribution lies in the concept of the

'regime of prohibition' - which is my way of measuring the amount of drug law

repression per smoker - which is the voodoo number linking price, seizure

percentages, and offences in my model. My aim is to build an historic model of the

Australian marijuana market, so be warned! In these sections you will need your

calculator handy!

To free myself from the blindfold of ideology, I have adopted an empirical,

scientific approach; and in 'History By Numbers', I propose and test three 'laws' of

the illicit cannabis market:

1 . The price of pot varies with the regime of prohibition;

 

2. The percentage of pot seized varies with the regime of prohibition; and

 

3. The regime of corruption varies with the regime of prohibition.

Stripped of the jargon, Propositions 1 and 2 simply assert that as governments

 

press down, as the number of drug offences rises, price goes up, and the amount of

pot seized will increase proportionally. Propositions 3 is simply an outcome of

Proposition 1 . Because price rises with government crackdowns, the value of the

black market rises proportionally, and the amount of money available from the black

market to fuel corruption increases proportionally with the 'regime of prohibition'.

Every dollar spent on drug law enforcement acts as a multiplier for the black

market. Consequently, those who benefit most from prohibition are organised crime

and corrupt police. This explains the notion, first developed in 'The Cedar Bay

Alliance', that prohibition draws its political strength from an alliance between Mr

Big (organised crime) and Mr Bigot (right-wing politicians). In 'The Cedar Bay

Alliance', the role of Mr Big was played by corrupt Police Commissioner Terry

Lewis, while the role of Mr Bigot was played by Queensland Premier Sir Joh Bjelke- Petersen, but these roles, like the role of 'God' or 'the Sydney Connection', can almost be considered archetypes, roles which recur under prohibition.

The alliance of Mr Big and Mr Bigot explains 'the Joke', the entrenched system of corruption  whereby organised crime is 'greenlighted'.

Although this history covers the period between 1938 and 1988, it was the period

between 1975 and 1979 which was most thoroughly analysed. The reasons for this

are many. Firstly, this was the period when the regime of prohibition changed,

producing the unusual 'mega-features' which accompanied this change in drugs

policy — the criminal takeover of the pot scene, the marijuana drought, and the

heroin plague. Secondly, my major underground sources, the

Weed/Seed/Need/Greed series and the first Cane Toad Times series, were published

in this period. Thirdly, this was the time of massive cannabis seizures, the time in  which my model of the Australian marijuana market was most fully tested.

 So both my 'lenses' were at their most powerful in this period. Fourthly, it was the time of the Nugan Hand Bank and the murder of Donald Mackay, which came to

occupy my attention more and more as I began to understand its central role in

this history.

Fifthly, it was the 'Age of Royal Commissions', a time which was extensively

investigated by the Williams, Woodward and Stewart Royal Commissions and by

writers like Alfred McCoy, Bob Bottom, Evan Whitton and many others, whose

works are discussed below. Finally, in 'The Sydney Connection', I discovered a

unifying solution to many of the unsolved mysteries of this period.

It was the curious serendipity of my numbers driven approach which led me,

quite unexpectedly, to the network associated with the largest drug busts of the

seventies, the group I call the Sydney Connection. These were indisputably the Mr

Bigs of the seventies and they were big, not just in the Australian market, but in the US market as well. That they were the group behind the murder of

Donald Mackay was the ugly truth that 'the three blind commissioners' — Justice Edward Williams,  Justice Phillip Woodward and Justice Donald Stewart — tried so successfully not to  see. The Americans were selling us our drug laws; they could not possibly be selling  us our drugs too?! Sadly, commissioner, they were.

The three blind commissioners — Williams, Woodward and Stewart — were alljudges. Almost invariably, it seems a rule that the commissions and inquiries

conducted by judges produced the poorest reports. Stewart's report into Nugan Hand simply whitewashed the CIA; Woodward's conclusion that the drug scene in

Australia was dominated by an Italian secret society was nonsense; while Williams' report, in his discussion of the crucial seizure figures of 1975-1978,

verges on the  incompetent. Strangely, the use of judges to determine drugs policy has not

been seen as absurd or even faintly ridiculous; yet really it is a curious notion, on a par with making a brain surgeon Attorney-General!

On Methodology

Possession of the smallest amounts of cannabis is an offence under laws like the Drugs Misuse Act 1986 (Qld) in every state in Australia,

while the cultivation of a few cannabis plants can constitute the major crime of drug trafficking.

As a  consequence of these laws, the world of cannabis use and cannabis users is an illicit  and underground world.

For the historian of cannabis use in Australia in the period  of prohibition, this creates an obvious problem:

How do you write the history of an underground world??

The answer that suggests itself is obvious, and is not quite as ridiculous as it sounds. You can write the history of an underground world by

using underground and informal archives. Having reached this conclusion, the hard task begins: where to locate these underground archives? Fortunately,

as a result of the RainbowArchive initiative of the Mitchell Library, Australia does have a high quality'underground' archive, and this work owes a large debt to the Rainbow Archives project.

I was also fortunate in having access to the HEMP archives from the newspaper HEMP of which I was editor, which included a collection of earlier cannabis law

reform magazines such as the Weed/Seed/Need/Greed series. I have drawn heavily on these and other underground magazines, chiefly The Cane Toad Times, for this

history. The other underground magazines I should acknowledge are OZ, Revolution, High Times, The Digger, The Living Daylights and Norml News. Most of these rare alternative magazines can be found in either the HEMP archives or The Rainbow

Archives collection in the Mitchell Library. Of these various underground magazines, my greatest source came from the crew who produced

 the Weed/Seed/Need/Greed series. The unofficial voice of Australia's marijuana users, every issue of Weed/Seed/Need/Greed was banned. The publishers

stayed one step ahead of the censor by changing the name after each banning, causing the name progression Weed/Seed/Need/Greed through to ?eed,

until the final masthead, which consisted of a large (obviously upper-case) marijuana leaf, followed by three smaller (lower-case) marijuana leaves,

a humourously iconic piece of typography which was (sadly) their final joke on the censor. I particularly admire  that teller of A Dozen Dopey Yarns,

JJ McRoach , who was the first editor of that  much banned magazine. 4 I would also thank John Anderson, aka Fast Buck$,

 whose  articles mWeed/Seed/Need/Greed, and subsequent Fast BuckS Newsletters, proved a  mine of useful information.

The rest of McRoach's crew were impressive. Besides himself and John Anderson, they included Michael Wilding, Professor of English at Sydney University, joint publisher of Wild and Woolley, and one of the most important writers and literary figures in Australia; Colin Talbot, one of

Australia's leading  'new journalists' whose article on 'The Drug Squad Pavillion' is featured in Part  Two of this work; John Halpin, another new journalist and editor of The Brown  Tapes; Melbourne poet and playwright, Phil Motherwell; and, Australia's greatest  nineteenth century writer, Marcus Clarke, whose short story, Cannabis Indica, was  republished in The Australasian Weed 110 years after it was written, accompanied  by an excellent article on Marcus Clarke and cannabis written by Michael Wilding. 5

In another literary coup, Phil Motherwell interviewed the man said to be the model

for the Javo character in Helen Garner's contemporary novel Monkey Grip (i.e. himself!). Wilding also contributed a very good historical piece on hemp

 in colonial  Australia. Despite its underground and illegal status, the Weed/Seed/Need/Greed  series had a formidable crew of contributors and the quality of its articles was  excellent.

This is, consequently, an unconventional and underground history, which relies far less on government archives than most, and a great deal more on banned and

illegal magazines. It employs two unusual 'lenses'. The first lens I employ is the lens  of popular culture to tell the story of the development of

Australia's cannabis laws  and the Australian cannabis trade through the eyes of cannabis

users themselves. Although I too make the obligatory pilgrimage to the government archives, I also  trawl the waters of popular culture, looking for songs,

posters, comics and  underground magazines.

The title Marijuana Australiana embodies this 'pop culture' approach as does the subtitle. Overall, this allows me to be more pluralistic

than conventional histories, enabling me to present the alternative view of the debate  as well as the elite view.

The second lens I employ is the lens of an economic history of the Australian cannabis trade, the lens I call 'History By Numbers'.

By analysing the historical relationship between the number of cannabis users, the amount of cannabis seized,

the number of drug offences, and the price of pot, vI reveal the 'Invisible Hand' at  work in the Australian cannabis trade. Cannabis,

like any other commodity, is a  trade, and an understanding of the cannabis economy is vital for understanding this  underground world.

For the statistics used in this section, I rely on a large number of government reports produced by various Royal Commissions, Australian Customs,

 the National Drugs Strategy and the Australian Institute of Health and Welfare, as  well as the Year Book Australia and other publications of the Australian Bureau of

Statistics.

While the lens of popular culture is useful for revealing the world of ordinary users, the lens of economic history, by contrast, reveals the world at the top of the cannabis trade. In this way, my two lenses complement each other.

They are 'bi-  focals'. This work is both an economic history and a literary history of the Australian cannabis trade. In the sections on the counter-culture and the War on Drugs, the narrative owes a great deal to various popular culture texts. In 'The Sydney

Connection', the economic history drives the narrative.

This is the technique I refer n to as doing 'History By Numbers'.

What this technique uncovered, when employed over the crucial years of 1975- 1978, was an enormous distortion in the Australian cannabis market caused by the

operation in Australia of a trans-Pacific drug smuggling conspiracy, which supplied the U.S. market from Australia. This was the Sydney Connection.

 This discovery (or  rather rediscovery) of the 'export theory' was a crucial revelation.

The seizure figures proved to be very informative. By analysing them it was possible to discover who the Mr Bigs of the drug trade were through an examination

of the relationships between the principals of the major cannabis seizures.

They also  revealed a surprising anomoly. Remarkably, the size of local production seemed well  in excess of local consumption in the seventies, suggesting that the Australian  cannabis market was composed of an internal market and an export trade.

These ideas coalesced in 'The Sydney Connection', which is one of the unifying concepts  in this work.

Another unifying concept is the concept of 'regime of prohibition' and the idea that there are 'regimes of prohibition'. Briefly, it is possible to measure

quantitatively how hard governments crack down, or how hard they enforce prohibition. One measure of this is to look at the number of drug offences

prosecuted  each year. There are, however, ways of massaging the drug offences number to  produce even better measures.

One of these measures (useful for comparing populations of different sizes) is to look at the rate of drug offences per

100,000  population. The best measure of all is to look at the rate of drug

offences per thousand drug users. It is from this figure that I derive the regime of prohibition,  which is my measure of 'the heat on the street' or how much government resources  are employed in repressing each individual drug user. Using this method, a  government which prosecutes drug offences at the rate of 50 drug offences per 1000 drug users is said to be pressing down four times as hard as a government that  prosecutes at a rate of 12.5 drug offences per 1000 drug users, and, consequently, its  relative regime of prohibition is 4. Regimes of prohibition are simply years of similar regime of prohibition.

An Overview of the Literature

The outstanding books in the field of Australian drugs policy are

Drug Traffic 6 by Alfred McCoy and From Mr Sin To Mr Big 1 by Desmond Manderson, and this work  can be seen as complementary to these texts. My aim is to build upon their  foundations; to stand (as Newton would recommend) upon their shoulders.

Drug Traffic, Alfred McCoy's history of narcotics and organised crime in Australia 'from Gallipoli to Griffith',

covers very similar territory to this work, the major difference being that McCoy was a heroin expert whereas my focus is on

cannabis. Our styles of history are similar too. Just as I use underground magazines to give 'a view from the street',

 McCoy employed the poetry of David King, one of the many young Australians who died of a heroin overdose in 1977, to show the

world through the eyes of a heroin user.

 

One of the great strengths of Drug Traffic was its international perspective.



Amongst Australian authorities, a combination of incompetence and conspiracy led to a denial of any international dimensions to the Australian drug trade.

McCoy, a Pacific historian who had written previously about the Southeast Asian drug trade, was too experienced to fall for this.

 

Unfortunately, Drug Traffic was published in 1980, just before the whole Nugan

Hand affair broke. Effectively, this often left McCoy with only half the clues. So, although he devoted considerable space to Murray Riley, he was unaware of the Michael Hand/CIA/Laos connection; a connection he would well have understood.

McCoy was aware of some of the allegations about Frank Nugan, because the investigations into the Nugans started in 1977,

and the Nugans were given a brief, but pointed, mention in Drug Traffic

. However, the investigations into Nugan Hand were only at a preliminary stage when Drug Traffic was completed.

 

I have attempted to add these Nugan Hand threads to McCoy in my portraits of Frank Nugan and Murray Riley in the section

'The Sydney Connection: Nugan Hand and the Murder of Donald Mackay'. McCoy was also a source for my portrait of

John Wesley Egan, and much else. For example, David Hickie's The Prince and The Premier*, the other outstanding history of organised crime in Australia, was inspired by McCoy's pioneering work. I am also indebted to McCoy's other works The

Politics of Heroin 9 and The Politics of Heroin in Southeast Asia 10 for shaping the idea of 'The Sydney Connection';

an idea also inspired by David Hickie's

  monumental expose of the political and criminal associations of

Sir Robert Askin in  The Prince and The Premier.

From Mr Sin To Mr Big by Desmond Manderson is the other outstanding work in the drugs policy field that has influenced my research. Manderson traces the

development of Australian drug laws from the nineteenth century to the present and shows how these laws were influenced by racism, international pressure and

professional rivalry between doctors and chemists

From Mr Sin To Mr Big is a fine,  academic work and Manderson has trawled the archives well. My approach differs  significantly from Manderson' s

because it is a lot more 'popular', relying far less on government records and a great deal more on 'alternative' sources.

In this regard, I  am Manderson's complement. Because his work was there, covering the  development of drugs policy from the elite perspective, this allowed me more room  to explore my alternative and underground world. Both McCoy and Manderson

analysed the Williams and Woodward Royal Commissions with a great deal of understanding, and their works were most useful in this area.

Henrik Kruger's The Great Heroin Coup: Drugs, Intelligence and International

Fascism was another influence on the idea of the Sydney Connection. Kruger's work examined the reshaping of the world's heroin trade routes which followed the

break-up of the French Connection in 1972. The Great Heroin Coup (according to Kruger)  involved the takeover by the U.S. of the Southeast Asian heroin trade. While Kruger, a European, focused on the reshaping of the Atlantic drug trade,

I examine a  complementary Pacific drug route, the Sydney connection, which emerged at this  time when the world's heroin trade w

as reformed after the breaking up of the French  Connection. 11  

Nugan Hand is mystery spin, and the Stewart Royal Commission floundered

hopelessly against it. Fortunately, a great team of investigative journalists were also  on the trail: Jonathon Kwitny in The Crimes of Patriots 11 plays Nugan Hand best; see  also Marian Wilkinson and Brian Toohey's The Book of Leaks", McCoy in The  Politics of Heroin; John Pilger in .4 Secret Country 14 , and David's Corn's excellent biography of Ted Shackley, Blond Ghost 15 . Most of these books rely heavily on th Report of the Commonwealth-New South Wales Joint Task Force on Drug

Trafficking 16 , which is very guarded in its style, partly because its subject matter is  so explosive. The Joint Task Force took over Justice Woodward's outstanding  investigations and their report was the only official probe of the Sydney Connection.

Similar high praise can be awarded to the Fitzgerald Report. Written by Tony

Fitzgerald QC before his elevation to the Queensland and New South Wales

Supreme Courts, this is a compelling investigation of police and political

corruption  in Queensland 17 . Fitzgerald's report in turn inspired other books like Phil Dickie's

The Road to Fitzgerald 1 *, Quentin Dempster's Honest Cops 19 , and Evan Whitton's

The Hillbilly Dictator 20 , which have contributed substantially to my chapters on

Queensland. I have frequently consulted Whitton's other works, Can of Worms P 1

and Can of Worms II 22 in the course of my research. These discuss the corruption in  Queensland and New South Wales, uncovered by the Royal Commissions of that period. I also admire Whitton's The Cartel: Lawyers and Their Nine Magic Tricks 27 ",  which is an outstanding analysis of the failings of the British and Australian legal systems.

Like Whitton, I have done my time as a court reporter. I covered the most famous

frame-up in Australian history, the trial of Tim Anderson for the Hilton Hotel bombing, for Radio 4ZZZ and for Rolling Stone magazine in 1990. 1 wrote a book,

The Incredible Exploding Man: Evan Pederick and the Trial of Tim Anderson about that court case 24 .

 Reading the accounts of the trial of James Frederick Bazley for  conspiracy to murder Donald Mackay evoked strong feelings of deja vu.

It appeared  to me that Jimmy Bazley was framed. For a long time, this made me uncertain how to play the murder of Donald Mackay,

which is one of the key events in this history.

In my early chapter, 'The Murder of Donald Mackay', I played the Mackay murder

with the straightest bat possible, in a purely defensive way. But the conventional

solution to the Mackay murder has always worried me.

Like the Hilton, the Mackay murder was a high profile case which the NSW police had not solved, and they were under enormous pressure to solve it. Like the

Hilton, there were those who whispered that the NSW police were themselves involved in the murder. In my experience, it is this kind of pressure,

where the police  need an answer, any answer, just as long as it is not the real answer, which,  almost  by magic, conjures 'the frame'.

The difference between the two cases lay in the qualities of the men framed.

Unlike Tim Anderson, who was a highly intelligent, highly articulate political activist, whose case became a cause celebre, Jimmy Bazley was an unattractive

character, a petty crim, with no support base at all.

 His accuser, Gianfranci Tizzoni,  was a much less believable witness than

Evan Pederick, the witness I dubbed 'the  Incredible Exploding Man', not only because Pederick claimed to be the Hilton  bomber,

but because his stories of that event, when examined in detail, kept blowing  up in his face.

What made Pederick a believable witness was that he apparently had  nothing to gain by confessing to the Hilton bombing, apart from notoreity.

 On the  other hand, Tizzoni was facing very serious drug charges and he and his gang were  being rewarded with indemnities and offers of leniency for their 'confessions'. It  was when I saw the Sydney Connection that I understood who murdered Donald Mackay, and why.

Seeing the Sydney Connection also gave me the ability to play  Nugan Hand in an original way.

I would like to thank Keith Moor, author of Crims in Grass Castles 15 , for allowing me to interview him. His work and Bob Bottom's Shadow of Shame 16 are

the best works on the murder of Donald Mackay. Although I disagree with their conclusions, I found both books very informative. Moor's work is particularly

useful  because he interviewed both James Bazley and Gianfranco Tizzoni. Where we differ  is on the credibility of Tizzoni 'the Supergrass',

who is believed by both Moor and  Bottom, whereas I consider Tizzoni to be a transparent fabricator. 

Bob Bottom has speculated much about the Mackay murder in other books, besides Shadow of Shame. Curiously, I agree with his speculations about the Mackay

murder in books like The Godfather in Australia 27 and Without Fear or Favour 2 *. In  these works, Bottom anticipates 'The Sydney Connection'. Bottom's other works on  organised crime in this period include Connections F 9 and Connections IP .

In my  opinion, Bottom's great, unstated theme is the Americanisation of organised crime in  Australia in the seventies, though Bottom himself

does not seem to recognise this.  

The Godfather in Australia is (mostly) an excellent piece of reportage, but the  early chapters are, especially in comparison with Drug Traffic and The Prince and the Premier, an inferior and wrong-headed history of organised crime in Australia.

In these chapters, Bottom suggests that organised crime in Australia is dominated by a secret Italian society, which I find extremely dubious, if not racist. The Italian  presence, like the Lebanese and Chinese, is undeniable; but the Irish — the Kellys  and the Murphys —

take precedence over the Sergis and the Bellinos; and above all  the ethnics are the corrupt members of the Sydney Establishment

and their American  gangster friends.  

In this regard, the mirror world of the illegal drug trade simply reflects the power  structures of the public world.

It is simple economics that the Americans dominate the world illicit drug trade because the US drugs market is the largest

in the world, something like 50% of the world drug trade.

As a consequence, Australia, like many  other countries, finds itself embroiled in the violence and politics of the $200 billion  US drugs black market. It is only our traditional subservience to 'our great and  powerful ally' which makes us shrink from this truth.

In marked contrast to the works of the three blind commissioners, the Sackville

Royal Commission into the Non-Medical Use of Drugs in South Australia

represented a thoughtful examination of the drug problem in Australia. Headed by a

triumvirate consisting of a professor of law, a professor of medicine and a professor  of sociology, and aided by an exceptional research team,

 the various publications of  the Sackville Royal Commission have the advantage of being written by people who were experts in the field, rather than by judges. I would single out two of their  productions for praise: John Lonie's (1978) A Social History of Drug Control in  Australia; 2,1 and Keith Windshuttle' s unpublished monograph Drugs and the Press,

1977-1979 22 . Windshuttle's analysis is that the media play a dubious,

 double role, simultaneously glamorising drugs and drug use while condemning them.

Windshuttle summarised this 'Reefer Madness' style as a formula consisting of titilation, followed by arousal, followed by condemnation.

Predictably, the Sackville  Commission's sensible and intelligent Final Report 33 was savaged by the Murdoch  media with this same formula of moral

outrage and condemnation. I would like to express my gratitude to the Department of the Premier and Cabinet (South Australia)

 for granting me access to the Sackville Archives.

Marijuana Australiana is thus a history of an illicit world, the world of cannabisuse and cannabis users in Australia between 1938 and 1988,

which uses significant illicit sources. It is in five parts. The first part looks at the ending of legal cannabis in  Australia in the years following 1938,

when the word 'marijuana' was first  introduced into Australia. The second part looks at the rebirth of cannabis use  

amongst the Baby-Boomer young during that decade of dissent (1964 -1975) known  variously as the Vietnam years and the Whitlam years.

The third part looks at the launch of the War on Drugs in the decade that followed the dismissal of the Whitlam  government in the 'constitutional coup' of 


November 1975, and describes the social  forces that propelled this Americanisation of drugs policy in Australia. The fourth  part is an economic history of the Australian cannabis market in the period 1973-  1998, called 'History By Numbers'. The fifth part synthesises this economic history  with the previous literary history to explain the 'mega-features' of the War on Drugs  period, and to provide an insight into the top of the Australian cannabis trade. While the third part examined the War on Drugs from the bottom level, from the level of  the ordinary cannabis user, the fifth part examines the cannabis trade at the highest  level, the level of international drug traffickers, the level of Nugan Hand and the  Sydney Connection. 





1973- In Australia, the Nugan Hand Bank begins operations with 30% of the stock held by Australasian and Pacific Holdings (100% Chase Manhattan Bank), 25% by CIA's Air America (known as 'Air Opium'), 25% by South Pacific Properties and 20% held by Seldon, Nugan and Hand.

Experiments with implanting electrodes in the brain carried out at Vacaville and elsewhere. Behavior mod unit started at El Reno, Oklahoma, prison; START type program introduced to Maryland public schools by Behavior Research Institute. Sixth UFO flap year.



Flight 553 Revisited Alex Botto, Jr., who had infiltrated the Joseph Sarelli air piracy gang for the Citizen's Committee to Clean Up the Courts (CCCUC), seized by federal marshals, taken to the federal prison hospital at Springfield, Missouri, and held for 40 days without hearing or trial; Botto and another CCCUC agent, Joseph Zale, testified to seeing evidence from the sabotaged United Airlines Flight 553 in the Sarelli mob's possessions and turned over evidence on this and an earlier crash robbery to Nixon's Strike Force in Chicago; just before the reopening of the case Zale was indicted in an alleged frameup by federal agencies; CCCUC chairman Sherman Skolnich revealed at the 553 hearings that his group had stolen the entire government file, 1300 pages of documentation, and was presenting it as evidence of foul play in the Midway Airport crash.



1973 - International banker and staunch member of the subversive Council on Foreign Relations, David Rockefeller founds a new organization called the Trilateral Commission. He invites future President Jimmy Carter to become one of the founding members. Zbigniew Brzezinski is the organization's first director.

1973 - "Humanist Manifesto II" is published: "The next century can be and should be the humanistic century...we stand at the dawn of a new age...a secular society on a planetary scale...as non-theists we begin with humans not God, nature not deity...we deplore the division of humankind on nationalistic grounds...Thus we look to the development of a system of world law and a world order based upon trans-national federal government...The true revolution is occurring."



1973 - The Club of Rome, a U.N. operative, issues a report entitled "Regionalized and Adaptive Model of the Global World System." This report divides the entire world into ten kingdoms.



Feb. 10, 1973 - Catherine Barrett, former president of the National Education Association, writes that "dramatic changes in the way we will raise our children in the year 2000 are indicated, particularly in terms of schooling. We will need to recognize that the so-called 'basic skills,' which currently represent nearly the total effort in elementary schools, will be taught in one-quarter of the present school day. When this happens - and it's near - the teacher can rise to his true calling. More than a dispenser of information, the teacher will be a conveyor of values, a philosopher. We will be agents of change."



Aug. 10, 1973 - David Rockefeller writes an article for the "New York Times" describing his recent visit to Red China: "Whatever the price of the Chinese Revolution, it has obviously succeeded not only in producing more efficient and dedicated administration, but also in fostering high morale and community purpose." [Apparently, it matters very little to Mr. Rockefeller that the government of Communist China has slaughtered 64 million human beings in the process of consolidating its power and that it continues to brutally suppress all dissent.

January, 1973: Tisseront was dead—but as the Church rushed to destroy every copy of his papers, Roberts received one—and wrote a few of his own, released over New Years:



1. "The Cover-up of the Murder of Christ";



2. "The Yellow Race is not in China—The Yellow Race Dead-Fucks Mary Jo Kopechne";

3. "Mrs. Dianni's Bank of American Financed the Murder of JFK at Dallas via Alioto's Frattiano, Brading and Roselli";



4. "Vietnam—Fatima 3—Holy Crusade."



"Four documents; four bodies twisting slowly in the breeze."



Lyndon Johnson: Sodium morphate "heart attack" at his ranch on the Pedernales River. Among his last words: "You know, fellows it really was a conspiracy ..."

Alexander Onassis's plane crash at the "1000-foot Walter Reuther Level," via a fixed altimeter, at Athens airport.



Eugene Wyman, California Democratic Party Chairman, and JFK assassination pay-off bagman; heart attack.



L. Wayne Rector, Hughes double: killed at Rothschild's Inn of the Park, in London.

"Started the shattering of the Mafia economy."



March 18, 1973: Dean, to Nixon, nervously: "There is a cancer growing on the Presidency."

March 21, 1973: Nixon said that on this date, he "received new evidence" on Watergate. Lipset later bragged on TV that he had been the one to bring the "new evidence" to Nixon.



Meanwhile, back at the Washington Post, Katherine Meyer ("Deep Throat") Graham had been reading Woodward and Bernstein information for their articles.

May 10, 1973: The first witness at the Watergate hearing, running down the names on the CREEP organizational chart, mentioned the name at the top: Francis L. Dale, Chairman. Dale was never mentioned again during the rest of the trial.

July 9, 1973: Roberts had used Al Strom's Drift Inn bar as an "open lecture forum" for any and all—and Al Strom taped it for his boss, Katherine Graham. But "Al was fair"—and told Roberts he was doing it—for which he was murdered on this date.

August, 1973: Murder of Chile, by Group of 40: (Rockefeller and his man, Kissinger), working with the CIA, and $8 million. Allende's Chile had nationalized ITT. Rockefeller had copper mines in Chile. Admiral Noel Caylor, Naval Intelligence, told Roberts 1-1/2 years earlier that Chile would get it; Roberts warned the Chilean consul in advance: Allegria, now "teaching" at Stanford.

ITT has now exacted $125 million for its Chilean plants—a good return on their $8 million. Mafia-controlled Chile's annual inflation rate has set world's record. In the style of the old Holy Roman Empire: a slave nation paying tribute to the conqueror.

October, 1973: Another "Holy War"—Israelis vs. Arabs.



1973 The opiate receptor pathways in the brain were discovered.



1973 US Senate Report 93-459 confirms that US has been in martial law since 1933.

1973 US Attorney General states that "national emergency" a normal necessity.

1973 Olaf Palme authorizes expanded use of implants in prisoners.

1973 The NCI-ACS Breast Cancer Detection Demonstration Project (BCDP) starts, and would last until 1978. Ralph Nader tests some of the machines, and finds out that 55% of them emit more than a safe dosage. (See 1974, Morgan, Pike).

1973 Disk buzzes NSA facility at NW Cape in Western Australia.



1973 Bilderberger meeting in Saltsjobaden, Sweden.



1973 Medical World News in March 1973 revealed data from a tobacco industry authority that cigarettes are 5% sugar, cigars 20% and 40% in some pipe tobaccos.

1973 Two former Congressmen and one vice-chairman of the AMA Council on Drugs testify before Congress. They accuse the AMA of being "held captive of and beholden to the pharmaceutical industry."



1973 Trilateral Commission formed under David Rockefeller.



1973 LEAA again calls for elimination by merger of small police forces in the US.

1973 CIA doctor Sidney Gottleib, head of the LSD and other drug programs, destroys records to hide details of MKULTRA.



1973 Conference on Psychotronic Research held in Prague. Topics include "The Induction of Paranormal Effects in Dreams", "Erasure of the Subconscious Mind", "Development of ESP", "The Psi Gene", and "The Mechanical Equivalent of Neuropsychic Energy."

1973 At Walter Reed Hospital, Dr. Joseph Sharp hears words spoken to him using a pulsed-microwave audiogram (computerized analog of voice) from outside of a soundproof chamber, broadcasting from 300 Mhz to 3 GHz.



1973 Experiments carried out at Vacaville prison in California with implants.



1973 Behavior modification unit started at El Reno, Oklahoma.



1973 START program introduced to Maryland schools by the Behavior Research Institute.

1973 The field of genetic engineering is opened by advances in scientific research, making way for creation of recombinent micro-organisms and new viral structures in the laboratory. The U.S. military applies the technology to its chemical and biological weapons program, claiming overtly that such work is "to develop defensive vaccines".



1973 Americans at Copernicus base on Moon working toward operational status for their beam weapons (Beter). Russians launch Cosmos 929 with particle beam weapon.

1973 Jose Delgado released paper entitled "Intracerebral Radio Stimulation and Recording in Completely Free Patients."



1973 Sixth "UFO Flap" year. Enormous number of strange craft over southeast United States.



1973 The US Navy allegedly has operational time travel technology.



1973 California Governor Reagan announces his support for the formation of a Center for the Reduction of Life-Threatening Behavior at UCLA.



1973 Sugar Information Foundation places full-page advertisements in national magazines in the United States, labeling sugar a carbohydrate and a nutrient. Later, after a Senate Hearing, the National Advertising Review Board determined that the claim that sugar was a nutrient was without foundation.



1973 Netherlands bans water fluoridation.



1973 Psychology Today publishes an article by Steven Chorover titled "Big Brother and Psycho technology", in which he observes "psychosurgery, drug therapy and behavior modification have become dangerous tools for social and political repression."

1973 Watergate affair. Agnew resigns, Nixon impeachment process begins.



1973 US devaluates dollar for second time in two years.



1973 Skylab I, II, III missions completed.



1973 The American Psychiatric Association, under pressure from homosexual groups, deletes "homosexuality" as a diagnostic category of "mental disorders", but replaces it immediately with the diagnosis of "sexual orientation disturbance", in order to pacify social factions.



February, 1973: Gerald Parsky, William Colby, Michael Hand, Frank Nugan and Bob Seldon move to further consolidate the Mafia banking operations. In NZ they acquire 20% Fletcher subsidiary Marac, using the Security Pacific National Bank helped by Marac Corporate secretary Alan Hawkins.




Frank Nugan and Michael Hand use Fletcher and Renouf and their NZ United Corporation to link with I.E.L. and Brierly Investments through cross-shareholding agreement.

In Australia, the Nugan Hand Bank begins operations with 30% of the stock held by Australasian and Pacific Holdings (100% Chase Manhattan Bank), 25% by CIA's Air America (known as 'Air Opium'), 25% by South Pacific Properties and 20% held by Seldon, Nugan and Hand.



The Irving Trust Bank's New York Branch establishes US links between the CIA and Nugan Hand, a worldwide network of 22 banks set up to:



a) 'launder' money from Onassis heroin operations in the Golden Triangle and Iran; b) as a CIA funnel to pro-US political parties in Europe and Latin America, including Colby's P2; c) a spying conduit for information from Cambodia, Laos, Vietnam and Thailand; d) finance arms smuggled to Libya, Indonesia, South America, Middle East and Rhodesia using the CIA's Edward Wilson.



Colby and Kissinger use key CIA and Naval Intelligence officers to oversee the operation, including Walter McDonald (former Deputy Director CIA), Dale Holmgren (Flight Service Manager CIA Civil Air Transport), Robert Jansen (former CIA Station Chief, Bangkok), etc.



Heroin flown into Australia by CIA's Air America and trans-shipped to Onassis lieutenant in Florida, Santos Trafficante Jr, assisted by Australian Federal Bureau of Narcotics officials and co-ordinated by CIA's Ray Cline.



14th June, 1973: Inauguration of the Onassis shadow World Government - the Trilateral Commission. Includes over 200 members from the US, Europe and Japan - bankers, government officials, transnational corporations' top executives, trade unionists, etc. Of the world's largest corporations, 24 directly represented and dozens more through interlocking directorships.



* Trilateralist strategy: monopolisation of the world's resources, production facilities, labour technology, markets, transport and finance. These aims backed up by the US military and industrial complexes that are already controlled and backed up by the CIA.



18th August, 1973: Ray Cline and Michael Hand meet in Adelaide to discuss CIA plan to establish spying operations in NZ.



September 1973: Seagram's, with strong links to Chase Manhattan Bank of Montreal and Toronto Dominion Bank, buys 2,800 acres ofprime land in Marlborough helped by Peter Maslen.



17th February, 1974: Mafia sets up New Hebrides Bank - Commercial Pacific Trust Co (COMPAC). Banks include CBA, Europacific Finance Corporation, Trustee Executors and Agency Co, Fuji Bank, Toronto Dominion Bank, European Asian Bank and United California Bank, COMPAC to be used as a cover for heroin dollar laundering operations.



26th February, 1974: Michael Hand meets Bob Jones in Wellington to implement plans for the CIA's new spying operation - countries targeted include France, Chile, West Germany and Israel.

Using the Brierly/Jones Investment funnel, Jones buys building in Willeston Street which will be rented to France and Chile, another at Plimmer Steps to house West Germany and Israel.

CIA will set up eavesdropping communications centre inside the Willeston Street building and another at 163 The Terrace which will link with equipment installed in the Plimmer Steps building. Four CIA technicians will run the whole operation.

April 1974: Finance Minister Rowling appoints Ron Trotter to the Overseas Investment Commission, whose chairman, G. Lau, is also a member of the Todd Foundation (Shell/BP/Todd) investment board.


A BRIEF CHRONOLOGY OF EVENTS.1970AC - 1999 AC

A BRIEF CHRONOLOGY OF EVENTS.1970AC - 1999 AC

                                                

http://ellaas-omoiwn.blogspot.ie/2015/04/a-brief-chronology-of-events1970ac-1999.html

Early 1971: Onassis and Rockefeller begin global operation to buy influence for the One World Government concept. They use Lockheed, Northrop and Litton Industries 'agent' Adnan Khashoggi, to organise operations in the Middle East, Iran and Indonesia. I.C.I. set up $2.5 million slush fund to Australia and N.Z.


Finance Minister Muldoon changes law to allow Mafia-controlled banks to begin operations in New Zealand. Links also made by N.Z.I. in preparation for Paxus control with Hong Kong and Shanghai; Wells Fargo with Broadbank; Chase Manhattan with General Finance; Bank of America and Barclays with Fletchers and Renouf in New Zealand United Corp. All members of the Business Round Table Organisation.

Late 1971: Gulf Oil and their man Brierly begin organising chains of Shell companies and dummy corporations to conceal their takeover operations of oil, gas and mineral resources and related industries such as vehicle franchises, vehicle spare parts and finance services - all part of the Seven Sisters' controlled car culture.

To extend links to the US banking operations they buy control of I.S.A.S. (NSW) and I.S.A.S. (Qld), which hold sole franchise for construction and mining equipment produced by International Harvester Credit Co, which is part of Chase Manhattan Bank and associated with First National Bank Chicago (Chairman Sullivan also Executive Vice-President of Chase Manhattan), Continental Illinois (linked with CIA and Mafia Michele Sindona of Vatican Bank) and Rockefeller's Standard Oil of Indiana (AMOCO).



I.S.A.S. (Qld) also has strategic holdings in North Flinders Mines, Flinders Petroleum, Apollo International Minerals.



1971-1979

George H.W. Bush heads the CIA. Watergate. George W. Bush goes AWOL. Arab terror bombings disrupt Munich Olympics. Chile's Salvatore Allende assassinated by the CIA. Yom Kippur War. The right-wing conspiracy to control the US media is launched. Nixon resigns. George H.W. Bush heads the CIA. Civil war in Lebanon. Iran becomes a religious theocracy. Saddam Hussein installed as Iraq's leader through auspices of the CIA. Iran hostage crisis. Civil war in Afghanistan involves both the US and the USSR.



1971 -- Assassination of Wasfi Tal of Jordan. Daughter of conspiracy investigator Mae Brussell killed in suspicious car accident.



Bilderberger meeting in Woodstock, Vermont.



PENTAGON PAPERS published. Hunt hired by White House to gather damaging evidence against Daniel Ellsberg, Edward Kennedy and other "enemies"; Hunt hires Barker and other Bay of Pigs veterans to make break-in at Ellsberg's psychiatrist's office. Barker attempts to get plans to building which will house the Democratic Convention. Plumber chief David Young, former Kissinger aid, contacts CIA for psychiatric profile of Ellsberg, referred to Howard Osborn, a possible Oswald link. White House agent Sergretti meets with FBI, Minutemen and others to plan kidnapping of radicals during the 1972 convention -- a plan later scrapped. FBI begins (or continues) illegal break-ins, mail-openings and wiretaps, conducted by Squad 47 of the internal security division in search of Weather Underground fugitives. Future SLA members Camilla Hall and William Wolfe move to Berkley, become involved in radical and prison reform activities. Electroshock treatments given to hundreds of inmates at Vacaville. Black Panther party in shambles; Cointelpro supposedly disbanded. Zimbardo's Stanford experiments demonstrating dangers of prisoner/guard role-playing. "Deprogrammer" Ted Patrick begins kidnapping Jesus Freaks and reconverting them to conventional behavior. John Keel's OUR HAUNTED PLANET discusses more MIB cases.



April 18, 1971: Howard Hughes, a human vegetable as the result of serious brain damage during his 1957 hustle, plus fourteen years of heroin, grew sicker and sicker. A final overdose of heroin did him in. His coffin was lowered into the sea from a rocky headland off the coast of Scorpios. Present at the funeral were: Jackie Kennedy Onassis; Teddy Kennedy; Francis L. Dale, Director of CREEP, and on ITT Board of Directors; Tom Pappas, also of CREEP; and a South Vietnamese cardinal named Thuc. Onassis allowed some pictures to be taken from a distance; he himself did not appear. The pictures were published in Midnight, a Canadian tabloid.

Albanian frogmen, tipped off, were waiting under the water. They seized the coffin and took the corpse off to Yugoslavia, thence to China and Russia, and then perhaps to Boston in a foot locker. The corpse's dental work was compared to Hughes' very own dental records, and they matched. News of Hughes' death, and the U.S. take-over by Onassis, and the facts surrounding the murders of JFK, RFK, Martin Luther King, Mary Jo Kopechne, and many more, and the subsequent cover-ups (involving still more murders) has been circulating around the globe for several years. Any country with this information can blackmail the U.S. Mafia government, which has no choice but to pay up. The alternative: be exposed as a bunch of treasonous murderers. This is why China-hating, red-baiting Nixon was forced to "recognize" China (which he now claims as his greatest accomplishment); and why the U.S.S.R. walks off with such good deals in U.S. loans, grains, and whatever else it wants. All they have to do is mention those magic words: "Hughes," JFK, RFK, MLK, Mary Jo—words to conjure by—and the U.S. Mafia government crawls into a hole. Information once leaked can't be un leaked. The only way to end the dilemma is through a nuclear war—and that wouldn't be one-sided. The other way would be to throw the Mafia out of the United States.



On the day Hughes was buried, Clifford Irving's wife presented a publisher's check made out to "H. Hughes" to Onassis' Swiss bank for payment. Onassis paid off cheap at the price.



"Gemstone" papers rolling around the world, here and abroad, kept the situation hot. Everyone was nervous. Rockefeller gave Kissinger $50,000 for Carlson and Brisson to write their "expose," The Alioto Mafia Web, for Look. Their mission: find out everything that was public record about Alioto's connection with the JFK murder (his pay-offs to Frattiano, listed in D&B) --and explain it away—in a way that wouldn't lead it back to Dallas. The idea was to get Alioto to quietly go away, but still keep the lid on everything.



May 1971: Tina Livanos Onassis Blandford married Stavros Niarchos, her former brother-in-law—until he killed her sister, Eugenie.



May 1971: "Folk hero" Daniel Ellsberg, a well-known hawk from the Rand Corp., who had designed the missile ring around the "Iron Curtain" countries (how many missiles to aim at which cities), was told to release the faked-up "Pentagon Papers," to help distract people from Hughes, JFK, RFK, MLK, etc. The papers were carefully designed by Ellsberg and his boss, Rand Chief and now World Bank Chief Bob ("Body Count") McNamara, to make the Vietnamese War look like "just one of those incredibly dumb mistakes." This helped to cover up the real purposes of the war: continued control, for Onassis and his friends, of the gold Triangle dope trade (Vietnam, Laos, Cambodia); and for Onassis and the oil people, of Eastern oil sources. To say nothing of control over huge Federal sums, which could be siphoned off in profitable arms contracts, or conveniently "disappear" into the war effort.

McNamara's "World Bank"—handing out American money to "starving nations"—actually set up huge private bank accounts for various dictators in Onassis-controlled Swiss banks. The money could be used as needed to support and extend Mafia operations. Example: $8 billion in World Bank funds for "starving Ethiopians" wound up in Emperor Haile Selassie's personal Swiss bank accounts. This would make him the richest individual in the world—but other dictators have
 Swiss accounts, too. Maybe even larger. The money drained from America and other captive Mafia nations to feed a greed that can never be satisfied.

(Rand Corp., one of the major "think tanks," has another good in store for the public: "Project Star," Rand's cover-up fall-back version of the JFK murder --held in reserve should public restlessness over the Warren Commission Report cover-up ever threaten to get out of hand. That ought to confuse the people for at least another twelve years, and by that time, most of us will be dead anyway ...)

Note in passing: The dope trade routes are: Golden Triangle to Taiwan to San Francisco. Heroin coming from the Golden Triangle was sometimes smuggled into S.F. in the bodies of American G.I.s who died in battle in Vietnam. One body can hold up to 40 pounds of heroin, crammed in where the guts would be.

Some dope gets pressed into dinner plates, and painted with pretty patterns. One dope bust in S.F. alone yielded $6 billion in heroin "china plates"—the largest dope bust in history—quickly and completely hushed up by the S.F. press Mafia. The dope sat in the S.F.P.D. for a while, then was removed by FBI men, and probably sent on its way—to American veins. All this dope processing and shipping is controlled and supervised by the Mafia, for the Mafia. Dope arrests and murders are aimed at independent pushers and maverick peddlers and smugglers who are competing with, or holding out on, the Mafia. While Nixon was conducting his noisy campaign against dope smuggling across the Mexican border, his dope officer in charge of protecting the Mafia dope trade was E. Howard Hunt.

Lots of heroin gets process in a Pepsi Cola factory in Laos. So far, it hasn't produced a single bottle of Pepsi Cola. Some dope gets processed in heroin factories in Marseilles (see The French Connection). Still more dope comes from South America—cocaine, and now heroin. U.S. aid went to build a highway across Paraguay (Uruguay?). Useless for the natives, who have no cars, they use it for sunbathing during the day. All night, airplanes loaded with cocaine take off from the longest landing strip in the world—financed by U.S. tax money for the benefit of international Mafia dope pushers. And then there is opium from Turkey—morphine. The starting point of Onassis' fortune.



In case one is still wondering whether the Mafia can actually get away with such things, consider the benefits derived from controlling the stock market, the courts, the police, etc., in one swindle alone: the 1970 acquisition by "Hughes" of "Air West," which involved swindling Air West stockholders of $45 million. Recently indicted for this swindle by the S.E.C. (in a civil suit) were "Howard Hughes" and Jimmy (The Greek) Snyder, "not usually associated with the Hughes crowd," and others.

June 1971: New York Times began publishing the Pentagon Papers, Rand Corp.'s prepared cover-up of the real reasons for the Vietnamese war.



Nixon had gotten a copy of the first Gemstone papers circulated in the U.S. back in 1969. He was now wondering how much information Democratic Chairman Larry O'Brien had about Hughes, Onassis, JFK, RFK,, and more specifically, how much of the dirt the Democrats planned to use.



Nixon set up the "plumbers unit" to stop security leaks, investigate other security matters. Ehrlichman, Krogh, Liddy, Hunt, Young, etc. Hunt, as "White House consultant" supposedly worked for the Mullen Corp.—a CIA cover. Mullen's chief client was "Howard Hughes." Robert Bennett was head of the Mullen Corp.

June 28, 1971: Ellsberg indicted for leaking the Pentagon Papers.



September 3, 1971: The Watergate team broke into Elsberg's doctor's (Fielding's) office to get Ellsberg's psychiatric records. Team members: CIA Hunt and Liddy; Cuban Freedom Fighters De Diego, Martinez, Bernard Barker. All except Liddy had worked together back at the Bay of Pigs.



Question: Why the intense battle between Mafia forces? Answer: While Onassis was the recognized crowned head of the Mafia, intense, no-holds-barred scuffling for the lucrative second spot control of U.S. Presidency, government, was permissible and encouraged under the Mafia code of rules. The only stipulation: outsiders mustn't know about it. "Hughes" contributed liberally—and equally—to both Democratic and Republican parties for the 1972 election. The winner would get even more money from "Hughes."



September 23, 1971: E. Howard Hunt spliced up the phony cables implicating JFK's administration to the Diem assassination.



October 1971: Look magazine apologized to Alioto for their "Alioto Mafia Web" article—and folded. The sticking point: They couldn't prove Alioto's Mafia Nut Tree meeting back in 1963 re: the JFK murder.



November 1971: Alioto re-elected S.F. Mayor.



December 1971: Roberts applied for a "Gemstone" visa from the Russian consulate—on a tapped phone. Phone was tapped by Hal Lipset, S.F. private investigator, who worked for Katherine Meyer Graham, and others, and routinely monitored Consulate phone calls.



1971 George HW Bush joins the Council on Foreign Relations.



1971 R.K. Procunier, Director of Corrections of the State of California, proposes "neurosurgical treatment of violent inmates".



1971 Apollo 14 and 15 explore the moon.



1971 Mariner 9 orbits Mars.



1971 Soyuz 11 cosmonauts die entering atmosphere. The cosmonauts was dead few seconds after entering the Allen belt and if the student has done his home work then he knows that was the only attempt the Russians ever did reaching the moon . No human can survive passing the radioactive zone who has a depth of 25.000km.

1971 Dr. Choh Hao Li synthesizes human growth hormone.



1971 United States explodes hydrogen bomb near Alaska.



1971 Saccarin removed from FDA GRAS (Generally Recognized As Safe) list.

1971 Nixon ends International Redeem ability of Federal Reserve Notes.



1971 The incidence of asthma in children begins a significant increase. Vaccines are getting better and better with the years , instead of killing people to make chronic deceases on them.



1971 A study by Stella and Chess reveals that children with congenital ruebella (german measles) frequently display classic autistic features, including impaired ability to relate new stimuli to remembered experience. See 1966.



1971 Rarick bill HR351 to repeal Federal Reserve Act. Buried in committee.



1971 Law Enforcement Assistance Administration (LEAA) calls for a regionalized police force.



1971 Advisory Commission on Intergovernmental Relations issues pamphlet M-67, which calls for Special Police Task Forces (special multicounty or interstate police forces).

1971 United States places a nuclear weapons platform in orbit secretly. The first military-run shuttle mission would service the platform and upgrade the on-board computers.

1971 The regime of Yayha Khan in Pakistan would murder 1,500,000 people.



1971 The CIA infects pigs in Cuba with African Swine Fever, a dealy disease. The entire swine population of Cuba is slaughtered to protect humans. A second such epidemic in 1980 in Cuba, with equally devastating consequences, was of unknown but suspicious origins.



1971 A mysterious blue mold appears and threatens the tobacco crop in Cuba.

1971 A damaging rust disease appears in Cuba and threatens to destroy the crops of sugar cane.



1971 Astronomers discover two new galaxies adjacent to ours.



1971 Daniel Ellsberg , a hawk from the RAND Corporation, writes the "Pentagon Papers", which helps distract the public. McNamara (World Bank/RAND) assists as Ellsbergs boss. Book is RAND coverup for the real reasons behind the Vietnam War. Ellsberg "indicted" for "leaking" the "papers". Watergate team breaks into
 Ellsbergs office on Nixons orders to find out how much Larry O'Brien knew about Hughes and Onassis.

1971 Germany bans water fluoridation.



1971 Richard Nixon withdraws all Gold backing from the US Dollar, rendering it a fiat currency - the completion of a process Roosevelt started in the 1930's when gold was called in and currency was tampered with.



1971 US Deficit $500 billion.



1971 Bilderberger meeting in Woodstock, Vermont.



1971 The American Cancer Society decides that screening women for breast cancer was a good idea. (See 1974). (Note: "Screening" = Radiation that causes cancer) The causes of women breast cancer skyrocket .



1971 Pentagon Papers published.



1971 Electroshock treatments given to inmates at Vacaville, California.



1971 Astronomer James McDonald drives into desert and suicides.



1971 The Philadelphia Inquirer conducts a telephone poll relative to sterilization of low IQ groups. Almost 70% vote in favor of forced sterilization.



1971 Swedish prime minister Palme authorizes electronic implant use on prisoners.

1971 Dr. H.J. Roberts publishes results of a comprehensive national study of traffic accidents. Roberts concludes that a "significant source" of many unexplainable accidents is that "millions of American drivers are subject to pathological drowsiness and hypoglycemia due to functional hyperinsulinism"

February 1972: Onassis and Rockefeller help associate Adnan Khashoggi buy the Security Pacific National Bank in California and take control of the United California Bank through CIA-linked Lockheed Aircraft Corporation. Both banks used by Onassis and Khashoggi to funnel bribes and payoffs via the CIA's Deak Bank to captive Japanese and other crooked politicians. Security Pacific also used to 'launder' over $2 million for Nixon's re-election campaign. Khashoggi also buys 21% of Southern Pacific Properties, which is the major stockholder in Travelodge (Aust), thereby establishing direct links to New Zealand, and U.E.B. and Fletchers through its equity links with Travelodge (N.Z.).



April 1972: Mafia banking operations expanded through New Hebrides with establishment of Australian International Ltd to financePacific development by the oil companies (Seven Sisters). Banks involved include Irving Trust NY, Bank of Montreal, Crocker International, Australia & N.Z. Bank and the Mitsubishi Bank, whose president, Nakamaru, is appointed Chairman.



26th May, 1972: Gerald Parsky installs Michele Sindona as 'owner' of Franklin National Bank, helped by the Gambino Mafia family and David Kennedy - Chairman of Continental Illinois Bank and Nixon's Secretary of the Treasury.

Pacific Basin Economic Council Conference in Wellington, NZ. Vice-President Shigeo Nagano also chairman of Nippon Steel and member of Onassis and other World Government organisations. Chairman of NZ sub-committee, J. Mowbray is also General Manager of the National Bank.



Meanwhile, Michele Sindona, acting as the go-between for the Mafia and the CIA, was the conduit between US and European banks. Michele Sindona's Vatican Bank and associate Calvi's Abrosiano Bank was used to finance CIA neo-fascist Italian/Latin American operations through Licio Gelli's P2 Lodge, which helped to organise the 'death squads' of Argentina, Uruguay and Chile. This aided the P2 members such as Klaus Barbie ('The Butcher of Lyons') and Jose Rega - organiser of the A.A.A. in Argentina.



16th August, 1972: Gulf Oil associate Bob Seldon helps establish new banking operation, first NZ international banks include Bank of New Zealand, D.F.C. (Aust), N.Z.I., Morgan Guaranty Trust, Morgan Grenfel and S.F. Warburg.

Fletchers begins expansion overseas with deals signed in Indonesia, Fiji and New Guinea.

December 1972: Kirk elected Prime Minister of New Zealand.



1972 - President Nixon visits China and toasts Chinese Premier Chou En-lai by talking of "the hope that each of us has to build a new world order."

April 1972 - In his keynote address to the Association for Childhood Education International, Chester M. Pierce, Professor of Education and Psychiatry in the Faculty of Medicine at Harvard University, proclaims: "Every child in America entering school at the age of five is insane because he comes to school with certain allegiances toward our founding fathers, toward his parents, toward a belief in a supernatural being. It's up to you, teachers, to make all of these sick children well by creating the international child of the future."

May 18, 1972 - In speaking of the coming world government, Roy M. Ash, Director of the Office of Management and Budget, declares that: "...within two decades the institutional framework for a world economic community will be in place...and aspects of individual sovereignty will be given over to a supernational authority."

January 1972: The Watergate team showed up at the S.F. Drift Inn, a CIA-FBI safe-house hangout bar, where Roberts conducted a nightly Gemstone rap for the benefit of any CIA or FBI or anyone who wandered in for a beer. James McCord, Martinez, Bernard Barker, Garcia, and Frank Sturgis showed up—along with a San Francisco dentist named Fuller. James McCord remarked: "Sand and oil with hydrogen heat makes glass brick"—threat of war to Arab nations. The event, like the other nightly raps, was taped by the Drift Inn bartender, Al Strom, who was paid to do so by his old friend, Katherine Meyer Graham—but told his other friend, Roberts, about it. The bar was also wired for sound by Arabs, Russians and Chinese.

January 27, 1972: Liddy and Dean met in Mitchell's office, with Liddy's charts of his $1 million plan of spying, kidnapping, etc. The plans included breaking into Hank Greenspun's Las Vegas office safe, in hopes of recovering Greenspun's files on the Hughes kidnapping and Onassis' Vegas operations, which Greenspun had successfully used to blackmail Onassis out of $4 million or so. A "Hughes" get-away plane would stand by to take the White House burglars to Mexico.

February 1972: Liddy and Hunt traveled around a lot, using "Hughes Tool Co." calling cards, and aliases from Hunt's spy novels.



Liddy, Hunt, and other Watergates dropped by for a beer at the Drift Inn, where they were photographed on bar stools for Katherine Graham. These photos were later used in the Washington Post, when Liddy, Hunt and the others were arrested at Watergate—because CIA men like Liddy and Hunt aren't usually photographed.

Roberts quoted to Liddy, the "Chinese stock market in ears"—the price on Onassis' head by the ear—in retaliation for a few things Onassis had done; on Wayne Rector, the Hughes double; Eugene Wyman, California Democratic Party Chairman and Mafia JFK pay-off bagman; and on Lyndon Jonson: "four bodies twisting in the breeze."

Roberts: "Quoting the prices to Liddy at the Drift Inn made their deaths a mortal cinch. Liddy's like that—and that's why the murdering slob was picked by the Mafia." Gemstones rolling around the Drift Inn in February inspired Liddy's "Gemstone Plan" that became Watergate.



February 1972: Francis L. Dale, head of CREEP, and ITT Board of Directors member, pushed Magruder to push Liddy into Watergate.



In a Mafia-style effort to shut Roberts up, his father was murdered by "plumbers" team-members Liz Dale (Francis L. Dale's ex-wife), Martinez, Gonzalez, Barker, in Hahnemann's hospital, S.F.—where Mr. Roberts had been taken after swallowing a sodium morphate "pill" slipped into his medicine bottle at home by Watergate locksmith (Miami's "Missing Link" locksmith shop) Gonzalez. The pill didn't kill him; he had a weak digestion, and vomited enough of the sodium morphate up (it burned his lips and tongue on the way out)—but he had emphysema, and went to the hospital. In the hospital, "nurse" Liz Dale and "doctor" Martinez assisted him to sniff a quadruple-strength can of aerosol medicine—enough to kill him the next day. The day before, Tisseront, head of the College of Cardinals at the Vatican, was pushed out of a Vatican window. Tisseront had followed the career of the present Pope, Montini (whose mother was Jewish). Montini sodium-morphate-murdered Pope Pius XI; was banished from Rome for it by Pius XII; became Pope in 1963. Tisseront wrote it all down; called the Pope "The Deputy of Christ at Auschwitz," and the fulfillment of the Fatima 3 Prophecy: that the Anti-Christ shall rise to become head of the Church. Tisseront also wrote about all the suppressed secrets of the Roman Catholic Church; i.e., that Jesus Christ was an Arab, born April 16, 6 B.C. at the rare conjunction of Saturn and Jupiter. Arab (Persian) astronomers (the Magi) came to Bethlehem to look for their king—an Arab baby—and found him in a stable, because the Jews wouldn't let Arabs Mary and Joseph into their nice clean inns, even then. When Jesus overturned the tables of the moneylenders at the Temple, the Jews had the Romans nail him to
 a cross. He died on the cross when the Roman soldiers stuck a spear in his side, pulled out his liver, and ate it. Tacitus, the Roman historian, described it all—in a chunk of history deleted by the Church. Nero burned Rome—but that didn't stop the spreading of Jesus' teachings by the early Christians. So the Romans decided to adopt the religion, clean it up, make Christ a Jew and Mary a virgin, and work out a church—state deal to fuck the people in the name of god and country that has been operating ever since. Around 300 A.D.—at the Council of Micaca—the Christian Orthodoxy was established; a dissenting bishop had his hands chopped off; another bishop as assigned to round up all the old copies of the Bible and destroy them, in favor of the revised, de-Arabized version. Cleaned-up Mathew, Mark Luke and John were declared "it"; the other Gospels were declared Apocryphal, and heretical. Roman Emperor Constantine became the first "Christian" emperor. Later—during the "Holy Crusades"—the Bible was again rewritten—to include Jesus' warning against the "yellow race."



27 Gemstones, with histories, to 27 countries—brought Red China into the U.N. and threw Taiwan out.



April 1972: Money pours into CREEP: "Gulf Resources and Chemicals Corp., Houston, Texas" contributes $100,000; illegal, laundered through Mexico, comes back through Liedthe of Pennzoil Corp., Houston. Robert Vesco Maurice Stans $200,000 "campaign contribution," etc., etc. Liddy gives McCord $76,000; McCord buys $58,000 worth of bugging equipment, cameras, etc.



May 1972: J. Edgar Hoover had the Gemstone file; threatened to expose Dallas-JFK in an "anonymous" book, The Texas Mafia. Instead, someone put sodium morphate in his apple pie. The corpse was carted away from his home in the back seat of a V.W.—and his files were "burned"—but some of them got away.



May 28, 1972: First break-in at Watergate: McCord, Barker, Martinez, Garcia, Gonzalez, Sturgis. DeDiego and Pico stood guard outside. Hunt and Liddy directed the operation from a (safe?) distance—across the street. The object was to check on Onsassis's two men at Democratic Party HQ: Larry O'Brien and Spencer Oliver. (O'Brien's chief "PR" client had been "Hughes"; Oliver's father worked for Onassis.) McCord wiretapped their phones.



But!!! Little did McCord know that the Plumbers were being observed by Hal Lipset, Katherine Graham's S.F. detective, who had followed two of the Plumbers from Liz Dale's side in S.F. to Watergate. Lipset "watched in amazement" as the Plumbers broke in and bugged the phones; then reported back to his boss, Katherine Graham. Lipset and Graham set the trap for the Watergaters when they returned to remove their bugs and equipment.



June 17, 1972: Bernard Barker was wearing his Sears Roebuck deliveryman costume—the same one he wore at the Dr. Fielding break-in at the Hahnemann's Hospital murder of Mr. Roberts.



Hal Lipset, Graham's spy, was dressed as a mailman. He left his mail sack behind when he taped the door at Watergate, watched security guard Frank Wills remove it and walk on; retaped the door, and as a result, Frank Wills went across the street and called the police, and McCord, Martinez, Sturgis, Barker and Gonzalez were caught in the act. (Graham had them on tape and film, too, every minute of the time.) Liddy and Hunt, across the street, supervising via walkie-talkie, were not. Liddy called Magruder in California re: the Watergate arrests. Magruder told Mitchell, LaRue and Mardian.



Time to burn files. Liddy shredded the gemstone files at CREEP. Dean cleaned out Hunt's safe at the White House, and gave Hunt's copy of the Gemstone file to L. Patrick Gray, acting FBI head: "Deep-six this—in the interest of national security. This should never see the light of day."



Gray burned the file.



June 20, 1972: DMC Chairman Larry O'Brien filed a $1 million suit against CREEP—naming Francis L. Dale, the head of CREEP. This was a big Mafia mistake—for Dale led directly back to Onassis.



June 21, 1972: THE 18-1/2 MINUTES OF ACCIDENTALLY-ERASED WHITE HOUSE TAPE: Nixon, furious over the Watergate Plumbers arrests, couldn't figure out who had done it to him: who had taped the door at Watergate that led to the arrests? Hal Lipset, whose primary employer at the time was Katherine Graham, couldn't tell him. Nixon figured that it had to do somehow with Robert's running around in Vancouver tracing the "Hughes" Mormon Mafia nursemaid's (Bekersley) Mafia swindle of the Canadian stock exchange; and Trudeau. The 18-1/2 minutes was of Nixon, raving about Canada's "asshole Trudeau," "asshole Roberts," Onassis, "Hughes" and Francis L. Dale. It simply couldn't be released.



Stephen Bull's secretary, Beverly Kaye, later heard the "erased" tape, stored in a locked room in the White House. She was horrified. She sent out some depressed Christmas cards and notes to friends, and sodium-morphate "heart-attacked" at age 40 in a White House elevator outside the locked safe room where the tapes were stored.

1972 Sweden bans water fluoridation.



1972 Anti-Ballistic Missile Treaty of 1972. (World disarmament per Iron Mountain).

1972 Pepsi Corporation opens its first franchise in Russia in exchange for import of Soviet wines and spirits.



1972 A mysterious epidemic of dengue hemorrhagic fever hits Cuba and affects 300,000 Cubans. More than 150 die, including over 100 children. Evidence exists that the CIA released dengue-infected mosquitoes on the island. Court testimony in 1984 by Cuban counter-revolutionary terrorists supports this conclusion.

1972 In Bakersfield, California, a woman hears sounds of machinery and voices coming from under her basement floor, indicative of underground tunneling.



1972 Central Security Service (CSS) created at Fort Meade.



1972 Strange whining sounds begin to be heard near Satus peak near Yakima Washington, an area known to have an NSA communications facility and sightings of mysterious flying disks. Over the next 6 years, the hum would be heard over a gradually expanding area.



1972 Last Apollo landing on the moon. BS.



1972 Arthur Jensen's "Genetics and Education" published. In it he writes that "the rate of occurrence of mental retardation is eight times higher in the black population." No shit .



1972 Nixon reelected President of the United States.



1972 U.S. Army study on the effect of amyl nitrates entitled "Effect of Amyl Nitrate on Man" conducted. (Biomedical and Behavioral Research, Vol 40, "Research Plan #12,002", approved March 15, 1972)



1972 The first gay mass-marketing of "poppers" (amyl/butyl nitrates). (Effect of lowering of immune system of users. Combined with use of antibiotics (lowers T-cell count) and anti-parasitic/amoebic drugs (reduces immune system), sexually transmitted diseases, drug use and government-sponsored vaccinations - the first "AIDS" cases in the gay community would appear within 8 years, allowing the United States to do covertly what they did overtly during World War II - begin to get rid of undesirables.



1972 George Bush US ambassador to the United Nations.



1972 United States Agency for International Development makes contact with the old Sterilization League of America, now called the "Association for Voluntary Surgical Contraception", which is paid by the US government to sterilize non-whites in foreign countries. Eugenics are such good people aren’t they? And guess what they are doing all this for free . Out of pure love for their fellow human beings so they can become extinct as soon as possible .



1972 The CIA's Scientific Engineering Institute in Boston contributes a social laboratory to CIA Project Often at the University of South Carolina, in the form of a course instructing 250 students in the rituals of demonology and voodoo. (See 1962 and 1981).



1972 Kissinger takes a trip to China. Chinas role in the heroin trade vanishes from headlines.

1972 Dr. Dean Burk of the National Cancer Institute declares in a letter to a member of Congress that high officials of the FDA,AMA,ACS and U.S. Department of Health, Education and Welfare (now HHS) were deliberately falsifying data and information, lying, committing unconstitutional acts and in other ways thwarting potential cures to which they were opposed. (Letter to Congressman Louis Frey Jr. Also dealt with the issue of laetrile, a non-patentable (natural) product opposed by the California Medical Association, who only sanctions the use of dangerous or toxic treatment for cancer. Burk openly refers to FDA corruption.

1972 Apollo 16 goes to moon. Soviet spacecraft soft lands on Venus.



1972 Harry Truman dies.



1972 US Army study titled "Controlled Offensive Behavior: USSR" concerns itself with targeting individuals with "mind altering techniques" and "the total submission of one's will to some outside force." The study involved the use of pulsed microwaves. ( Ref: Cellular telephone & satellite technology).

1972 Roy M. Ash , from the Office of Management and Budget in the Nixon administration says "within two decades, the institutional framework for a World Economic Community will be in place, when aspects of individual sovereignty will be given over to super national authority."



1972 Leakey discovers 2.5 million year old human skull in Kenya.

1972 Biological Weapons Convention to restrict development, production and stockpiling of biological weapons.



1972 Rochdale College in Toronto, Canada, becomes a main center for illicit drug consumption and distribution point for marijuana and hallucinogens in Eastern Canada. After this became public knowledge, it was shut down.

1972 Turkish opium production nearly eliminated. Southeast Asia heroin crackdown.

1972 Golden Triangle in Asia yields bumper harvest. Peasants told to increase their acreage by 50-100%. US soldiers in Vietnam increase consumption.



1972 Soft drink consumption 30 gallons per year per person. Sugar as an addictive physical degenerant.



1972 Drs. Barton Ingraham and Gerald Smith advocate "implantation of brain transmitters to monitor and manipulate the minds of probationers and "the technique of telemetric control of human beings regulating behavior on a subconscious level. Reported in Issues in Criminology, 1972.



1972 US signs international treaty banning use of biowarfare agents, but does not ratify it until 1975. Treaty allows "defensive" biowarfare research.



1972 WHO Bulletin No.47 refers to creation of an immune virus (see 1969) and suggests that a useful way to study the effects would be "to put it into a vaccination program and observe the results". It is theorized that WHO used the smallpox vaccination program in Central Africa for this study, the spread of HIV infection coincides precisely with the most intense and recent smallpox vaccination campaigns. Information on the Central African countries most infected with HIV precisely matches WHO figures indicating the number of people vaccinated in these areas. The virus requested would selectively destroy the T-cell system. (1972 Federation Proceedings of WHO).



1972 Dr. Louis J. West, director of the Neuropsychiatric Institute at UCLA, proposes to use an abandoned Nike base for the Center for the Study and Reduction of Violence. In a confidential letter to Dr. J.M. Stubblebine, Director of Health in the California Offices of Health Planning, West wrote that "studies could be carried out there for model programs for the alteration of undesirable behavior." West reveals the desired use for implants and the inclusion of hyperkinetic children and those with chromosomal abnormalities in the study. Dr. L.J. West, working with M. Singer and R.J. Lifton, founded the "Citizens Freedom Foundation" in 1974, which changed its name to the "Cult Awareness Network (CAN)" in 1985/86. The CAN group would figure prominently 20 years later in the Waco Massacre of the Branch Davidians.



1972 Strange humming sounds begin near Satus Peak in Yakima Washington.

1972 New York State Department of Agriculture determines that 30% of organic food is contaminated with pesticides, as compared with 25% in regular foods. Journal of the American Medical Association v230, Oct 14,1974, "The Organic Food Myth"

1972 Esso Oil changes its name to Exxon Corporation.



1972 Ingraham and Smith release a paper in Issues in Criminality, Vol 7 No.2, entitled "The Use of Electronics in the Observation and Control of Human Behavior and Its Possible Use in Rehabilitation and Parole."



1972 Nobel winner professor William Shockley proposes a voluntary sterilization program in an address before the American Psychological Association. The program would be directed toward welfare recipients.



1972 Bilderberger meeting in Knokke, Belgium.



1972 Oil shortages in United States begin.



1972 ITT scandal forces Republicans to move to Miami for convention.



1972 British Journal of Psychiatry #120 reveals that "psychotic disorders may be caused by viral infections." (Ref: viruses induced by vaccines).


1972 -- Assassination of Abeid Karume of Zanzibar. Attempted assassination of George Wallace in Maryland by "loner" Art Bremer who had more money than he should and had connections with CIA-types. 


Warren Commission dissident Hale Boggs disappears on flight to Alaska.



Death of E. Howard Hunt's wife Dorothy in plane crash while carrying large amount of cash murder described separately under Flight 553.



Other murders involving secret funds include Rep. William O. Mills (suicide) and his assistants Col. J. Webster and James Glover; a Mr. Taub, Kalmback employee; Dennis Cossini, alleged CIA contact with Bremer; Lou Russell, security cop employed by McCord Associates; and Mrs. Andrew Topping, wife of man to be plotting assassination of Nixon during 1972 convention. J. Edgar Hoover dies.

Bilderberger meeting in Knokke, Belgium.



A series of dirty tricks eliminates Muskie as presidential contender; Humphrey and Jackson also smeared; Nixon aides and west coast Nazis cooperate in attempt to keep Wallace of California ballot; Hunt ordered to break into Bremer's apartment but refuses.



Watergate break-in; FBI official Charles Bates placed in charge of investigation. Agnew allegedly meets Brienguier (Oswald's buddy) in New Orleans. Tackwood alleges that plans are made to disrupt Republican convention in San Diego, declare martial law, assassinate Nixon (or make false Attempt). ITT scandal forces Republicans to move to Miami.



CIA attempt to crack columnist Jack Anderson's information source fails.

William and Emily Harris, Angela and Gary Atwood and others move to Bay area, become involved in radical and prison reform activities. Thero Wheeler, another alleged police agent, meets DeFreeze at Vacaville; DeFreeze moved to Soledad prison.

BLACK ABDUCTOR, anticipating the Hearst kidnapping, published by unknown California publisher. Exposure and defeat of planned psychosurgery program at Vacaville;

CARE behavior mod program begins at Marion, Illinois; START program begins at Springfield, Missouri; Joliet unit closed.



West German authorities produce a skull they say was Martin Bormann's a few days after articles appear with evidence he is alive in Argentina.



Flight 553 Chicagoan Lawrence O'Connor, who had used United Airlines Flight 553 or its equivalent to fly from Washington to Chicago on Friday nights for years was warned by a White House source not to take this flight; among those killed in the crash at Midway Airport, Chicago, were: Dorothy Hunt who was carrying $50,000 in Watergate payoff money and close to $2 million she was attempting to place in foreign banks; Michele Clark, CBS newswoman who was to interview Mrs. Hunt on a story that could allegedly destroy Nixon at least four people alleged to have knowledge of a large labor union "donation" to the Committee to ReElect the President (CREEP), paid to stop the indictment of a Chicago labor hoodlum; and a group of gas pipeline lobbyists, attorneys and gas company officials (Robert Moreau, Nancy Parker, Ralph Blodgett, James Drueger, Lon Bayer, Wilbur Erickson) who had allegedly gathered evidence against former Attorney General John Mitchell in an anti- trust case involving El Paso Natural Gas Co.; also aboard was a "hit-man" using the cover of Harold Metcalf, of Drug Abuse Law Enforcement, who told the pilot, Captain Whitehouse, he was carrying a gun and was assigned a jump seat near the food galley and rear door; Captain Whitehouse and six of the Watergate-related passengers were found to have unexplainably high cyanide content after the crash, though the other 35 passengers killed did not; following the crash hit-man Metcalf, in a jump suit, walked out the cracked open fuselage; up to 200 FBI and CIA agents took over the crash site immediately, beating the fire department to the scene, refusing to allow in a medical team, confiscating Control Tower tapes, interviewing survivors and witnesses before National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) investigators had a chance to; CBS News requested immediate cremation of Michele Clark's body; evidence of sabotage includes tampering with altimeter and air data computer, malfunctioning of the runway visual range recorder and the Kedzie localizer which acted as the runway's outer marker, a series of misdirections from air traffic controllers and the failure of Flight 553's standby power system; an in-flight robbery gang known as the Joseph Sarelli mob came into possession of some of the Hunt money and Mitchell documents soon after the crash and reportedly fenced it for $5 million; the day after the crash Nixon aide Egil Krogh, Jr., of Ellsberg burglary fame, appointed Undersecretary of Transportation and placed in charge of the two agencies investigating the crash (NTSB and FAA); ten days later Nixon assistant Alexander Butterfield, a CIA-aviation liaison, appointed head of Federal Aviation Administration; a few weeks later Nixon aide Dwight Chapin becomes top executive with United Airlines.



1973 -- Assassinations of US diplomats Cleo A. Nobel, Jr., and George C. Moore and Belgian diplomat Guy Eid by Palestinian guerrillas in Khartoum; Richard Sharples of Bermuda, Mohammad Ali Osman of Yemen, Salvador Allende Gossens of Chile, Luis Carrero Blanco of Spain and Dr. Marcus Foster in Oakland, California; assassination of an American Army officer by insurgent group in Iran. Senator Stennis shot in Washington, D.C.



Bilderberger meeting in Saltsjobaden, Sweden.



Trilateral Commission founded under the direction of David Rockefeller, with Jimmy Carter and Walter Mondale among the founding members.

Agnew resigns. Sidney Gottlieb, head of CIA's LSD and other drug programs, destroys records to hide details of program.



Kissinger and his deputy General Scowcroft order a series of CIA spying operations in Micronesia. Hunt beaten in his cell before testifying about the Bremer connection. Durham becomes FBI agent, infiltrates American Indian Movement (AIM), becomes chief of security. Liberation of Wounded Knee, South Dakota, by AIM. Blue Dove becomes an FBI agent. DeFreeze escapes from Soledad; Wheeler escapes from Vacaville. "Race war" in Bay area culminates in the killing of Dr. Foster which the SLA claims credit for in its first communique.



Experiments with implanting electrodes in the brain carried out at Vacaville and elsewhere. Behavior mod unit started at El Reno, Oklahoma, prison; START type program introduced to Maryland public schools by Behavior Research Institute. Sixth UFO flap year.



Flight 553 Revisited Alex Botto, Jr., who had infiltrated the Joseph Sarelli air piracy gang for the Citizen's Committee to Clean Up the Courts (CCCUC), seized by federal marshals, taken to the federal prison hospital at Springfield, Missouri, and held for 40 days without hearing or trial; Botto and another CCCUC agent, Joseph Zale, testified to seeing evidence from the sabotaged United Airlines Flight 553 in the Sarelli mob's possessions and turned over evidence on this and an earlier crash robbery to Nixon's Strike Force in Chicago; just before the reopening of the case Zale was indicted in an alleged frameup by federal agencies; CCCUC chairman Sherman Skolnich revealed at the 553 hearings that his group had stolen the entire government file, 1300 pages of documentation, and was presenting it as evidence of foul play in the Midway Airport crash.



1973 - International banker and staunch member of the subversive Council on Foreign Relations, David Rockefeller founds a new organization called the Trilateral Commission. He invites future President Jimmy Carter to become one of the founding members. Zbigniew Brzezinski is the organization's first director.

1973 - "Humanist Manifesto II" is published: "The next century can be and should be the humanistic century...we stand at the dawn of a new age...a secular society on a planetary scale...as non-theists we begin with humans not God, nature not deity...we deplore the division of humankind on nationalistic grounds...Thus we look to the development of a system of world law and a world order based upon trans-national federal government...The true revolution is occurring."



1973 - The Club of Rome, a U.N. operative, issues a report entitled "Regionalized and Adaptive Model of the Global World System." This report divides the entire world into ten kingdoms.



Feb. 10, 1973 - Catherine Barrett, former president of the National Education Association, writes that "dramatic changes in the way we will raise our children in the year 2000 are indicated, particularly in terms of schooling. We will need to recognize that the so-called 'basic skills,' which currently represent nearly the total effort in elementary schools, will be taught in one-quarter of the present school day. When this happens - and it's near - the teacher can rise to his true calling. More than a dispenser of information, the teacher will be a conveyor of values, a philosopher. We will be agents of change."



Aug. 10, 1973 - David Rockefeller writes an article for the "New York Times" describing his recent visit to Red China: "Whatever the price of the Chinese Revolution, it has obviously succeeded not only in producing more efficient and dedicated administration, but also in fostering high morale and community purpose." [Apparently, it matters very little to Mr. Rockefeller that the government of Communist China has slaughtered 64 million human beings in the process of consolidating its power and that it continues to brutally suppress all dissent.

January, 1973: Tisseront was dead—but as the Church rushed to destroy every copy of his papers, Roberts received one—and wrote a few of his own, released over New Years:



1. "The Cover-up of the Murder of Christ";



2. "The Yellow Race is not in China—The Yellow Race Dead-Fucks Mary Jo Kopechne";

3. "Mrs. Dianni's Bank of American Financed the Murder of JFK at Dallas via Alioto's Frattiano, Brading and Roselli";



4. "Vietnam—Fatima 3—Holy Crusade."



"Four documents; four bodies twisting slowly in the breeze."



Lyndon Johnson: Sodium morphate "heart attack" at his ranch on the Pedernales River. Among his last words: "You know, fellows it really was a conspiracy ..."

Alexander Onassis's plane crash at the "1000-foot Walter Reuther Level," via a fixed altimeter, at Athens airport.



Eugene Wyman, California Democratic Party Chairman, and JFK assassination pay-off bagman; heart attack.



L. Wayne Rector, Hughes double: killed at Rothschild's Inn of the Park, in London.

"Started the shattering of the Mafia economy."



March 18, 1973: Dean, to Nixon, nervously: "There is a cancer growing on the Presidency."

March 21, 1973: Nixon said that on this date, he "received new evidence" on Watergate. Lipset later bragged on TV that he had been the one to bring the "new evidence" to Nixon.



Meanwhile, back at the Washington Post, Katherine Meyer ("Deep Throat") Graham had been reading Woodward and Bernstein information for their articles.

May 10, 1973: The first witness at the Watergate hearing, running down the names on the CREEP organizational chart, mentioned the name at the top: Francis L. Dale, Chairman. Dale was never mentioned again during the rest of the trial.

July 9, 1973: Roberts had used Al Strom's Drift Inn bar as an "open lecture forum" for any and all—and Al Strom taped it for his boss, Katherine Graham. But "Al was fair"—and told Roberts he was doing it—for which he was murdered on this date.

August, 1973: Murder of Chile, by Group of 40: (Rockefeller and his man, Kissinger), working with the CIA, and $8 million. Allende's Chile had nationalized ITT. Rockefeller had copper mines in Chile. Admiral Noel Caylor, Naval Intelligence, told Roberts 1-1/2 years earlier that Chile would get it; Roberts warned the Chilean consul in advance: Allegria, now "teaching" at Stanford.

ITT has now exacted $125 million for its Chilean plants—a good return on their $8 million. Mafia-controlled Chile's annual inflation rate has set world's record. In the style of the old Holy Roman Empire: a slave nation paying tribute to the conqueror.

October, 1973: Another "Holy War"—Israelis vs. Arabs.



1973 The opiate receptor pathways in the brain were discovered.



1973 US Senate Report 93-459 confirms that US has been in martial law since 1933.

1973 US Attorney General states that "national emergency" a normal necessity.

1973 Olaf Palme authorizes expanded use of implants in prisoners.

1973 The NCI-ACS Breast Cancer Detection Demonstration Project (BCDP) starts, and would last until 1978. Ralph Nader tests some of the machines, and finds out that 55% of them emit more than a safe dosage. (See 1974, Morgan, Pike).

1973 Disk buzzes NSA facility at NW Cape in Western Australia.



1973 Bilderberger meeting in Saltsjobaden, Sweden.



1973 Medical World News in March 1973 revealed data from a tobacco industry authority that cigarettes are 5% sugar, cigars 20% and 40% in some pipe tobaccos.

1973 Two former Congressmen and one vice-chairman of the AMA Council on Drugs testify before Congress. They accuse the AMA of being "held captive of and beholden to the pharmaceutical industry."



1973 Trilateral Commission formed under David Rockefeller.



1973 LEAA again calls for elimination by merger of small police forces in the US.

1973 CIA doctor Sidney Gottleib, head of the LSD and other drug programs, destroys records to hide details of MKULTRA.



1973 Conference on Psychotronic Research held in Prague. Topics include "The Induction of Paranormal Effects in Dreams", "Erasure of the Subconscious Mind", "Development of ESP", "The Psi Gene", and "The Mechanical Equivalent of Neuropsychic Energy."

1973 At Walter Reed Hospital, Dr. Joseph Sharp hears words spoken to him using a pulsed-microwave audiogram (computerized analog of voice) from outside of a soundproof chamber, broadcasting from 300 Mhz to 3 GHz.



1973 Experiments carried out at Vacaville prison in California with implants.



1973 Behavior modification unit started at El Reno, Oklahoma.



1973 START program introduced to Maryland schools by the Behavior Research Institute.

1973 The field of genetic engineering is opened by advances in scientific research, making way for creation of recombinent micro-organisms and new viral structures in the laboratory. The U.S. military applies the technology to its chemical and biological weapons program, claiming overtly that such work is "to develop defensive vaccines".



1973 Americans at Copernicus base on Moon working toward operational status for their beam weapons (Beter). Russians launch Cosmos 929 with particle beam weapon.

1973 Jose Delgado released paper entitled "Intracerebral Radio Stimulation and Recording in Completely Free Patients."



1973 Sixth "UFO Flap" year. Enormous number of strange craft over southeast United States.



1973 The US Navy allegedly has operational time travel technology.



1973 California Governor Reagan announces his support for the formation of a Center for the Reduction of Life-Threatening Behavior at UCLA.



1973 Sugar Information Foundation places full-page advertisements in national magazines in the United States, labeling sugar a carbohydrate and a nutrient. Later, after a Senate Hearing, the National Advertising Review Board determined that the claim that sugar was a nutrient was without foundation.



1973 Netherlands bans water fluoridation.



1973 Psychology Today publishes an article by Steven Chorover titled "Big Brother and Psycho technology", in which he observes "psychosurgery, drug therapy and behavior modification have become dangerous tools for social and political repression."

1973 Watergate affair. Agnew resigns, Nixon impeachment process begins.



1973 US devaluates dollar for second time in two years.



1973 Skylab I, II, III missions completed.



1973 The American Psychiatric Association, under pressure from homosexual groups, deletes "homosexuality" as a diagnostic category of "mental disorders", but replaces it immediately with the diagnosis of "sexual orientation disturbance", in order to pacify social factions.



February, 1973: Gerald Parsky, William Colby, Michael Hand, Frank Nugan and Bob Seldon move to further consolidate the Mafia banking operations. In NZ they acquire 20% Fletcher subsidiary Marac, using the Security Pacific National Bank helped by Marac Corporate secretary Alan Hawkins.




Frank Nugan and Michael Hand use Fletcher and Renouf and their NZ United Corporation to link with I.E.L. and Brierly Investments through cross-shareholding agreement.

In Australia, the Nugan Hand Bank begins operations with 30% of the stock held by Australasian and Pacific Holdings (100% Chase Manhattan Bank), 25% by CIA's Air America (known as 'Air Opium'), 25% by South Pacific Properties and 20% held by Seldon, Nugan and Hand.



The Irving Trust Bank's New York Branch establishes US links between the CIA and Nugan Hand, a worldwide network of 22 banks set up to:



a) 'launder' money from Onassis heroin operations in the Golden Triangle and Iran; b) as a CIA funnel to pro-US political parties in Europe and Latin America, including Colby's P2; c) a spying conduit for information from Cambodia, Laos, Vietnam and Thailand; d) finance arms smuggled to Libya, Indonesia, South America, Middle East and Rhodesia using the CIA's Edward Wilson.



Colby and Kissinger use key CIA and Naval Intelligence officers to oversee the operation, including Walter McDonald (former Deputy Director CIA), Dale Holmgren (Flight Service Manager CIA Civil Air Transport), Robert Jansen (former CIA Station Chief, Bangkok), etc.



Heroin flown into Australia by CIA's Air America and trans-shipped to Onassis lieutenant in Florida, Santos Trafficante Jr, assisted by Australian Federal Bureau of Narcotics officials and co-ordinated by CIA's Ray Cline.



14th June, 1973: Inauguration of the Onassis shadow World Government - the Trilateral Commission. Includes over 200 members from the US, Europe and Japan - bankers, government officials, transnational corporations' top executives, trade unionists, etc. Of the world's largest corporations, 24 directly represented and dozens more through interlocking directorships.



* Trilateralist strategy: monopolisation of the world's resources, production facilities, labour technology, markets, transport and finance. These aims backed up by the US military and industrial complexes that are already controlled and backed up by the CIA.



18th August, 1973: Ray Cline and Michael Hand meet in Adelaide to discuss CIA plan to establish spying operations in NZ.



September 1973: Seagram's, with strong links to Chase Manhattan Bank of Montreal and Toronto Dominion Bank, buys 2,800 acres ofprime land in Marlborough helped by Peter Maslen.



17th February, 1974: Mafia sets up New Hebrides Bank - Commercial Pacific Trust Co (COMPAC). Banks include CBA, Europacific Finance Corporation, Trustee Executors and Agency Co, Fuji Bank, Toronto Dominion Bank, European Asian Bank and United California Bank, COMPAC to be used as a cover for heroin dollar laundering operations.



26th February, 1974: Michael Hand meets Bob Jones in Wellington to implement plans for the CIA's new spying operation - countries targeted include France, Chile, West Germany and Israel.

Using the Brierly/Jones Investment funnel, Jones buys building in Willeston Street which will be rented to France and Chile, another at Plimmer Steps to house West Germany and Israel.

CIA will set up eavesdropping communications centre inside the Willeston Street building and another at 163 The Terrace which will link with equipment installed in the Plimmer Steps building. Four CIA technicians will run the whole operation.

April 1974: Finance Minister Rowling appoints Ron Trotter to the Overseas Investment Commission, whose chairman, G. Lau, is also a member of the Todd Foundation (Shell/BP/Todd) investment board.

Whitlam and Kirk

Mid-1974: Gough Whitlam and Norman Kirk begin a series of moves absolutely against the Mafia Trilateralists. Whitlam refuses to waive restrictions on overseas borrowings to finance Alwest Aluminium Consortium of Rupert Murdoch, BHP and R.J. Reynolds. Whitlam had also ended Vietnam War support, blocked uranium mining and wanted more control over US secret spy bases - e.g. Pine Gap.

Kirk had introduced a new, tough Anti-Monopoly Bill and had tried to redistribute income from big companies to the labour force through price regulation and a wages policy.

Kirk had also rejected plans to build a second aluminium smelter near Dunedin and was preparing the Petroleum Amendment Bill to give more control over New Zealand oil resources.

Kirk had found out that Hunt Petroleum, drilling in the Great South Basin, had discovered a huge resource of oil comparable in size to the North Sea or Alaskan North Slope. Gas reserves alone now estimated at 30 times bigger than Kapuni and oil reserves of at least 20 billion barrels - enough for New Zealand to be self-sufficient for years. Oil companies completely hushed up these facts. To have announced a vast new oil source would probably mean a decline in world oil prices, which would not have allowed OPEC and Onassis plans for the Arabs to eventuate. N.Z. could be exploited at a later date, particularly since the North Sea operations were about to come on stream - Kirk was the last tohold out.

September, 1974: According to CIA sources, Kirk was killed by the Trilateralists using Sodium Morphate. Rowling's first act as NZ Prime Minister was to withdraw Kirk's Anti-Monopoly Bill and the Petroleum Amendment Bill.

Later, Rowling was to be rewarded with ambassadorship to Washington. Incidentally, the Shah of Iran was murdered the same way as Kirk on his arrival in the US.

6th October, 1974: Ray cline implements William Colby plan to oust Australian Prime Minister Whitlam. Nugan Hand Bank finances payoffs to Malcolm Fraser and other pro-US politicians. A joint bugging operation commences between CIA and ASIA.

Rupert Murdoch, playing his part, uses his newspapers and television network to spread lies and misinformation. Whitlam, as well as refusing to waive restrictions on overseas borrowing to finance the aluminium consortium, had plans to ensure that all corporations were at least 50% Australian-owned. This interfered with the Seven Sisters' plans to build three oil refineries at Cape Northumberland in South Australia to exploit the Great South Basin discovery.

December, 1974: Australian Governor-General John Kerr joins Ray Cline's payroll and received his first pay-off of $US200,000 credited to his account number 767748 at the Singapore branch ofthe Nugan Hand Bank.

April 1974 - Former U.S. Deputy Assistant Secretary of State, Trilateralist and CFR member Richard Gardner's article "The Hard Road to World Order" is published in the CFR's "Foreign Affairs," where he states that: "...the 'house of world order' will have to be built from the bottom up rather than from the top down...but an end run around national sovereignty, eroding it piece by piece, will accomplish much more than the old-fashioned frontal assault."

1974 - In a report entitled "New International Economic Order," the U.N. General Assembly outlines a plan to redistribute the wealth from the rich to the poor nations.

January, 1974: Joe Alioto grants Sunol Golf Course lease to Mafioso Romano, Frattiano, Muniz, Hadeiros, Abe Chapman, and Neil Nielson. Alioto sets up the Dallas murder squad in S.F. for more murders.

January 26, 1974: "Hughes" extradition trial canceled in Reno by "Alioto Mafia Web" Mafia judge Thomson, after Moses Lasky, from Mafia Alioto's California Crime Commission, waves forged "Howard Hughes" signature under his nose.

Maheu "wins" his damage suit against "Hughes"—his blackmail pay-off—after discussing Hughes's "game plan" for buying control of the U.S. by buying politicians: Governors, judges, senators, and presidents.

February, 1974: Mafia Hearst's daughter Patty "kidnapped" by Lipset's SLA—in a fake terrorist action.

Martin Luther King's mother was murdered—by a black student, a self-declared "Israelite"—"acting alone," who was escorted to the church by somebody—and who had a list of other mothers as targets. Next day, the target, Shirley Chisholm, got the message, and rushed to sigh off on the DNC suit against CREEP, naming Francis L. Dale; she had been the last hold-out.

April 4, 1974: Mary McCarthy, a writer who had been given a copy of the Gemstone file, said in an article in the New York Review of Books that the key to the formation of Liddy's Gemstone plan lay in the where-abouts and activities of the Plumbers between December, 1971 and February, 1972. Answer: They were in the Drift Inn, watching Gemstones rolling around on the bar top.

August 6, 1974: Nixon and Ford signed a paper at the White House. It was an agreement: Ford could be President; Nixon got to burn his tapes and files, and murder anyone he needed to, to cover it all up.

August 7, 1974: Roberts passed information to Pavlov at the S.F. Russian Consulate which led directly to Nixon's resignation: the "More" journalism reviews story about Denny Walsh's "Reopening of the Alioto Mafia Web" story for the New York Times, killed in a panic; plus a long, taped discussion of who and what the Mafia is. Hal Lipset, listening to the conversation in the bugged Consulate room, had phone lines open to Rockefeller and Kissinger, who listened too. Rockefeller sent Kissinger running to the White House with Nixon's marching orders: "Resign. Right now." Nixon and Julie cried. But there was still some hope, if Nixon resigned immediately, of drawing the line somewhere—before it got to the King of the Mountain himself—Onassis. Nixon, on trial, would blurt out those names to save himself: Onassis, Dale, "Hughes." Even "JFK."

August 8, 1974: Nixon stepped down, and Ford stepped up: to keep the cover-up going.

August 23, 1974: Frattiano in San Francisco, staying at the Sunol Golf Course. More murders scheduled re: Gemstone cover-up.

August 30, 1974: Ford hires Mafia lawyer Becker to work out a pardon deal for Nixon, who might otherwise name Onassis, Graham, and Pope Montini to save himself.

San Francisco Zebra Murders: A series of "random" killings, dubbed "Zebra murders" by the police because, supposedly, blacks were killing whites. The real target was Silva, the witness to Alioto's Mafia Nut Tree meeting. Silva was shot to death in an alley. Careful Mafia planning went into this series, to kill several birds with one stone: 1. Get witness Silva out of the way, without being too "obvious" about it; 2. Spread the fear of "black terrorists," and convince people that the Police Department needed more money, and more repressive power; 3. Blame—and frame—Black Muslims; knock off leaders of the opposition.

September 7, 1974: Roberts had made an agreement with a friend, Harp, of Kish Realty, over a bugged phone. Harp was to buy a Gemstone—with history—for $500, the price of a trip to Canada for Roberts to check into the "Hughes" Mormon Mafia Canadian stock market swindle, and other matters. But Harp was sodium-morphate poisoned before the deal could go through—on this date.

Note: Sodium morphate: a favorite Mafia poison for centuries. Smells like apple pie, and is sometimes served up in one, as to J. Edgar Hoover. Sometimes in a pill or capsule. Symptoms: Lethargy, sleep, sometimes vomiting. Once ingested, there is a heart attack—and no trace is left in the body. Proof is in the vomit, which is usually not analyzed. Not mentioned in your standard medical books on poisons, etc. A common ingredient in rat poison.

September 8, 1974: Ford pardons Nixon for "all crimes committed" from January 20 through August.

Gemstone papers still floating around the world. Indira Gandhi talks about the "U.S.'s bloody deeds."

October, 1974: Ford drops "extradition" of Hughes form the Bahamas. Explanation: "We dropped it because we know he wouldn't come." That's for sure!

October 3, 1974: The Watergate trial—the cover-up of the cover-up—got under way, starring Montini's Ben Veniste, Onassis's Neal, Graham's Jill Volner. In the White House, Mafia Mayors Alioto, Daley, and Beame met with the "truth squad"—Ford, Scott, and Griffin—and Mike Mansfield, in secret.

October 10, 1974: Tina Livanos Onassis Blandford Niarchos, sodium morphate-poisoned by hubby Stavros; puked, slept, and died of "heart attack."

Losing his son, Alexander, took all the fun out of killing for Onassis. Who was there to inherit the world empire he had dreamed of handing over to his son?

December, 1974: Brezhnev had scheduled a meeting with Sadat, of Egypt. The outcome wouldn't help the U.S.—no matter how many trips Henry made to the Mid-East with clean socks and blank checks. A new U.S. "secret weapon" was apparently used: a tiny speck of metal, introduced somehow into Brezhnev's lymph system. It lodged in the cluster of lymph nodes over his heart, and there it was coated with layers of phlegm—much as an oyster creates a pearl around an irritating grain of sand. Brezhnev's lymph system clogged up; he got "the flu," and meeting with Sadat was canceled.

Russian doctors x-rayed him and found a huge lump in his chest. Then they put him before a Kirlian camera and checked his "aura" for cancer. No cancer.

Note: Kirlian photography is the latest Russian diagnostic tool. It reveals the presence of disease—physical or moral (it also detects lies).

Brezhnev's "lump" had to be treated with radiation therapy—hence rumors he had cancer. It took six weeks to clear up.

1974 Article is written in Britain by Kulenkampff, Schwartzman and Wilson who retrospectively analyze 36 cases of neurological illness at the Hospital for Sick Children in London from 1961 to 1972. All the cases were thought to be attributable to DPT shots. Out of 36 cases, 4 recovered completely, 2 died, and 30 were left mentally retarded or in seizure conditions.

1974 British researcher George Disk estimates that there are 80 cases of severe neurological complications from Pertussis vaccine annually. Over 33% of these children died and another 33% were left with brain damage. Dick maintains he is not convinced that the community benefit from the vaccine outweighs the damage.

1974 The Association of Parents of Vaccine Damaged Children is formed in Britain, and pressures the government to study adverse reactions to Pertussis vaccine.

1974 Texas experiences a large number of animal mutilations.

1974 Vladivostok Agreement between the US and USSR concludes a secret agreement to promote global warming through the use of weather modification technology.

1974 Dr. Karl Z. Morgan, director of Health Physics at Oak Ridge, comes forth to warn that diagnostic X-rays were causing the same cancer they were meant to screen. Despite the warning, the NCI-ACS breast screening program kept on going.

1974 Professor Malcom C. Pike at the University of California School of Medicine writes the NCI that a number of specialists had concluded that "giving a woman under age 50 a mammogram on a routine basis is close to unethical."

1974 National Education Association (NEA) president James Harris states that "the state educational system must expand its teaching ... the family is failing to perform its function. The NEA has taken the following positions in its history: education of youth for a global community, promotion of a strong United Nations, support of a National Health Plan, opposition of legislation to benefit private schools, population control, federal day care centers, increase of federal control of education, and opposition to local control of public schools. The NEA is controlled by the Tavistock Institute through Stanford Research Institute. The Tavistock controlled National Training Lab brainwashes the leading executives of business and government. Tavistock scraps the US space program for nine years to allow the Soviets to catch up. Common strategy in Tavistock programs is the use of drugs. (See MK-ULTRA).

1974 Research proposal by J.F. Schapitz proposes recording EEG correlates induced by various drugs, and then to modulate these biological frequencies on a microwave carrier. Further, Schapitz' proposal included inducing hypnotic states and using words modulated on microwave carrier frequencies to condition human subjects to perform various acts. (FOIA).

1974 Arab oil prices quadruple.

1974 Soviet probe lands on Mars and "detects more water than expected."

1974 Study prepared by the Staff of the Subcommittee on Constitutional Rights of the Committee on the Judiciary (93rd Congress) titled "Individual Rights and The Federal Role in Behavior Modification" revealed "a number of departments and agencies, including the Department of Justice, Department of Defense, Veterans Administration, National Science Foundation, the Department of Health/Education/Welfare, fund, participate in, or otherwise sanction research involving various aspects of behavior modification in absence of effective review structures, guidelines or standards." And "the emphasis placed in violence-control by the federal government has been encouraged by several new agencies whose essential function is the funding of programs dealing with the various aspects of violence."

1974 India explodes a nuclear device.

1974 Smallpox epidemic kills 20,000 in India.

1974 Karen Silkwood killed after investigation of plutonium misuse in Oklahoma.

1974 CFR member Brent Scowcroft prepares NSSM 200, "Implications of Worldwide Population Growth for U.S. Security and Overseas Interests", which is immediately classified Secret (now declassified). Prepared for the National Security Council, this document proposes reduction of worldwide population by concentration on Third World Countries. A conclusion of the study is that mandatory population control may be appropriate.

1974 Chase Manhattan and other large banks begin dumping municipal security bonds, which touches off a financial crisis for New York in 1975.

1974 Bilderberger meeting in Megeve, France.

1974 J.F. Schapitz proposes a project, later funded by the US Department of Defense, showing how the spoken word of a hypnotist may be conveyed by modulated electromagnetic energy directly into subconscious parts of the brain. The subject cannot consciously control the information input.

1974 Joint Publications Research Service in Arlington makes monograph entitled "Psychotronics in Engineering" available to US government requestors. In the monograph, Dr. J.F. Shapitz reveals "the spoken word of the hypnotist may be conveyed by modulated electromagnetic energy directly into the subconscious parts of the human brain. The voices would program the subconscious mind without employing any technical devices for receiving or transcoding the messages and without the person exposed having any chance to control the information input."

1974 New England Governors consider building a regional prison using behavioral modification techniques.

1974 California passes an act based on American Cancer Society "Model Law" in 1966 which makes it a felony to treat cancer in California by any method other than radiation, surgery or chemotherapy.

1974 Dr. James Lin, author of Microwave Auditory Effects and Applications, notes that "the capability of communicating directly with humans by pulsed microwaves is obviously not limited to the field of therapeutic medicine."

1974 Jose Delgado advocates psychosurgery and electrode implantation, as well as "conquest of the human mind."

1974 Army Medical and Information Agency document "Biological Effects of Electromagnetic Radiation" discusses the research of Dr. Allen Frey. The document reveals that scientists are fully aware of the biological effects of microwave radiation having offensive weapons application. Other research includes internal sound perception research (for disorienting or disrupting behavior patterns or use as an interrogation tool), use of mixed frequencies, electronic alteration of the blood-brain barrier permitting neurotoxins in blood to reach the brain (resulting in severe neuropathological symptoms) and induction of voices inside the brain by use of signal modulation at very low power densities.

1974 LEAA funds withdrawn from behavior modification programs.

1974 Betty Ford, mother of Michael Aquino, has had extensive contacts in Germany since the 1930's.

1974 Common Market computer "the beast" unveiled in Brussels, Belgium.

1974 Carroll Quigley released Tragedy and Hope, revealing secret society connections worldwide. Plates are eventually destroyed by publisher.

1974 French Minister of Defense says disks are real on televised broadcast.

1974 CIA releases a report "A Study of Climatological Research as it Pertains to Intelligence Problems", indicating that a major climate shift toward an Ice Age is imminent.

1974 CIA releases a report "Potential Implications of Trends in World Population, Food Production and Climate", indicating that food supplies would be affected by climate changes coming in near future, and that forced mass migrations, sometimes backed by force, would become an issue.

1974 Stanford Research Institute Center for Study of Social Policy produces a report called "Changing Images of Man", prepared by a staff of 14 researchers and supervised by 23 controllers, including anthropologist Margaret Mead, psychologist B.F. Skinner, Ervin Laslo of the United Nations, and Sir Geoffrey Vickers of British Intelligence. The aim of the study is to change the image of mankind from that of "industrial progress" to one of "spiritualism". Willis Harman was director of the project. According to the report, "the images of man that dominated the last 200 years will be inadequate for the post industrial era."

1974 The Safe Water Drinking Act is passed. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) sets maximum contamination levels (MCL) for various water pollutants, including sodium fluoride. The EPA sets the fluoride contamination level at an unbelievable 1.4 pm for "warmer climates" and up to 2.4 pm for "colder climates". Furthermore, the American Dental Association begins pressuring the EPA to raise the MCL for fluoride in public water to 8 pm, when it is fully known that systemic damage occurs below 1 pm. The former US Surgeon General C. Everett Koop is among those who join the drive to increase the MCL for fluoride, even doing television ads proclaiming that fluoridation was "absolutely safe". Shown slides of severe fluorosis damage to a childs teeth at 4ppm, ADA spokesperson Lisa Watson maintains that it does "not involve health effects but is only a cosmetic problem". The National Drinking Water Advisory Council refuses to recommend raising the fluoride MCL, and came close to recommending its lowering, but the EPA farmed out research work to ICAIR Life Systems, which issues a fraudulent report (confirmed by ICAIR employee Dr. John Beaver) that is woven into the US EPA report on fluoride, resulting in the EPA recommendation of MCL for sodium fluoride in public water to be 4 pm.

1974 Lyndon Johnson has sodium morphate "heart attack" and dies in Texas.

1974 Nelson Rockefeller nominated by Ford to be Vice President of the US.

1974 Health Newsletter V3N1, Jan 74. Dr. David Grassetti "the spread of cancer in mice is astounding after they are given a dose of Rifampin, a "miracle antibiotic" made by Dow Chemical, which received almost $900,000 in contracts from the National Cancer Institute. The research results were permitted to remain Confidential."

1975 - In Congress, 32 Senators and 92 Representatives sign "A Declaration of Interdependence," which states that "we must join with others to bring forth a new world order...Narrow notions of national sovereignty must not be permitted to curtail that obligation." Congresswoman Marjorie Holt refuses to sign the Declaration saying: "It calls for the surrender of our national sovereignty to international organizations. It declares that our economy should be regulated by international authorities. It proposes that we enter a 'new world order' that would redistribute the wealth created by the American people."

1975 - Retired Navy Admiral Chester Ward, former Judge Advocate General of the U.S. Navy and former CFR member, writes in a critique that the goal of the CFR is the "...submergence of U.S. sovereignty and national independence into an all powerful one-world government..."

March 1975: Onassis died. The Mafia organization regrouped itself. Prince Faisal watched his uncle, King Faisal, silently watch the shift of Mafia power—and couldn't stand it any more. He shot his uncle, the spiritual leader of 600,000,000 Moslems, who had played ball with Onassis all along.

South Vietnam's Thieu, dubious about which way the Mafia cookie would crumble now that Onassis was dead, decided the time was right for him to split. He abandoned the War Effort, cursed the U.S., and split for Taiwan, his plane so overloaded with gold bullion that he had to dump some of it overboard.

March 18, 1975: Roberts got the "Brezhnev flu," and spent 2 weeks at U.C. Hospital. Doctors there, without the Kirlian photography diagnostic technique, assumed the softball-sized lump over his heart was cancer. It wasn't.

April, 1975: The Cambodian domino was no fun at all; it fell right over. Premier Lon Nol fled to exile in a Hawaiian suburb.

CIA Chief Colby, in a fit of spite, "leaked" the "stolen" story of the CIA-"Hughes" Glomar Explorer's raising of the bodies of drowned Russian sailors from their sunken nuclear submarine. Purpose: to bug the Russians, and also to halt criticism of the CIA by pointing out how noble, brave, and self-sacrificing they are in their efforts to save us.

The Russians are funny about their dead. They bitterly resented Colby's game. They quietly went through a massive naval "war game"—the rehearsal of a nuclear attack on the U.S.

Which brings us almost to the present time. Ford, Kissinger and Rockefeller squat like toads on the corpse of America. By the time of the Bicentennial, the stink may be unbearable.

Ford now plans a propaganda movie version of his book, "Portrait of an Assassin," which will reiterate the exploded cock-and-bullshit notion that Oswald was JFK's "lone assassin." With singularly inept misunderstanding of the times, he seems to think Americans will take his word for it, and be "reassured," in the face of those "crackpot conspiracy theories." He doesn't seem to realize that he will be reminding, or informing Americans of his role on the infamous Warren Commission.

1975 Animal encephalitis outbreak rages in 16 states in the US.

1975 Onassis dies.

1975 Lt. Colonel Michael Aquino breaks with the Satanic Church of Anton LeVey and founds the Temple of Set, a group which grew to operate on a national level and involved with US agencies in ritual abuse, sacrifice and mind control.

1975 Stockholm International Peace Research Institute publishes a paper on the "Delayed Toxic Effects of Chemical Warfare Agents", specifically organophosphates. (See 1989 and Los Angeles malathion spraying.)

1975 Education of the Handicapped Act creates a $1 billion fund.

1975 German technology allows sonic weapon development. Project Gabriel.

1975 Travis Walton abduction in Mississippi.

1975 US Viking probe goes to Mars to seek signs of life.

1975 Animal mutilation cases in Washington State, Colorado, Utah, Idaho, Wyoming and Montana.

1975 Bilderberger meeting in Cesme, Turkey.

1975 A 1975 military manual predicts the development of "ethnic chemical weapons which would be designed to exploit naturally occurring differences in vulnerability among specific population groups." Ref: "Biological Weapons and Third World Targets," Science for the People, July-Aug 1981, pp 16-20.

1975 Rockefeller Foundation gives $100,000 to the Institute for World Order.

1975 A General Accounting Office (GAO) study of the FDA reveals that 150 FDA officials owned stock in the companies they were supposed to regulate.

1975 Hugh MacDonald publishes "Appointment in Dallas", which describes posthumously a man named Herman Kimsey, a veteran US Army counter-intelligence operative and ranking CIA official until his resignation in 1962, as saying "Oswald was programmed to kill like a medium at a seance, then the mechanism went on the blink and he became a dangerous toy without direction". Three weeks after the interview between MacDonald and Kimsey, Kimsey dies of a "heart attack".

1975 Dr. Peter Beter charges that gold has been removed from Fort Knox and replaced by plutonium by CIA and Rockefeller agents.

1975 The British medical journal Lancet reports on a study which compared the effect on cancer patients of chemotherapy or no treatment at all. No treatment proved significantly better policy for patient survival and quality of life.

1975 Five related peptides with opiate properties were found in the brain and the pituitary gland. Evidence for others existed in the bloodstream, spinal fluid and even in amniotic fluid. The first of these substances were isolated in Scotland, and they were called enkephelins.

1975 Rockefeller Commission releases report on CIA activities showing CIA violations of law, but significant violations are suppressed.

1975 Federal Drug Administration Bureau of Biologics concludes that Diptheria toxoid (vaccine) is "not as effective an immunizing agent as might be anticipated." They admit that Diptheria may occur in vaccinated people, and note that "the permanence of immunity induced by the toxoid is open to question."

1975 Unusually warm weather plagues the Soviet Union.

1975 Twenty people disappear following a strange "UFO religion" meeting in Oregon.

1975 Japan stops using Pertussis vaccine following publicity about vaccine-related deaths. 1975 Dr. John Yiamouyiannis publishes a preliminary survey which shows that people in fluoridated areas have a higher cancer death rate than those in non-fluoridated areas. The National Cancer Institute attempts to refute the studies. Later in 1975, Yiamouyiannis joins with Dr. Dean Burk, chief chemist of the National Cancer Institute (1939-1974) in performing other studies which are then included in the Congressional Record by Congressman Delaney, who was the original author of the Delaney Amendment, which prohibited the addition of cancer-causing substances to food used for human consumption. Both reports confirmed the existence of a link between fluoridation and cancer. (Note: Obviously Dr. Burk felt free to agree with scientific truth only after his tenure at NCI ended, since his job depended on towing the party line).

1975 Attempted assassination of Gerald Ford. Two attempts.

1975 New York police arrest managers of a branch of Chemical Bank, who had been accepting cash flow of Paul Lucas heroin mob.

1975 GAO finds that 150 FDA officials violated conflict of interest with drug stock.

1975 787,000 women are subjected to hysterectomies. 1,700 die as a result.

1975 Searle company drugs Adactone and Flagyl found to cause cancer in mice.

1975 N.M. Rothschild and Sons open operations in Hong Kong to take advantage of liberal gold trading laws.

1975 US ships 1.4 million pounds of uranium oxide to the Soviet government.

11th November, 1975: Governor-General Kerr sacks the Whitlam Government.

August 1975: Rowling re-introduces unrecognisable Commerce Bill, designed to aid monopolisation of the NZ economy and repeals the News Media Ownership Act, allowing more foreign ownership of NZ media. The new legislation does not define monopoly, competition or stipulate permissable maximum market share, or even ascertain what the public interest is - resulting in a sell-out to big business.

December, 1975: Election battle between Rowling and Muldoon. Oil companies pour thousands of dollars into Muldoon's campaign via National Bank (NZ), whose general manager Mowbray is also a member of Todd Foundations; Investment Board Director Tudhope also Managing Director Shell Oil and Chairman Shell/BP/Todd. Muldoon wins.

February, 1976: Muldoon implements pre-election secret agreement with the NZ Seven Sisters' oil representatives of Shell/BP/Todd for helping finance the National Party campaign.

Muldoon removes the $3 per barrel oil levy for the New Zealand Refining Company, which increases the oil companies' profits by 100% at the taxpayers' expense and with all future oil prospecting licenses, the Government has the option to take 51% of any discovery without meeting exploration costs. This is designed to discourage further exploration, thereby keeping the lid on the Great South Basin discovery.

Meanwhile, in Australia, new P.M. Malcolm Fraser reopens uranium mining and opens the way for takeover of mineral resources with big tax breaks for oil exploration, coal and mining.

Muldoon returns a favour to the oil companies by arranging $US200 million loan for Maui Gas Development for Shell/BP/Todd.

September, 1976: With captive politicians in place in both Australia and New Zealand, the Internationalists can now proceed with their strategy of takeover of the economy and exploitation of natural resources. "In New Zealand, the elimination of unnecessary competition is fundamental to a sound economy," Brierly says.

Parksy and Colby use Brierly/Jones Investments as a vehicle to buy into A.B. Consolidated Holdings in New Zealand.

Associate of R. Jones, Pat Goodman, is appointed 'consultant' of Australasian and Pacific Holdings.

November, 1976: The Internationalists (Mafia) set up a NZ money 'funnel' using Brierley's City Realties. National Insurance Co acquires 33% of the stock. Largest stockholders in National Insurance are the US Firemen's Fund - Chairman and President Myron Du Bain also Vice Chairman of American Express (Amex). Chairman of I.E.L. linked International Harvester, Archie McCardell, also Amex Director. Amex linked with Chase Manhattan and seven Sisters' Texaco and Mobil. Du Bain also Director of CIA-linked United California Bank, which is a partner in Commercial Pacific Trust.

To complete the money funnel, National Insurance becomes a stockholder in Chase Manhattan's Chase-NBA. Brierley's declared assets reach $100 million, with shareholder's capital of only $2.5 million - all cash acquisitions.

1976 - In the March/April issue of "The Humanist," Paul Blanshard writes: "I think the most important factor leading us to a secular society has been the educational factor. Our schools may not teach Johnny to read properly, but the fact that Johnny is in school until he is sixteen tends to lead toward the elimination of religious superstition. The average child now acquires a high school education, and this militates against Adam and Eve and all other myths of alleged history."

Fall 1976 - Radio operators all over the world begin receiving peculiar electronic pulses which they dub the "woodpecker." [It is learned that the source of the woodpecker is the Soviet Union. Soviet weather engineers are sending out the most powerful man-made radio beams ever created - many times more powerful than anything even planned before that - in efforts to alter the earth's weather.] [The "woodpecker" is a 1 megawatt CW tube that can now be purchased commercially from Svetlana of St. Petersberg Russia -the peripatetic Ed.

1976 FDA Pertussis vaccine specialist Charles Manclark comments "Pertussis vaccine is one of the most troublesome products to produce and assay. It has one of the highest failure rates of all products submitted to the Bureau of Biologics for testing and release. Approximately 15-20% of all lots which pass manufacturer tests fail to pass the tests of the Bureau."

1976 Viking Probe discovery of face on Mars. Viking I and II reach Mars.

1976 Scientists at MIT announce construction of a functional synthetic gene, complete with regulatory mechanisms.

1976 Dr. J. Richard Crout, test director at the FDA Bureau of Drugs since 1971, testifies before Congress on April 19th that "prior to 1974, not one scientific office in our place knew his work assignments, nor did any manager know the work assignments of the people under him."

1976 Tennessee journalist James Moore reveals he was given Top Secret documents by former CIA officials describing military mind control methods involving Radio-Hypnotic Intra-Cerebral Control and Electronic Dissolution of Memory.

1976 It was discovered that enkephelins operated within the nerve tracks that signal chronic pain to the brain, and that some enkephelin receptors were found positioned to direct nerve impulse traffic from one nerve to the next, along primary paths of perception, emotion and pain. Later in 1976, in Britains National Institute for Medical Research, the peptide beta-endorphin was isolated from the pituitary of a monkey. It had an analgesic potency 100 times that of morphine and 40 times greater than enkephelins. Beta endorphins were split into Alpha and Gamma, the difference being only one amino acid. While Gamma produced a sensitivity to pain, Alpha produced analgesia. It was then postulated that Beta endorphins could act like a switch to balance reaction to pain. Lower blood sugar regulates certain neurotransmitters and controls certain hormones, all leading to certain behavioral effects from speed-learning to flight-or-fight and pain suppression. So, schizophrenia at this time was diagnosed as typifying a de- activation of the beta endorphins. Beta endorphins have emerged as the most important element in the biochemistry of behavior. He who controls beta endorphins controls the mind.

1976 Low Intensity Conflict and Modern Technology, by Ltc. David Dean, American University Press, 1986, features an article by Capt. Paul Taylor, US Navy, entitled "The Electromagnetic Spectrum in Low Intensity Conflict", in which he discusses radio frequencies "disruptive to purposeful behavior" and the brain as a "electrically mediated organ". Said Taylor, "a weapon could be achieved where an effect could lead to cardiac standstill and death."

1976 Scientists "discover viral cause" of multiple sclerosis.

#
1976 On July 4, 1976, the Soviets begin weather engineering operations designed to further induce global warming. By 1979, the US would have their own program in operation. Work proceeds at Lawrence Livermore Laboratory that is officially disguised as "environmental cleanup research" using high energy microwave generators to "clean the atmosphere of ozone-destroying chemicals. See HAARP (1994). Soviet Tesla Magnifying Transmitters are energy source.

1976 National Enquirer, June 22, 1976, describes the ARPA Mind Control Program.

1976 Research begins on the behavioral effect of microwaves as weapons.

1976 The Humane Society of Utah questions the mysterious death of 50 wild horses who had consumed water from a spring near the US Army Dugway Proving Grounds, a chemical/biological warfare center.

1976 US House Banking and Currency Committee Report, May 1976, entitled "International Banking", identifies the Rothschild Five Arrows Group and its five branches: N.M. Rothschild & Sons, Ltd in London, Banque Rothschild in France, Banque Lambert in Belgium, New Court Securities in New York, and Pierson, Holdring & Company in Amsterdam, all of which were combined into Rothschild Intercontinental Bank, Ltd, who in turn has three American subsidiaries: National City Bank of Cleveland, First City National Bank (First City Bancorp) in Houston, and First National Bank in Seattle. First City Bancorp in Houston would co-chair the Reagan Bush campaign of 1980. The House Report also noted "the Rothschild banks are affiliated with Manufacturers Hanover of London and Manufacturers Hanover in New York, which buys CIT Financial Corporation in 1983 for $1.6 billion.

1976 International Monetary Fund (IMF) and Royal Bank of Canada, it's affiliate, directly order Guyana to grow marijuana in order to earn foreign exchange and to host People's Temple compound led by Jim Jones, later confirmed to be a CIA led experiment in drugs and mind control.

1976 Sam Giancana and Johnny Roselli murdered.

1976 Plot to assassinate Henry Kissinger in Costa Rica blocked by police.

1976 Three people arrested for conspiracy to kill Senator Ted Kennedy.

1976 Bilderberger meeting cancelled due to scandal involving Prince Bernhard and Lockheed. Alternate meeting in Nogales, Arizona attended by many CFR/Bilderberger figures.

1976 Walter Bowert publishes "Operation Mind Control". The public begins to be aware of government activities in this area.

1976 Teleguard TG2 DE monitoring device begins to be installed in all TV sets. The device is capable of transmission of all activities and sounds in front of the set to satellite and CIA headquarters. Confirmed in 1993 investigation.

1976 Malathion used in Pakistan poisons 2,500 people.

1976 National Institute for Drug Abuse estimates 5800 deaths in hospitals between 1976-1977 from use of psychiatric drugs on patients.

1976 NSC directive 4A authorizes covert psych ops against US citizens

1976 HIV virus discovered in African blood banks.

1976 Congress concludes all emergencies are over in PL 94-12.

1976 Congress leaves intact all Presidential laws set up under Trading Enemy Act.

1976 Congress passes PL 94-266 to pay for national swine flu inoculation in US

1976 According to a letter from the British Association for Parents of Vaccine Damaged Children, published in the British Medical Journal of February 1976, "two years ago we started to collect details from parents of serious reactions suffered by their children to immunizations of all kinds. In 65% of the cases referred to us, reactions followed "triple" vaccinations. The children in this group total 182 to date. All are severely brain damaged, some are paralyzed, and 5 have died during the past 18 months. Approximately 60% of reactions (major convulsions, collapse, screaming) happened within 3 days and all within 12 days.

1976 Jimmy Carter elected president of the United States. Leaves for vacation on Sr. Simon Island, favorite Bilderberger haunt north of Jekyll Island.

1976 Huge caches of arms found in California owned by groups expecting a Communist takeover of the United States.

1976 The "swine flu" scare and Legionnaires disease.

1976 Unusually cold weather plagues the United States.

1976 Mild traces of HIV virus discovered in African blood banks.

1976 George HW Bush becomes Director of the CIA, the enforcement arm of CFR.

1976 Dr. Robert Simpson of Rurgers University addresses science writers at a seminar of the American Cancer Society, pointing out, "...immunization programs against flu, measles, mumps, polio, etc. May actually be seeding humans with RNA to form latent proviruses in cells throughout the body. These latent proviruses could be molecules in search of diseases, including rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, systemic lupus erythematosis, Parkinsons disease, and perhaps cancer." According to Dr. Wendell Winters, a UCLA virologist who also attended the seminar, "immunizations may cause changes in the slow viruses and changes in the mechanism of DNA. This is being studied by Dr. Robert Hutchinson at the University of Tennessee."

1976 Dr. Jonas Salk, creator of the polio vaccine, says that analysis indicates that the live virus vaccine in use since the 1960's is the principle, if not sole cause of all polio cases since 1961.

1976 More than 500 people receiving flu vaccinations become paralyzed with Guillain-Barre Syndrome.

1976 Dr. D.W. Allman and co-workers from Indiana University School of Medicine feed animals 1part-per-million (ppm) fluoride and notice the urinary levels and tissue levels of a substance called cyclic AMP (adenosine monophosphate) increased by more than 100%. They also found that in the presence of aluminum in a concentration as small as 20 parts per billion, fluoride is able to cause an even larger increase in cyclic AMP levels. Cyclic AMP inhibits the migration rate of white blood cells, as well as the ability of the white blood cell to destroy pathogenic organisms. Ref: Journal of Dental Research, Vol 55, Sup B, p523, 1976, "Effect of Inorganic Fluoride Salts on Urine and Tissue Cyclic AMP Concentration in Vivo". (Note: It is no small accident that toothpaste tubes containing fluoride are often made of aluminum, nor is it an accident that aluminum cookware and fluoride use were injected into the population virtually simultaneously.)

1976 After declining steadily since 1922, cases of Pertussis (whooping cough) suddenly begin to rise significantly between 1976 and 1980, during the same time vaccination for Pertussis was increased. The number of reported cases has risen each year since 1977. Reasons are said to be "unclear" why school age children make up the bulk of the cases.

1976 West Germany ends its mass Pertussis immunization program.

1976 Los Angeles Times quotes US Ambassador Walt Stoessel as telling his Moscow staff that the Soviet microwaves can cause emotional and behavioral problems, as well as leukemia, cancer and cataracts.

1976 American Cancer Society decides to remove its ban on 3 of over 66 known methods of cancer management (Coley's toxins, Staphage Lysate and hyperthermia) with no explanation.

1976 First expansion of ELF grid on Soviet Woodpecker Project (Fall 76).

1976 William J. Clinton runs for Attorney General of Arkansas virtually unopposed.

1976 to Present. New anti-Soviet, US-Vatican axis formalized as Reagan unconstitutionally sent an ambassador to the Vatican for the first time in US history. The Eastern Establishment, while continuing to make pro-Soviet noises in opposition to the Carter-Reagan arms build-up and Reagan's Star Wars, appears strangely "powerless to determine policy or elect a President in the US. Is this lack of power real, or a ruse to maintain "back-channel" disinformative contact with the Soviets? Has the NBE decided that the Soviet Bloc has gone far enough and must now be dealt some defeats? Perhaps in Afghanistan, the disputed Chinese Border, Eastern Europe, and the Caribbean? Or can we expect a sudden catastrophic defeat of the new Vatican-US alliance? Perhaps the loss of all or part of Western Europe, Japan or the Middle East to the Soviet/Orthodox "Third Rome" Imperialist doctrinaires in Moscow?

1977 - The Trilateral Commission publishes official paper #13 entitled "Collaboration with Communist Countries in Mankind's Global Problems." The report recommends "Trilateral/Communist cooperation in nine areas of global concern" including "weather modification."

1977 - "The Third Try at World Order" is published. Author Harlan Cleveland of the Aspen Institute for Humanistic Studies calls for "...changing Americans' attitudes and institutions" for "complete disarmament (except for international soldiers)" and "for individual entitlement to food, health and education."

July 1977 - Jeremiah Novak's article "The Trilateral Connection" appears in the "Atlantic Monthly": "For the third time in this century, a group of American schools, businessmen, and government officials is planning to fashion a New World Order..."

1977 Cancer Blackout 1977. Otto Warburg, Nobel Laureate in Medicine: "Cancer ... there is no disease whose prime cause is better known...in the meantime millions of men must die unnecessarily."

1977 William Jennings Bryan III, master hypnotherapist with CIA connections, is found dead in his hotel room in a Las Vegas hotel. The coroner states he died "of natural causes", even before the autopsy is performed. Bryan is believed to have been involved in the hypnotic programming of Albert De Salvo (Boston Strangler), Sirhan Sirhan (before the attack which led to Robert Kennedy's death), James Earl Ray (jailed for the murder of Martin Luther King) and other significant figures in history.

1977 Ray Ravenhott, director of the population program for the U.S. Agency for International Development (AID), publically announces his agency's goal was to sterilize 25% of the females on the planet in order to "protect U.S. corporate interests from threat of revolutions spawned by chronic unemployment. "Ref: St. Louis Post Dispatch "U.S. Goal: Sterilize Millions of World's Women", also in Womanews (New York) in article by G. Esterman entitled "The Master Plan".

1977 The Congressional Subcommittee on Intergovernmental Relations convenes two (2) full Congressional Hearings on the subject of fluorides. During the hearing, it was proven that (1) The "scientific efforts" of those promoting fluoridation were fraudulent, and (2) That other existing studies proved beyond a doubt that approximately 10,000 excess cancer deaths per year could be attributed to fluoridation in the United States.

1977 Congressional representative L.H. Fountain, chairman of the 1977 Sub- Committee Hearings on Fluoride, states that "the carcinogenic nature of fluoride remains unanswered" and orders the U.S. Public Health Service (USPHS - who is in on the fluoride conspiracy anyway) "to conduct animal studies to see if fluoride causes cancer". Dr. Herman Kraybill, from the National Cancer Institute (who in 1972 had been chosen by NCI to write a memo saying that fluorides do not cause cancer) was placed in charge of these studies. Kraybill boldly states, "this will be the final study to confirm negativity of fluoride ions in carcinogenesis." He cites 13 studies having nothing to do with the subject of fluorides and cancer in order to support his claim that "no link between fluorides and cancer existed." (NCI Director Dr. Arthur Upton later admitted the 13 studies had nothing to do with the subject of the study). (See 1982, 1985,1988)

1977 A Blue Ribbon Panel is convened to investigate the reason for the drop in the general IQ of the United States. Seventy-nine theories were advanced, but none of them satisfactorily explained the drop in mental capacity of the US population. The idea that vaccines could be part of the problem was not brought up. Y.L. Warten, 1977. (The Prussian education system is also part of the problem, for those volkschuelen).

1977 The British government is pressured by the publicity following the new data about Pertussis and DPT vaccinations.

1977 The University of Glasgow in Scotland, Department of Community Medicine, Dr. Gordon Stuart, publishes a study analyzing 160 cases of adverse reaction and neurotoxicity following DPT vaccination. In 65 of those cases, reactions to DPT shots included convulsions, hyperactivity and severe mental defect. In a stern statement, Stuart says, "it seems likely that most adverse reactions are unreported and/or overlooked."

1977 The British government conducts the National Childhood Encephalopathy Study (NCES) which tests the connection between vaccinations and neurological disease.

1977 Russia deployed charged particle beam weapon in space, upsetting US control of planetary space. Cosmos 929 destroys US satellite.

1977 In 1977, Congressional Hearings were held in which Dr. Yiamouyiannis and Dr. Burk were able to show that the increase in deaths were due to water fluoridation. At the conclusion of the hearings, Representative Fountain and his committee instructed the United States Public Health Service (well known by now for questionable and dangerous medical advisory practices which benefit the medical and pharmaceutical industries) to conduct animal studies to "determine whether or not fluoride causes cancer". As a result, the USPHS retained Battelle Memorial Institute (also well known for NWO technical activities and is considered by many to be part of the cancer cover-up) to perform a study on mice and rats - unfortunately rodent physiology differs considerably from humans, making the transfer of data between species relatively meaningless. (See 1989, Battelle Study).

1977 Project Dreamscan comes on line with the ability to enter a persons dream state and cause death. Managed by the NSA, the project had assassination as its eventual aim. Project allegedly halted by Carter.

1977 (Mar) Jonas and Darrell Salk warn live virus vaccines produce same disease.

1977 US sells Soviets a supermagnet which they then use for weather modification.

1977 Timothy Leary publishes "ExoPsychology", in which he confides "there are two aspects of this social conditioning regime which are not stressed by Skinner. To make it work, the government psychologists must have total control over the citizenry, and there must be total secrecy and censorship. One dissident, freedom-oriented psychologist can totally disrupt a psychological fascism by public exposure. Psychological control techniques cannot be employed in a democracy where minority groups can campaign against and publically discuss the techniques being used. Thus, the proposals of B.F. Skinner cannot be implemented except in a state where the government has total control of communication."

1977 United States Hospice, Incorporated is established, funded by the Kaiser Foundation and the Kennedy Institution for Bioethics.

1977 Department of Energy established.

1977 First space shuttle flight in United States.

1977 British announce they have determined complete genetic structure of a living organism.

1977 The US Army admits that it had carried out hundreds of biological warfare tests in the United States over a period of decades since World War II, including 25 major operations targeting the American public employing known disease-causing agents. Crop disease substances were used 31 times.

1977 Voyager I and II explore outer solar system.

1977 In Review of the News, May 18, 1977, historian Arnold Toynbee describes the need for a "world police force", saying "local states ought to be deprived of their sovereignty and subordinated to the sovereignty of a global world government. The world state will need an armed police force to command force to impose peace."

1977 United States population 216 million.

1977 Stewart publishes a study evaluating 160 cases of adverse reactions occurring after a DPT shot. Among the reactions were paralysis.

1977 United States confirms testing of neutron bomb.

1977 Massive electrical blackout in the United States.

1977 New York Times (6/21/77) reports the United States shipped a 40-ton super magnetic to the Soviet Union along with a team of American scientists. The device is capable of generating a magnetic field 250,000 times more powerful than the Earth. The purpose of the magnetic was to build a more efficient MHD power generator to increase the power of the "woodpecker signals". The effect was to override, blank out and interfere with Earths field to permit the Soviet signals to penetrate to the United States. (See 1988, 1994)

1977 US Department of Energy established.

1977 Bilderberger meeting in Torque, England. Alex Home chosen new leader, and admits that group influences world affairs.

1977 Congressional Hearings on the cancer problem in the United States. A report generated concluded that "the public has been misled by the major cancer organizations for the past 25 years." It recommended that those benefiting from "the system" not be allowed to dictate the choices available to the American public. This Congressional study was ignored.

1977 Movie "Close Encounters" released.

1977 CIA admits MKULTRA consisted of 149 sub-projects involving 44 colleges and universities, 15 research foundations, 12 hospitals and 3 prisons.

1977 BBC program "Alternative 3" aired.

1977 Mysterious sonic booms heard off eastern US coast. Sonic booms are also indicative of scalar weapon use.

1977 Soviets deploy Cosmosphere platforms for earth surveillance. (Beter).

1977 Dr. Peter Beter discusses conflict between Rothschild synthetic humanoids and Soviet robotoids in duplication of public figures.

1977 Soviets attack US moon base with particle beam weapons (Beter). According to Dr. Beter, the American moon base had been integral to Rockefeller plot to control the planet. (Battle of Harvest Moon), October 1977. (Beter).

1977 US National Institute of Health reports herpes encephalitis treated with drug.

1977 National Institute of Drug Abuse estimates 4.8 million prescriptions for Thorazine written out in 1977 - over 271 million pills worth.

1977 Second expansion of Soviet ELF grid at Woodpecker Facility.

3rd February, 1977: Parksy and Colby close down the Brierley/Jones Investment funnel and open up seperate channels for Brierley and Jones. Jones will be supplied with 'laundered' funds via Sydney branch of the Nugan Hand Bank, while for Ron Brierley, Gerald Parsky uses Myron Du Bain, Dierctor of United California Bank and also chairman and president of the US Firemen's Fund, which are the largest stockholders in National Insurance (NZ). Funds to be 'laundered' via Chase Manhattan Bank through National Insurance to City Realty and via United California Bank through COMPAC (New Hebrides) to National Insurance and City Realties.

To expand the Bierley/I.E.L. 'front', Parsky establishes Industrial Equity Pacific (Hong Kong).

September 1977: Brierley's new holding company begins operations - A.B. Consolidated. H.W. Revell appointed Deputy Chairman and B. Hancox General Manager, while newly-appointed directors include S. Cushing, B. Judge, O. Gunn and P. Goodman, linked with Renouf, Fletcher and Papps through I.E.L./N.Z.U.C.

* Strategy: To target and divide key sectors of the economy for takeover, exploitation and monopolisation. Operations to extend to use Hong Kong facility, I.E.P. Fletchers to extend the Khashoggi/Rockefeller Travelodge operation by taking holdings in Vacation Hotels and Intercontinental Properties (Renouf Chairman).

October, 1977: Muldoon and JOhn Todd - Shell/BP/Todd - sign an agreement. NZ Govt would take 24.5% holding in the Great South Basin for $1.65 Billion. Hunt would reduce his holding from 45.5% to 27.5% and Arco would sell its 6.5%.

* Reason: Hunt did not possess the technology to pump oil from deep water; Gulf possessed the technology but did not tell Hunt. Arco was not told anything and were swindled out of its 6.5% concession.

November, 1977: Muldoon introduces the S.I.S Amendment Bill, designed to keep the economy free of obstruction and to help uncover obstructive elements. Telephone taps, mail tampering and other surveillance methods approved after CIA input on contents of legislation.

Late 1977: Muldoon travels to the US to meet top Rockefeller officials, including Trilateralists' Deputy Secretary of State, Warren Christopher, and Richard Bolbrooke, who were in charge of the new "South Pacific Desk" at the State Department established by Rockefeller to target exploitatin of both New Zealand and Australia. In Los Angeles, Muldoon meets top Rockefeller officials, Robert Anderson (Rockwell Chairman, also Director of Kashoggi's Security Pacific National Bank) and P. Larkin (Rockwell Director, also Chairman, Executive Committee Security Pacific National Bank and Director of Marac).

April, 1978: Muldoon sets up Petrocorp. New Zealand taxpayers pay for the exploration costs but the oil companies control all distribution outlets. Muldoon blocks development of Maui B as restructured supplies mean higher prices and bigger profits for Shell/BP/Todd. South Island gas market not developed as Great South Basin fields closer than Kapuni. Plans develop for re-opening of National Parks for mineral exploitation.

22nd July, 1978: Director of Australian Federal Bureau of Narcotics suspends his invetigation into the Nugan Hand Bank after pressure from the CIA and Australian politicians controlled by Mafia, particularly Malcolm Fraser.

Brierly's declared assets reach $200 million, with shareholders' funds only $17 million.

April 1978 - The U.S. Department of the Army adds in its "Chaplain's Handbook of Religious Requirements" new religions which had become federally recognized and which could be legally practiced on all military bases throughout the world. These "new" religions are Satanism, witchcraft and other occult religions.

April 1978 - President Jimmy Carter sends a telegram to the American Humanist Association: "Those who participate in the annual meeting of the American Humanist Association are furthering a movement that greatly enhances our way of life. The work of your organization in this area is, therefore, especially gratifying to me, and I welcome this opportunity to applaud your important accomplishments." [Why is a "born-again Christian" congratulating the humanists? The "Humanist Manifesto" signed by Lester Mondale, brother of Vice President Walter Mondale, declares: "Humanists believe that traditional theism, especially faith in the prayer-hearing God, assumed to love and care for persons, to hear and understand prayers, and to be able to do something about them, is an unproved and outmoded faith. No deity will save us; we must save ourselves."] [Damn straight! For once something I agree with them on!

1978 According to Charlotte Parker of the University of Texas Department of Microbiology, the nature of the organism Bordetella Pertussis means that different lots of vaccine made from the same strains sometimes show different properties.

1978 Consumer Reports publishes a two part article in July and August 1978 which includes the claim "the simple truth is that there is no 'scientific controversy' over the safety of fluoridation." Later in 1990, the Technical Director for Consumer Reports disputes the claim, saying "the proponents of fluoridation insist that there are no grounds for controversy at all, and with that I totally disagree. The point is that this is a legitimate scientific controversy." The technical director in 1990 is Dr. Edward Groth III.

1978 William J. Clinton becomes a nominee for Governor of Arkansas and wins the election. Clinton would surround himself with the younger generation, and drug use was allegedly condoned in the Governors mansion.

1978 Immune and auto-immune diseases start to manifest themselves in the population. (Note: Soviet Woodpecker signals started on July 4, 1976). None of the diseases is new. Most are caused by suppression of the immune system and change in the body environment, promoting pleomorphic changes in organisms which have always been in the body, and resulting pathology.

1978 Dr. Andrija Puharich, in January 1978, issues a detailed research paper titled "Global Magnetic Warfare", a laymans collection of "certain artificially induced unusual effects on Earth during 1976 and 1977." Puharich describes early Soviet work with Tesla's method of controlling earthquakes.

1978 Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act of 1978 (50 USC 1801 et seq) authorizes surveillance of calls through tracing devices or pen registers.

1978 The German magazine Stern reports on the Turkish village of Kizilcaoern, where the drinking water contains 5ppm fluorides. All of the children have brown teeth. Women produce dead babies after only four months of pregnancy. All the inhabitants suffer from tremendous premature aging. The same fluoride-related brittle-bone disorders have been observed among people drinking water with as little as 0.7 ppm fluoride.

1978 A court case was won in Pennsylvania that proved fluoridation was harmful and resulted in a ban. It received great publicity, much to the concern of the American Dental Association and the industry. (See 1979)

1978 January issue of Specula magazine describes the effect of Woodpecker signals, saying "an electromagnetic signal of certain frequencies can be transmitted through the Earth which, when introduced into the Earth at multiples of 30 degrees, will form standing waves in the Earth, and in certain cases induces coherence to the wave in the molten core of the Earth. One can induce earthquakes at a distant point, and severe atmospheric disturbances over the target area. (The Tesla Effect).

1978 In the US, despite the fact that teen pregnancies are at the lowest rate in over 40 years, federally mandated family planning and sex education in schools is enacted.

1978 In the United States, the FDA finances and conducts a study at UCLA from January 1, 1978 to December 15, 1979 called "Pertussis Vaccine Project: Rates, Nature and Etiology of Adverse Reactions Associated with DPT Vaccine". The results of the study were published in Pediatrics in November 1981; the unpublished contractors "Final Report" was submitted to the FDA on March 18, 1980 (a year earlier) and contained revealing data. The study found a higher incidence of adverse reactions to the DPT shot than any previously reported in literature. After the study had run nine months, the FDA convened a Pertussis Symposium, at which it was revealed that "the most striking finding in this preliminary analysis is the high frequency of persistent crying, episodes of convulsions and collapse following DPT immunization." Because of these findings, the study was curtailed from the planned examination of 50,000 vaccinations to only 17,000. The UCLA-FDA study also found that systemic reactions in the central nervous system were present in 50% of the vaccinations. Because of this potentially damaging information, the FDA placed an arbitrary time limit of 48 hours within which reactions had to occur, despite ongoing data which indicates that serious reactions occur after that time limit, in order to limit the statistical data and conceal the extent of the problem from the population. (See 1981). In 1988, an FDA-sponsored follow-up study of the "18" children with neurological reactions concluded "no significant neurological impairment." A 1988 re-examination of those same children by an independent researcher, pediatric neurologist Ronald Gabriel, not associated with the FDA, proved that the FDA lied - only 4 of the 18 were normal. The results were presented at a May 1980 meeting of the Institute of Medicine. Results indicate that encephalopathy is followed by subtle learning, behavioral and neurological problems. (Note: See the book Vaccination, Social Violence and Criminality: the Medical Assault on the American Brain, by Harris Coulter, 1990. The FDA is continuously involved in criminal conspiracy and racketeering along with pharmaceutical and chemical companies in the United States.)

1978 International Banks have $90 billion in assets located in London.

1978 Murder rate in United States jumps to 500:100,000.

1978 British neurologist Roger Bannister relates allergies with neurological problems. According to Bannister, "these acute demyelinating diseases have become more serious because of some abnormal process of sensitization of the nervous system."

1978 Bilderberger meeting near Princeton, New Jersey.

1978 Andrija Puharich, owner of Intelectron Corp, a medical technology firm and author, disappears. Puharich was a veteran of MKULTRA involved with experiments in parapsychology and psychedelic drugs, conversant in psychoactive weaponry and his "pet subjects" were mind control and the telepathic effects of ELF waves. Puharich violates CIA confidence by revealing his knowledge publically. His home was torched, and he told Ira Einhorn, a former cohort, that "the CIA was responsible".

1978 US Dollar plunges to record low against other currencies.

1978 In March 1978, the city of Eugene, Oregon was doused in microwave radiation. The Oregon Journal reports "Mysterious Radio Signals Causing Concern". The FCC concludes that the signals came from a Navy transmitter in California. The FCC report concluded that "microwaves were the likely cause of several sudden illnesses among faculty researchers at Oregon State University. Oregonians complained of headaches, fatigue, inability to sleep, reddening of the skin, "clicks in the head" and a buzz harmonizing with a high pitched wail. A similar situation developed in Timmons, Ontario.

1978 Andre Michrowski, a Canadian researcher, writes Trudeau on Sept 19th, 1978, citing a Pacific Northwest Center for Non-Ionizing Radiation study that found that Soviet signals beamed into the US had a "psychoactive" component that was "strongly suggestive of achieving the "the objective of brain control." Michrowski notes that there is "planetary scale brain control that is growing into a reality with each passing week."

1978 First "test tube" baby.

1978 Jonestown CIA medical experiments and death of Leo Ryan.

1978 In England, Griffith studies pertussis vaccine reactions in children, noting a case in which a boy experiences brain damage 3 days after vaccination and dies 27 days later due to injection of triple vaccine.

1978 Naomi Uemura journeys solo to North Pole.

1978 Union Bank of Israel monopoly on Hong Kong diamond market. Union Bank owned by Bank Leumi, in turn owned by Barclay Bank in England.

1978 Federal Emergency Management Agency conducts Rex Exercises.

1978 Gustavo Cisneros buys a minority share in Florida National Bank, one of the organizations that led the fight to de-regulate Florida banks. Cisneros sold his shares in 1981.

1978 Walter Bowart's Operation Mind Control is published.

1978 Trials of Hepatitis B vaccine in New York City on non-monogamous males between 20 and 40 years old. Homosexuals receive a different vaccine.

1978 Huge cylindrical craft seen hovering over oil equipment in Kuwait.

1978 CIA attains control of much worldwide opium traffic.

1978 Drug trafficking economics becomes stated IMF policy, as prices remain relatively stable and it produces quick cash.

1978 A speech by Deputy Director of Engineering of the Army Corps of Engineers, Llotd Duscha, explicitly states that the Corps has built classified underground facilities for the US government.

1978 Congressional estimate of US illicit drug consumption is $80 billion.

1978 The American Psychiatric Assn (APA) conducts a survey on ECT. Doctors were asked if it was likely that electroshock "therapy" produces brain damage. 41% voted yes, and 26% voted no.

1978 RAND Corporation does de-population and martial law studies.

1978 Club of Rome meeting on world population growth.

1978 Peter Schrag publishes "Mind Control" in which Dr. Louis J. West, a former CIA brainwashing specialist, proposes establishing a computerized system employing space technology to monitor and control the violence-prone."

1978 CIA Operation Pique bounces microwaves off the ionosphere in order to affect mental functions of people in selected areas, including Europe. (See 1987 and 1994, reference: HAARP, Eastlund)

1978 Dr. Robert Beck issues a report on ELF magnetic fields and EEG entrainment in which he reports alarming mood alterations in Canada which observers believe are related to Soviet EM transmissions.

1978 US sends F-16 aircraft to NATO countries in Europe on Russian ships.

1978 World Bank official John Holdson reveals that "the coca industry is advantageous", making drug trafficking the stated policy of the IMF.

1979 - Barry Goldwater, retiring Republican Senator from Arizona, publishes his autobiography "With No Apologies." He writes: "In my view the Trilateral Commission represents a skillful, coordinated effort to seize control and consolidate the four centers of power - political, monetary, intellectual, and ecclesiastical. All this is to be done in the interest of creating a more peaceful, more productive world community."

1979 - Congress passes and President Jimmy Carter signs into law legislation establishing a Federal Department of Education - just as William Z. Foster, top leader of the Communist Party USA for 40 years, had called for.

1979 Global 2000 Report created.

1979 In order to counteract the tide of truth on fluorides, the American Dental Association (ADA) issues a "white paper" on fluoridation characterizing opponents of putting fluorides in the public water supply as "uninformed, self-styled experts whose qualifications for speaking out on such a scientific issue as fluoridation were practically nonexistent or whose motivation was self-serving." (Highly ironic, since this is instead the position of the ADA and the medical industrial complex in the first place). In addition, the ADA paper maintained "the lifelong benefits of fluoridation" and encouraged responses to opponents to begin with, "there is no evidence...", "investigators have observed...". The ADA recommended that "the advice of behavioral scientists should be sought with regard to rebuttals". This ADA paper resulted in collusion between the ADA,CDC,EPA,NCHS,NIDR, state dental societies and directors to "identify those communities where the timing is favorable". A planning committee was formed to plan a symposium for the future. (See 1983).

1979 Congressional Investigations Committee on the Assassination of President Kennedy finishes the task started in 1976. They conclude that the assassination was a "probable conspiracy" and prevail on the US Dept of Justice to perform further investigation. The Department of Justice buries the issue.

1979 David Boren (Skull&Bones 1963) elected to US Senate. He becomes chairman of the Senate Intelligence Committee.

1979 The January 20th edition of the New York Times carried a story in which a child was killed because of a lethal dose of fluoride at a city dental clinic. The parents were awarded $750,000.

1979 Epidemiological report by Nancy Wertheimer and Edward Leeper indicates possible health problems associated from proximity exposure to powerlines.

1979 A remote viewing experiment conducted with several individuals reveals that the government possesses Tesla-based technology that is being used to influence elections in the United States from the NORAD facility.

1979 Dr. Peter Beter discusses Carter synthetic replacements on the air.

1979 Los Angeles Herald Examiner, Mar 21, 1979, features an article entitled "A Suit Over Brain Surgery: Man Hallucinates, Says Microwaves Are Murdering Him". The subject was named Leonard Kille, an electronics engineer and holder of patents willed to MIT when the CIA disabled his brain using psychiatrist Vernon Mark of Boston City Hospital and Frank Ervin from UCLA. Kille was a co-inventor of the polaroid camera with Edwin Land, who originally founded the CIA's Scientific Engineering Institute in Boston. The staff at SEI drew moral inspiration from the Deaths Head Order of the Waffen SS.

1979 Book "Alternative Three" released.

1979 Dr. W.L. Gabler and Dr. P.A. Long at the University of Oregon Health Sciences Center find that as little as 0.2 ppm fluoride in the body (the "safe" level for public water supplies is 1.0 ppm, 8 times higher) stimulates superoxide production in resting white blood cells, seriously depressing the ability of white blood cells to destroy pathogenic agents. Superoxide in the bloodstream also gives rise to tissue damage and acceleration of the aging process. Ref: "Fluoride Inhibition of Polymorphonuclear Leukocytes", Journal of Dental Research, Vol 48, No.9, p1933-1939, 1979.

1979 Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) created by Carter under Executive Order 12148. FEMA absorbs the LEAA and becomes the primary control organization for the internal security of the United States during "emergencies". FEMA generates exercises for eventual takeover of the United States: Wintex-Cimex 93, Pressure Point 84 DoD, Rex 82 Bravo, Rex 84 Alpha, Helex Two, Rex Alpha, Night Train 84, Cablesplicer and Gardenplot. All martial law training exercises. Under FEMA are executed other Executive Orders grouped by Nixon and others into single purpose overall EO's, including EO11002, Mandatory Registration of All People including babies and children in the United States at the US Post Office. Forms exist at Post Offices in boxes marked "For Emergency Use Only". EO 11000 provides for seizure of all civilians, who will be organized into work brigades (forced slave labor), which includes the right to split up families, and EO10999, the seizure of all private and commercial transportation. Carter delegates FEMA the power to act for the president.

1979 Electronic Identification Research begins at Los Alamos for ID implants.

1979 Two pediatricians in California report brain swelling associated with DPT vaccine administration.

1979 New rubella vaccine introduced. See 1988.

1979 FDA puts electroshock "therapy" (ECT) machines into Class III category, meaning ECT "demonstrates an unreasonable risk of injury or illness". The APA lobbied to have that decision reversed and was successful. The FDA then gave notification that it would put the machines into Class II, which means they are "safe, do not require testing, and they work". The FDA received hundreds of letters from outraged ECT survivors testifying to the damage done to them. The APA finally responded in 1990 by saying that ECT is "virtually harmless", but said it would classify the machines as safe (Class II) for depression, but not for other disorders. This permits ECT to be used as long as the patient is "diagnosed as depressed". Since the manipulation of diagnoses to fit the treatment is standard psychiatric practice, it affords no protection to the population. Psychiatry places self-interest above scientific inquiry and the well-being of people.

1979 California Supreme Court Chief Justice Rose Byrd, June 25, 1979, dissenting opinion: (Relative to California cancer statutes prohibiting anything except radiation, surgery, and chemotherapy): "To these cancer victims, the enforcement of the (statute), the denial to them of medical treatment, albeit unorthodox, must surely take on a nightmare quality. No demonstrated public danger, no compelling interest of the state, warrants an Orweillian intrusion into the most private of zones of privacy."

1979 Agreement made at Bohemian Grove to run Reagan as President.

1979 On November 11th, up to 50ppm fluoride was dumped into the Annapolis Maryland water supply, resulting in the poisoning of 50,000 people. Many died of heart failure during the week following the spill.

1979 Journal of the American Medical Association on February 9th carries an article by Dr. Maurice Fox of MIT, who stated, "no evidence of the presumed benefit of early detection is apparent in terms of breast cancer mortality, even ten years later"

1979 George GW Bush resigns from the Council on Foreign Relations.

1979 The US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) funds a study which represents the first significant "attempt" to evaluate reactions to the DPT shot. The study is conducted at the University of California (UCLA) and was published in Pediatrics in 1981. After studying 16,000 DPT and DT vaccination cases, they concluded that the Pertussis (P) element of the DPT shot was the element causing reactions. They also found that the incidence of all DPT reactions was much higher in the population than had been suspected or reported in the scientific literature. Despite these results, even in 1994 physicians promote Pertussis vaccine with confidence, pay little attention to identification of high risk children, and do not carefully observe contraindications. Parents are legally required to vaccinate their children with Pertussis before entering them in school. (See 1982)

1979 Three Mile Island incident. Bechtel is hired for the "cleanup". FEMA is hired to test population management.

1979 Nelson Rockefeller dies.




1979 Nelson Rockefeller dies.

1979 Carter Administration, British Intelligence and KGB overthrow the Shah of Iran and install fundamentalist regime of Khomeini, who then take 50 US hostages, which paralyzes the Carter presidency. Reagan delays release to cost Carter reelection.

1979 H.F. Duffy publishes "Long-Term Effects of an Organophosphate upon the Human EEG".

May, 1979: Trilateral Commission secretary Zbignieu Brzezinski appoints Muldoon chairman of Board of Governors of IMF/World Bank on orders of David Rockefeller. Muldoon would head three-man administration committee which included Canadian Finance Minister Mitchell Sharp, key figure in the Mafia Council and the Trilateral Commission. Australian Treasurer McMahon also involved.

8th June, 1979: Michael Hand, Frank Nugan, Brierley and James Fletcher meet in Hand's Sydney penthouse to discuss the establishment of the New Zealand Mafia organisation.

Mid- 1979: Gulf Oil using its man Brierley, begins operations designed to capture key sectors of the economy. A.B Consolidated restructured into the Goodman Group and Goodman to run operations but with the majority of the stock held by IEL and Brierley using Shell companies plus dummy corporations.

* Strategy: To take over food and produce resources, Brierley and Fletcher restructured a small private company, H.W. Smith, using Cyril Smith as Chairman but with key executives Judge, Collins and McKenzie. Bob Jones helps.

Private company used, as no Commerce Commission control, accounts not published, no public disclosure of transactions. Bunting is established as a shell company and the South Island is targeted for asset-stripping and takeover, as well as key sectors of theautomobile industry.

Unlimited funds channelled through City Realties, NZUC and Marac extends Travelodge operations by buying control of Transholdings, which has strategic holdings in Vacation Hotels and Tourist Corp. Fiji Holdings.

17th August, 1979: New Zealand Mafia inaugral meeting in Sydney including Hand, Brierley, Fletcher, Goodman, R.Trotter, Alan Hawkins and L.Papps.

Key sectors of the economy would be taken over- food, using Goodman; forestry and farming, using Fletcher and Trotter; property, using Brierley and Jones. Brierley, Hand and Papps would be responsible for banking, insurance and finance, while Hand and Hawkins would be responsible for setting up new "laundry" channels into New Zealand.

The economy would be taken over using cheap loans of less than 5%, while consumers would pay 28%.

October, 1979: BP Oil begis $100 million joint venture deal with Fletcher and Trotter at Tasman.

Muldoon makes secret deal with oil companies which effectively robs New Zealand taxpayers by giving Shell/BP/Todd the Maui Gas deal. Normally the granting of drilling rights on public land is done using a worldwide system which incorporates an auction tender system. Muldoon bypassed this. Also, Shell/BP/Todd pays no tax on Kapuni profits, while putting funds into Maui development.

19th November, 1979: Secret meeting in Auckland between Muldoon, Fletcher and Trotter to transfer 43% Tasman Pulp and Paper held by New Zealand Government to Challenge Corporation (Chairman Trotter) and Fletchers. Tasman has lucrative 75-year contract for cheap timber signed in 1955.

Muldoon paid off with a $1 million 'non-repayable' loan - $500,000 to be paid into account number 8746665 at New Hebrides branch of the Australian International Bank.

November, 1979: Muldoon drops restrictions on foreign investment. AMAX (Standard Oil of California subsidiary) captures the Martha Hill goldmine.

Muldoon unveils the Government's plans (instructed by Rockefeller) to form New Zealand into an offshore production base for the multi-national corporations as benefits include government export incentives, stable government, cheap labour, and so on.

27th November, 1979: Gerald Parsky's lieutenant, David Kennedy, meets Muldoon to deliver $US100,000 cash to Muldoon for implementing the Internationalists' Mafia Think Big plans.

These plans began with big contracts and guaranteed profits for the Seven Sisters, Bechtel, Mitsubishi, Mitsui, Nippon Steel, Internationalists' Mafia banks.

With the experimental petroleum plant, the oil price has to be $50/barrel to be profitable, yet Mobil's profits are guaranteed.

New Zealand Steel is to be expanded 500%, even though there was a global steel glut of 50%.

Fletchers own 10% of New Zealand Steel and are majority stockholders in Pacific Steel and control monopoly over wire rod, reinforcing steel. Also, New Zealand taxpayers subsidise Fletchers' profits.

Muldoon introduces the National Development Bill with 'fast-track' legislation, to keep the economy 'free of obstruction' for long-term monopolisation. C.E.R. plan introduced, designed to integrate the economies of Australia and New Zealand with the Trilateral Commission for the purpose of exploiting the South Pacific countries and as a 'back-door' entrance into China - the world's largest untapped consumer market. New Zealand is also the closest country to Antarctica, which has a vast mineral resource for future exploitation.

"Think Big" projects begin, even though Muldoon aware of studies that show New Zealand could conserve up to 40% of energy consumption using existing technology, which would mean funds could be invested elsewhere to lower consumer prices, lower inflation rates, less demand for imported oil and increased imployment by creating new industry to manufacture and install energy-saving technology. None of these options seriously considered as all would lessen profits for members of the Rockefeller organisations.

December 1979: Muldoon unveils 'stage two' of a four-stage plan to exploit the Great South Basin discovery. Plan prepared by Trilateralist 'Think Tank' - the Brookings Institute.

'Stage Two' includes methanol plant and synthetic petrol plant, which would initially use gas from the Maui field and later would link with underwater gas pipe from Campbell Island.

With the New Zealand Steel 500% expansion, 'stage three' of the project and Think Big contracts to go to Bechtel, Fluor Corp., Mitsubishi, Mitsui, Nippon Steel, etc. All investments would be financed by the New Zealand taxpayer.

December 26, 1979: Soviet forces invade Afghanistan. They will withdraw in 1989 after a brutal 10-year war. It has been commonly believed that the invasion was unprovoked. But in a 1998 interview, Zbigniew Brzezinski, President Carter's National Security Adviser, reveals that the CIA began destabilizing the pro-Soviet Afghan government six months earlier, in a deliberate attempt to get the Soviets to invade and have their own Vietnam-type costly war: "What is most important to the history of the world? The Taliban or the collapse of the Soviet empire? Some stirred-up Moslems or the liberation of Central Europe and the end of the cold war?"

Le Nouvel Observateur, 1/98, Mirror, 1/29/02] The US and Saudi Arabia give a huge amount of money (estimates range up to $40 billion total for the war) to support the Mujaheddin guerrilla fighters opposing the Russians.

Most of the money is managed by the ISI, Pakistan's intelligence agency. [Nation, 2/15/99]

Early 1980: Osama bin Laden begins providing financial, organizational, and engineering aid for the Mujaheddin in Afghanistan, with the advice and support of the Saudi royal family. [New Yorker, 11/5/01] Some believe he was hand-picked for the job by Prince Turki al-Faisal, head of Saudi Arabia's secret service. [Sunday Times, 8/25/02] Bin Laden has been considered a Turki protégé by some biographers. [New Yorker, 11/5/01]

The Pakistani ISI wanted a Saudi prince as a public demonstration of the commitment of the Saudi royal family and as a way to ensure royal funds for the anti-Soviet forces. The agency failed to get royalty, but bin Laden, with his family's influential ties, was good enough for the ISI. [Miami Herald, 9/24/01]

Salem bin Laden with baby in 1975. [Corbis]

October 1980: Salem bin Laden, Osama's oldest brother, is later described by a French secret intelligence report as one of the two closest friends of Saudi Arabia's King Fahd. As such, he often performs important missions for Saudi Arabia. The French report speculates that he is involved in secret Paris meetings between US and Iranian emissaries this month. Frontline, which published the French report, notes that such meetings have never been confirmed. Rumors of these meetings have been called the "October Surprise" and some have speculated Bush Sr. negotiated in these meetings a delay to the release of the US hostages in Iran, thus helping Ronald Reagan and Bush win the 1980 Presidential election. All of this is highly speculative, but if the French report is correct, it points to a long-standing connection of highly illegal behavior between the Bush and bin Laden families (see also Mid-1980s and 1988). [PBS Frontline, 2001]

17th January, 1980: $500,000 deposited in Muldoon's account number 8746665 at the Australian International Bank, being the final payment for the Tasman deal.

Early 1980: Kashoggi Travelodge operations extended with affiliation agreement between Dominion Breweries and Western International Hotels (Seattle First National Bank).

May, 1980: Mafia's Nugan Hand banking operation crashes after Frank Nugan killed. Death ruled as suicide even though no fingerprints found on the rifle. Maloney, Houghton, Yates and Hand shred important documents, but miss some. CIA helps Hand and Bank President Donald Beasley escape to the U.S. The CIA and Australian Security Intelligence Organisation cover everything up. Beazley appointed President of Miami City National Bank, run by Alberto Dugue for 'laundering' profits from the CIA Colombian cocaine operation.

There is a probability that Michael Hand killed Frank Nugan because of his involvement with Hand's fiancee.

25th May, 1980: Colby arrived in Australia to discuss replacement of the Nugan Hand Bank with Hand, Brierley, and Seldon. Immediate funding available from Sydney branch of the Deak Bank, a separate CIA operation, and IEL would be used to buy NZI Corp., to prepare for future laundering operations.

Maloney, Houghton, Yates, and Hand would shred all documents leading back to the New Zealand Great South Basin connection, and the CIA would help Hand and Bank President Donald Beazley escape to the USA. The CIA and ASIO would also cover everything up.

Hand and Beazley turn up in Miami - Beazley appointed President and Hand 'consultant' to the Miami City National Bank, but also Hand turned up in El Salvador to help organise bankrolling of the Contras with other ex- members of Nugan-Hand.

23rd June, 1980: New Zealand Mafia, including Brierley, Fletcher, Trotter, Jones, Hawkins, Goodman, and Papps meet in Wellington to discuss merger of Fletcher Challenge and Tasman.

In order to replace Nugan Hand Bank's 22 world-wide branches, quick moves are made to buy control of NZI by New Zealand Mafia using Brierley, thereby capturing an established, world-wide organisation through the Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank, which is also linked to the CIA through its subsidiary, World Finance Corporation.

Late 1980: Fletchers, with strong Rockefeller links, obtains lucrative contracts on US Bases in the Pacific and joint ventures in Saudi Arabia and Iraq.

Control extended over New Zealand natural resources - Fletcher Challenge and Tasman Pulp and Paper merged. NZFP takes control of M.S.D. Spiers and Moore Le Messurier (Aust). Brierley begins joint venture with NZFP through Williamson and Jeffrey. I.E.L, through Goodman, buys 20% of Watties and begins cross-shareholding agreement. Goodman continues buying up control of NZ bakeries and flour- mills.

Sept. 1980 - At a "Prelude to Victory" party given by Presidential candidate Ronald Reagan, Mr. Reagan is photographed with the place of honor, immediately to Reagan's right, given to none other than David Rockefeller, the leader of the CFR and the Trilateral Commission. Earlier in his campaign, Reagan had promised to shun the directions of David Rockefeller's Trilateral Commission. [CFR member William Casey became Reagan's campaign manager and was later appointed CIA Director. George Bush, member of both the Trilateral Commission and the CFR, was chosen as Ronald Reagan's running mate. Cabinet members included Secretary of State Alexander Haig (CFR), Treasury Secretary Donald Regan (CFR), Commerce Secretary Malcolm Baldridge (CFR), and Defense Secretary Caspar Weinberger (Trilateral Commission). Ronald Reagan had also promised that he would cut spending and reduce the size of government, but once again rhetoric did not match reality. When Reagan took office the national debt stood at $935 billion. By the end of his second term it had almost tripled to $2,572 billion.]

1980 - Derek Shearer, a longtime member of the Institute for Policy Studies, publishes a book entitled "Economic Democracy" in which he predicts that a far left President will be elected in the 1990s. [Only one President has been elected in the 1990s - Bill Clinton. And he was Derek Shearer's college roommate in 1969!] The Institute for Policy Studies is "committed to socialism in America and sides with the Soviet Union on almost every important foreign policy issue."

1980 WHO announces worldwide eradication of smallpox.

1980 Nobel to Snell et al for contributions to understanding of tissue rejection.

1980 In Texas, 15 patients die in mental hospitals from heavy doses of psychotropic drugs. Federal suit in US District Court in Dallas.

1980 Covert Action Information Bulletin, No.9, June 1980, sports an article by A.J. Weberman, "Mind Control: The Story of Mankind Research Unlimited, Inc."(MRU) , a Washington DC CIA research front. The MRU brochure on 'Cybernetic Technique", summarized CIA directives and the development of "a means by which information can be fed to humans using other senses than sight and hearing, based on East European research. The process involves beaming information directly to nerve cells for "enhancement of mental and physical performance." MRU is a spinoff from Systems Consultants, Inc. (See 1966).

1980 Murder rate down to 8:100,000.

1980 John B. Alexander and colleagues at Los Alamos National Labs write an article for US Military Review in which it is claimed that "weapons exist that can operate on the power of the human mind and whose lethal capacity has already been demonstrated." (Note: Refer to Non-Lethal weapons research).

1980 US Supreme Court rules that microbes can be patented.

1980 British ICI chemical creates animal food from micro-organisms.

1980 Discovery of iridium layer in earth as residue of meteorite impact.

1980 Author of Scarsdale Medical Diet shot dead by his lover.

1980 Conference of the National Society for Autistic Children. A speaker at the conference noted, "Autism is not a specific disorder. We are really talking about a spectrum." Individuals can have totally different patterns of symptoms, yet both can be diagnosed as autistic.

1980 Estimated 2 million American children with vaccine-caused disabilities.

1980 National Reconnaissance Office budget $3.5 billion. Intelligence Budget is $18 billion.

1980 Movie Hangar 18 released to the public.

1980 William J. Clinton is thrown out of office as Governor of Arkansas when the people elect Frank White.

1980 National Abortion Federation calls for aborting pregnancies of teens in the US.

1980 Issue of Mutation Research shows that children re-vaccinated against smallpox had "chromosomal aberrations in their white blood cells", leading to the conclusion that smallpox vaccination is mutagenic.

1980 State policeman in New Mexico sights a flying disk in the Manzano mountains in New Mexico.

1980 FDA announces removal of 3,000 drugs from market without efficacy proof.

1980 Reagan Administration begins in the United States. Reagans presidential campaign is run by George P. Shultz, president of Bechtel, and Casper Weinberger, vice-president and general counsel of Bechtel. Both were appointed to cabinet positions by Reagan.

1980 Venezuelan Cisneros Empire taken over after death of Diego by sons Gustavo and Ricardo.

1980 Nelson Rockefellers Int'l Basic Economy Corp sold to a British Company

1980 Cash-Landrum incident with errant US plutonium powered aircraft.

1980 Bank Secrecy Act of 1980 requires report on all transactions over $10,000.

1980


Osama bin Laden provides help for the Afghan Mujaheddin and the CIA. Iran-Iraq War. The GOP's "October Surprise" leads to the election of Ronald Reagan as president.


1981

Hostages released. Reagan shot. Egypt's Anwar Sadat assassinated.



1981 Drs. Susheela and Sharma and co-workers from the India Institute of Medical Sciences find that fluoride exposure disrupts the synthesis of collagen in the body and leads to the breakdown of collagen in bone, tendon, muscle, skin cartilage, lung, kidney and trachea. It appears that fluoride disruption of collagen synthesis in cells responsible for laying down collagen leads these cells to try and compensate for their inability to put out intact collagen by producing larger quantities of imperfect collagen and/or non-collagenous protein. Ref: "Fluoride poisoning and the Effects of Collagen Biosynthesis of Osseous and Non-osseous Tissue", Toxicological European Research, Vol 3, No.2, pp99-104, 1981.

1981 David Rockefeller creates the US./Jamaican Businessmens Committee to promote the "Jamaican Model" of dope and free enterprise.



1981 Gustavo Cisneros put on the International Advisory Board of Chase Manhattan Bank.

1981 Dr. John Emsley and co-workers at King's College in London find that fluoride reacts strongly with the bonds which maintain the normal shapes of proteins in the body. The work is subsequently confirmed by Dr. Steven Edwards and co-workers from the University of California in San Diego, and by Drs. Froede and Wilson from the University of Colorado at Boulder. By distorting the configuration of the body's own protein, the immune system attacks its own protein , resulting in an autoimmune or allergic response. Fluorides contribute to the development of an Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome, which is covered up by the media and medical community, which maintains a public focus on a viral cause for the problem, promoting the harmless HIV virus as the "cause" for "AIDS", covering up the pharmacochemical sensitization of the population which has complex legal ramifications.

1981 Larez does a study that shows that fluorides are teratogenic (cancer-causing) in rats.



1981 Montauk III Time Travel Project (until 1983). Thousands allegedly sent ahead 200 to 300 years into the future. Alleged access gained to pyramid on Mars to turn off solar system defense network.



1981 Boston University establishes the Center for Adaptive Systems to further investigate Artificial Intelligence processes. The center is directed by Stephen Grossberg, graduate of Stanford. Grossberg also held positions at MIT and Rockefeller University. Grossberg would become head of a new department of cognitive and neural systems in 1988. The Center for Adaptive Systems would, with the help of Gail carpenter, Adpative Resonance Theory (ART). ART would allow learning of new patterns without forgetting old ones, as well as the ability to accomplish fast-learning of new and unexpected patterns. In applications for which back-propogation would require 20,000 supervised training rounds, ART would accomplish in 5. It would incorporate "mismatch" and "reorientation" signals. It has been determined that ART represents at least one of the operations of the brain necessary for AI learning nets.



1981 At the headquarters of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), the director of the OSHA office of carcinogenic identification, Dr. Peter Infante, pointed out that a Current Intelligence Bulletin (CIB) on formaldehyde was "an important document assessing formaldehyde's cancer causing potential". The top bureaucracy at OSHA were embarrassed at the release of the truth, and tried to dismiss Infante. On July 27th, Infante writes Dr. John Higginson, director of the International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC), disagreeing with the IARC decision to conceal the carcinogenic nature of the substance. Formaldehyde is a common component of vaccines.



1981 Britain conducts the National Childhood Encephalopathy Study, and finds that there exists a significant correlation between serious neurological illness and Pertussis vaccination occurring within 7 days of the shot. In the US, the FDA limits statistical data to 48 hours in order to conceal damaging data and eliminate data on deaths and damage occurring after that period of time.



1981 Japan begins use of a new childhood Pertussis vaccine, recommended to be given as 4th and 5th dose. US vaccine used for 1st,2nd,3rd doses.



1981 Dr. Robert Clark from the Boston University Medical Center shows that fluorides (as in fluoridated water supplies, toothpaste, stimulate granule formation and oxygen consumption in white blood cells when they were not challenged with a foreign agent, but inhibited these processes when the white blood cell needed them to fight off foreign agents. Ref: "Neutrophil Iodination Reaction Induced by Fluoride: Implications for Degranulation and Metabolic Activation" Blood, Vol 57, pp913-921, 1981.



1981 Iran emerges as largest opium producing country worldwide, producing over 600 tons per year against Afghanistans 225 tons.

1981 Aviation Week and Space Technology, as well as CBS news, report that permanent Russian space platforms existed that were armed with killer satellites orbiting the Earth. Pentagon declines comment.

1981 In Britain, Dr. D.L. Miller reports to the NCES on an analysis of the first 1000 cases of neurological illness. He reported "a significant association was shown between serious neurological illness and Pertussis (also DPT) vaccine."

1981 Naval Surface Weapon Office of Non-Lethal Weapons pursues research and development of electromagnetic devices for riot control, clandestine operations and hostage removal.

1981 Space Age Review for November 1981 reveals the development of the "U.S. Space Command", headquartered at Peterson AFB, and that the US was purposely breaking the 1967 Russian-American Space Treaty, which prohibits "placing in orbit any objects carrying nuclear weapons or other weapons of mass destruction."

1981 Studies by Hetzler, Griffin and Fejn on Central Nervous System Function are published. According to the study, "the extremely heterogeneous autistic population may represent a variety of central nervous system dysfunctions resulting in overlapping behavioral manifestations."



1981 Scientists "identify" "AIDS".



1981 Approximate beginning of period where, according to Julianne McKinney, director of the Electronic Surveillance Project of the Association of National Security Alumni (1994), mind control technology begins to fall into the hands of Satanically based techno-cults, much of which is based on the experiments conducted at CIA headquarters in Langley by Dr. Stephen Aldrich, a patron of occult research. (1980's and 1990's, specifically). (See 1962).



1981 On July 18, 1981, NBC Magazine with David Brinkley revealed that the northwestern United States has been continuously bombarded by the USSR with low frequency waves set at the approximate level of biological frequencies; Brinkley: "the Russian government is known to be trying to change human behavior by external electronic influences."



1981 NASA announces that two unusual meteorites in Antarctic may have originated from Mars.



1981 Eldon Byrd, who works for the Naval Surface Weapons Laboratory, is commissioned to develop electromagnetic devices for purposes to include "riot control", clandestine operations and hostage removal.



1981 United Nations "Debt for land" swap is in full swing, as nations become indebted to the World Bank and IMF and trade control of land to discharge world debt. Environmental control of land by the United Nations. (See 1961)



1981 Chinese scientists successfully clone a fish.



1981 George HW Bush becomes Vice President of the United States (to 1989). Makes a speech to the Bilderberger Group in Washington, after which he states that he owes all he is to David Rockefeller.



1981 New England Journal of Medicine (11/26/81) publishes a study showing that tetanus vaccines cause T-cell ratios to drop below normal, with the greatest decrease after two weeks. The altered ratios were found to be similar to those found in AIDS victims.



February, 1981: TNL., Brierley, AMOIL and MIM Holdings begin joint gold mining operation. MIM major shareholder is ASARCO (US), whose Chairman, Barber, is also Director of Chase Manhattan Bank.



New Zealand Insurance and South British merger.



Parliamentarians For World Order - Richard Prebble elected one of twelve councillors.

Fletcher and Papps (Chairman UEB) sell their hotel operations to Singaporian interest clossely associated with the Pritzker family - owners of the Hyatt Hotel chain. Bueton Kanter, Pritzker family lawyer and Director of Hyatt Hotels, who helped arrange the deal, was an old family partner of Paul Helliwell (CIA paymaster for the Bay of Pigs fiasco) and had helped the Pritzker family set up tax shelters using the CIA's Mercantile Bank and Trust and the Castle Bank, which had been set up by Helliwell for 'laundering' profits from the Onassis heroin operations as well as 'skim money' from the Hughes casino operations in Las Vegas.



Others who used these banks include Richard Nixon, Bebe Rozo, Robert Vesco, Teamsters Union, etc.



12th March, 1981: Brierley calls secret meeting in Auckland, which includes Jones, Fletcher, Hawkins, Papps and Burton Kanter, to discuss transfer of the Fletcher Challenge and UEB hotel operations to the Singapore front company controlled by the Pritzker family.



20th July, 1981: Parsky, Colby, Brierley and Seldon meet in Sydney with two new members, Kerry Packer and Alan Bond.



Chase Manhattan and Security Pacific National Bank will acquire 60% of Packer's company, with the stock being held in Australia, and 35% Bond's company, with the stock being held in Hong Kong.



August 1981: Gulf Oil, using Brierley, strengthens its hold over New Zealand natural resources. Cue Energy launched, starring Lawrey and Gunn. NZOG launched with strategic holdings by Jones, Renouf and Brierley with licences in PPD 38206 and 38204 - both next to Hunt's Great South Basin discovery, NZOG also controls 80 million tonnes of coal through the Pike River Coal Company.



Brierley-controlled Wellington Gas, Christchurch Gas, Auckland and Hawkes Bay Gas and Dual Fuel Systems (Australasia) which controls the vehicle gas conversion market.

Liquigas Limited set up to distribute LPG, controlled by Shell/BP/Todd and Fletcher Challenge.



Gulbuddin Hekmatyar still controls part of nAfghanistan. [BBC]



1982-1991: Afghan opium production skyrockets from 250 tons in 1982 to 2,000 tons in 1991, coinciding with CIA support and funding of the mujaheddin. Alfred McCoy, a professor of Southeast Asian history at the University of Wisconsin, says US and Pakistani intelligence officials sanctioned the rebels' drug trafficking because of their fierce opposition to the Soviets: "If their local allies were involved in narcotics trafficking, it didn't trouble CIA. They were willing to keep working with people who were heavily involved in narcotics." For instance, Gulbuddin Hekmatyar, a rebel leader who received about half of all the CIA's covert weapons, was known to be a major heroin trafficker. The director of the CIA in Afghanistan claims later to be oblivious about the drug trade: "We found out about it later on." Minneapolis Star-Tribune, 9/30/01, Atlantic Monthly, 5/96



15th February, 1982: Brierley calls New Zealand meeting - Jones, Fletcher, Trotter, Hawkins, Goodman and Papps. New members include Bruce Judge, J. Fernyhough, and Frank Renouf.


With Muldoon about to deregulate the liquor industry, Brierley and Fernyhough plan to buy up the New Zealand liquor industry, along with its outlets, Lion Breweries and Rothmans to help.



Brierley will do the same in Australia. J.R. Fletcher becomes Managing Director of Brierley's Dominion Breweries to oversee operations. Rothmans and Brierley (through Goodman) have equal holdings in Saudicapital Corp. Lion Directors Myers and Fernyhough also stockholders in NZOG.



Fletcher and Brierley begin their takeover of the freezing works industry. FCL buys into South Island works while Brierley begins takeover of Waitaki NZR through Watties with the help of Athol Hutton.



With Think Big projects beginning, Fletcher and Trotter plan to take strategic holdings in NZ Cement, Wilkins Davies, Steel & Tube etc., and Brierley would use Renouf to take 3% stake of the Martha Hill gold-mine.



Also targetted are clothing, footwear, carpet manufacture and more of the auto industry for takeover and monopolisation.



June, 1982: Meantime, in Australia, an new money funnel begins. H.W Smith buys to obscure South Pine Quarries, which is renamed Ariadne (Aust). South Pine Quarries owns 50% of Coal-Liquid Inc., with the other half owned by US Defence contractors McDonnellDouglas. Coal-Liquid renamed Impala Securities.

The common link between Gulf Oil and McDonnell Douglas is the CIA's Mercantile Bank and Trust, which both companies use for world-wide bribery and payoff operations. McDonnell Douglas officials McKeough and G.T.Hawkins later appointed directors of Impala Securities.

US links strengthened through Industrial Equity Pacific, which acquires part of Higbee Company in Cleveland, which in turn is closely linked to the National City Bank of Cleveland. This bank is closely associated with Gulf Oil's bank, Pittsburgh National and Mellon Bank.

Bruce Judge installed as Ariadne manager.

July, 1982: Media takeover begins. Brierley takes 24% NZ News Ltd and begins buying up private radio. Rupert Murdoch helps.

27th July, 1982. Brierley, Jones and Goodman meet in Auckland with two Japanese members of the Trilateral Commission to discuss integration of the New Zealand economy into the Pacific Rim economy. Trilateralists include: Takeshi Watanabe (Japanese Chairman of Trilateral Commission) and Daigo Miyado (Chairman Sanwa Bank).

The Japan/New Zealand Business Council would be established to co-ordinate policy with Goodman appointed as Chairman.

17th August, 1982: Inauguration of restructured US Mafia Council - rulers include David Rockefeller, responsible for Banking; John McCloy; Redman Rockefeller and J.D. Rockefeller, who would run the Seven Sisters.

Second-tier Council includes:

• Gerald Parsky - responsible for heroin and cocaine operations
• William Simon - responsible for running the Presidency, Cabinet, etc
• Katherine Graham - link to arms manufacturers
• Zbigniew Brzezinski - link to National Security Council and CIA
• George S. Franklin - link to FBI

Third-tier Council includes:

• Zbigniew Brzezinski - Secretary
• Gerald Parsky - Heroin Cocaine operations
 William Colby - crack operations, assassinations

• John N. Perkins - banking, laundering

• Leonard Woodcock - labour, unions

• Mitchell Sharp - banking

• William Simon - presidency, Cabinet

• Ernest C. Arbuckly - arms manufacturers

• George W. Bull - Bildrberg and Council of Foreign Relations

• Katherine Graham - arms manufacturers

• Alden W. Clausen - World Bank, IMF

• Willam T. Coleman - CIA

• Archibald K. Davis - media, radio, television, and newspapers

• George S. Franklin - FBI, and Trilateral Commission co-ordinator

• J.D. Rockefeller - to "spy" on the 15 man council.

September, 1982: Goodman now helps establish the Japan/New Zealand Council with the Bank of Tokyo and the Industrial Bank of Japan. Tokai Pulp Co. buys shareholding in NZFP, which also begins joint venture with Shell Oil.

Fletcher Challenge strengthens links with the Rockefeller organisation by acquiring the Canadian operations of Crown Zellerbach, whose chairman is also director of Gulf Oil. Crown Zellerbach Corp. has direct connections to Rockefeller through directors Mumford, Hendrickson and Granville, to United California Bank through Roth and to the Bank of America through Chairman C.R. Dahl.

Meanwhile, Robert Jones Investments floated to extend operations of City Realties, Ilmond Properties, Chase Corp., etc. The Commerce Building in Auckland sold to Robert Jones Investments by Robert Jones Holdings for $950,000 when recently it was offered on the market for $200,000. A quick $750,000 for Jones. Robert Jones Investments was set up by Brierley, Jones and Hawkins.

8th December, 1982: Mitchell Sharp heads top-level Mafia meeting in San Francisco. Others include Parsky, Perkins, Woodcock and C.R. Dahl - Chairman of Crown Zellermach.

Also present are - Brierley, Trotter, Fletcher and Seldon. Meeting to discuss Great South Basin exploitation strategy withfirst priority being monopolisation of the economy; second priority to establish oil refineries and related industries; third to integrate New Zealand economy into Trilateral economy and, fourth, to concentrate power back to the U.S through the Seven Sisters, Chase Manhattan and Security Pacific National Bank.

Fletcher Challenge will link New Zealand economy directly to the U.S by merging with Canadian subsidiary of Crown Zellerbach with funds provided by Security Pacific National Bank and United Californian Bank.

Brierley, Fletcher, Trotter and Seldon will be New Zealand Ruling Council, headed by Brierley, who would take orders from Gerald Parsky.

1982

US covert support of Iraq in its war with Iran. Sun Myung Moon becomes a media mogul and an ally of the GOP. Arbusto Oil and Spectrum 7.

April 25, 1982 - A full-page ad appears in major newspapers around the world proclaiming: "THE CHRIST IS NOW HERE." The advertising campaign coincides with the beginning of a speaking tour by one Benjamin Creme, a British theosophist. In various interviews and speeches, Creme explains that in speaking of "the Christ," he does not mean Jesus Christ but Lord Maitreya, the World Teacher. According to Creme, Jesus, Buddha, Krishna, and others are merely disciples of Maitreya. These Ascended Masters comprise an enlightened Spiritual Hierarchy which has guided humanity's evolution throughout history. He maintains that Lord Maitreya fulfills the expectations of all peoples. Maitreya is the Christ awaited by the Christians; to the Jews he is the Messiah, to the Moslems he is the Imam Mahdi, to the Buddhists he is the Fifth Buddha, to the Hindus he is Krishna. In the past, Creme tells us, these Ascended Masters have usually worked through disciples, but now they're among us and ready to help our world take its next step. [Benjamin Creme's publication "Share International" is now produced in association with the U.N.'s Department of Public Information.

1982 A reporter at WRC-TV in Washington, DC breaks a story on Pertussis vaccine reactions in the documentary "DPT: Vaccine Roulette", which generally informs the American public that their children are at risk from Pertussis vaccinations. (See 1988)

1982 In 1982, Salvadoran trade unionists charge that epidemics of previously unknown diseases erupted in many areas after US-directed aerial bombings; particularly cited was hemorrhagic conjunctivitis, which causes bleeding of the eyes.

1982 William J. Clinton returns to become Governor of Arkansas when the people throw Frank White out of office. Clinton, with the assistance of the Stevens family, takes over the state media and political structure of Arkansas during his stint as Governor, which would last more than ten years.

1982 Israeli researchers find that autistic children have a "cell-mediated immune response to brain tissue.", suggesting that an "undetectable brain lesion associated with autoimmunity may play a role in the pathogenesis of autism."

1982 34th Meeting of the American Academy of Neurology releases a study which is published in Neurology magazine indicating that out of 103 infants who dies of Sudden Infant Death Syndrome (SIDS), 66% had been vaccinated with DPT prior to death. Of these, 6.5% died within 12 hours of vaccination, 13% within 24 hours, 26% within 3 days, 37% died within 1 week, 61% died within 2 weeks and 70% had died within 3 weeks. It was also found that SIDS frequencies have a bimodal peak occurrence at 2 and 4 months of age - the same ages when initial doses of DPT are administered to infants. Study done at the University School of Medicine at Reno, Nevada. Dr. William Torch.

1982 Homosexuals in Chicago, St. Louis, Denver, Los Angeles and San Francisco get Hepatitis B vaccine.

1982 "Metabolic Ecology: A Way to Win the War on Cancer" by Fred Rohe, is published, detailing cases where breast cancer has been cured through the nutritional approach over a 6 month period.

1982 Ken Davis, vice president of Bechtels nuclear power plant construction division, becomes Deputy Secretary of Energy in the Reagan Administration.

1982 First cases of Chronic Fatigue Syndrome/ Epstein Barr reported.

1982 E.M. Taylor and J.L. Emery write "in our experience, most unexpectant infant deaths have a multifactorial nature. We cannot exclude the possibility of recent vaccination/immunization being one of several contributory factors in an 'occasional' unexpected infant death (SIDS)."

1982 Government doctors in the tiny country of Djibouti are involved in numerous instances of torturing prisoners: injecting coma-inducing drugs, electroshock, amputations, and immersing victims in brine until their skin peels off. Per 1982 CIA report by William Buckley.

1982 Study by Geschwind and Behan on Autism reveals the finding of an association between autism, celiac disease, dyslexia, stuttering, migraine headaches, developmental disabilities and left-handedness (all features of post encephalitic syndrome). The study caused a sensation because of scientific inability to imagine the connecting thread among the disparate conditions. The connecting thread is the childhood vaccination program.

1982 The U.S. Public Health Service conducts its first group of studies on animal cancer and fluorides, mandated by the 1977 Congressional Hearings. The study lasts until 1984, and then is scrapped because of flaws in design and progress. (See 1985, Batelle Memorial Institute).

1982 The Pakistani government expels a U.S. physician working at the Lahore US chemical biological warfare lab after Soviets charge that experiments are being done there to infect mosquitoes with yellow fever and dengue for use in neighboring Afghanistan or Cuba. The doctor was a professor at the University of Maryland, an institutional co-sponsor of the lab and frequent collaborator with Fort Detrick on CBW projects. Ref: New York Times, Feb 10, 1982, "Pakistanis Expel a Malaria Expert". p.A-8.

1982 UN Law of the Sea denotes sea as common heritage of man. US/UK don't sign.

1982 In Britain, dutch elm disease kills 20 million trees.

1982 Dr. Peter Beter gives his last audio letter (#80) before his mysterious death.

1982 Nobel to Klug (UK) for analysis of structures of viruses and DNA.

1982 Peter Wilkinson at the University of Glascow testifies before the Scottish High Court in Edinburgh in a legal case entitled "Inhibition of the Immune System with Low levels of Fluoride" which revealed that fluoride decreases the migration rate of human white blood cells. At a concentration of .2ppm (which is .8ppm below the "approved" level of 1 ppm), relative white cell migration rate is reduced 8%. A concentration of 1ppm would produce a physiological decline of around 10%. Fluoride added to water supplies, tooth paste, school dental washes, supplement pills and dentists visits are increased and promoted, contributing to a further co-factor in the decline of the immune capability of the population.

1982 Bell Telephone agrees to sell 66% of assets after 7-year anti-trust suit.

1982 Magnetized tissues discovered in dolphins.

1982 Human insulin produced by bacteria is marketed.

1982 On May 15, 1982, CBS "60 Minutes" program details the vast numbers of Nazis brought to the US after the war. The program was followed weeks later by an article by Thomas O'Toole in the Washington Post indicating that as many as 5,000 Nazis were smuggled into the US in the 1940's and early 1950's.

1982 Human Rights Law Journal, Vol 3, 1982, features article by Alan Scheflin entitled "Freedom of the Mind as an International Human Rights Issue", derived from study sessions at the International Institute of Human Rights from 1981 to 1982. At this point, right wing military doctors are drawn to electronic mind control as a solution to the "useless eaters" quandary. In the introduction to the article, Scheflin states that "research designed to explicitly control the thoughts and conduct of citizens is in 1982 not only a reality, but the evidence is clear that this research is growing in scope, intensity, and financing."

1982 The New England Journal of Medicine features an article in which an Air Force doctor states "if a criminal's brain waves did not test "normal" after five years, he should be put to death".

1982 In Science magazine, Vol 217 p26-32, Dr. Dennis Leverett of the University of Rochester states, "if there are increasing concentrations of fluoride in the food chain, particularly food for infants, then we should expect fluorosis to be increasing in the population as well. The widespread use of fluorides might have created a situation in which we are approaching a critical mass of fluoride in the environment. There needs to extensive research done." Later in 1983 he would contradict himself at the University of Michigan symposium.

1983

Promis/Inslaw scandal. 241 Marines die in Lebanon. Reagan envoy Donald Rumsfeld meets with Hussein to shore up US-Iraqi relations.

1983 - "The Humanist" publishes an essay which proclaims that "the battle for humankind's future must be waged in the public school classroom...between the rotting corpse of Christianity and the new faith of humanism...and humanism will emerge triumphant."

1983 Allen Ryan, chief Nazi hunter in the US Government, continues his efforts to identify former Nazis in the government and CIA. President Reagan and Vice President Bush derail the attempt. In response, Reagan bestows increased powers to the CIA to conduct surveillance on Americans, operate domestic front companies and prosecute anyone attempting to publically identify agency personnel. This act encourages the development of an extreme right wing fascist technological element in the United States.

1983 Zhang and Zhang publish a study which shows that fluorides cause birth defects in fish.

1983 Terry Read, former combat pilot in Laos, moves to Little Rock, Arkansas at the request of Oliver North to set up a training base for Contra guerillas in Nella, Arkansas - 11 miles from Mena airport.

1983 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency deputy assistant administrator Rebecca Hammer points out that fluoride-polluting industries can get paid for using public drinking waters as a sewer for their toxic waste products when she says "this agency regards the use of fluosilic acid as a source of fluorides for water fluoridation an ideal environmental solution to a long standing problem of contamination of the water and air from fertilizer manufacturing."

1983 Gustavo Cisneros added to International Advisory Board of Pan American Airways and Beatrice Foods.

1983 Park-O-Meter Company in Arkansas, in conjunction with the private police force of Wackenhut and Stormont Labs in Woodland, California, begin the production of delivery systems for new chemical and biological warfare weaponry for use in the Contra war.

1983 The Frederick Cancer Research Facility at Fort Detrick (FCRI) is engaged by the "AIDS Task Force" of the National Cancer Institute (NCI) to "join the efforts to uncover the viral agent that causes AIDS". (Note: The claim that the non-pathogenic virus dubbed "HIV" or HTLV-III causes anything at all has never been proven by any scientific document).

1983 A symposium takes place at the University of Michigan after years of planning between the US Dept of Health and Human Services, the USPHS Michigan state health plans, the Kellogg Foundation, and Medical Products Labs to "discuss the status of organized opposition to fluoridation, to analyze probable motives influencing the anti-fluoride movement, to develop political and legal strategies for the defense and promotion of fluoridation, and to access the need for a national fluoridation strategy." Dr. Dennis Leverett of the University of Rochester reported that his committee felt that fluoridation was a "political issue and not a scientific situation". See 1982,1988.

1983 The white majority South African government is suspected of conducting clandestine research on disease affecting only black people. This was reported to the UN Commission for Namibia in 1983, with no action taken.

1983 National Endowment for Democracy Act maneuvered through Congress by Mormon Bishop Senator Orrin Hatch. Carl Gershman, a staff director of the ADL, is chosen as director of the National Endowment.

1983 End of alleged Montauk III Time Travel project. Lock established to 1963 and 1943. Montauk base on Long Island abandoned above ground.

1983 Stealth 117-A fighter becomes operational.

1983 Dr. John R. Farley and co-workers from Loma Linda University show that treatment of bone cells with less than 1ppm fluoride increases collagen formation by 50 percent (unstable collagen. See 1981 Susheela). Ref: "Fluoride Directly Stimulates Proliferation and Alkaline Phosphatase Activity of Bone Forming Cells", Science, Volume 222, pp330-332, 1983.

1983 Harvard University makes first artificial chromosome and grafts to yeast cell.

1983 US government approves aspartame (NutraSweet) for sale in USA.

1983 Bellman, Ross and Miller publish a study of 269 cases of infantile spasms which returns to the establishment position that "DPT vaccines do not cause infantile spasms, but may trigger their onset in those children in whom the disorder is 'destined to develop'". (Note: Using this logic, if one ca

1983 Over 21,000 Foundations exist in the US, distributing $3.4 billion in grants.

1983 France tests neutron bomb.

1983 Montauk hyperspace project tests, followed by move of equipment and technology projects to the Alsace-Lorraine mountains of Germany under Project Malta. Alsace-Lorain Time Archives. Project continues today. CIA time-space work and mass microwave mind control projects 1943-1983 ar Montauk.

1983 Compact disc player released to public.

1983 Scientific conference in Lake Tahoe. Los Alamos puts forward a proposal to construct a "National Underground Science Facility" from 3,500 to 6,000 feet underground at the Nevada Test Site.

1983 Stanford University Study on Pertussis Vaccine. Lawrence Steinman and colleagues at Stanford University School of Medicine perform a study which reveals that children with allergies may overreact to Pertussis vaccine.

1983 Sadegh Tabatabai, son-in-law of Khomeini, arrested in Germany for having 3.3 pounds of raw opium in his possession. Arms for drugs intent. Released.

1983 Heroin from Southeast Asia accounts for 41% of heroin in western US.

1983 Associated Press article, May 20, 1983, reported that a Soviet machine called the "Lida" has been used by the Soviet Union since at least 1960 to influence human behavior with a 40 Mhz radio wave. The Lida is used in Russia as a tranquilizer and produces a trance-like state. The Russians refer to the Lida as a "distant pulse treatment apparatus" for dealing with psychological problems, hypertension and neurosis. The machine is offered as a "possible substitute for psychotropic drugs. When the AP article appeared in the US, the Lida machine was on loan to Jerry Pettis Memorial Veterans Hospital through a medical exchange program. According to the chief of research at the hospital, the machine may be used in American classrooms to control the behavior of disturbed or retarded children.

1983 US Army Colonel John B. Alexander, involved with Psychological Operations (Psyops), institutes Project Jedi, a human performance experiment using Neurolinguistic Programming (NLP) to influence military training.

1983 Child sexual abuse cases: 82,678.

1983 Alan Greenspan stars in the "Great Social Security Crisis".

1984: Bin Laden moves to Peshawar, a Pakistani town bordering Afghanistan, and is running a front organization for the mujaheddin known as Maktab al-Khidamar (MAK), funneling money, arms and fighters from the outside world into the Afghan war. [New Yorker, 1/24/00] "MAK was nurtured by Pakistan's state security services, the Inter-Services Intelligence agency, or ISI, the CIA's primary conduit for conducting the covert war against Moscow's occupation." [MSNBC, 8/24/98] He becomes closely tied to the warlord Gulbuddin Hekmatyar, and greatly strengthens Hekmatyar's opium smuggling operations. [Le Monde, 9/14/01] Hekmatyar had ties with bin Laden, the CIA and drug running, and has also been called "an ISI stooge and creation" by the Wall Street Journal. [Asia Times, 11/15/01]

1984-1994: The US, through USAID and the University of Nebraska, spends millions of dollars developing and printing textbooks for Afghan schoolchildren. The textbooks are filled with violent images and militant Islamic teachings, part of covert attempts to spur resistance to the Soviet occupation. For instance, children are taught to count with illustrations showing tanks, missiles and land mines. Lacking any alternative, millions of these textbooks are used long after 1994; the Taliban are still using them in 2001. In 2002, the US started producing less violent versions of the same books, which Bush says will have "respect for human dignity, instead of indoctrinating students with fanaticism and bigotry." Bush fails to mention who created those earlier books. [Washington Post, 3/23/02, CBC, 5/6/02] Since the war with Russia ended in 1989, why did the US keep promoting Islamic radicalism another five years?

1984

Rumsfeld gives US approval for Iraqi chemical warfare. Osama bin Laden peddles arms and opium with CIA approval. Iran-Contra scandal brewing.

1984 - "The Power to Lead" is published. Author James McGregor Burns admits: "The framers of the U.S. Constitution have simply been too shrewd for us. They have outwitted us. They designed separate institutions that cannot be unified by mechanical linkages, frail bridges, tinkering. If we are to 'turn the founders upside down' - we must directly confront the constitutional structure they erected."

1984 The British Epidemiological Research Laboratory publishes a study relative to Pertussis vaccinations, saying "Since the decline in Pertussis immunization, hospital admissions and death rates from whooping cough have fallen unexpectedly."

1984 American Cancer Society says vitamins and diet might be of some benefit.

1984 The Journal of the American Medical Association, Vol262, features an article in which UCLA doctors Oye and Shapiro describe how cancer patients are treated with chemotherapy when no evidence existed that the drug would have any effect on their tumors, how new drugs are based on biased studies, and how false reporting, rigged statistics and exaggerated conclusions were practiced regularly in order to get new drugs approved. For example, percentages of "those who respond" is increased by not counting those who die during treatment or whose reaction to drugs could be designated as fatal. (Note: The same parallel exists within the AZT/AIDS scam).

1984 Reagan re-elected in the US with George HW Bush (CIA) as VP.

1984 Permanent Investigations Subcommittee of the US Senate releases a study entitled "Crime and Secrecy: The Use of Offshore Banks and Companies", in which it is revealed that London banking is the international center for concealment of drug money. (Mar 84).

1984 In 1984, MIT neurophysicist John Hopfield's work on neural nets inspires Terry Sejnowski and Geoffrey Hinton to invent the "Boltzmann Machine", which would effectively learn to recognize patterns, but would eat up so much processing power, the model was rendered useless. Hinton would go on to develop "backward processing", which would carry information to Artificial Intelligence networks on the degree of inapplicability of a computer "guess", assisting AI solution to problems that could be set up as a pattern recognition task. The problem still remained that neural nets required too many human-supervised training sessions.

1984 Brookings Institution originates a new program headed by Alice Rivlin, former director of the Congressional Budget Office, that espouses the income tax be replaced by a consumption tax on all consumption, bequests and gifts, laying a tax on citizens by estimating what that spend or consume.

1984 The 1984 issue of Clinical Toxicology of Commercial Products indicates that 1/10 oz of fluoride in the human body is lethal for a 100 pound adult human. Fluoride toothpaste contains up to 1mg/gram of fluoride. A whole tube contains about 199 mg of fluoride - enough to kill a 25-pound child. Tooth brushing causes ingestion of 0.25 mg/day.

1984 Four-man CIA team coordinated by Ray Cline arrive in New Zealand to begin installing equipment for subliminal television advertising at five sites. Equipment can be installed within 1 km of television relay aerials and linked to one remote computer. Tests are conducted through 1987 on New Zealand and Australian television.

1984 The 1984 Connaught Laboratory package insert for DPT vaccine cites a 1978 Scandinavian study linking the vaccine to the development of hemolytic anemia and warns that this is a contraindication. By 1991, they would remove this warning from their package inserts in order to conceal this data. This kind of anemia is typified by weakness and periodic loss of consciousness.

1984 A complaint was filed by a group of US physicians with the UN Center for Human Rights in Geneva, entitled "A Complaint Against Medical Tyranny As Practiced in the United States of America: American Medical Genocide"; the existence of the report was suppressed by the Bush Administration and the media. Reprinted in The Leading Edge in Oct/Nov 1994.

1984 Shaywitz Study at Yale Medical School Pediatrics revealed that "minimal brain damage is perhaps the most common and time-consuming problem in current pediatric practice."

1984 Sexual abuse cases in 1984: 123,400.

1984 Wyeth Laboratories package insert for DPT vaccine states, "The occurrence of Sudden Infant Death Syndrom (SIDS) has been reported following administration of DTP vaccine" and that "approximately 85% of SIDS cases occur in the period 1 through 6 months of age, with the peak incidence at age 2 to 4 months." Two years later in 1986, the Wyeth insert stated, "SIDS has occurred in infants following administration of DPT" but went on to state that "one study showed that there was no casual connection". (Note: One wonders who paid for and did that specific study)

1984 Seven US chemical companies agree to pay Agent Orange damages to vets.

1984 Nobel prizes awarded for research on monoclonal antibodies and immune system studies.

1984 More than 70 US banks fail.

1984 Beirut, Lebanon CIA chief William Buckley is captured and undergoes torture by a doctor trained at the University of Moscow in psychiatric murder. Buckley's ordeal is recorded on video and sent to CIA headquarters at Langley, forcing CIA Director William Casey into desperate measures to save him.

1984 A report to the US House of Representatives admits that "a large number of stores in the United States use ultrasonic commands broadcast 'to discourage shoplifting'". A report from a Department of Defense medical engineer states that "microwaves and other conditioning methods have been regularly used by the Israelis against the Palestinians." (Think of the implications)

1984 Standard Oil acquires Gulf Oil for $13.2 billion.

1984 Former FDA head Stuart Nightingale admits at a House of Delegates meeting in Honolulu that, "we need the AMA to help put chelation therapy out of business."

1984 CDC acknowledges that 60% of those receiving hepatitis vaccine are HIV.

1984 Researchers in Japan were achieving some degree of understanding about fluorides consumption and human cancer. Dr. Takeki Tsutsui of the Nippon Dental College showed in 1984 that "fluoride caused not only genetic damage but was also capable of transforming normal human cells into cancer cells." In Dr.Tsutsui's study, the level of fluoride used was the same level that the United States National Cancer Institute suggested should be used in a study to determine whether fluoridation of public water supplies causes cancer. The level of fluoride deemed "safe" by the United States in 1 ppm. The researchers in Japan found that cells treated with fluoride produced cancer.

1984 Congressman Claude Pepper claims health fraud is $10 billion/yr scandal, and proposes HR6501 to create an AMA backed Strike Force against fraud. The National Council Against Health Fraud (NCAHF) begins meeting in May 84. 1985 Los Angeles meeting of the NCAHF attended by representatives of the FDA, the Federal Trade Commission and the US Postal Service. Illegal involvement of Federal agencies.

Mid-1983: Brierley's Ariadne (Aust) takes control of Repco (NZ) through Repco (Aust), therby taking control of key auto-related industry, helped by Borg Warner and Honeywell - which are closely associated with IEL through International Harvester, Continental Illinois Bank and the First National Bank of Chicago. Toyota and Nissan also help so that Brierley now largest distributor of auto and industrial parts, largest manufacturer of pistons, filters and engine bearings, as well as biggest supplier of forklifts, tractors and agricultural equipment.

Meantime, control is extended over the Great South Basin oil source with Hunt, after big losses resulting from trying to corner the world's silver market, being forced to sell out some of his concession to Gulf Oil, which uses Brierley to set up a new company - Southern Petroleum - which takes a 14.5% interest. Hunt retains overall control with 45.5%, Petro-Corp has 40% and Chairman F. Orr, also a Director of Brierley - controlled Watties.

Brierley, through Goodman, takes control of TNL Group and its subsidiaries NZ Motor Bodies and L & M Mining, which has 15% interest in the Chatham Rise, right next to the Hunt concession.

Southern Petroleum set up by Brierley in New Zealand was spearheaded by the Seven Sisters' companies with Gerald Parsky and William Colby initiators. Southern Petroleum to include 21% of the Great South Basin held by gulf and Mobil Oil. 90% of this stock held in Australia through IEL (ie Brierley's).

11-12th May, 1983: New Zealand Mafia meet in Cook Islands. Includes Brierley, Trotter, Fletcher, Jones, Hawkins, Goodman, Pappas, Judge, Renouf, and Fernyhough. New members include A. Gibbs, McConnell, H.Fletcher and O.Gunn. Japanese Trilateralists Takeshi Wataneve and Daigo Miyado discuss 'integration' of New Zealand into the Pacific Rim economies.

A new political party would be established using Jones and financed by the New Zealand Mafia Council.

* Reason: Parsky and Colby wanted Muldoon out because he had 'welched' on a deal to set up two US military deep-water submarine bases planned for Dusky Sound and Guards Bay in the South Island. Parsky, Brierley and Ray Cline hold a separate meeting to discuss the purchase of New Zealand politicians, including Lange, Douglas and Bolger.

Cline was 'consultant' to the CIA's Deak Bank, took orders from Colby, and was responsible for the 10 Australian politicians on the CIA's payroll, including Bjelke Petersen, I. Sinclair, Keating, McMullen, M.Fraser, D. Anthony, K. Newman, J Carrick, B. Cowan and R. Connor.

Cline outlines CIA plan to begin subliminal television advertising.

22nd June, 1983: New Zealand politician J. Bolger meets Ray Cline in Sydney and agrees to join the organisation for a monthly fee of $US20,000 to be paid into account number GA1282117 at Geneva branch of Credit Swisse.

20th July, 1983: New Zealand politician R. Douglas meets Ray Cline in Wellington and agrees to join the organisation for a monthly fee of $US10,000 to be paid into account number 3791686 at the Sydney Branch of the Deak Bank.

July 1983: Parsky launches a new front company, Chase Corporation, with 25% of the stock being held through Security Pacific National Bank in Australia and 25% held in Hong Kong by Chase Manhattan. Brierley and Hawkins set up a 'back-door' listing to cover up true-ownership.

August, 1983: Muldoon imposes withholding tax on all ofshore borrowing.

Chase Manhattan, United California Bank and Brierley begin new banking operation in New Zealand to take over the International Harvester Credit Co (NZ), Australasian Investment Company. Participants include Chase Manhattan's Kuwait Asia Bank, D.F.C., Saudicorp (Brierley has 12% through Goodman) and United California, represented by National Insurance which is part of Equus Holdings.

Renouf sells 20% NZUC to Barclays and prepared for expanding of operations with Brierley.

Meantime, Murdoch and Brierley expand their close ties by each taking a piece of New Zealand Maritime Holdings and with the election imminent, divide up New Zealand media for takeover to increase Mafia control. NZ News buys Hawkes Bay News, Nelson Tribune, Timaru Herald, etc. Brierley increases holding in Hauraki Enterprises and other private radio stations. Brierley and Murdoch have majority stockholding in NZPA with 48.5%, while in the UK, Murdoch has large stockholding in Reuters.

The phoney news becomes THE news.

Head of the Murdoch operation is Burnett, who is also on the board of Winstones - a Brierley company.

September, 1983: With global heroin epidemic, Rockefeller expands operations to recycle profits.

New Zealand South British sets up the IDAPS computer bureau to establish international holding companies, dummy corporations, etc and to pursue aggressive global acquisition programme. IDAPS linked to satellite bureaux in Australia, Far East, UK and the US, where the global network is completed through links with the Rockefeller organisation computer network.

General Manager of the operation, George Wheller, previously director of the international operators of Firemen's Fund (US), Chairman Du Bain, director of the United California Bank, and Vice-Chairman of Amex.

As part of the expanded laundry operation, Rockefeller associate Adnan Kashoggi establishes new Australian bank - Security Pacific National Bank (Aust). Brierley's part of this operation is to buy up computer companies such as Andas, CID Distributors (NZ Apple computer franchise,etc).

Investment companies begin operations in Australia and New Zealand to assist recycle Mafia profits.

October 1983: Brierley takes over NZFP through Watties, helped by newly- appointed chairman Papps. Papps also chairman of NZ Railways and presided over transport deregulation, the major beneficiaries of which include Watties and Freightways - Managing Director Pettigrew and Director Lang also both on the NZFP board with Papps.

Papps also responsible for the railways' electrification programme with big contracts for Cory Wright & Slamon, whose directors include I.I McKay, also on the board of NZFP.

Late 1983: AMAX (Social) gives Gulf Oil a share in the Martha Hill gold bonanza by selling 15% of its holdings to Briereley through Goodmans. Oil companies say that only $870 million worth of minerals in Martha Hill, while true figure is closer to $3 billion.

21st January, 1984: Australian Mafia Council meets in Sydney. Includes - Brierley, Seldon, Fletcher, Jones, Goodman, Hawkins, Papps, Packer, Bond and Japanese Trilaterist Daigo Miyado. New members include J. Elliott, L. Adler, and Holme's A'Court. Seldon outlines strategy of merging Australian economy with the Trilateralist economy through Europe and the US.

In Australia, the Mafia Council will monopolise the economy with company takeovers through the use of loans at less than 5%.

Holme's A'Court's company would be taken over using Security Pacific National Bank and Chase Manhattan Bank, with some of the stock being held in London.

Equiticorp will be launched using Hawkins, with 50% of the stock held by Security Pacific National Bank and Chase Manhattan in the US Equiticorp to registered in Hong Kong to cover up true ownership, and will use the same laundry as Chase Corporation - Hawkins will set up a maze of shell companies and dummy organisations to disguise operations.

Hawkins previously associated with Kashoggi when Corporate Secretary of Marac, and linked with Renouf through their stockholding in CBA Finance, which is a partner in Commercial Pacific Trust with United California Bank, Hawkins forms umbrella company with Chase Corpl, Jedi Investments and Teltherm and begins setting up a maze of cross holding companies. Brierley retains his connection through his Charter Corporation's holding in Teltherm.

January 1984: Brierley and Elliott begin moves to monopolise the food industry in Australasia by merging Goodman and the Elders Group, while Brierley sells 10% of Watties to the NZ Dairy Board - setting the stage for land takeover and establishment of the Corporate Farm.

February 1984: New Zealand politician D. Lange meets Ray Cline in Wellington and agrees to go on the Mafia payroll for monthly fee of $UA40,000 paid into account number 5263161 at Commercial Pacific Trust, New Hebrides.

March 1984: Muldoon knighted with GCMG for keeping the economy free of obstructions for easier takeover and exploitation.

24th May, 1984: Four-man CIA team co-ordinated by Ray Cline arrive in New Zealand to begin installation of equipment for subliminal television advertising at five sites - Waiatarua, Mt Erin, Kaukau, Sugarloaf and Obelisk.

Sophisticated equipment can be installed within one kilometer of TV relay arrials and all linked to one IDAPS computer bureau in Auckland.

Same equipment installed in Australia August 1985; Japan September 1986; UK February 1987: New York 1987. Also, Amax geoligists now estimate Martha Hill gold source could be worth up to $30 billion on strength of high gold/tonne ore assay.

17th July, 1984: In New Zealand, subliminal advertising begins on Channel Two between 6pm and midnight - hours later extended tobegin at noon. Subliminal messages prepared in the US by the CIA and with New Zealand election imminent, tell voters to support the Labour Party, the New Zealand Party and to buy Mafia company products.

New Zealand Party was formed to ensure that Muldoon would lose, as Big Business unhappy with controls over economy. Big campaign contributions from Brierley, the oil companies and the Business Round Table ensure a Labour victory.

Later, Lange agrees to repay the favour to Brierley by selling the Government holding in the Kariori Pulp Mill to Winstones. New Zealand taxpayer loses $100 million.

Government then becomes the arm of big business, using economic policies provided by the Business Round Table, implemented by Finance Minister Roger Douglas and the package being sold by David Lange, who also keeps up a noisy CIA directed ANZUS withdrawal campaign.

* Reason: 1) ANZUS Treaty did not cover Mafia requirements over the Great South Basin discovery; 2) To identify any oppositin or threats within New Zealand who align themselves with supposed Government policy, Lange increases the SIS budget and strangthens links with the CIA.

Brookings Institute are the actual designers of the New Zealand Government econmomic policies provided by the Business Round Table (NZ Mafia front) and implented by the Government.

Douglas devalues the dollar and deregulates interest rates, which means cheaper labour, cheaper capital assets and high mortgage rates, thereby implementing Big Business policy of driving farmers off the land, establishment of the corporate farm and eventually remove viability of small business sector, etc.

27th September, 1984: New Zealand Mafia meets at new 'safe house' registered under Fernyhough's name, in Auckland. Those present include Brierley, J. Fletcher, Trotter, Jones, Goodman, Gunn, Papps, Hawkins, Judge, Renouf, Fernyhough, Gibbs and McConnell. Daigo Miyado announces appointment of Trotter as International Vice President of the Trilateral Commission Pacific Basin Economic Council.
Brierley outlines strategy of privatisation of the New Zealand Government and the establishment of the New Zealand Centre for Independent Studies which will be chaired by Gibbs, aided by Fernyhough and controlled by Cline, which will 'advise' Treasury on privatisation.

Parsky, Brierley and Seldon hold a separate meeting with Parsky, outlining plans for an expanded laundry operation which will coincide with the launch of 'Crack' - a new addictive product developed by CIA chemists for the world market.

Equiticorp (Aust) will be launched with Adler as Manager and a new merchant bank using Eldrs, Goodman and Jarden.

IEI will merge with Armco Bank, which has 20 branches in South East Asia; Ariadne will acquire the Bank of Queensland, and Brierley Investments will form a cross-shareholding with NZI Corp to further increase control by their Mafia organisation. Other plans include the laundering of funds directly to the New Zealand and Australian Governments and the establishment of key companies within the economies of New Zealand, Australia and Hong Kong.

The first key company will control the food industry in Australasia through merger of Elders, Goodmans, Allied Mills, Fielder Gillespie and Watties. Allied Mills will control 30%Goodmans, 30% Fielder, 20% Watties and will expand into Europe via acquisition of Rank, Hovis McDougall (UK). Allied Mills will be controlled through IEL.

26th October, 1984: Trotter, Hawkins, Lange and Douglas meet in Wellington to implement Mafia plans to privatise the Government and to deregulate the banking system.

Late 1984: As part of the IDAPS computer-controlled 'laundry' operation, Trotter and Fletcher help establish the 'Pacific Investment Fund' with Australian and New Zealand investments to be managed by Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank subsidiary, Wardley and the Japanese operation controlled by Tokyo Trust and Banking Company - owned by Sanwa Bank, Taiyo-Kobe Bank and Nomura Securities. All are members of the Rockefeller World Government organisation.

18th July, 1985: Australian Mafia meet in Sydney to discuss privatisation of the Australian Government. Those present include - Brierley, Trotter, Fletcher, Seldon, Goodman, Papps, Packer, Bond, Elliott, Adler, and Japanese Trilateralist Daigo Miyado.

Cline will set up Australian Centre for Independent Studies to 'advise' the Treasurer on the takeover of the economy.Impala Pacific will be set up in Hong Kong through Ariadne with 60% of the company stock held by Chase Manhattan and Security Pacific National Bank in Australia. In the UK, Tozer, Kemsly & Millbourn would be taken over using IEP, while in Australia, the Holme's A'Court Bell Group would be used to merge with Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank, through Standard & Chartered Bank (Hong Kong), and Marae (NZ) Broadlands (Aust) would merge with NZI Corporation.

18th August, 1985: Cline and 6-man CIA team begin installation of subliminal television equipment in Sydney, Brisbane and Perth.

8th November1985: Parsky, Colby and J.D Rockefeller meet in New York to discuss their plans to assassinate McCloy and the Rockefellers and to take control of the Mafia organisation.

Colby would organise a 8-man 'hit squad' to be headed by Gordon Liddy who had worked for Colby in the 1960's as a CIA contract killer, and was responsible for over 10 murders including:

• 17/8/61 - two members of the Gambino Mafia family in New York

 24/11/63 - Officer Tippitt after the Kennedy assassination in Dallas

• 18/12/63 - witness to the Kennedy assassination in Dallas


• 19/4/65 - Politician in Chicago

• 27/7/65 - Politician in Washington

• 8/9/65 - Politician in Washington

• 27/11/66 - US 'independent' cocaine importer, in Mexico.

• 25/11/67 - 'Independent' heroin importer, in Los Angeles

• 9/2/69 - Politician in Washington

28th November 1985: Australian Mafia meet in Sydney - includes: Trotter, Fletcher, Hawkins, Bond, Elliott, Adler and Holme's A'Court - discussed strategy for merger of Goodman, Allied Mills, Fielde Gillespie Davis, Watties and Elders with Chase Manhattan Bank taking 20%, Elders and IEL 10%, with stock being held through Chase-AMP Bank.

Elders would be used as major 'vehicle' in the global liquor economy with Courage Brewery in the UK to be used as entry into Europe.

Strategy finalised to take over BHP, Australia's largest company, using Holme's A'Court, Brierley, Elliott and Hawkins.

In London, Chase Manhattan would takeover stockbrokers Simon & Coates who specialise in Australasia Mafia owned companies such as Fletcher Challenge, Brierley, NZI Corp, Elders, Bell Group and BHP. Chase Manhattan could then issue and buy stock to manipulate the Australasian economy by increasing price, paying no taxes, creating inflation, and enslaving the people through debt to Mafia controlled banks.

Parsky would oversee the 'launder' of further loans to the NZ Government and would begin to channel 'loans' through the Australian Treasury using captive politician Keating. Also NZ Government building would be sold to Jones and Australia Government buildings would be sold to Adler which would then be rented back to the respective Governments at inflated prices.

17th November 1986: Brierley, Seldon, Packer, Bond, Elliott, Holmes a Court and Adler meet in Sydney. Also present is Rupert Murdoch to assist in Parsky strategy of media takeover in Australasia and the Pacific using Packer and Bond (TV and Radio) Brierley and Holmes A'Court (newspapers).

Murdoch takes orders from Brzezinski since his News Corp was taken over in 1982 by Chase Manhattan and Security Pacific National Bank.

At a separate meeting with Brierley, Seldon and Cline, Parsky outlines plan for 'key' Media Australasian Holding company using the Bell Group which would be taken over by with Chase Manhattan holding 27.5% in London and the US. Another 10% of the stock would be held through Security Pacific National Bank (US).

Mid-1980s: Salem bin Laden, Osama's oldest brother, is allegedly involved in the Iran-Contra affair. Quoting a French intelligence report posted by Frontline (see October 1980), The New Yorker reports, "During the nineteen-eighties, when the Reagan Administration secretly arranged for an estimated thirty-four million dollars to be funneled through Saudi Arabia to the Contras, in Nicaragua, Salem bin Laden aided in this cause, according to French intelligence." [New Yorker, 11/5/01, Frontline, 2001]

Mid-1980s (B): The ISI starts a special cell of agents who use profits from heroin production for covert actions "at the insistence of the CIA." "This cell promotes the cultivation of opium and the extraction of heroin in Pakistani territory as well as in the Afghan territory under mujaheddin control for being smuggled into the Soviet controlled areas, in order to turn the Soviet troops heroin addicts. After the withdrawal of the Soviet troops, the ISI's heroin cell started using its network of refineries and smugglers for smuggling heroin to the Western countries and using the money as a supplement to its legitimate economy. But for these heroin dollars, Pakistan's legitimate economy must have collapsed many years ago." [Financial Times, Asian edition, 8/10/01] The ISI grows so powerful on this money, that Time magazine later states, "Even by the shadowy standards of spy agencies, the ISI is notorious. It is commonly branded 'a state within the state,' or Pakistan's 'invisible government.'" [Time, 5/6/02]

Osama bin Laden in 1989. [Sydney Morning Herald]

March 1985: The US decides to escalate the war in Afghanistan. The CIA, British MI6 and the ISI agree to launch guerrilla attacks from Afghanistan into then Soviet-controlled Tajikistan and Uzbekistan, attacking military installations, factories and storage depots within Soviet territory until the end of the war. The CIA also begins supporting the ISI in recruiting radical Muslims from around the world to come to Pakistan and fight with the Afghan mujaheddin. The CIA gives subversive literature and Korans to the ISI, who carry them into the Soviet Union. Eventually, around 35,000 Muslim radicals from 43 Islamic countries will fight with the Afghan mujaheddin. Tens of thousands more will study in the hundreds of new madrassas funded by the ISI and CIA in Pakistan. Their main logistical base is in the Pakistani city of Peshawar. [Washington Post, 7/19/92, Pittsburgh Post-Gazette, 9/23/01, Honolulu Star-Bulletin, 9/23/01, The Hindu, 9/27/01, Taliban: Militant Islam, Oil and Fundamentalism in Central Asia, Ahmed Rashid, 3/01] In the late 1980s, Pakistan's President Benazir Bhutto, feeling the mujaheddin network has grown too strong, tells President George Bush Sr., "You are creating a Frankenstein." But the warning goes unheeded. [Newsweek, 9/24/01] By 1993, the President of Pakistan tells Egyptian President Hasni Mubarak that Peshawar is under de facto control of the mujaheddin, and unsuccessfully asks for military help in reasserting Pakistani control over the city. Thousands of mujaheddin fighters return to their home countries after the war is over, and engage in countless acts of terrorism. One Western diplomat notes these thousands would never have been trained or united without US help, and says "The consequences for all of us are astronomical." [Atlantic Monthly, 5/96]

1985

CIA recruits radical Muslims to fight in Afghanistan. US swaps arms to Iran for hostages.

1985 - Norman Cousins, President of the World Future Society and honorary chairman of Planetary Citizens, says: "World government is coming. In fact, it is inevitable. No arguments for it or against it can change that fact."

1985 Over 15,000 "HIV" positive haemophiliacs who have 94 "HIV" positive wives exist worldwide. Most of the wives died of age-related opportunistic infection. A previous study in 1984 in the Journal of the American Medical Association V251,p1450-54, revealed that in 41 wives of haemophiliacs studied, all the T-cell ratios were entirely normal.

1985 Mutinational companies spend $10 billion acquiring seed and plant breeding companies. Imperial Chemical Industries (ICI) in England is now one of the worlds largest seed suppliers. From 1985 to 1990, ICI swalled up 11 large seed companies.

1985 Tests developed to detect simian viruses in vaccines.

1985 The Salvadoran Association of Health Professionals charges that another new disease, which caused high fevers, headaches, joint pains, rash, and later jaundice, occurred after bombings "of an unfamiliar character" under the auspices of the United States.

1985 The prestigious British medical journal Lancet publishes the Augist 10th work of Peter Skrabanek of Trinity College, University of Dublin, who produces a viable argument against the existence of the ACS "early detection" and mammography program, as relating to orthodox treatment of surgery, radiation or chemotherapy. According to Skrabanek, "the philosophy of breast cancer screening is based on wishful thinking that early cancer is curable cancer, though no one knows what is 'early'. There is no evidence that mastectomy affects survival rate."

1985 A mysterious outbreak of dengue fever - the first ever - occurred in Managua Nicaragua and adjacent areas a few months after the escalation of US aerial surveillance missions. Nearly 50% of the population of the city become sick, and several deaths occurred. The Nicaraguan Health Ministry has been investigating the possibilty of a US Chemical/Biological Warfare role.

1985 Study by the World Congress of Biological Psychiatry finds that in a study of 321 violent individuals, most of them white and middle class, 95% of them showed evidence of brain dysfunction and neurological disabilities.

1985 The U.S. Public Health Service contracts a second set of studies on animal cancer and fluoride, mandated by the 1977 Congressional Hearings. The USPHS contracts Batelle Memorial Institute in Ohio, which conducts a study lasting until 1987. The results are released in 1988. (See 1988).

1985 Supercomputer Network Study Act enacted into law, promotes linkage of all national computer database systems. Law introduced by Al Gore.

1985 The Assistant Secretary of Health, Edward Brandt, Jr.,M.D, testifies before a Senate Committee, "every year 35,000 children suffer neurological complications because of DPT vaccine." (May 3, 1985).

1985 A U.S. Government study shows an awareness of the potential of genetic engineering. "The rapid advances of genetic technology, in which the U.S. is the leader, offer the predictable likelihood of new agents being developed for which no vaccines or counteragents are known or available". Ref: Report of the President's Chemical Warfare Review Commission, 1969.

1985 Washington Post article by David Remnick "The Experiments of Dr. Ewen Cameron" reprinted also in the Congressional Record, Aug 1, 1985, details Camerons activities at the Allen Memorial Clinic in Montreal and involvement in CIA sponsored mind control experiments on Canadians and Americans on systematic annihilation of memory, de-patterning the mind and memory, barbituate sleep and LSD experiments, and psychic driving (repetition of a coded message ) mind programming.

1985 Dental hygenists, psychiatrists, public relations experts, education specialists and psychologists (no scientists) form "The American Oral Health Institute" and release a book "Abuse of the Scientific Literature in an Antifluoridation Pamphlet", in which they attack scientific data relative to fluoride and those who oppose its use in the public water supply. An examination of the book, ironically, revealed "abuse of scientific literature" on the part of the authors, who demonstrated their lack of scientific expertise and themselves were guilty of deception and misrepresentation of scientific fact.

1985 Consensus Conference on Electroconvulsive Therapy is held by the National Institutes of Mental Health (NIMH) and the National Institutes of Health (NIH). At the conference, psychologist and attorney Edward Opton presented evidence that ECT patients show little or no improvement at all. None of the assembled ECT doctors could provide any contradictory evidence, so his conclusions were published in the October 18, 1985 Journal of the American Medical Association (JAMA). Optons comments, however, were excluded from the Proceedings of the Conference published by NIMH. It was also omitted from the APA task force report.

1985 Supercomputer Network Study Act of 1985 enacted into law, introduced by Senator Al Gore. Created the basis for the Elementary and Secondary Integrated Data System linked with all other federal computers collecting data on US citizens.

1985 Hemophilus Influenza type B (HIB) vaccine approved for general use in US. The Hib vaccine is often referred to as the "meningitis" vaccine, but meningitus has several causes.

1985 Study at St.Marys Hospital in London demonstrates that even "HIV"-negative homosexual men had significantly reduced T and B cell activity compared with heterosexual controls. Their immune systems were just as compromised as those of symptomless "HIV"-positive homosexual men. (Clinical Experimental Immunology, Vol75, p7-11) (Supports work suggesting that "poppers" made by Burroughs Wellcome in England contributed to the decline of those who used them - typically homosexuals). Wellcome is getting twice the profit, for it also makes the cellular toxin AZT, with which AIDS patients are killed.

1985 Electromagnetic weapon tests on Greenham Common protestors creates new evidence of crowd control and electromagnetic disease creation. Use of ELF weapons on civilians protesting presence of US cruise missles.

1985 NBC broadcasts program about black unmarked helicopters and secret projects.

1985 British Imperial Chemical Industries (ICI) begins buying US seed companies.

1985 Britain begins blood supply "screening for HIV virus."

1985 After ten years of study, there are indications that ELF signals interfere with biological cueing frequencies, producing chronic stress and lowered immune system capabilities. Revealed in The Body Electric by Dr. Robert Becker. 1985 Military missions begin on space shuttle.

1985 Bilderberger meeting in Rye, New York, May 10-12, 1985.

1985 Scientific American in November 1985 featured Dr. John Cairns of the Harvard Medical School of Public Health, who wrote that chemotherapy was useful for only a few rare cancers. He found no significant gains against the primary cancers since the 1950's, and estimated that only 3% of those with cancer have their life extended by chemotherapy out of the 400,000 deaths each year in the United States. (Note: How similar this is to the use of the experimental chemotherapy drug AZT in the AIDS paradigm).

1985 Book about DPT vaccinations DPT: A Shot in the Dark is published, revealing aspects of collusion between government agencies, the medical establishment and the pharmaceutical industry.

1986: The CIA, ISI and bin Laden work together to build the Khost tunnel complex in Afghanistan. This will be a major target of bombing and fighting in the US defeat of the Taliban in 2001. [Pittsburgh Post-Gazette, 9/23/01, Honolulu Star-Bulletin, 9/23/01, The Hindu, 9/27/01, Taliban: Militant Islam, Oil and Fundamentalism in Central Asia, Ahmed Rashid, 3/01] It is reported before 9/11 that "bin Laden worked closely with Saudi, Pakistani and US intelligence services to recruit mujaheddin from many Muslim countries," but this hasn't been reported much since. [UPI, 6/14/01] A CIA spokesman will later claim, "For the record, you should know that the CIA never employed, paid, or maintained any relationship whatsoever with bin Laden." [Ananova, 10/31/01]

1986

The Clintons extricate themselves from Whitewater. Reagan illegally funds Nicaraguan Contras. Chernobyl. Harken Oil. Iran-Contra scandal breaks; Dick Cheney protects Vice President Bush. Reagan administration successfully blunts Iran-Contra investigation.

Aug. 13, 1986 - Associated Press reports: "People scattered over much of the eastern United States reported a mysterious light in the night sky, and residents of Kentucky said they heard a boom and felt their houses shake. There were similar reports in other parts of the East. The mysterious light was witnessed by Americans from Michigan, Maine, Louisiana and Kentucky. Some people said they saw a 'great big ball of fire,' Clark County Kentucky Sheriff Larry Lawson said. The people said their homes shook and windows vibrated as if there had been an explosion or earthquake, but it was just for a few seconds. They said the whole sky lit up."

Aug. 14, 1986 - "USA Today" describes the events which occurred on the night of August 12: "A spectacular light show that pranced across the night sky east of the Mississippi had astronomers baffled."

1986 In Kansas, 1300 cases of Pertussis reported. Over 1100 had been vaccinated.

1986 150 lawsuits pending against DPT vaccine makers.

1986 The book entitled The Truth about AIDS - Evolution of an Epidemic, written by Fettner and Clark, provides documentation on the origin of AIDS and its relation to the biomedical evidence regarding ELF and the destruction of the human immune system.

1986 Robert Gallo is interviewed at the National Cancer Institute, where he says, "HTLV-III is the sole cause of AIDS. You don't need any co-factors!"

1986 National Childhood Vaccine Injury Act. Administered by the US Claims Court in Washington, DC, which does recognize an association between the DPT shot and infantile spasms. The court awarded $2 million to a body in 1989 relative to a reaction to DPT vaccine.

1986 Employee of Boeing Aircraft allegedly finds the document Silent Weapons for Quiet Wars in an office copier. The document discusses social engineering of civilization to obtain total control, the technology for which supposedly originated in England during World War II.

1986 The May 1986 issue of the New England Journal of Medicine features an article by Elaine Smith of the University of Iowa and Dr. John Bailar of Harvard University. Dr. Bailar was a former editor of the Journal of the National Cancer Institute, an expert in statistical evaluation and statistical consultant to the New England Journal of Medicine, and a senior scientist of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services Office of Disease Prevention and Health Promotion. In the article, Bailar and Smith analyze the cancer treatment phenomenon and discover an 8% increase in cancer since 1950, which was getting worse. They state that "there has been no apparent change in mortality from breast cancer since 1950." Immediately on the defensive, the NCI and ACS lie to the public, and state that "cancer statistics indicate great progress." (See 1987, General Accounting Office).

1986 The Rocky Mountain Poison Control Center reports 87 cases of fluoride poisoning . Two cases involved fluoride treatment by a dentist. One 13 month old child died. Twenty five suffered gastrointestinal symptoms. Sodium fluoride is the most frequent single cause of acute poisoning in children.

1986 New England Journal of Medicine [Vol314:p647] featured a study of maleria patients from Venezuela, where the rate of "false positives" with Western Blot was 25-41%. This led the researchers to conclude that "HIV is not causing 'AIDS', even in the presence of the severe immunoregulatory disturbances characteristic of acute maleria."

1986 In a study published in Lancet [1:1090-92], the amount of HIV antibody detected in ELISA tests was greatest immediately after blood transfusion and decreased between transfusions.

1986 Challenger explosion stops shuttle program.

1986 US Government reveals that a hydrogen bomb accidently dropped near Albuquerque, New Mexico. It did not explode.

1986 Child abuse reports: 1.2 million.

1986 Navy Captain Paul Taylor prepares an assessment of electromagnetic weaponry for Maxwell Air Force Base which reveals "some of the uses include dealing with terrorist groups, crowd control and tactical warfare. In all cases, EM systems produce mild to severe physiological disruption or perceptual disorientation.

1986 Immigration Control Act of 1986. Gives the president of the US the authority to implement whatever type of identification necessary to control the population. (Section 100).

1986 National Survey reveals over 10 million American adults are illiterate. The study also discovers that 36 million Americans cannot read at 8th grade level, 40% of adults cannot interpret a road map, and 80% could not mentally calculate a tip or understand a bus schedule. The survey covered 3,400 adults using a mutiple choice test.

1986 National Health Survey finds that between 1969 and 1981, the prevalence of "activity-limiting chronic conditions" in children increased by 44%, from 2.9 million children to 3.8 million children. Almost all of the increase happened between 1969 and 1975. Most of these conditions are readily associated with post-encephalitic syndrome. Childhood respiratory disease during this period increased 47%, childhood asthma increased 65% (with deaths from asthma increasing), mental and nervous system disorders increased 80%, personality and other non-psychotic disorders (behavior disorders, drug abuse and hyperactivity increased 300%, diseases of the eyes and ears (especially otitis media) rose 120%, and cases of hearing loss in the ears rose 129%. All of these increases were identical in both high and low income groups. For the same period of time, levels of disease not associated with vaccine damage remained unchanged.

1986 Connaught Laboratory, manufacturer of DPT vaccine, changes the product info sheet to warn against "allergies" and "anaphylactic sensitivity".

1986 Michael Hutchinson publishes "Megabrain", in which it is revealed that scientists in the Los Altos Hills in California, drawing from CIA black budget money, "applied acoustical telemetry in the development of transmitters that create infra-sound (low frequency) waves in the head, wiping clear all information stored by the brain cells."

1986 American Dental Association adopts resolution which declares that mercury amalgam fillings "pose no health hazard to the non-allergic patient" and that "removal of amalgam fillings for the alleged purpose of removing toxic substances from the body, when treatment is performed solely at the recommendation of the dentist, is improper and unethical."

1986 Chicago Tribune (12/11/86) reports that giant whirlpools, some nearly 60 miles wide, were detected moving along the Norway coast. The mammoth whirlpools were unknown prior to 1980, and reportedly seen by orbiting astronauts (Aviation Week, 3/16/87).

1986 In the USSR, the Chernobyl reactor, the main power source for the Soviet Gomel Woodpecker signal, explodes.

1986 Connaught Laboratories package insert for their DPT vaccine reads "some data suggests that fever is more likely to happen in those who have had local reactions, and that local reactions are more likely to occur with increasing numbers of doses of DPT."

September 1987-March 1989: Michael Springmann, the head US consular official in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia, later claims that he is "repeatedly told to issue visas to unqualified applicants." He turns them down, but is repeatedly overruled by superiors. Springmann loudly complains about the practice to numerous government offices, but no action is taken. He eventually is fired and the files he has kept on these applicants are destroyed. Springmann speculates that the issuing of visas to radical Islamic fighters continued until 9/11. He says he later learns that recruits from many countries fighting for bin Laden against Russia in Afghanistan were funneled through the Jeddah office to get visas to come to the US. They would then train for the Afghan war in the US. He says the Jeddah consulate was run by the CIA and staffed almost entirely by intelligence agents. Springmann suggests that this visa system may have continued until present day, and that the 15 of the 19 9/11 hijackers getting their visas through Jeddah (see May 21, 2002 (C)) could have been a part of it (see also October 21, 2002 and October 23, 2002). [BBC, 11/6/01, AP, 7/17/02, Fox News, 7/18/02]

1987

Reagan admits involvement in Iran-Contra. USS Stark attacked by Iraq; US blames Iran. Robert Bork blocked from US Supreme Court, raising ire of conservatives.

1987 - Governor Bill Clinton of Arkansas visits Socialist Antonio Gramsci in Italy. When asked by an Italian newspaper if he is there to learn how to implement Socialist economic policies in the United States, Governor Clinton replies in the affirmative.

1987 - "The Secret Constitution and the Need for Constitutional Change" is sponsored in part by the Rockefeller Foundation. In it, author Arthur S. Miller says: "...a pervasive system of thought control exists in the United States...the citizenry is indoctrinated by employment of the mass media and the system of public education...people are told what to think about...a new vision is required to plan and manage the future, a global vision that will transcend national boundaries and eliminate the poison of nationalistic solutions...a new Constitution is necessary."

April 2, 1987 - Raymond English, Vice President of the Ethics and Public Policy Center, tells the National Advisory Council on Educational Research and Improvement that "critical thinking means not only learning how to think for oneself, but it also means learning how to subvert the traditional values in your society. You're not thinking 'critically' if you're accepting the values that mommy and daddy taught you. That's not 'critical.' "

July 3, 1987 - The "Arizona Republic" reports: "A sharp, startling boom jolted northern San Diego County during the night, but authorities said they don't know what caused the mysterious blast." Meteorologist Wilbur Shigehara of the National Weather Service is quoted as saying: "It sounded like a blast from a cannon. It was a big momentary shake. It is a mystery. Last year, we had several shakes like this. It happened three or four times a day for a week. We never found out what it was."

July 8, 1987 - The "Arizona Republic" reports: "For reasons unknown even to weather experts, the temperature at Greensberg, Kansas, jumped 20 degrees in ten minutes." Bill Ellis, an observer for the National Weather Service, says: "I've never seen anything like it, and I don't know anybody that ever has." [A secret experiment in weather modification?]

Aug. 11, 1987 - The U.S. Patent Office grants Patent Number 4,686,605 to Dr. Bernard Eastlund, a physicist who is a consultant for the Atlantic Richfield Company. Dr. Eastlund also does work for the Defense Department's ARPA (Advanced Research Projects Agency). The patent is for a technology to "change the weather by redirecting the very high wind patterns." By bombarding the jet stream with high-intensity electromagnetic waves, Dr. Eastlund is able to divert it and alter the weather patterns in a particular area.

Nov. 2, 1987 - Mikhail Gorbachev addresses the Soviet Politburo: "In October 1917, we parted with the old world, rejecting it once and for all. We are moving toward a new world, the world of Communism. We shall never turn off that road!" He further reassures his Communist colleagues: "Comrades, do not be concerned about all that you hear about glasnost and perestroika and democracy in the coming years. These are primarily for outward consumption. There will be no significant internal change within the Soviet Union other than for cosmetic purposes. Our purpose is to disarm the Americans and let them fall asleep."

1987 CIA William Casey dies of pneumonia following brain surgery to remove a tumor.

1987 The General Accounting Office (GAO) completes a two-year study of cancer statistics. The results validate Bailar and Smith (See 1986). According to the GAO, $2 billion per year was spent on cancer research (more than 50% of it government funds). Depsite this enormous expense, "only slight improvement in cancer patient survival was indicated for the 30-year period 1950-1982. The GAO study was shelved to protect the cancer industry.

1987 Bernard J. Eastlund issued patent # 4,686,605, based on Tesla technology, for "Method and Apparatus for Altering a Region in the Earths Atmosphere". The patent is immediately classified by the Navy for six years. (See 1994 and discussion of HAARP). Part of the patent reads, "this invention provides the ability to put unprecedented amounts of power in the atmosphere at strategic locations and to maintain the power injection level, particularly if random pulsing is employed" and "by knowing the frequencies employed in this invention, a third party can sustain a communications network while the rest of the world's communications are interrupted", and "could be employed to pick up signals of others for intelligence purposes."

1987 Centers for Disease Control (CDC) releases a study indicating that the Hib vaccine shows an efficacy (effectiveness) rate of 41%. Children were found to be five times more likely to contract the disease than those not vaccinated.

1987 Star Wars budget is 4.1 billion. Intelligence budget $35 billion.

1987 Altantic Monthly magazine elaborates on how EM weaponry has been developed with the ability to both affect the nervous system and to induce death.

1987 CDC now refuses to give out figures relative to hepatitis vaccinations and HIV+ to justify their claims.

1987 The Philadelphia Daily News carries a story that Colonel David L. Huxsoll, chief of the U.S. Army Medical Research Institute for Infectious Disease (USAMRIID) told a meeting of Soviet scientists that Soviet charges that the U.S. military created the HIV virus constituted "disinformation".

1987 Iran-Contra Hearings. In a conversation between Rep. Jack Brooks and Senator Inouye, Inouye declines to answer Brooks question about FEMA and suspension of rights in the US, deferring an answer to a closed executive session.

1987 Project Moonscan allegedly gets under way for prepositioning mind control technology on the Moon to influence Earth's population. Managed by Airborn Instrument Labs and run by Eaton Corporation. DOD takes over management in 1988.

1987 In its own dreamworld that ignors everyone else, the American Cancer Society on March 15th "officially announces" that "caught early enough, breast cancer has cure rates approaching 100 percent." (Note: The ACS definition of "cured" involves life for 5 years after diagnosis, so "early detection" would in fact artificially increase the ACS "cure rate").

1987 LA policeman dies after finding CIA heroin distribution point in LA, CA.

1987 Murder rate in the US jumps to 600:100,000.

1987 Estimated cases of rape number 910,000 in the United States. (Based on a rate of 91,000 as a 10% reported figure).

1987 "Dulce Papers" released.

1987 Recorded cases of syphillus jump 23 % - largest increase since 1977.

1987 Unusually large number of humpback whales die of unknown causes, followed by toxic algal blooms (red tides) on the east coast of North America.

1987 Study determines that 16% of those under 30 are left handed.

1987 Johns Hopkins University irradiation conference stacked with proponents.

1987 European Parliament votes against food irradiation on precautionary grounds.

1987 Canadian Minister of Health announces food irradiation will be permitted.

1987 Alan Greenspan of J.P.Morgan Company appointed to head Federal Reserve.

1987 Sixty-six Japanese victims of Pertussis vaccine receive huge damage awards from the Japanese government.

1987 AMA found guilty of conspiring for 20 years to destroy chiropractic. The court concludes that "under the Sherman Act, every combination or conspiracy in restraint of trade is illegal."

1987 National Reconaissance Office budget $9 billion.

1987 Swedish Health Board declares amalgam to be toxic and unsuitable as a dental filling material.

1987 William Bise had the only article published on the behavioral effect of microwaves that is accepted by the "establishment" scientific community. Together with Elizabeth Raucher, Bise created an amazing demonstration that was video taped and nationally televised on October of 1987. Although nine hours of video tape was taken, only four minutes made it on the air. Four years went into their un-funded work, and the results speak for themselves. They had 300 human subjects that were tested under clincal conditions. Over 85% of them showed a repeatable response between an externally generated magnetic field and EEG brainwaves. Three male subjects were exposed to specific electronic patterns, such as spike waves, sawtooth waves, lissijous patterns, complex patterns like square waves with pulses,etc. In all cases they were correctly identified. This is not a statistical process. There was a medical doctor present in many cases. In one case, the doctor was supposed to be somebody from Army Intelligence, who said, "wow, this is really interesting". They never heard from him again. The EEG documentation clearly showed pattern shifts associated with each change in waveform. There were distinct signatures present in the brainwaves when the input magnetic field was shifted. The induction of line images into the human brain from a distance is publically proven.

1987 Dr. Vincent DeVita, head of the National Cancer Institute, issues a contro- versial recommendation to 13,000 cancer specialists "to give chemotherapy and surgery to all women with breast cancer, regardless of whether it has spread."

1987 The November issue of Newsweek refers to Michael Aquino as the "Second Beast of Revelation" in the wake of a criminal investigation involving child molestation at Presidio Army base.

8th February 1987: US Mafia Council meet in Washington - including David Rockefeller, John McCloy, Brzezinski, Parsky, Simon, Katherine Graham, and George Franklin.

Brzezinski outlines plans to invade Iran using 75,000 strong mercenary army supported by US Air Force and Navy with starting date of 8th February, 1988. An integral part of the plan Saudi and Kuwaiti oil tankers would fly the US flag to provoke an Iranian attack so that US invasion of Iran would be 'justified'.

* Reason: The Seven Sisters wanted to exploit a secret oil field near Bandar Abbas discovered in 1976 with estimate 150 billion barrels and also a huge gold source at Neyshabur discovered in 1977.

The Iranian invasion would begin after the World economic system was collapsed by the Mafia controlled banks - target date 17th January 1988. Other countries on the takeover list include:

• Mexico - for oil at Baisas

• Nicaragua - for oil at Connto

• Colombia - for gold at Papayan

• South Korea - for gold at Chunchon

• New Zealand - for oil in the Great South Basin

1988: Prior to this year, George Bush Jr. is a failed oil man. Three times friends and investors have bailed him out to keep him from going bankrupt. But in this year, the same year his father becomes President, some Saudis buy a portion of his small company, Harken, which has never worked outside of Texas. Later in the year, Harken wins a contract in the Persian Gulf and starts doing well financially. These transactions seem so suspicious that the Wall Street Journal in 1991 states it "raises the question of ... an effort to cozy up to a presidential son."Two major investors in Bush's company during this time are Salem bin Laden, Osama bin Laden's oldest brother, and Khaled bin Mahfouz. [Salon, 11/19/01, Intelligence Newsletter, 3/2/00] Khaled bin Mahfouz is a Saudi banker with a 20 percent stake in BCCI, a bank that will go bankrupt a few years later in the biggest corruption scandal in banking history (see July 5, 1991).�In 1999 bin Mahfouz will be placed under house arrest in Saudi Arabia for contributions he gave to welfare organizations closely linked to bin Laden (see April 1999). Bin Mahfouz's sister is married to Osama bin Laden (see also August 13, 1996, Early December 2001 (B), December 4, 2001 (B), and November 26, 2002). [Washington Post, 2/17/02] In late 2002, Ron Motley, the lead lawyer in a 9/11 Saudi suit (see August 15, 2002), threatens that Bush, now President, "may find himself being deposed" in court for these financial ties to bin Mahfouz. [Minneapolis Star Tribune, 8/16/02]

Al-Qaeda soldiers.

August 11, 1988: Bin Laden forms al-Qaeda this year (notes are later found showing a meeting led by bin Laden on this day discussing "the establishment of a new military group"). [AP, 2/19/03]

August 12, 1988: The first media report appears about Echelon, a high-tech global electronic surveillance network between the US, Britain, Canada, Australia and New Zealand. Governments deny that Echelon exists, but whistleblowers expose it. They claim it's being abused in many ways, including to spy on politicians domestically. Echelon is capable of "near total interception of international commercial and satellite communications," including taps into transoceanic cables, but it is "impossible for analysts to listen to all but a small fraction of the billions of telephone calls, and other signals which might contain 'significant' information." [New Statesman, 8/12/88] Understanding the information surveillance capabilities of Echelon is vital to determining what should have been known about 9/11.

1988

Rush Limbaugh begins broadcasting nationally. Operation Anfal in Iraq kills thousands of Kurds. Iran-Contra indictments. Halabjah massacre. Soviets begin withdrawing from Afghanistan. US directly attacks Iranian forces. Echelon launched. Al-Qaeda founded. Iran-Iraq war ends. Pan Am plane bombed over Lockerbie, Scotland, by Islamic terrorists. George H.W. Bush becomes President.

June 1988 - Lord Maitreya mysteriously appears before an audience in Nairobi, Kenya. [Maitreya has appeared to several groups in different parts of the world since that time. When Maitreya appears, it is claimed that water in the area is "charged" - that it takes on miraculous healing powers. Benjamin Creme's attitude toward those who refuse to accept this figure as the world's Messiah is seen in this statement: "When men see Maitreya they will know that the time has come to choose; to go forward with Him into a future dazzling in its promise - or to cease to be."]

Dec. 7, 1988 - In an address to the U.N., Mikhail Gorbachev says: "World progress is only possible through a search for universal human consensus as we move forward to a new world order."

1988 The Aquinos are featured on Oprah Winfrey. Nazi aspects of the Temple of Set are brought out on the program.

1988 Wall Street Journal article (7/15/88) details discoveries by scientists at the US Naval Observatory and the Jet Propulsion Lab that the Earth has developed a wobble in its spin.

1988 An article in Medical Hypothesis, Vol 25, p151-62, by Eleni Eleopoulos notes that about 25% of the population of Southern Japan has antibodies against the "HIV" virus, compared with 1% of the population of the United States; there were only 14 cases of AIDS reported in Japan (a figure that has not significantly increased).

1988 Lederle Laboratories package insert for DPT vaccine reads "Pertussis vaccine has been associated with a greater proportion of adverse reactions than many other childhood vaccinations. Local reactions are common after administration of DTP, occurring in 35-50% of recipients. Febrile reactions are more likely to occur in those who have experienced such responses after prior doses."

1988 A Swedish study finds that mammograms and early detection of breast cancer did not reduce the rate of death. Dr. Lars Janzon studied 42,000 women before concluding in an October 1988 British Medical Journal that mammograms should be restricted. When the Wall Street Journal in the U.S. informs an official of the American Cancer Society of the report, the official dismisses it.

1988 It becomes known that George Bush had fascists on his campaign staff; Philip Guarino (Freemasonic P2 Guard, formed by the SS) and Nicolas Nazarenko (German SS Cossack Division), Laszlo Pasztor (Nazi collaborator and former member of the SS Arrow Cross Party), Radi Slavoff (member of Bulgarian cell formed from Nazi Bulgarian Legion) are examples. Bush campaign co-chairman Jerome Bentrar admits to having assisted hundreds of Nazis to emigrate to the United States. Bush quickly instituted a policy of not releasing the roster of his "ethnic outreach group" available any longer.

1988 Medical Tribune publishes article "Brain Autoantibodies in 33% of Schizophrenics" which indicates that 33% of schizophrenia cases appear to be autoimmune in nature."

1988 Battelle Memorial Institute releases its studies on fluorides and animal cancer for the USPHS which, ironically, report highly specific fluoride-related cancers. The data is turned over to the National Toxicology Program (NTP), who gives the data to the Experimental Pathology Labs, who reclassify and delete items damaging to the pro-fluoridation faction. The altered data is then submitted to the "pathology working group" on December 6, 1989, after a year of reworking. All this with the full knowledge of EPA and USPHS. (See 1990).

1988 Dr.Joel Boriskin, chairman of the ADA national fluoridation advisory committee, in an address before the Calgary Health Department, claims that "1500 mg of fluoride per day is prescribed to older people that have progressive hearing loss". (Note: 1500 mg/day is a lethal dose).

1988 Pan American Flight crashes over Lockerbie, Scotland after CIA drug runner has a bomb planted in his baggage. The Libyans are blamed for the crash of flight 103 as a coverup. Six agents on the plane were on their way to the United States to testigy in a major drug case implicating the CIA.

1988 Popular Science, Jan 1988, details US supermagnets, each capable of reaching 9 Teslas, or 180,000 times the strength of Earths field, that are in use in the United States.

1988 New Education Data Improvement Project (1988-1991) provides technical assistance to each state in responding to federal data reporting requirements. The project additionally "analyzed the capacity of each state in the US to provide standard data on US students, school staff, revenues and expenditures."

1988 Researchers at the Argonne National Laboratory discover that fluoride promotes and enhances the carcinogenicity of other cancer-causing chemicals in the food and environment. Interestingly, this work confirmed studies sponsored by the United States National Cancer Institute conducted back in 1963 by Herskowitz and Norton at Saint Louis University. More than 30 years ago, these scientists showed that low levels of fluoride increased the incidence of melanotic tumors in living organisms from 12 to 100% - often these tumors were induced by fluoride over a period of days. These studies were further amplified by work done by the Taylor's at the University of Texas which found that 1 ppm fluoride in drinking water increased tumor growth rate in mice by 25%.

1988 Penthouse Magazine, August 1988, details seven scientists murdered in Britain who worked on Star Wars (cover for EM Mind Control) projects at Marconi. Eventually, more than 22 British scientists working on related programs would commit suicide in bizarre ways. Another company who had scientists die was Plessey Defense Systems. Nearly all the scientists who died held electronics or computer-related contracts with the British Ministry of Defence academies. The British government blamed the deaths on "stress".

1988 The US Agency for International Development commits $88 million to a five year plan to sterilize non-whites in foreign countries.

1988 Most powerful neural-net computer in the 1980's would be the Department of Defense commissioned TRW Mark III neuro-computer, consisting of 1 million "synapses", but it only had 1/10000 of the capacity of a housefly. Later, AT&T Bell Labs researcher H.P. Graf develops an experimental chip comprising 256 neurons connected with 32000 synapses. The chips can be plugged into a standard computer.

1988 US tests acellular Pertussis vaccine on Swedish children. Five children die, up to five months after vaccination. Deaths in the US that occur within hours or days of a whole-cell vaccination are quickly dismissed and rarely investigated.

1988 Discovered that ingestion of 100mg (.004 ounce) of sugar reduces the immune functions in the body by 50% within one hour. Other studies confirm that excessive sugar consumption may increase the incidence of infections and reduce the body's ability to defend against disease. Ref: Eat for Health, William Manahan, M.D, Tiburon Press, 1988; Robert Mendelsohn, M.D, "The Risks of Immunizations", 1988, Peoples Doctor Newsletter, Inc.

1988 Hearings held in Sweden on amalgam. 1987 ruling upheld.

1988 New York Times (4/19/88) reports that waves in the Atlantic ocean have increased more than 20% since the 1960's. Measurements taken since the 1960's indicate that "during the late 1970's" ( a period following the start of Soviet and US ELF transmissions), the waves got bigger.

1988 US introduces plutonium powered pacemaker.

1988 Cocaine wars in Columbia.

1988 Both Soviet Mars "Phobos" probes fail during flight.

1988 Space shuttle Discovery launched successfully.

1988 Hawkins-Stafford Education Improvement Amendments, PL100-297 establishes the National Cooperative Education Statistics System "to involve state and federal governments in a mutual effort to produce state comparable and nationally uniform data on public and private school systems.

1988 Internet computer virus jams 6,000 military computers in the US.

1988 British perform first brain cell transplants.

1988 Texas A&M University conducts study for lunar boring machine with a lithium cooled reactor.

1988 The B-2 stealth bomber is unveiled.

1988 The US Environmental Protection Agency declares scrap dental amalgam to be a hazardous waste material. Mercury comprises over 50% of the "silver" dental filling. Mercury is a protoplasmic poison more toxic than lead, cadmium and arsenic. Dr. Thomas Clarkson and Dr. John Hursh of the University of Rochester, School of Medicine, Department of Toxicology, and Dr. Magnus Nylander and Dr. Lars Friberg of the Karolinska Institute of Stockholm, Sweden, concluded from their research that "the release of mercury from dental amalgam makes the predominant contribution to human exposure to inorganic mercury, including mercury vapor in the general population." Over 100 million people have amalgam implants.

1988 Strecker Report on AIDS as artificial creation released. Streckers brother Ted found dead of "self-inflicted gunshot wound." Illinois State Representative Douglas Huff, who beat the drum about an AIDS coverup, found dead in his home of an overdose of heroin and cocaine.

1988 Two scientific studies find that new rubella vaccine introduced in 1979 was found to be the cause of Chronic Fatigue Syndrome (Epstein-Barr virus), an immune disorder first reported in 1982.

1988 President Reagan issues EO 12656, defining a National Emergency as "any occurrence that seriously degrades or threatens the security of the US"

1988 Robert S. Mendelsohn M.D, publishes material indicating that Dr. John Seal of the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Disease believes that "any and all flu vaccines are capable of causing Guillain Barre."

1988 Bush proposes to use old miltary bases as prisons.

1988 New "conjugated" Hib vaccine approved for use in children at least 18 months old in the United States. Hib = Hemophilus Influenza Type B.

1988 Omnibus Anti-Drug Act of 1988.

1988 Research indicates that 25% of those vaccinated against rubella show no evidence of immunity within five years. In Wyoming, 73% of rubella cases occur in vaccinated children.

1988 According to a New York Times article on Nov 8, 1988, page C-1, it is estimated that adolescence was now lasting until the late 20's and that this represented evidence of a general developmental delay in a generation.

1988 The book "Matrix" released by Nevada Aerial Research Group (LERG).

1988 Senator Cranston allegedly shown disks at Norton AFB, California.

1988 (Feb) National Cancer Institute Report says since 1953 cancer keeps growing

1988 Announced in Washington Post that all polio since 1979 caused by vaccine

1988 Washington Post reports only 2% of 60,000 chemicals in use have been tested for human safety.

1988 Brooklyn Family Court Study finds that 40% of juveniles have learning dysfunction.

1988 CIA director George HW Bush becomes president until 1992.

1988 Wall St. Journal reports Swedish dentist pituitaries contain 40x avg mercury level.

1988 Washington Post reports more than 50% of pacemakers are unneeded.

1988 Study reveals that mathematical ability has virtually vanished in American adolescents. Nearly 50% cannot perform Junior High School problems, and 33% do not normally understand what the teacher is saying; 27% could not perform elementary math.

1988 Rex Niles, a former Southern California electronics salesman and a federal informant in a kickback ring of Pentagon contractors, is harassed by government microwave weapons and helicopters over his home, depriving of so much sleep that he was unable to testify. Los Angeles Times, "A Fearful Fix Grips Figure in Kickbacks", March 28, 1988.

Raed Hijazi. [AP]

1989-May 2000: Nabil al-Marabh moves to Boston in 1989 and apparently lives there as a taxi driver and al-Qaeda sleeper agent for the next ten years. [New York Times, 9/18/01, Boston Herald, 9/19/01] In 1992 he learns to use weapons in an Afghan al-Qaeda training camp with a terrorist named Raed Hijazi. [Chicago Sun-Times, 9/5/02] He and Hijazi live together and drive taxis at the same company in Boston for several years. [Los Angeles Times, 9/21/01] A mutual friend at the same taxi company is later killed participating in a 1999 al-Qaeda terrorist attack. [Boston Herald, 9/19/01] Hijazi helps plan the USS Cole bombing (see October 12, 2000), and then participates in a failed attempt to bomb a hotel in Jordan (see November 30, 1999). In May 1999, the FBI approaches al-Marabh looking for Hijazi, but al-Marabh lies and says he doesn't know Hijazi. [Washington Post, 9/4/02] Hijazi is arrested in Syria in October 2000 and imprisoned in Jordan for his bomb attempt there. [Toronto Sun, 10/16/01] He begins to cooperate with investigators and identifies al-Marabh as a US al-Qaeda operative. [New York Times, 9/18/01] Terrorist Ahmed Ressam (see December 14, 1999) gives evidence helping to prove that al-Marabh sent money to Hijazi for the Jordan bombing. [Toronto Sun, 11/16/01, ABC 7, 1/31/02] By February 1999, al-Marabh is driving taxis in Tampa, Florida while maintaining a cover of living in Boston. [Toronto Star, 10/26/01, ABC 7, 1/31/02] [New York Times, 9/18/01] He apparently lives in Tampa at least part time until February 200; investigators later wonder if he is an advance man for the Florida-based hijackers. [New York Times, 9/18/01, ABC 7, 1/31/02] Al-Marabh is living in Detroit by May 2000, though he maintains a Boston address until September 2000 (see May 30, 2000-September 11, 2001). [Boston Herald, 9/19/01] These connections with Hijazi lead to a US Customs investigation into al-Marabh in early 2001 that connects him with two of the 9/11 hijackers (see Spring 2001 (B)). Yet, despite all of these al-Qaeda connections and more, the US later decides there is no evidence that al-Marabh is a terrorist (see September 19, 2001-September 3, 2002).

January 20, 1989: George Bush Sr. is inaugurated as US president, replacing Ronald Reagan. He remains president until 1993 (see January 20, 1993). Many of the key members in his government later have important positions again when his son George Bush Jr. becomes president in 2001 (see January 21, 2001). For instance, Joint Chiefs of Staff Chairman Colin Powell later becomes Secretary of State, and Defense Secretary Dick Cheney later becomes Vice President.

February 15, 1989: Soviet forces withdraw from Afghanistan. Afghan Communists retain control of Kabul, the capital, until April 1992. [Washington Post, 7/19/92]

November 9, 1989: The Berlin Wall begins to fall in East Germany, signifying the end of the Soviet Union as a superpower. Just six days later, Joint Chiefs of Staff Chairman Colin Powell presents a new strategy document to President Bush Sr., proposing that the US shift from countering Soviet attempts at world dominance to ensuring US world dominance. Bush Sr. accepts this plan in a public speech, with slight modifications, on August 2, 1990, the same day Iraq begins invading Kuwait. In early 1992, Powell, counter to his usual public dove persona, tells congresspeople that the US requires "sufficient power" to "deter any challenger from ever dreaming of challenging us on the world stage." He says, "I want to be the bully on the block." Powell's early ideas of global hegemony will be formalized by others in a 1992 policy document (see March 8, 1992) and finally realized as policy when Bush Jr. becomes president in 2001. [Harper's, 10/02]

1989

Prescott Bush ties with Japanese crime lords. Bush escalates secret support of Iraq. BCCI investigation. George W. Bush buys into Texas Rangers. Tiananmen Square protests in Beijing. Newt Gingrich successfully forces Jim Wright out of power. Berlin Wall falls. Noriega regime in Panama overthrown by US.

1989 - Dr. Shirley McCune, Senior Director of the Mid-continent Educational Laboratory, addresses the 1989 Governors' Conference on Education: "What's happening in America today...is a total transformation of our society. We have moved into a new era...I'm not sure we have really begun to comprehend...the tremendous amount of organizational restructuring and human resource development...What we have to do is build a future...The revolution in curriculum is that we no longer are teaching facts to children."

May 12, 1989 - At Texas A&M University, George Bush states that the United States is ready to welcome the Soviet Union "back into the world order."

1989 Soviets lose Mars probe link.

1989 Arms Control and Disarmament Act of 1989. HR1495 "construed carefully to avoid constitutional concerns."

1989 At the in New Orleans Institute for Electric and Electronic Engineers Engineering and Medical Biology Conference in 1989, the following papers were presented:

"Proto-biological basis of laser bio-stimulation" (USSR)

"Basic mechanisms of magnetic coil excitation of the nervous system in humans and monkeys and their application"

"Stimulation of excitable brain tissue with time-varying magnetic fields"

"Trans-cranial stimulation of the cerebral cortex"

"Directed ability of magnetic flux density vector in magneto stimulators"

1989 Washington Post article, Feb 17, "Bank Killer Tormented by Voices". The subject was Emmanuel Tsegaye, an Ethiopian bank teller, who became "depressed and suicidal", killing three bank employees in Bethesda, Maryland. Tsegaye was described as "attempting suicide several times", and was institutionalized more than once at St. Elizabeths Hospital, well known for its involvement with CIA psychiatric programs. Said Tsegaye, " I used to hear voices, repeated voices, speaking about the things I was thinking."

1989 Air Force begins construction of second underground facility at Manzano Mountains in New Mexico. Completed in June 1992.

1989 On March 30, 1989, the California Department of Health Services reported that Niagara brand bottled water was found to contain 450ppm fluoride. The state health director, Kenneth Kizer, warned residents that consumption could be fatal.

1989 Prestigious journal Nature publishes an article entitled "High Abundance of Viruses Found in Aquatic Environments", detailing the discovery of 2.5 trillion viral particles 0.2 microns in size found in each liter of unpolluted sea water. (Aug 10, 1989 ). Size equivalent to Naessens "somatids". Is this the reason fish cannot live in synthetic sea water unless 2 oz of real sea water is added?

1989 California gunman shoots playground kids and kills himself.

1989 Article in the Independent, Sept 5, 1989, "Doubts surface over "suicide" of defense scientist", details the strange death of Sayyed Bideer, an advisor to Egyptian president Hosni Mubarak. Bideer's speciality was microwave communications.

1989 Los Angeles Times, June 5, 1989, prints a brief on "Englands Electromagnetic Death Ray", where British EM devices killed two Soviet citizens in London, according to an allegation by Soviet newspaper Izvestia. (See 1965)

1989 Los Angeles undergoes spraying with 47,000 gallons of nerve toxin Malathion until May 30, 1990, one month after the Office of Technology and Assessment issued a report on Neurotoxicity of Organophosphates (malathion is one). The substance is known to cause severe behavioral manifestations.

1989 Bush inaugurates $7.8 billion anti-drug program and authorizes $300 billion to prevent collapse of S&L system (looted by techno-traffickers and CIA).

1989 Computer viruses infect systems worldwide.

1989 In 1989 Dr. Yiamouyiannis used the Freedom of Information Act to obtain carcinogenicity studies conducted by Proctor and Gamble (one of the makers of fluoridated toothpaste) that were submitted to (and covered up by) the United States Public Health Service. These studies showed dose dependent cell abnormalities caused by fluoride. These results were reported in the February 22, 1990 issue of the Medical Tribune. Additional studies by Proctor and Gamble scientists confirmed the link between oral precancerous growth and fluoride, as well as an increase in osteomas (bone tumors) and osteosarcomas (bone cancer). In fact, the National Cancer Institute found in 1991 that the incidence of bone cancer was 50% higher in men ages 0-19 years of age exposed to fluoridated water compared to those who were not.

1989 Gordon Thomas publishes "Journey into Madness: The True Story of Secret CIA Mind Control and Medical Abuse".

1989 A study by Hildebolt, et al. on 6,000 school children contradicts any alleged benefit from the use of sodium fluorides.

1989 Project Trident, Office of Naval Research, using airborne mind control methods over large cities to stimulate the public into civil violence. Los Angeles responds well. Black helicopters with long probes are seen more around the United States.

1989 On February 23, 1989, Battelle released the results of its study of fluorides on mice. A most curious result of the study, from the USPHS point of view, was that fluoride induced the occurrence of an extremely rare form of liver cancer, called hepatocholangio carcinoma, in fluoride-treated male and female mice. Two months later in April of 1989, Battelle released the results of its study of fluorides and rats. The study showed a dose-dependent relationship between the incidence of oral cancerous tumors and fluorides. It is interesting to note that mice and rats yielded different The results with fluoride - different types of cancer. As a response to the Batelle study, the National Cancer Institute from examined the incidence of oral cancer in fluoridated and non-fluoridated countries over the period from 1973 to 1987. The National Cancer Institute study found that as exposure to fluoridation increases, so does the incidence of oral cancer; sometimes as much as a 50% increase in oral cancer rates occur in fluoridated areas - this translates to 8,000 new cases of oral and pharyngeal cancer per year, needless pain and suffering and a financial windfall to the medical and pharmaceutical factions that concern themselves with treatment.

1989 Magnetometers at Corralitos, California detect unusual ULF waves (.01 to 10 Hz) on September 12, 1989. The waves increased 30x in strength by Oct 5, 1989 and then weakened. At 2 pm on October 17th, the signals grew to the point where they went off the scale. Within 3 hours, the 7.1 Loma Prieta quake struck. The epicenter was 4 miles from Corralitos.

1989 Gunman shoots 14 women at Montreal University.

1989 French co-discoverer of the HIV virus, Luc Montagnier in France, admits "HIV is not capable of causing the destruction to the immune system which is seen in people with AIDS".

1989 Microwave News reports Boris Yeltsin "told a reporter that the KGB has an ELF device that can stop a human heart with a powerful 7-11 Hz signal.

1989 Television series "War of the World" debut.

1989 Robert Lazar declares his scenario at Dreamland to the public.

1989 Bush states desire to have manned outpost on the Moon and visits to Mars.

1990: Hani Hanjour enters the US, the first of the hijackers to do so. He takes an English course in Tuscon, Arizona. [Time, 9/24/01, Cox News, 10/15/01, New York Times, 6/19/02] However, the FBI claims Hanjour first arrived on October 3, 1991. [Congressional Intelligence Committee, 9/26/02]




Sheikh Omar Abdul-Rahman. [AP]

July 1990: Despite being on a terrorist watch list, radical Muslim leader Sheikh Omar Abdul-Rahman enters the US on a "much-disputed" tourist visa issued by an undercover CIA agent. [Village Voice, 3/30/93, Atlantic Monthly, 5/96] Abdul-Rahman was heavily involved with the CIA and ISI efforts to defeat the Soviets in Afghanistan, and became famous traveling all over the world for five years recruiting new mujaheddin. But he never hid his prime goals, which were to overthrow the governments of the US and Egypt. [Atlantic Monthly, 5/96] He is "infamous throughout the Arab world for his alleged role in the assassination of Egyptian president Anwar el-Sadat." Abdul-Rahman immediately begins setting up a terrorist network in the US. [Village Voice, 3/30/93] He is known to have befriended bin Laden while in Afghanistan, and bin Laden secretly pays Abdul-Rahman's US living expenses. [Atlantic Monthly, 5/96, ABC News, 8/16/02] Abdul-Rahman's ties to the assassination of Rabbi Meir Kahane in later 1990 is ignored (see November 5, 1990). As one FBI agent says in 1993, he is "hands-off.... It was no accident that the sheikh got a visa and that he's still in the country. He's here under the banner of national security, the State Department, the NSA, and the CIA." A very high-ranking Egyptian official says Abdul-Rahman continues to assist the CIA in recruiting new mujaheddin after moving to the US. This official says, "We begged America not to coddle the sheikh." Egyptian intelligence warns the US that Abdul-Rahman is planning new terrorist attacks, and on November 12, 1992, terrorists connected to him machine-gun a busload of Western tourists in Egypt. But still he lives freely in New York City. [Village Voice, 3/30/93] He is finally arrested in 1993 and convicted for assisting in the 1993 WTC bombing (see February 26, 1993). [Atlantic Monthly, 5/96]

Rabbi Meir Kahane (left) and his assassin El Sayyid Nosair (right).

November 5, 1990: An Egyptian American named El Sayyid Nosair assassinates controversial right-wing Zionist leader Rabbi Meir Kahane.
 Kahane's organization, the Jewish Defense League, was linked to dozens of bombings and was ranked by the FBI as the most lethal domestic terrorist group in the US at the time. Nosair is captured after a police shoot-out. An FBI informant says he saw Nosair meeting with Muslim leader Sheikh Omar Abdul-Rahman a few days before the attack (see July 1990), and possessions indicating a wider plot with additional targets are found. [Village Voice, 3/30/93] Incredibly, files found in his possession which give details of a terrorist cell, mention al-Qaeda, and discuss the destruction of tall US buildings, are not translated until years later. [ABC News, 8/16/02] Instead, within 12 hours of the assassination, New York police declare the assassination was the work of a "lone gunman" and they stick with that story. In his trial, prosecutors choose not to introduce his incriminating possessions as evidence, nor is his confession even mentioned, and an apparent "open-and-shut case" ends with his acquittal. However, he is sentenced to 22 years on other lesser charges. [Village Voice, 3/30/93] Bin Laden contributes to Nosair's defense fund. Many of those involved in Kahane's assassination later plan the 1993 WTC bombing (see February 26, 1993). As one FBI agent puts it, "The fact is that in 1990, myself and my detectives, we had in our office in handcuffs, the people who blew up the World Trade Center in '93.… We were told to release them." [ABC News, 8/16/02]

1990

Harken Oil contracts to drill in Persian Gulf. US government gives Saddam Hussein green light to invade Kuwait. US falsifies evidence that Iraq is preparing to attack Saudi Arabia. Iraq invades Kuwait; Bush responds with "Operation Desert Shield." US falsifies evidence that Iraqi troops murdered Kuwaiti babies; the global outcry legitimizes US military escalation in Kuwait. Rabbi Meir Kahane assassinated.

1990 - In his book "The Keys of This Blood," Catholic priest Malachi Martin quotes Pope John Paul II as saying: "By the end of this decade we will live under the first One World Government that has ever existed in the society of nations...a government with absolute authority to decide the basic issues of survival. One world government is inevitable."

1990 - Peter Kawaja, in charge of security for a company called Product Ingredient Technology in Boca Raton, Florida, learns to his dismay that the factory he was led to believe was manufacturing a cherry flavoring is actually producing chemical/biological agents to be shipped to Iraq. He also discovers that this is being done with the full knowledge and consent of the FBI, the CIA and the Bush Administration. When he attempts to alert authorities, government agents seize the documents he has collected and his wife is killed. [Hence, the mysterious Gulf War Illness which the Federal government refuses to acknowledge.]

Sept. 11, 1990 - In an address to Congress entitled "Toward a New World Order," George Bush says: "The crisis in the Persian Gulf offers a rare opportunity to move toward an historic period of cooperation. Out of these troubled times a new world order can emerge. We are now in sight of a United Nations that performs as envisioned by its founders." [But who were the founders of the U.N. and what exactly were their intentions? At least 43 members of the U.S. delegation to the founding conference in San Francisco were also members of the CFR. The Secretary General at the U.N. founding conference in 1945 was a U.S. State Department official named Alger Hiss. It was later determined that Alger Hiss was a Soviet spy. He was convicted of perjury for lying about his pro-Soviet activities. And Hiss was not just an aberration. The U.N. has always chosen socialist one-worlders for leaders.]

Oct. 1, 1990 - In a U.N. address, President Bush speaks of the "...collective strength of the world community expressed by the U.N....an historic movement towards a new world order."

1990 The FDA convene a conference in May 1990 to look at the diagnostic and therapeutic potential of the electromagnetic spectrum.

1990 The National Toxicology Program issues a Press Release with data confirming findings of a link between fluoride and osteosarcomas as well as higher rates of oral cancer in rats. (January 1990)

1990 The American Dental Association issues a Press Release which states "water fluoridation remains the safest, most effective, and most economical public health measure to reduce tooth decay."

1990 The National Toxicology Program in February 1990 releases its pathological data tables with a cover letter which, in a turnabout, claims "there has not been any evidence that shows a relationship between fluoridation and cancer or any other diseases in humans", and "water fluoridation has proven highly effective in improving the nation's dental health by markedly reducing tooth decay". The NTP final report, issued in March, omitted all studies which showed genetic damage from fluorides, and important studies showing that fluorides induce tumors and cancers were ignored. Kraybill, head of the NTP study, becomes a consultant to the American Council of Science and Health (ACSH), who threatens to sue the EPA if it "tries to undermine public confidence in fluoride."

1990 The American Dental Associations ADA News reports that Proctor and Gamble (who make fluoride-based toothpaste) has "unpublished findings" which "refute the carcinogenicity of fluoride". Proctor and Gamble in March 1990 publish their paper on fluoride and bone cancer (rats) and leave out their data on mice. The rat studies confirm an earlier study that proved that fluorides in food resulted in precancerous growth in the mouth. In contradiction to their own results, P&G declares that fluoride "does not cause precancerous or cancerous changes

1990 William J. Clinton runs reelection in Arkansas and barely wins. He then declares his objective to bring his circle of power to Washington D.C as president of the United States. The Arkansas Department of Pollution (why not Department of Clean Water?) tests the rivers in Arkansas and finds 94% unsuitable for swimming and fishing and full of bacteria and disease.

1990 Health Consciousness magazine features article entitled "Live Virus Vaccines and Genetic Mutation" by H.E. Buttram, M.D, in which it is determined that "the physical invasion of the human body by foreign genetic material may have the immediate effect of permanently weakening the immune system, setting in motion a new era of autoimmune diseases."

1990 Omni Magazine (7/90) reports that between January 24 to February 3, 1990, the rotation of the Earth suddenly and unexpectedly slowed down again. (See 1991).

1990 American Psychiatric Association (APA) task force report "The Practice of Electroconvulsive Therapy" (ECT) discusses and dismisses brain damage and memory loss from ECT, and ignored animal studies by well-known groups, research on memory loss by Janis, Squire and Slater, and the work done by Pettinati and Bonner on ECT of the elderly. Ironically, the APA's 1978 report contained more information on memory loss.

1990 Psi-Corps receives psionic harward from NSA capable of tracking information worldwide.

1990 The error-prone nature of the standard test for "HIV", the ELISA test, was illustrated in Russia in 1990. Out of 20,000 "positive" ELISA tests, only 112 were confirmed through the secondary Western Blot test, which itself is subject to doubt. (See 1994, The Sunday Times)

1990 Lancet, the Journal of the British Medical Association, V1,p123-8, admits that Karposi Sarcoma is not caused directly or indirectly by "HIV".

1990 Total US Government budget for Human Resources is $197 billion. This includes social behavioral programs and similar activities.

1990 Supreme Court (April 17, 1990) rules that religious freedom is not a right - as guaranteed under the Constitution - but a privilege to be enjoyed at the pleasure of the government. This legislation corrected in 1993 with the Religious Freedom Restoration Act, signed by Clinton.

1990 School boards in the United States number 15,000. (See 1960, 1932)

1990 CBS 60 Minutes program on mercury amalgam dangers (Dec 16) caused the ADA to slightly modify its position. The National Institute for Dental Research subsequently issued a position paper calling for "a gradual phase-out" of mercury amalgams, in favor of "far less toxic" composite materials to be developed." (Note: Less toxic? How about non-toxic?)

1990 FDA Conference on Diagnostic and Therapeutic Uses Of The Electromagnetic Spectrum (May 1990).

1990 The Great Banking and S&L Scandal, after US banking system is progressively looted for black budget project money between 1980 and 1990 under the Bush and Reagan administrations and the CIA.

1990 Project RF Media in Boulder, Colorado, using mind control subliminals over television carrier waves.

1990 The US Public Health Service Immunization Practices Advisory Committee (ACIP) and the American Academy of Pediatrics considers high-pitched screaming after a Pertussis (DPT) vaccination an absolute contraindication to further Pertussis vaccine.

1990 Pediatric neurologist Dr. John H. Menkes, professor emeritus at UCLA, reports on 46 children experiencing neurological adverse reaction within 72 hours of a DPT shot. Over 87% of the children reacted with a seizure, 2 children died and most surviving children became retarded, with 72% having uncontrollable seizure disorders. Menkes conclude, "Pertussis vaccine encephalopathy (brain damage) is not a myth but rather a serious complication of immunization."

1990 Project Tower, CIA and Office of Naval Research step up electronic behavior control efforts through cellular telephone systems, which resonate at a harmonic of the humans skull.

1990 A study by Dr. John Yiamouyiannis on 39,000 school children contradicts any alleged benefits from the use of sodium fluorides.

1990 U.S. Claims Court, as of October 31, 1990, indicates that "several thousand claims for compensation from injuries or death caused by vaccines have already been filed." National Vaccine Information Center.

1990 Estimated 3 million in US with vaccine-caused disabilities. IMAGINE THAT THE RATE OF DEATH BEFORE 20 IS 60% SO 3 MILLION ALIVE that’s 40% how many are the dead ones ? THIS MANY DEATHS . AND THIS IS A COUNSIOUS ACTION PEOPLE FROM THE ONES YOU PAY TO PROTECT YOU .Now don’t tell me you don’t deserve this . You have failed to protect yourself , you have failed to protect your family and you don’t deserve NONE OF YOU TO BE CALLED EITHER A MOTHER OR A FATHER. SHAME ON YOU .

1990 Dr. John Colquhoun in New Zealand is forced into early requirement in New Zealand after he conducts a study on 60,000 school children and finds no difference in tooth decay between fluoridated and unfluoridated areas. He additionally finds that a substantial number of children in fluoridated areas suffered from dental fluorosis. He makes the study public.

1990 US House of Representatives introduced HR 4079 (Gingrich/Gramm), which declares a National Drug and Crime Emergency beginning on the date of the enactment and lasting 5 years. The bill provides for the arrest of large numbers of people, incarceration in forced labor camps, suspension of "perceived Constitutional rights", and no provision for humane housing and treatment. Assets would become bounty. Usual laws relative to search and seizure would be suspended for this five year period. All limitations on drug testing of individuals (except the President and Congress) would be removed. The bill targets drug traffickers and violent criminals. The effect of the bill would be to create a sub-society of mind controlled drones.

1990 La Prensa Dominical, a newspaper in Honduras (Jul 22) reports that police in El Salvador had uncovered a child smuggling ring that was buying children for resale in the US, noting that 20,000 children per year vanish in Mexico. Many children are used as sources for organ transplants.

1990 New England Journal of Medicine reports that giving vitamin A to children with measles reduces complications and death.

1990 The September 14th issue of Newsweek reports that the study performed by Batelle Memorial Institute under Congressional mandate to look into fluorides and animal cancer (that found a connection) was refused for publication by the Journal of the National Cancer Institute.

1990 New York Dental License Board removes license from Dentist Joel Berger for removing mercury amalgam fillings from a woman in 1984 in order to encourage remission of her rheumatoid arthritis.

1990 The Los Angeles Times on October 10th publishes an article "Brain Cancer on Rise in Elderly", noting that "brain cancer has increased 500% among elderly Americans." And "it was once considered that brain tumors reached a peak rate in people in their '30s, and then would rapidly decline, but it now appears that the incidence continues to increase with age."

1990 In December of 1990, a federal regulation was adopted permitting the FDA to circumvent US and International laws forbidding medical experimentation on unwilling subjects. This regulation permits the FDA to inject American military with unapproved experimental drugs or vaccines without informed consent. The FDA merely needs to deem it "not feasible" to obtain the soldiers permission. See Health Letter, Washington, DC. Public Citizens Health Research Group "400,000 Human Guinea Pigs in the Persian Gulf", Feb 12, 1991. See 1991 Gulf War Entry.

1990 Approximate time period where Dr. Michael Aquino, a colonel in US Army Intelligence, is leader of a Church of Satan spinoff named the Temple of Set. Aquino is an expert in military mind control, and has expounded on what he terms LBM (Lesser Black Magic) used in the control of populations, including psychological operations and conventional forms of terrorism. He was investigated by military and civilian authorities on claims of child sexual abuse at San Francisco's Presidio military base. It is also curious that today, Mikhail Gorbachev, "ex" Russian KGB, has his office at the same Presidio facility. The Presidio is home for the Gorbachev Institute, where Mikhail writes books and does US government planning for military base closures. Dr./Colonel Acquino has written on his theories of mind control in an article which he submitted to the Washington Military Review, titled "From PSYOP to MINDWAR: The Psychology of Victory", essentially a work on the usage of psychotronic (physiological-electronic) techniques, citing in particular the usage of air ionization alteration. (See 1994 HAARP)

1991:�Future National Security Advisor Rice joins Chevron's board of directors, and works with Chevron until being picked as Bush's National Security Advisor in 2001. Chevron even names an oil tanker after her. Rice is hired for her expertise in Central Asia, and much of her job is spent arranging oil deals in the Central Asian region. Chevron also has massive investments there, which grow through the 1990s. [Salon, 11/19/01]

1991 (B): Bin Laden, having returned from Afghanistan to Saudi Arabia and the family business in 1989, moves to Sudan. With a personal fortune of around $250 million (estimates range from $50 to $800 million [Miami Herald, 9/24/01]), he begins plotting terrorist attacks against the US. [New Yorker, 1/24/00]

1991-1995: According to a Dutch government report, the US military secretly breaks a United Nations arms embargo during the 1991-1995 Yugoslavia war by channeling arms through radical Muslim groups in an "Iran-Contra-style operation." US, Turkish and Iranian intelligence groups work with radical Muslims in what the Dutch report calls the "Croatian pipeline." Arms bought by Iran and Turkey and financed by Saudi Arabia are flown into Croatia. Mujaheddin fighters are also flown in. The US is "very closely involved" in the flagrant breach of the embargo, an embargo the US is in charge of monitoring. [Guardian, 4/22/02] Could bin Laden have had a secret deal with the US to jointly support the Bosnian Muslims, and in return the US didn't try to catch bin Laden? If so, did it last after 1995?

1991-1997:�The Soviet Union collapses in 1991, creating many new nations in Central Asia. Major US oil companies, including ExxonMobil, Texaco, Unocal, BP Amoco, Shell and Enron, directly invest billions in these Central Asian nations, bribing heads of state to secure equity rights in the huge oil reserves in these regions.�The oil companies commit to future direct investments in Kazakhstan of $35 billion.�These companies face the problem however of having to pay exorbitant prices to Russia to use Russian pipelines to get the oil out.�These oil fields have an estimated $6 trillion potential value. US companies own approximately 75% of the rights.�[New Yorker, 7/9/01, Asia Times, 1/26/02] FTW

March 1991: Did bin Laden ever truly break with the US and the CIA? The strongest motive that he did comes from this time, which is also roughly when al-Qaeda first starts targeting US interests. Although the Gulf War against Iraq just ended, the US does not withdraw all of its soldiers from Saudi Arabia, but stations some 15,000-20,000 there permanently. [Nation, 2/15/99] In 1991, President Bush Sr. falsely claims that all US troops have withdrawn. [Guardian, 12/21/01] Their presence isn't admitted until 1995, and there has never been an official explanation as to why they are there. The Nation postulates that they are there to prevent a coup. Saudi Arabia has an incredible array of high-tech weaponry, but may lack the expertise to use it and local soldiers may have conflicting loyalties. In 1998, bin Laden will release a statement: "For more than seven years the United States has been occupying the lands of Islam in the holiest of places, the Arabian peninsula, plundering its riches, dictating to its rulers, humiliating its people, terrorizing its neighbors, and turning its bases in the peninsula into a spearhead through which to fight the neighboring Muslim peoples." [Nation, 2/15/99]

July 5, 1991: The Bank of England shuts down the Bank of Credit and Commerce International (BCCI), the largest Muslim bank in the world. Based in Pakistan, this bank financed numerous Muslim terrorist organizations and laundered money generated by illicit drug trafficking and other illegal activities, including arms trafficking. Bin Laden and many other terrorists had accounts there. [Detroit News, 9/30/01] One money-laundering expert claims, "BCCI did dirty work for every major terrorist service in the world." [Los Angeles Times, 1/20/02] American and British governments knew about all this yet kept the bank open for years. The ISI had major connections to the bank. But, as later State Department reports indicate, Pakistan remains a major drug trafficking and money-laundering center despite the bank's closing. [Detroit News, 9/30/01] The Washington Post claims, "The CIA used BCCI to funnel millions of dollars to the fighters battling the Soviet occupation of Afghanistan." A French intelligence report later suggests the BCCI network has been largely rebuilt by bin Laden (see October 2001). [Washington Post, 2/17/02] The ruling family of Abu Dhabi, the dominant emirate in the United Arab Emirates, owned 77 percent of the bank. [Los Angeles Times, 1/20/02] A network of drug, weapons and money laundering later develops between al-Qaeda, the Taliban, United Arab Emirates and Pakistan (see Mid-1996-October 2001). Is the ISI still connected to this ex-BCCI network? Is the CIA?

1991

US invades Iraq: "Operation Desert Storm." US destroys Iraqi water supply, leading to the deaths of tens of thousands of Iraqis. Iraqi forces set oil fields ablaze. Entire invasion and "liberation" of Kuwait carefully stage-managed by GOP-hired public relations firms. After invasion, Hussein crushes Kurdish rebellion, which was encouraged by US. SEC investigates Harken Oil; investigation derailed by friends of Bush family. Coup in Russia leads to deposing of Mikhail Gorbachev and dissolution of USSR. Clarence Thomas named to Supreme Court. US military presence in Saudi Arabia infuriates Islamic radicals and leads to "jihad" against US.

1991 - Brittney Settle, a ninth grader in Tennessee, is given a "zero" by her teacher for writing a research paper about the life of Jesus Christ. She is told that is "not an appropriate thing to do in a public school." Other students in that same class are allowed to write papers on reincarnation, magic and witchcraft.

1991 - President Bush praises the New World Order in a State of the Union Message: "What is at stake is more than one small country, it is a big idea - a new world order...to achieve the universal aspirations of mankind...based on shared principles and the rule of law...The illumination of a thousand points of light...The winds of change are with us now." [Theosophist Alice Bailey used that very same expression - "points of light" - in describing the process of occult enlightenment.]

1991 - On the eve of the Gulf War, General Brent Scowcroft, President Bush's National Security Advisor, proclaims: "A colossal event is upon us, the birth of a New World Order."

June 1991 - The CFR cosponsors an assembly, "Rethinking America's Security: Beyond Cold War to New World Order," attended by 65 prestigious members of government, labor, academia, media, military, and professions from nine countries.

July 1991 - The Southeastern World Affairs Institute discusses the New World Order in a program with topics: "Legal Structures for a New World Order" and "The United Nations: From Its Conception to a New World Order."

July 1991 - On a CNN program, former CIA Director Stansfield Turner (CFR), when asked about Iraq, responds: "We have a much bigger objective. We've got to look at the long run here. This is an example - the situation between the United Nations and Iraq - where the United Nations is deliberately intruding into the sovereignty of a sovereign nation...Now this is a marvelous precedent to be used in all countries of the world..."

Aug. 1991 - We are told that hard-liners in the Soviet Union have mounted a coup and that Mikhail Gorbachev has been arrested. The coup attempt fails, and this results in the apparent demise of the Soviet system and the installation of Boris Yeltsin. [It has since been learned that the "coup" was a sham designed to convince the West that Communism had fallen when in reality it had not. Mikhail Gorbachev had actually planned the staged coup three weeks before it happened. All the leaders of the coup have been pardoned and released.]

Oct. 29, 1991 - David Funderburk, former U.S. Ambassador to Romania, tells a North Carolina audience: "George Bush has been surrounding himself with people who believe in one-world government. They believe that the Soviet system and the American system are converging."

1991 NATO Advanced Research Workshop in the Coherent and Emergent Phenomena on Bio-Molecular Systems is conducted at the University of Arizona (Jan 15-19, 1991). One of the papers presented by Harlan E. Girard is "Effects of Gigahertz Radiation on the Human Nervous System: Recent Developments in the Technology of Political Control". Girard reports on haphazard testing of EMR "non-lethal" effect weapon systems as having a principle feature of producing "auditory effects and visual hallucinations". Girard describes the visual hallucinations induced "as having the quality of 35mm slides". According to Girard, the equipment "can be used to block all sensation". He concludes with the consideration that long range mind control is "truly Satanic."

1991 The U.S. Senate adopts a resolution calling for the CIA to reveal its budget to Congress. The resolution is dropped.

1991 Operation Desert Storm. Bush stops war after 100 hours at preserve Iraq as a threat. American troops are given experimental vaccines against biological agents. Within months thousands of troops sicken with communicable cancer causing virus. Disease deemed "Gulf War Syndrome". Government denies responsibility. Over 8,000 troops were vaccinated with Botulism, over 150,000 troops were given anthrax vaccine, and all 500,000 troops were given Pyristigimine, an experimental nerve agent. All drugs were experimental. From the 500.000 troops given the vaccine today only 10% are alive .

1991 New York Times, Mar 17th, 1991 "US Vaccine Plan Uses Welfare Offices" indicates the Federal government has considered denying welfare and nutritional benefits to families who refuse vaccinations.

1991 Collapse of BCCI international bank, after involvement with drug money laundering becomes apparent.

1991 The US Public Health Service Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP) drafts new guidelines which eliminate most contraindications to Pertussis vaccine. Essentially, this results in a denial or coverup of most reactions on the grounds that "there is no proof the vaccine causes brain damage." They base their position on several studies financed by vaccine manufacturers conducted in the late 1980's by vaccine policymakers such as Dr. James Cherry and Dr. Edward Mortimer, who sit on the ACIP Committee and are also paid consultants to US Pertussis vaccine manufacturers, resulting in biased and flawed studies in order to prove "no cause and effect" between the Pertussis vaccine and permanent brain damage. US vaccine policymakers are the CDC and the American Academy of Pediatrics. All this, despite decades of experience indicating the opposite conclusion. (Note: This policy constitutes criminal neglect, racketeering and conspiracy).

1991 Carl Campbell strolls to a Pentagon bus stop and shoots Navy Commander Edward Higgins, arms control specialist for the Department of Defense. The man, taken into custody, claimed the CIA had "injected him with a microchip that controls his mind."

1991 The "conjugated" Hib vaccine introduced in 1988 is extended for use in infants as young as two months. It becomes mandated in 44 states in the US.

1991 The CDC begins the process of mandating Hepatitis B vaccinations for all infants in the United States. Many infants receive multiple doses from birth.

1991 National Institutes of Health (8/91) state mercury amalgam is safe. (W. Post)

1991 Cobden Club Document distributed during Eco-Conference preplanning advises members that nations must establish quotas for reducing existing population.

1991 The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) again engages ICAIR Life Systems to perform a literature search on fluorides. A researcher for ICAIR, Dr. John Beaver, admits that he was instructed to select only certain reports and ignore others. The final series of reports was sent to EPA, who forwards them to the Subcommittee on Risk Assessment of Ingested Fluoride of the National Academy of Sciences as an "independent" report. Five out of eight members of the Subcommittee are historically pro-fluoridation.

1991 Jean Claude Pecker, Frances leading astronomer and former director of the Institute of Astrophysics in Paris, speaks at a symposium sponsored by the Royal Society of Canada. He asserts that mass sterilization in poor countries might be the only way to curb population, and that it would be necessary within 50 years. Planned Parenthood in Canada strongly rejected the idea of forced sterilization in favor of raising living standards and education.

1991 The United Nations Population Fund, managed by William Draper III, asserts that 254 million couples will be surgically sterilized in the course of the 1990's, and that if present trends continue, 80% of women in Puerto Rico and Panama will be sterilized. Mexico is high on the list of targeted nations for population control.

1991 New York Times (8/9/91) article describes the possible cause of the slowdown in Earth's rotation (1988/1990) as an influence on the ELF level affecting core flow through magnetic induction.

1991 Second Immunization Conference in Canberra, Australia. Dr. Viera Scheibnerova reports that "vaccination is the single most prevalent and most preventable cause of infant deaths"

1991 Diane Sawyer does report on ABC about Burroughs Wellcome AZT tests on Romanian babies. FLV.23A is a reagent oxidative catalyst , as AZT is toxic to humans and destroys the immune system.

1991 The US Public Health Service recommends a child receive the first DPT shot at two months of age, with subsequent shots given at 4,6, and 18 months, and between the ages of 4 and 6. At the same time, Europe, Sweden and several other countries routinely "wait" until after 6 months of age "because of the improved antibody response in babies whose immune systems are more developed."

1991 Annual Conference of the Society of Homeopaths, Manchester, England, September 91, Richard Moskowitz, M.D. Revelation that the English National Health Service pays a "bonus" to doctors with documented vaccination rates above SPECIFIED averages.

March 8, 1992: The Defense Planning Guidance, "a blueprint for the department's spending priorities in the aftermath of the first Gulf War and the collapse of the Soviet Union," is leaked to the New York Times. [New York Times, 3/8/92, Newsday, 3/16/03] The paper causes controversy, because it hadn't yet been "scrubbed" to replace candid language with euphemisms. [New York Times, 3/10/92, New York Times, 3/11/92, Observer, 4/7/02] The document argues that the US dominates the world as sole superpower, and to maintain that role it "must maintain the mechanisms for deterring potential competitors from even aspiring to a larger regional or global role." [New York Times, 3/8/92, New York Times, 3/8/92 (B)] As the Observer summarizes it, "America's friends are potential enemies. They must be in a state of dependence and seek solutions to their problems in Washington." [Observer, 4/7/02] The document is mainly written by Paul Wolfowitz and Lewis Libby, who hold relatively low posts at the time, but under Bush Jr. become Deputy Defense Secretary and Vice President Cheney's Chief of Staff, respectively. [Newsday, 3/16/03] The document conspicuously avoids mention of collective security arrangements through the United Nations, instead suggesting the US "should expect future coalitions to be ad hoc assemblies, often not lasting beyond the crisis being confronted." [New York Times, 3/8/92] It also calls for "punishing" or "threatening punishment" against regional aggressors before they act. Interests to be defended pre-emptively include "access to vital raw materials, primarily Persian Gulf oil, proliferation of weapons of mass destruction and ballistic missiles, [and] threats to US citizens from terrorism." [Harper's, 10/02] Senator Lincoln Chafee (R), later says, "It is my opinion that [Bush Jr.'s] plan for preemptive strikes was formed back at the end of the first Bush administration with that 1992 report." [Newsday, 3/16/03] In response to the controversy, in May 1992 the US releases an updated version of the document that stresses the US will work with the United Nations and its allies (see also January 1993). [Washington Post, 5/24/92, Harper's, 10/02]

June 4, 1992: It is reported that the FBI is investigating the connections between James Bath and George Bush Jr. Bath is Salem bin Laden's official representative in the US. "Documents indicate that the Saudis were using Bath and their huge financial resources to influence US policy," since Bush Jr.'s father is president.�Bush denies any connections to Saudi money.What became of this investigation is unclear.�[Houston Chronicle, 6/4/92]

September 1, 1992: Terrorists Ahmad Ajaj and Ramzi Yousef enter the US together. Ajaj is arrested at Kennedy Airport in New York City. Ramzi Yousef is not arrested, and later masterminds the 1993 bombing of the WTC (see February 26, 1993). "The US government was pretty sure Ahmad Ajaj was a terrorist from the moment he stepped foot on US soil," because his "suitcases were stuffed with fake passports, fake IDs and a cheat sheet on how to lie to US immigration inspectors," plus "two handwritten notebooks filled with bomb recipes, six bomb-making manuals, four how-to videotapes concerning weaponry and an advanced guide to surveillance training." However, Ajaj is only charged with passport fraud, and serves a six-month sentence. From prison, Ajaj frequently calls Ramzi Yousef and others in the WTC bombing plot, but no one monitors or translates the calls until long after the bombing. [Los Angeles Times, 10/14/01] An Israeli newsweekly later reports that the Palestinian Ajaj may have been a mole for the Israeli Mossad. The Village Voice has suggested that Ajaj may have had "advance knowledge of the World Trade Center bombing, which he shared with Mossad, and that Mossad, for whatever reason, kept the secret to itself." Ajaj was not just knowledgeable, but was involved in the planning of the bombing from his prison cell. [Village Voice, 8/3/93] Ajaj is released from prison three days after the WTC bombing, but is later rearrested and sentenced to more than 100 years in prison. [Los Angeles Times, 10/14/01] One of the manuals seized from Ajaj is horribly mistranslated for the trial. For instance, the title page is said to say "The Basic Rule," published in 1982, when in fact the title says "Al-Qaeda" (which means "the base" in English), published in 1989. Investigators later complain that a proper translation could have shown an early connection between al-Qaeda and the WTC bombing. [New York Times, 1/14/01]

December 1992: A bomb explodes in a hotel in Aden, Yemen, killing two tourists. US soldiers had just left the hotel for Somalia. Intelligence agents suspect this may be the first terrorist attack against the US connected to bin Laden. [Miami Herald, 9/24/01]

1992

"Defense Planning Guidance" article lays out GOP foreign policy for next twenty years; primarily authored by Paul Wolfowitz, with input from Dick Cheney and other hawks. Bush sends troops to Somalia. Bill Clinton becomes President. George H.W. Bush pardons a number of convicted Iran-Contra figures.

1992 - "The Twilight of Sovereignty" by former Citicorp Chairman Walter Wriston (CFR) is published, in which he claims: "A truly global economy will require compromises of national sovereignty. There is no escaping the system."

1992 - "The United Nations Conference on Environment and Development (UNCED) Earth Summit" takes place in Rio de Janeiro, headed by Conference Secretary-General Maurice Strong. The main products of this summit are the "Biodiversity Treaty" and "Agenda 21," which the U.S. hesitates to sign because of opposition at home due to the threat to sovereignty and economics. The summit says the first world's wealth must be transferred to the third world. We are told: "Effective execution of Agenda 21 will require a profound reorganization of all human society, unlike anything the world has ever experienced." [Under the principles of Agenda 21, the Wildlands Project seeks to return 50% of the land in the U.S. to wilderness. Already 20 locations in this country have been designated U.N. World Heritage Sites and 47 locations in this country have been set aside as U.N. Biosphere Reserves. Control over these areas within U.S. borders has been turned over to the U.N.] The sinister intentions of the radical environmentalists are revealed in a statement by famous underwater explorer Jacques Cousteau, an attendee at the Earth Summit: "In order to stabilize world population, we must eliminate 350,000 people per day."

May 21, 1992 - In an address to the Bilderberger organization meeting in Evian, France, former Secretary of State Henry Kissinger declares: "Today Americans would be outraged if U.N. troops entered Los Angeles to restore order; tomorrow they will be grateful! This is especially true if they were told there was an outside threat from beyond, whether real or promulgated, that threatened our very existence. It is then that all peoples of the world will plead with world leaders to deliver them from this evil. The one thing every man fears is the unknown. When presented with this scenario, individual rights will be willingly relinquished for the guarantee of their well being granted to them by their world government."

July 20, 1992 - "TIME" magazine publishes "The Birth of the Global Nation," by Strobe Talbott, Rhodes Scholar, roommate of Bill Clinton at Oxford University, CFR Director and Trilateralist, in which he writes: "Nationhood as we know it will be obsolete; all states will recognize a single global authority. 'Citizen of the world' will have assumed real meaning."

Aug. 21, 1992 - Near Ruby Ridge, Idaho, the home of Randy and Vicki Weaver and their four children has been under surveillance by the U.S. Marshals Service for 17 months. When the family dog begins barking, family friend Kevin Harris and the Weavers' 13-year-old son Sammy follow, thinking it is on the scent of a deer. Men in camouflage clothing (the marshals) shoot the dog, and Harris and Sammy return fire. Deputy Marshal William Degan and Sammy are killed in the exchange. Sammy is shot in the back as he runs for the house. The Marshals Service requests assistance from the FBI, which sends its Hostage Rescue Team (HRT) to the scene.

Aug. 22, 1992 - A HRT sniper, Lon Horiuchi, fires two shots: the first wounds Randy Weaver (though not seriously); the second kills Vicki Weaver as she holds her baby in her arms and seriously wounds Kevin Harris. [Randy Weaver's "violation"? He had allegedly sawed off a shotgun barrel a quarter of an inch too short. For that, his house was surrounded by Federal agents and his wife and son were killed.]

Aug. 31, 1992 - The 11-day siege ends when Randy Weaver surrenders to authorities. [A jury found Weaver innocent of the original firearms violation he was accused of.]

Sept. 29, 1992 - At a town hall meeting in Los Angeles, Trilateralist and former CFR president Winston Lord [later Assistant Secretary of State in the Clinton Administration] delivers a speech entitled "Changing Our Ways: America and the New World," in which he remarks: "To a certain extent, we are going to have to yield some of our sovereignty, which will be controversial at home. Under the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA), some Americans are going to be hurt as low-wage jobs are taken away."

Winter 1992-93 - The CFR's "Foreign Affairs" publishes "Empowering the United Nations," by U.N. Secretary General Boutros-Boutros Ghali, who asserts: "It is undeniable that the centuries-old doctrine of absolute and exclusive sovereignty no longer stands...Underlying the rights of the individual and the rights of peoples is a dimension of universal sovereignty that resides in all humanity...It is a sense that increasingly finds expression in the gradual expansion of international law...In this setting the significance of the United Nations should be evident and accepted."

Ali Mohamed.

1993: Canadian police arrest Ali Mohamed, a high ranking al-Qaeda figure. However, they release him when the FBI says he is a US agent. [Globe and Mail, 11/22/01] Mohamed, a former US Army sergeant, then will continue to work for al-Qaeda for a number of years. He trains bin Laden's personal bodyguards and trains a terrorist cell in Kenya that later blows up the US embassy there. Meanwhile, at least between 1993 and 1997 he tells secrets to the FBI about al-Qaeda's operations. He is arrested in late 1998 and subsequently convicted of his role in the 1998 US embassy bombing in Kenya. [CNN, 10/30/98, Independent, 11/1/98] Says a former Egyptian intelligence officer: "For five years he was moving back and forth between the US and Afghanistan. It's impossible the CIA thought he was going there as a tourist. If the CIA hadn't caught on to him, it should be dissolved and its budget used for something worthwhile." [Wall Street Journal, 11/26/01] Was Mohamed really playing the FBI and CIA for fools, or was he a double agent inside al-Qaeda? If the latter, why couldn't the US kill bin Laden in the 1990s if the head of his personal security was secretly a US agent?

1993 (B): Bin Laden buys a jet from the US military in Arizona (the Pentagon approved the transaction). This aircraft is later used to transport missiles from Pakistan that kill American special forces in Somalia. He also has some of his followers begin training as pilots in US flight schools. These initial flight trainings come to nothing when details are later revealed in a court case about Operation Bojinka (see January 6, 1995). [Sunday Herald, 9/16/01]

1993 (C): An expert panel commissioned by the Pentagon postulates that an airplane could be used as a missile to bomb national landmarks. But the panel doesn't publish this idea in its report, Terror 2000. [Washington Post, 10/2/01] One of the authors of the report says. "We were told by the Department of Defense not to put it in... and I said, 'It's unclassified, everything is available.' And they said, 'We don't want it released, because you can't handle a crisis before it becomes a crisis. And no one is going to believe you.'" [ABC News, 2/20/02] However, in 1994 one of the panel's experts will write in Futurist magazine: "Targets such as the World Trade Center not only provide the requisite casualties but, because of their symbolic nature, provide more bang for the buck. In order to maximize their odds for success, terrorist groups will likely consider mounting multiple, simultaneous operations with the aim of overtaxing a government's ability to respond, as well as demonstrating their professionalism and reach." [Washington Post, 10/2/01]

January 1993: In his last days in office as Defense Secretary, Dick Cheney releases a document called Defense Strategy for the 1990s. It reasserts the plans for US global domination outlined in an earlier Pentagon policy paper (see March 8, 1992). [Harper's, 10/02] But because of Clinton's presidential victory, the implementation of these plans will have to wait until Bush Jr. becomes president in 2001 and Cheney becomes vice president. However, Cheney and others will continue to refine this vision of global domination through the Project for the New American Century think tank while they wait to reassume political power (see June 3, 1997 and September 2000).

January 20, 1993: Bill Clinton is inaugurated as president, replacing George Bush Sr. He remains president until 2001 (see January 21, 2001).

Damage underground the WTC in 1993. [AP]

February 26, 1993:�An attempt to blow up the WTC fails.�Six people are killed in the misfired blast.�Analysts later determine that had the terrorists not made a minor error in the placement of the bomb, both towers could have fallen and up to 50,000 people could have been killed.�The attempt is organized by Ramzi Yousef, who has close ties to bin Laden.�[Congressional Hearings, 2/24/98] The New York Times later reports on Emad Salem, an undercover agent who ends up being the key government witness in the trial against the bomber.�Salem testifies that the FBI knew about the attack beforehand and told him they would thwart it by substituting a harmless powder for the explosives.�However, this plan was called off by an FBI supervisor, and the bombing was not stopped.�[New York Times, 10/28/93] Why did the FBI seemingly let the terrorists go ahead with the bombing? Others suspects are ineptly investigated before the bombing (see July 1990 and November 5, 1990). Several of the bombers were trained by the CIA to fight in the Afghan war, and the CIA later concludes in internal documents that it was "partly culpable" for this bombing attempt. [Independent, 11/1/98] Ahmad Ajaj, an associate of Yousef, may have been a mole for the Israeli Mossad, and the Mossad may have had advanced knowledge of the bombing (see September 1, 1992). US officials later state that the overall mastermind of the 9/11 attacks, Khalid Shaikh Mohammed, is a close relative of Ramzi Yousef, [Independent, 6/6/02] probably his uncle. [Los Angeles Times, 9/1/02] One of the attackers even left a message found by investigators stating, "Next time, it will be very precise." 9/11 can be seen as a completion of this failed attack. [AP, 9/30/01]

June 1993-October 1994: Saeed Sheikh, a brilliant British student at the London School of Economics, drops out of school and moves to his homeland of Pakistan to become a terrorist. Two months later, he begins training in Afghanistan at camps run by al-Qaeda and the Pakistani army. By mid-1994, he has become a terrorist instructor. In June 1994, he begins kidnapping Western tourists in India. In October 1994, he is captured after kidnapping three Britons and an American, and is put in a maximum-security prison (see November 1994-December 1999). The ISI pays for a lawyer to defend him. [Los Angeles Times, 2/9/02, Daily Mail, 7/16/02, Vanity Fair, 8/02] His supervisor for his terror work is an ISI officer named Ijaz Shah (see February 5, 2002). [Times of India, 3/12/02, Guardian, 7/16/02] Al-Qaeda and the ISI later rescue him from prison (see December 24-31, 1999) and he becomes a central figure in the financing of the 9/11 plot (see Early August 2001 (D)).

October 3-4, 1993: Eighteen US soldiers are attacked and killed in Mogadishu, Somalia, in a spontaneous gun battle (later the subject of the movie Black Hawk Down). A 1998 US indictment charges bin Laden and his followers with training the attackers. [PBS Frontline, 10/3/02] The link between bin Laden and the Somali killers of US soldiers appears to be Pakistani terrorist Maulana Masood Azhar. [Los Angeles Times, 2/25/02] Azhar is associated with Pakistan's ISI (see December 24-31, 1999), and the US has not publicly complained that he is a free man in Pakistan (see December 14, 2002).

The Dabhol power plant. [Enron]

November 1993: The Indian government gives approval for Enron's Dabhol power plant, located near Bombay on the west coast of India. Enron has invested $3 billion, the largest single foreign investment in India's history.�Enron owns 65 percent of Dabhol.�This liquefied natural gas powered plant is supposed to provide one-fifth of India's energy needs by 1997�[Asia Times, 1/81/01, Indian Express, 2/27/00] It is the largest gas-fired power plant in the world. Earlier in the year, the World Bank concludes that the plant is "not economically viable" and refuses to invest in it. [New York Times, 3/20/01] Enron apparently tries to make the plant financially viable by investing in gas fields in nearby Uzbekistan (see June 24, 1996), but it cannot get that gas to Dabhol without a gas pipeline through Afghanistan (see June 24, 1996 and June 1998 (B)). Construction of the plant is abandoned just before completion (see June 2001 (J)).

1993

Clinton administration buries "October Surprise" evidence. Clinton is asked by Bush to back off on Iraq/BCCI investigation and agrees. WTC bombing. US foils assassination attempt on former president Bush. Branch Davidian debacle. White House travel office imbroglio demonstrates that conservatives are determined to destroy Clinton no matter what. Suicide of Vince Foster becomes a cause celebré among Clinton conspiracy mongers. A US military raid in Somalia goes awry, causing the deaths of 18 soldiers. Communist resistance to change in the former USSR is defeated. Whitewater investigation begins. "Troopergate," a bogus scandal concocted by right-wing media, hits the US press.

1993 - A second Parliament of World Religions is held in Chicago on the 100th anniversary of the first. Like the first convention, this one seeks to join all the religions of the world into "one harmonious whole," but it wants to make them "merge back into their original element." Traditional beliefs of monotheistic religions such as Christianity are considered incompatible with individual "enlightenment" and must be drastically altered.

Feb. 28, 1993 - A force of 76 ATF agents becomes embroiled in a deadly firefight with Branch Davidians while attempting to present an arrest warrant on the sect leader David Koresh for alleged federal firearms and explosives violations. Four ATF agents are killed [Steve Willis, Robert William, Conway Lebleu, and Tod McKeehan [...] transferred from the Secret Service, where they were Clinton guards - to BATF prior to the assault - Killed by friendly fire. All died with gunshot wounds to the left temple. -Ed., from Slick's Skeleton's list] and 16 wounded during the shootout, while an estimated six Davidians are killed and an unknown number (including Koresh) injured. [Federal law strictly prohibits the use of military personnel and equipment against American citizens. An exception is allowed if drugs are involved. ATF agents simply lied in order to obtain the use of National Guard helicopters in their assault. They claimed there was a methamphetamine lab in the Branch Davidian compound. There was no evidence whatsoever of the existence of a methamphetamine lab in the Branch Davidian compound. There are no indications that the ATF ever attempted to serve their warrant or even announce who they were. They just emerged from stock trailers with guns blazing. At the same time that the ground assault began, helicopter gunships began firing at the Branch Davidian compound from above. The Branch Davidians did not begin returning fire until nine minutes after the ATF attack began. The ATF had also positioned snipers in a building some distance away from the Branch Davidian compound. They could not shoot at the Branch Davidians without firing over the heads of the attacking ATF agents. It is entirely possible that some of the ATF casualties were hit by their own men. Two of the ATF agents who were killed in the raid had entered a second story window of the Branch Davidian home. A third ATF agent then fired directly into the window his comrades had just entered.]

April 19, 1993 - Following a 51-day siege, military tanks driven by FBI personnel begin punching holes in the Branch Davidian complex to insert a tearing agent and end the standoff. Shortly after noon, fire breaks out within the building and it is rapidly engulfed in flames. The remains of at least 74 individuals, including 21 children under the age of 16, are recovered from the ruins, some of whom had died of gunshot wounds. [The CS gas the FBI introduced into the Branch Davidian compound had been previously banned from international warfare. The U.S. couldn't have used it against Saddam Hussein, yet it was used on women and children at Waco. The manufacturer of the gas had quit selling it to Israel because they had used it against Palestinians in their homes, and several children had been killed by it. The manufacturer had warned that the gas should not be used in a closed space because of its potentially lethal consequences. The gas is also highly flammable. Paul Gray, the "independent" arson investigator who determined that the Branch Davidians were responsible for the fire, was a former ATF employee, and his wife was a current ATF employee - hardly an unbiased third party. In Congressional hearings, Attorney General Janet Reno claimed the government had to act because children were being abused. This raises an interesting question: Why was the ATF involved at all? Child abuse cases are not within the jurisdiction of the Bureau of Alcohol Tobacco and Firearms. Kiri Jewell, the 14-year-old girl whose tear-jerking testimony convinced many that the raid was justified, was not even with the Branch Davidians at the time she alleges that David Koresh abused her. She was living with her mother and grandmother in California.]

July 18, 1993 - CFR member and Trilateralist Henry Kissinger writes in the "Los Angeles Times" concerning NAFTA: "What Congress will have before it is not a conventional trade agreement but the architecture of a new international system...a first step toward a new world order."

July 20, 1993 - White House Counsel Vincent Foster is found dead in Ft. Marcy Park under mysterious circumstances. He had been shot in the head. The official ruling is suicide. FBI Director William Sessions is fired by President Clinton only hours before Foster turns up dead. [In order to get to the location where his body was found, Foster would have had to walk 700 feet through a heavily wooded park. Yet no soil was found on his shoes. FBI agents were prevented from investigating Foster's office by Administration officials until after they had removed several files. Vincent Scalice, an expert witness who has investigated thousands of homicides during his 35 years as a homicide investigator for the New York City Police Department, observes: "In my experience, I have never seen a case so poorly handled and investigated, especially since there is so much evidence of foul play." Vince Foster had been a partner with Hillary Clinton in the Rose Law Firm.]

Oct. 30, 1993 - "Washington Post" ombudsman Richard Harwood does an op-ed piece about the role of the CFR's media members: "Their membership is an acknowledgment of their ascension into the American ruling class where they do not merely analyze and interpret foreign policy for the United States; they help make it."

1994: Mohammed al-Khilewi, the First Secretary at the Saudi Mission to the United Nations, defects and seeks political asylum in the US. He brings with him 14,000 internal government documents depicting the Saudi royal family's corruption, human-rights abuses, and financial support for terrorists. He meets with two FBI agents and an Assistant US Attorney. "We gave them a sampling of the documents and put them on the table," says his lawyer, "but the agents refused to accept them." [New Yorker, 10/16/01] The documents include "details of the $7 billion the Saudis gave to [Iraq leader] Saddam Hussein for his nuclear program -- the first attempt to build an Islamic Bomb." But FBI agents were "ordered not to accept evidence of Saudi criminal activity, even on US soil." [Best Democracy Money Can Buy, by Greg Palast, 2/03]

1994 (B): Coincidentally, three separate attacks this year involve hijacking airplanes to crash them into buildings. A disgruntled Federal Express worker tries to crash a DC-10 into a company building in Memphis but is overpowered by the crew.�A lone pilot crashes a small plane onto the White House grounds, just missing the President's bedroom.�An Air France flight is hijacked by a terrorist group linked to al-Qaeda, with the aim of crashing it into the Eiffel Tower, but French Special Forces storm the plane before it takes off.�[New York Times, 10/3/01]




1994 (C): The Phoenix FBI office uncovers startling evidence connecting Arizona to radical Muslim terrorists. The office videotapes two men trying to recruit a Phoenix FBI informant to be a suicide bomber. One of the men is linked to terrorist leader Sheikh Omar Abdul-Rahman (see July 1990). [Los Angeles Times, 5/26/02, New York Times, 6/19/02] In 1998, the office's international terrorism squad investigates a possible Middle Eastern extremist taking flight lessons at a Phoenix airport. By 1990, Arizona has become one of the main centers in the US for radical Muslims and remains so. But terrorism remains a low priority for the office. Meanwhile, hijacker Hani Hanjour moves to Arizona for the first time around 1990 (see 1990) and spends much of the next decade in the state. The FBI apparently remains oblivious about Hanjour, though one FBI informant claims that by 1998 they "knew everything about the guy" (see 1998 (F)). [New York Times, 6/19/02] FBI agent Ken Williams later investigates the possibility of terrorists learning to fly aircraft (see April 17, 2000 and July 10, 2001), but he has no easy way to query a central FBI database about similar cases. As a result of this and other FBI communication problems, he remains unaware of most US intelligence reports about the potential use of airplanes as weapons, as well as other, specific FBI warnings about terrorists training at US flight schools (see May 18, 1998, After May 15, 1998, 1999 (L), and September 1999 (E)). [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03]

Mohammed in a 1998 FBI wanted poster, quite possibly digitally altered to show him without a beard.

Early 1994-January 1995: 9/11 mastermind Khalid Shaikh Mohammed lives in the Philippines for a year, planning the Bojinka plot until the plot is exposed and he has to flee (see January 6, 1995). Police later say he lives a very expensive and non-religious lifestyle. He meets in karaoke bars and go-go clubs, dates go-go dancers, stays in four-star hotels, and takes scuba diving lessons. Once he rents a helicopter just to fly it past the window of a girlfriend's office in an attempt to impress her. This appears to be a pattern; for instance he has a big drinking party in 1998. [Los Angeles Times, 6/24/02] Officials believe his obvious access to large sums of money indicate that some larger network is backing him by this time. [Los Angeles Times, 6/6/02] It has been suggested that Mohammed, a Pakistani, is able "to operate as he pleased in Pakistan" in the 1990s [Los Angeles Times, 6/24/02], and even is linked to the Pakistani ISI (see June 4, 2002). Could the ISI be backing him at this early date? His hedonistic time in the Philippines resembles reports of hijackers Mohamed Atta and Marwan Alshehhi in the Philippines (see 1998-2000). Mohammed returns to the Philippines occasionally, even being spotted there after 9/11. [Knight Ridder, 9/9/02] He almost gets caught while visiting an old girlfriend there in 1999, and fails in a second plot to kill the Pope when the Pope cancels his visit to the Philippines that year. [Los Angeles Times, 9/1/02, London Times, 11/10/02] Does Mohammed meet the hijackers in the Philippines?

Prince Sultan, the Saudi Minister of Defense and Aviation.

August 1994: A Saudi named Omar al-Bayoumi arrives in San Diego. He will later become well known for his suspicious connections to both some 9/11 hijackers and the Saudi government (see December 4, 1999, Early February 2000, and November 22, 2002). Acquaintances in San Diego long suspect he is a Saudi government spy, reporting on the activities of Saudi-born college students. [San Diego Union-Tribune, 9/14/02, Newsweek, 11/22/02, San Diego Magazine, 9/03] Says one witness, "He was always watching [young Saudi college students], always checking up on them, literally following them around and then apparently reporting their activities back to Saudi Arabia." [Newsweek, 11/24/02] Just prior to moving to the US, he worked for the Saudi Ministry of Defense and Aviation, headed by Prince Sultan (see August 2001 (G), August 31, 2001, and August 15, 2002). His salary in this job is approved by Hamid al-Rashid, a Saudi government official whose son Saud al-Rashid is strongly suspected of al-Qaeda ties (see August 15, 2002 (D)). [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03] Once in San Diego, al-Bayoumi tells people that he's a student, or a pilot, and even claims to be receiving monthly payments from "family in India" (despite being Saudi). But these explanations didn't seem credible and he is none of those things. [Sunday Mercury, 10/21/01, Wall Street Journal, 8/11/03] In fact, as he tells some people, he receives a monthly stipend from a Saudi aviation company called Dallah Avco that has extensive ties to the same Saudi Ministry of Defense and Aviation. [Los Angeles Times, 9/1/02, Newsweek, 11/24/02] From early 1995 until 2002 he is paid about $3000 a month for a project in Saudi Arabia even though he's living in the US. According the New York Times, Congressional officials believe he is a "ghost employee" doing no actual work. The classified section of the 9/11 Congressional Inquiry report (see July 24, 2003) notes that his payments increase significantly just after he comes into contact with two hijackers in early 2000. [New York Times, 8/2/03] The FBI is investigating possible ties between Dallah Avco and al-Qaeda. [Newsweek, 10/29/02] The firm’s owner, Saudi billionaire Saleh Abdullah Kamel, has denied the accusation. [Newsweek, 7/28/03] Kamel is on a secret United Nations list of terror financiers (see November 26, 2002). According to leaks from the still-classified section of the 9/11 Congressional Inquiry report, al-Bayoumi also receives a monthly government stipend that increases sharply just after he comes into contact with two hijackers in early 2000 (see Spring 2000 (D)). A few years later, al-Bayoumi gets an additional ghost job (see June 1998 (D)), is investigated by the FBI, and also is saved from losing his Dallah Avco job by the Saudi government (see September 1998-July 1999).

September 1994: Starting as Afghani exiles in Pakistan religious schools, the Taliban begin their conquest of Afghanistan. [MSNBC, 10/2/01] "The Taliban are widely alleged to be the creation of Pakistan's military intelligence [the ISI]. Experts say that explains the Taliban's swift military successes." [CNN, 10/5/96] Less often reported is that the CIA worked with the ISI to create the Taliban. A long-time regional expert with extensive CIA ties says: "I warned them that we were creating a monster." He adds that even years later, "The Taliban are not just recruits from 'madrassas' (Muslim theological schools) but are on the payroll of the ISI." [Times of India, 3/7/01] The same claim is made on CNN in February 2002. [CNN, 2/27/02] The Wall Street Journal will state in November 2001: "Despite their clean chins and pressed uniforms, the ISI men are as deeply fundamentalist as any bearded fanatic; the ISI created the Taliban as their own instrument and still supports it." [Asia Times, 11/15/01]

Saeed in an Indian hospital shortly after being arrested in 1994. He was shot while being captured. [Indian Express]

November 1994-December 1999: Saeed Sheikh is imprisoned in India for kidnapping Westerners (see June 1993-October 1994). While there, he meets another prisoner named Aftab Ansari. Ansari, an Indian gangster, will be released on bail near the end of 1999. [India Today, 2/25/02] Saeed also meets another prisoner named Asif Raza Khan, who also is released in 1999. [Rediff, 11/17/01] After Saeed is rescued from prison (see December 24-31, 1999), he works with Ansari and Khan to kidnap Indians and then uses some of the profits to fund the 9/11 attacks (see Early August 2001 (D)). [Frontline, 2/2/02, India Today, 2/14/02] Saeed also becomes good friends with prisoner Maulana Masood Azhar, a terrorist with al-Qaeda connections (see October 3-4, 1993). [Sunday Times, 4/21/02] Saeed will later commit further terrorist acts together with Azhar's group, Jaish-e-Mohammad (see for instance October 1, 2001 (D) and December 13, 2001). [Independent, 2/26/02]

December 12, 1994: Terrorist Ramzi Yousef attempts a trial run of Operation Bojinka (see January 6, 1995), planting a small bomb on a Philippine Airlines flight to Tokyo (he gets off on a stopover before the bomb is detonated). It explodes, killing one man, and would have caused the plane to crash if not for what were described as heroic efforts by the pilot. [Los Angeles Times, 9/1/02, Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02]

1994

Pentagon derails investigations into Gulf War syndrome. Donald Rumsfeld's firm supplies North Korea with uranium and nuclear technology; blame for North Korea's nuclear program will later be shifted onto Clinton. Paula Jones accuses Clinton of sexual impropriety. Robert Fiske finds nothing to Whitewater allegations, and is replaced by GOP hardliner Kenneth Starr. FBI buries evidence of Saudi involvement with Islamic terror groups. Taliban takes power in Afghanistan. George W. Bush becomes governor of Texas.

Feb. 1994 - A U.S. District Court jury in San Antonio, Texas, finds 11 members of the Branch Davidian sect innocent of murder and conspiracy charges at Waco.

May 3, 1994 - President Bill Clinton signs Presidential Decision Directive 25 and then declares it Classified so the American people can't see what it says. [The summary of PDD-25 issued to members of Congress tells us that it authorizes the President to turn over control of U.S. military units to U.N. command.]

May 10, 1994 - U.S. Marines stationed at Twenty-Nine Palms, California, are given a survey in which they are asked if they would be willing to swear to a code which declares: "I am a United Nations fighting person." They are also asked in the survey if they would be willing to fire on American citizens.

Sept. 1994 - The U.S. Senate comes very close to ratifying the Convention on Biological Diversity which came out of the Earth Summit in Rio de Janeiro in 1992 and was signed by President Clinton in 1993. At the last minute, senators become aware of its outrageous agenda to subjugate most of humankind to "sacred nature." The U.N. objectives this treaty fulfills include: "make nature worship a State Religion," "classify people as the enemy," and "create areas devoid of human presence." The treaty itself is less than 30 pages long - a loosely worded, rambling conglomeration of "legalese" and statements of principle. But the implementing protocols would not be written until after the Senate ratifies the treaty! In effect, Congress would be signing a blank check. Worse yet, the enabling protocols are to be written by Non-Governmental Organizations - radical environmental and socialist organizations.

Sept. 23, 1994 - The globalists realize that as more and more people begin to wake up to what's going on, they have only a limited amount of time in which to implement their policies. Speaking at the United Nations Ambassadors' dinner, David Rockefeller remarks: "This present window of opportunity, during which a truly peaceful and interdependent world order might be built, will not be open for too long." [Notice that he did not question if world order would come - only whether it would arrive peacefully.] He believes: "We are on the verge of a global transformation. All we need is the right major crisis and the nations will accept the New World Order."

1995:�For the first time, though not the last, the government of Sudan offers the US all of its files on bin Laden and al-Qaeda.�The US turns down the offer.� Bin Laden had been living in Sudan since 1991, because there were no visa requirements to live there. Sudan was monitoring him, collecting a "vast intelligence database on Osama bin Laden and more than 200 leading members of his al-Qaeda terrorist network... [The US was] offered thick files, with photographs and detailed biographies of many of his principal cadres, and vital information about al-Qaeda's financial interests in many parts of the globe."�After 9/11, a US agent who has seen the files on bin Laden's men in Khartoum says some were "an inch and a half thick." [Guardian, 9/30/01]

1995-2001: After the Taliban takes control of the area around Kandahar, Afghanistan (see September 1994), prominent Persian Gulf state officials and businessmen, including high-ranking UAE and Saudi government ministers such as Saudi intelligence minister Prince Turki al-Faisal (see July 1998), frequently secretly fly into Kandahar on state and private jets for hunting expeditions. [Los Angeles Times, 11/18/01] General Wayne Downing, Bush’s former national director for combating terrorism, says: "They would go out and see Osama, spend some time with him, talk with him, you know, live out in the tents, eat the simple food, engage in falconing, some other pursuits, ride horses." [MSNBC, 9/5/03] While there, some develop ties to the Taliban and al-Qaeda and give them money. Both Bin Laden and Taliban leader Mullah Omar sometimes participate in these hunting trips. Former US and Afghan officials suspect that the dignitaries' outbound jets may also have smuggled out al-Qaeda and Taliban cargo, just as smuggling was rampant on other airplanes flying out of the country (see Mid-1996-October 2001). [Los Angeles Times, 11/18/01]

A 1998 CNN map of likely flights to be hijacked in one version of Operation Bojinka. [CNN]

January 6, 1995: Philippine investigators uncover an al-Qaeda plot to assassinate the Pope that would take place when he visits the Philippines one week later. While investigating that, they also uncover Operation Bojinka, planned by the same people: 1993 WTC bomber Ramzi Yousef (see February 26, 1993) and 9/11 mastermind Khalid Shaikh Mohammed (see Early 1994-January 1995).[Independent, 6/6/02, Los Angeles Times, 6/24/02, Los Angeles Times, 9/1/02] FTW The plan is to explode 11 or 12 passenger planes over the Pacific Ocean simultaneously. [Agence France Presse, 12/8/01] If successful, up to 4,000 people would have been killed in planes flying to Los Angeles, San Francisco, Honolulu, and New York. [Insight, 5/27/02] Operation Bojinka was scheduled to go forward just two weeks later on January 21. Apparently a plan was also found for a second phase of attacks. [The Cell, John Miller, Michael Stone and Chris Mitchell, 8/02, p. 124, Insight, 5/27/02] According to an investigator, in this phase, planes would be hijacked and flown into "key structures in the United States. The World Trade Center, the White House, the Pentagon, the Transamerican Tower, and the Sears Tower were among the prominent structures that had been identified in the plans that we had decoded." [Village Voice, 9/26/01] One pilot, Abdul Hakim Murad, who learned to fly in US flight schools, confesses that his role was to crash a plane into the CIA headquarters as part of this phase of attacks. [Washington Post, 9/23/01] An interrogation report from 1995 states: "[Murad] will hijack said aircraft, control its cockpit and dive it at the CIA headquarters. There will be no bomb or any explosive that he will use in its execution. It is simply a suicidal mission that he is very much willing to execute." [Insight, 5/27/02] A Philippine investigator said on the day of 9/11: "It's Bojinka." He later says: "We told the Americans everything about Bojinka. Why didn't they pay attention?"�[Washington Post, 9/23/01] In an interview after 9/11, Khalid Shaikh Mohammed will claim that the 9/11 attacks were a refinement and resurrection of Bojinka. [Australian, 9/9/02]

Ramzi Yousef. [BBC]

February 7, 1995: Terrorist Ramzi Yousef is arrested in Pakistan (see February 26, 1993 and January 6, 1995). The next day, as Yousef is flying over New York City on his way to a prison cell, an FBI agent says to Yousef, "You see the Trade Centers down there, they're still standing, aren't they?" Yousef responds, "They wouldn't be if I had enough money and enough explosives." [MSNBC, 9/23/01, The Cell, John Miller, Michael Stone and Chris Mitchell, 8/02, p. 135]

March 1995: Belgian investigators find a CD-ROM of an al-Qaeda terrorist manual and begin translating it a few months later. Versions of the manual circulate widely and are seized by the police all over Europe. A former CIA official claims the CIA does not obtain a copy of the manual until the end of 1999: "The truth is, they missed for years the largest terrorist guide ever written." He blames CIA reluctance to scrutinize its support for the anti-Soviet jihad in the 1980s (see December 26, 1979 and March 1985). The CIA claims that the manual isn't that important, and that it had copies for years in any case (see also September 1, 1992). [New York Times, 1/14/01, CBS, 2/20/02]

March 1995-February 1996: A man named Ziad Jarrah rents an apartment in Brooklyn, New York. [Among the Heroes, Jere Longman, 2002, p. 90] The landlords later identify his photograph as being that of the 9/11 hijacker. A Brooklyn apartment lease bears Ziad Jarrah's name. [Boston Globe, 9/25/01] "Another man named Ihassan Jarrah lived with Ziad, drove a livery cab and paid the eight-hundred-dollar monthly rent. The men were quiet, well-mannered, said hello and good-bye. Ziad Jarrah carried a camera and told his landlords that he was a photographer. He would disappear for a few days on occasion, then reappear. Sometimes a woman who appeared to be a prostitute arrived with one of the men. 'Me and my brother used to crack jokes that they were terrorists,' said Jason Matos, a construction worker who lived in a basement there, and whose mother owned the house." [Among the Heroes, Jere Longman, 2002, p. 90] However, Ziad Jarrah is actually still in his home country of Lebanon at this time. He is studying in a Catholic school in Beirut, and is in frequent contact with the rest of his family. His parents drive him home to be with the family nearly every weekend, and they are in frequent contact by telephone as well. [Los Angeles Times, 10/23/01] Not until April 1996 does Jarrah leave Lebanon for the first time, to study in Germany. [Boston Globe, 9/25/01] His family believes that the New York lease proves that there were two Jarrahs. [CNN, 9/18/01] This is not the only example of their Jarrah being in two places at the same time - see Late November 2000-January 30, 2001. Could Jarrah have had a doppelganger?

Spring 1995: In the wake of the uncovering of the Operation Bojinka plot, a letter written by the terrorists who planned the failed 1993 WTC bombing (see February 26, 1993) is found on a computer disk in the Philippines. This letter warns that future attacks would be more precise and they would continue to target the WTC if their demands were not met. This letter was never sent, but its contents are revealed in 1998 congressional testimony. [Congressional Hearings, 2/24/98] The Manila, Philippines police chief also reports discovering a statement from bin Laden around this time that although they failed to blow up the WTC in 1993, "on the second attempt they would be successful." [AFP, 9/13/01] Why wasn't security at the WTC noticeably improved after these revelations, or later?

April 3, 1995: Time magazine's cover story reports on the potential for terrorists to kill thousands in highly destructive acts. Senator Sam Nunn outlines a scenario in which terrorists destroy the US Capitol Building by crashing a radio controlled airplane into it. "Its not far-fetched," he says. His idea was taken from Tom Clancy's book Debt of Honour published in August 1994. [Time, 4/3/95] High-ranking al-Qaeda leaders later claim that Flight 93's target was the Capitol Building. [Guardian, 9/9/02]

October 21, 1995: The oil company Unocal signs a contract with Turkmenistan to export $8 billion worth of natural gas through a $3 billion pipeline which would go from Turkmenistan through Afghanistan to Pakistan. Political considerations and pressures allow Unocal to edge out a more experienced Argentinean company for the contract. Henry Kissinger, a Unocal consultant, calls it "the triumph of hope over experience." [Washington Post, 10/5/98]

November 13, 1995: Two truck bombs kill five Americans and two Indians in a US-operated Saudi National Guard training center in Riyadh, Saudi Arabia. Al-Qaeda is blamed for the attacks. [AP, 8/19/02] The attack changes US investigators' views of bin Laden from terrorist financier to terrorist leader. [The Cell, John Miller, Michael Stone and Chris Mitchell, 8/02, p. 150]

Late 1995: King Fahd of Saudi Arabia suffers a severe stroke. Afterwards, he is able to sit in a chair and open his eyes, but little more. The resulting lack of leadership begins a behind-the-scenes struggle for power and leads to increased corruption. The situation continues to this day. Crown Prince Abdullah has been urging his fellow princes to address the problem of corruption in the kingdom - so far unsuccessfully. A former White House adviser says: "The only reason Fahd's being kept alive is so Abdullah can't become king." [New Yorker, 10/16/01]

1995

Clinton administration continues to stonewall investigations into US connections to Iraq. White supremacist Timothy McVeigh bombs a federal building in Oklahoma, killing 168. Two congressional investigations find no evidence of criminal activity on the Clintons' involvement in Whitewater; Starr continues to investigate. BCCI investigation concludes. False offer of al-Qaeda information from Sudan. Dick Cheney's Halliburton Oil fined for doing business with terror sponsor Libya. Clinton-Lewinsky affair. Israel's Yitzhak Rabin assassinated. Newt Gingrich engineers shutdown of federal government. GOP Senator Orrin Hatch stonewalls investigation into FBI mistakes leading to 1993 WTC bombing. RTC clears Clintons of wrongdoing in Whitewater.

March 1995 - U.N. delegates meet in Copenhagen, Denmark, to discuss various methods for imposing global taxes on the people of the world.

April 19, 1995 - An explosion devastates the Alfred P. Murrah Federal Building in Oklahoma City, resulting in the deaths of 168 people. [Both former FBI agent Ted Gunderson and Air Force explosives expert General Benton Partin say that an ammonium-nitrate/fuel oil bomb in a truck parked in front of the building could not possibly have caused the extensive structural damage that resulted. There had to be explosives attached to the columns inside the building. Some of the debris from the Murrah Building was blown toward the truck. Dr. Raymon Brown, a geophysicist for the Oklahoma Geological Survey, reports seismic data for that date which indicate that there were actually two explosions about 12 seconds apart. Televised video taken shortly after the bombing shows unexploded devices from the building being hauled away by the bomb squad. Edye Smith, whose two children were killed in the Murrah daycare, asked the question on national TV, "Where was the ATF?" All of their employees survived because they were told not go in to work that day. After she asked that question, she says government agents told her, "Keep your mouth shut, don't talk about it." Lester Martz, in charge of the Dallas ATF office, claims that an ATF agent and a DEA agent were riding in an elevator in the building, that after the blast their elevator free fell 50 feet and that they escaped from the elevator and rescued several people. Yet elevator service personnel say that no one was in the elevators, none of the elevators free fell and the doors of all the elevators were jammed shut by the explosion. They say that if anyone had free fallen 50 feet they would have, at the very least, broken their ankles. When asked if he had suspected that something might happen on April 19th, John Magaw, Director of the Bureau of Alcohol Tobacco and Firearms, replied that he had, and he stated that all BATF facilities across the country had been notified to be on the alert. When BATF agents in Oklahoma City were asked that same question, they replied that they had no idea anything would happen on that date. Clearly, somebody is not telling the truth. Immediately after the bombing, the FBI launched a massive manhunt for "John Doe No. 2." Now we are expected to believe that he never existed. Witnesses who say they saw John Doe No. 2 were not allowed to testify before the grand jury which indicted Timothy McVeigh.]

May 1995 - Incredibly, Larry Potts, the FBI's man in charge of the Ruby Ridge and Waco operations, is promoted to become the number two man at the Bureau.

Sept. 1995 - "Popular Science" magazine describes a top secret U.S. Navy installation called HAARP (High-Frequency Active Auroral Research Program) in the state of Alaska. This project beams powerful radio energy into the earth's upper atmosphere. One of the goals of the program is to develop the capability of "manipulating local weather" using the techniques developed by Bernard Eastlund. [The program has been underway since 1990.]

Sept. 27-Oct. 1, 1995 - "The State of the World Forum" takes place, sponsored by the Gorbachev Foundation, located at the Presidio in San Francisco. [It is important to realize that Mikhail Gorbachev established his foundation in 1991, before the coup attempt which eventually led to his "fall" from office and the breakup of the Soviet Union.] Foundation President Jim Garrison chairs the meeting, which includes Mikhail Gorbachev, George Bush, Britain's Margaret Thatcher, Canadian occultist Maurice Strong, media mogul Ted Turner, Microsoft wizard Bill Gates and others. Conversation centers around the oneness of mankind and the coming global government. However, the term "global governance" is used in place of "new world order" since the latter has become a lightning rod for opponents of global government. The mission statement issued by the conference organizers is direct and revealing: "The State of the World Forum will focus on the fundamental challenges and opportunities as we enter the next phase of human development. It is being held in the belief that at this momentous juncture in history, we are giving birth to the first global civilization."

Anas al-Liby. [FBI]

1996: Al-Muqatila, a Libyan group that is actually the cover name of an al-Qaeda terrorist cell, tries to kill Libyan leader Colonel Mu'ammar al-Qadhafi. Al-Qadhafi survives, but several terrorists and innocent bystanders are killed. [Dawn, 10/30/02] According to David Shayler, a member of the British intelligence agency MI5, and Jean-Charles Brisard and Guillaume Dasquié, authors of the controversial book The Forbidden Truth, the related British intelligence agency MI6 pays al-Qaeda the equivalent of $160,000 to help fund this assassination attempt. Shayler later goes to prison for revealing this information and the British press is banned from discussing the case. [New York Times, 8/5/98, Observer, 11/10/02] Well after the failed attempt, the British continue to support al-Muqatila - for instance, the group publishes a newsletter from a London office. [The Forbidden Truth, by Jean-Charles Brisard and Guillaume Dasquié, 5/02 edition, pp. 97-98] Anas al-Liby, a member of the Libyan al-Qaeda cell, is given political asylum in Britain and lives there until May 2000. He is now on the US's most wanted list, with a $25 million reward for his capture. [Observer, 11/10/02] The Forbidden Truth claims that even in 1998 Britain and the US aren't very interested in capturing bin Laden because of his assistance in plots like these (see April 15, 1998). The British government later attempts to censor their role in this assassination attempt (see November 5, 2002).

1996 (C): The Saudi Arabian government starts paying huge amounts of money to al-Qaeda, becoming its largest financial backer. It also gives money to other extremist groups throughout Asia. This money vastly increases the capability of al-Qaeda. [New Yorker, 10/16/01] Saudis agree to continue sponsoring bin Laden's network (see also May 1996 and July 1998). Says one US official, "'96 is the key year... Bin Laden hooked up to all the bad guys - it's like the Grand Alliance - and had a capability for conducting large-scale operations." The Saudi regime, he says, had "gone to the dark side." Electronic intercepts by the NSA "depict a regime increasingly corrupt, alienated from the country's religious rank and file, and so weakened and frightened that it has brokered its future by channeling hundreds of millions of dollars in what amounts to protection money to fundamentalist groups that wish to overthrow it." US officials later privately complain "that the Bush Administration, like the Clinton Administration, is refusing to confront this reality, even in the aftermath of the September 11th terrorist attacks." [New Yorker, 10/16/01]

1996 (D): Having found a business card of a US flight school in the possession of Bojinka plotter Abdul Hakim Murad (see January 6, 1995), the FBI investigates the US flight schools Murad attended. [Washington Post, 9/23/01]�He had trained at about 6 flight schools off and on, starting in 1990. Apparently they stop their investigation when they fail to find any other potential suspects (see May 18, 1998). [Insight, 5/27/02]�

1996-December 2000: Thirteen of the hijackers disappear for significant periods of time before the end of 2000:

1) Nawaf Alhazmi: The CIA says he first travels to Afghanistan in 1993 as a teenager. In 1995, he travels with Khalid Almihdhar to Bosnia and fights against the Serbs. Sometime before 1998 he returns to Afghanistan and swears loyalty to bin Laden. He fights there against the Northern Alliance. He returns to Saudi Arabia in early 1999 and shares information about the 1998 US embassy bombings. [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03, CIA Director Tenet Testimony, 6/18/02]

He fights in Chechnya in or 1998 [Observer, 9/23/01, ABC News, 1/9/02]

2) Khalid Almihdhar: CIA Director calls him, like Nawaf Alhazmi, an "al-Qaeda veteran." He fights in Bosnia with Alhazmi in 1995. He makes his first visit to the Afghanistan training camps in early 1996. He swears loyalty to bin Laden in Afghanistan in 1998. [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03, CIA Director Tenet Testimony, 6/18/02] His family claims he fights in Chechnya in 1997. [Los Angeles Times, 9/1/02]

3) Salem Alhazmi: Spends time in Chechnya with his brother Nawaf Alhazmi. [ABC News, 1/9/02] He also possibly fights with his brother in Afghanistan. [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03]

4) Ahmed Alhaznawi: leaves for Chechnya in 1999 [ABC News, 1/9/02], lost family contact in late 2000. [Arab News, 9/22/01]

5) Hamza Alghamdi: leaves for Chechnya in early 2000. [Independent, 9/27/01, [Washington Post, 9/25/01] Another report says he goes there around January 2001. He calls home several times until about June 2001, saying he was in Chechnya. [Arab News, 9/18/01]

6) Mohand Alshehri: leaves to fight in Chechnya in early 2000. [Arab News, 9/22/01]

7) Ahmed Alnami: leaves home in June 2000. He calls home once in June 2001 from an unnamed location. [Arab News, 9/19/01, Washington Post, 9/25/01]

8) Fayez Ahmed Banihammad: leaves home in July 2000 saying he wants to participate in a holy war or do relief work. [St. Petersburg Times, 9/27/01, Washington Post, 9/25/01] He calls his parents one time afterwards. [Arab News, 9/18/01]

9) Ahmed Alghamdi: leaves his studies to fight in Chechnya in 2000, last seen by his family in December 2000. He calls his parents for the last time in July 2001 but doesn't mention being in the US. [Arab News, 9/18/01, Arab News, 9/20/01]

10) Waleed Alshehri: disappears with Wail Alshehri in December 2000, speaking of fighting in Chechnya. [Washington Post, 9/25/01, Arab News, 9/18/01]

11) Wail Alshehri: having psychological problems, he goes with his brother to Mecca to seek help. Both disappear. [Washington Post, 9/25/01]

12) Majed Moqed: last seen by a friend in 2000 in Saudi Arabia, who says, "he had a plan to visit the United States to learn English." [Arab News, 9/22/01]

Clearly there is a pattern: 11 appear likely to have fought in Chechnya, and two others are known to have gone missing. It's possible that others have similar histories, but it's hard to tell because "almost nothing [is] known about some." [New York Times, 9/21/01] Furthermore, a colleague claims hijackers Atta, Marwan Alshehhi, Ziad Jarrah and would-be hijacker Ramzi bin al-Shibh wanted to fight in Chechnya but were told in early 2000 that they were needed elsewhere. [Washington Post, 10/23/02, Reuters, 10/29/02] Reuters has reported: "Western diplomats play down any Chechen involvement by al-Qaeda." [Reuters, 10/24/02] The Chechnya connection to the 9/11 plot has been hardly discussed; could this be because of political implications with Russia? Many of the FBI hijackers photos appear to be incorrect (see September 16-23, 2001). Could some hijackers have died fighting in Chechnya and had their identities used by someone else?

January 1996: US intelligence gets information concerning a planned suicide attack by individuals connected with Shaykh Omar Adb al-Rahman and a key al-Qaeda operative. The plan is to fly from Afghanistan to the US and attack the White House. [Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02]

Khalid Shaikh Mohammed, from a 1998 FBI wanted poster.

January-May 1996: In the months after uncovering Operation Bojinka in the Philippines (see January 6, 1995), nearly all of its major planners, including Ramzi Yousef, are found and arrested. The one exception is 9/11 mastermind Khalid Shaikh Mohammed. He flees to Qatar in the Persian Gulf, where he lives openly using his real name, enjoying the patronage of Abdallah bin Khalid al-Thani, Qatar's Interior Minister and a member of the royal family. [ABC News, 2/7/03] In January 1996, he is indicted in the US for his role in the 1993 WTC bombing, and in the same month the US determines his location in Qatar. FBI Director Louis Freeh sends a letter to the Qatari government asking for permission to send a team after him. [Los Angeles Times, 12/22/02] One of Freeh's diplomatic notes states that Mohammed was involved in a conspiracy to "bomb US airliners" and is believed to be "in the process of manufacturing an explosive device." [New Yorker, 5/27/02] Qatar confirms that Mohammed is there and is making an explosive, but they delay in handing him over. After waiting several months, a high level meeting takes place in Washington to consider a commando raid to seize him. But the raid is deemed too risky, and another letter is sent to the Qatari government instead. One person at the meeting later states, "If we had gone in and nabbed this guy, or just cut his head off, the Qatari government would not have complained a bit. Everyone around the table for their own reasons refused to go after someone who fundamentally threatened American interests...." [Los Angeles Times, 12/22/02] Around May 1996, Mohammed's patron Abdallah bin Khalid al-Thani makes sure that Mohammed and four others are given blank passports and a chance to escape. Qatar's police chief later says the other men include Ayman al-Zawahiri and Mohammed Atef, al-Qaeda's number two and number three leaders respectively (see also Late 1998 (E)). [Los Angeles Times, 9/1/02, ABC News, 2/7/03] In late 1997 former CIA agent Robert Baer learns how the Qataris helped Mohammed escape and passes the information to the CIA, but they appear uninterested (see December 1997). Bin Laden twice visits al-Thani in Qatar. [New York Times, 6/8/02, ABC News, 2/7/03] Does the US miss a chance to catch bin Laden by not caring about al-Thani? After leaving Qatar, Mohammed takes part in many terrorist acts (see Mid-1996-September 11, 2001).

Early 1996: The CIA's Counter-Terrorism Center creates a special unit to focus specifically on bin Laden. About 10-15 individuals are assigned to the unit initially. This grows to about 35-40 by 9/11. [Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02] The unit is set up "largely because of evidence linking him to the 1993 bombing of the WTC." [Washington Post, 10/3/01 (C)]

Early 1996-October 1998: In early 1996, a friend gives bin Laden a satellite phone. The phone is used by both bin Laden and his military commander Muhammad Atef to direct al-Qaeda's operations. But its use is discontinued two months after a US missile strike against his camps (see August 20, 1998), when an unnamed senior official boasts that the US can track his movements through the use of the phone. [Sunday Times, 3/24/02, Senator Shelby Congressional Inquiry Report, 12/11/02] Records show "Britain was at the heart of the terrorist's planning for his worldwide campaign of murder and destruction," since 260 calls were made to 27 phone numbers in Britain. The other countries called were Yemen (over 200 calls), Sudan (131), Iran (106), Azerbaijan (67), Pakistan (59), Saudi Arabia (57), a ship in the Indian Ocean (13), US (6), Italy (6), Malaysia (4) and Senegal (2). "The most surprising omission is Iraq, with not a single call recorded." [Sunday Times, 3/24/02] Why weren't these calls used more aggressively to target bin Laden and the people he called?

March 1996:�The US pressures Sudan to do something about bin Laden, who is based in that country.�Sudan readily agrees, not wanting to be labeled a terrorist nation.�Sudan's Minister of Defense engages in secret negotiations with the CIA in Washington. Sudan offers to extradite bin Laden to anywhere he might stand trial.�The US decides not to take him because they apparently don't have enough evidence at the time to charge him with a crime.�Saudi Arabia is discussed as a possibility, but the Saudi Arabian government doesn't want him, even though bin Laden has pledged to bring down the Saudi Arabian government.�US officials turn down the offer, but insist that bin Laden leave the country for anywhere but Somalia.�One US intelligence source in the region later states: "We kidnap minor drug czars and bring them back in burlap bags. Somebody didn't want this to happen." [Village Voice, 10/31/01, Washington Post, 10/3/01] Bin Laden leaves under pressure two months later (see May 18, 1996). CIA Director Tenet later denies Sudan made any offers to hand over bin Laden. [Senate Intelligence Committee, 10/17/02]

April 1996:�In continuing negotiations between the US and Sudan, the US again rejects Sudan's offer to turn over voluminous files about bin Laden and al-Qaeda (see 1995).�Another American involved in the secret negotiations later says that the US could have used Sudan's offer to keep an eye on bin Laden, but that the efforts were blocked by another arm of the federal government. "I've never seen a brick wall like that before.�Somebody let this slip up," he says.�"We could have dismantled his operations and put a cage on top.�It was not a matter of arresting bin Laden but of access to information.�That's the story, and that's what could have prevented September 11. I knew it would come back to haunt us."�[Village Voice, 10/31/01, Washington Post, 10/3/01]�Around this time Sudan also offers their al-Qaeda intelligence to MI6, the British intelligence agency, and are also rebuffed.�Sudan makes a standing offer: "If someone from MI6 comes to us and declares himself, the next day he can be in [the capital city] Khartoum." A Sudanese government source later adds, "We have been saying this for years."�The offer is not taken up until after 9/11. [Guardian, 9/30/01]



Adnan Khashoggi.

May 1996: Reporter Greg Palast later claims that there is a meeting of Saudi billionaires at the Hotel Royale Monceau in Paris this month with the financial representative of al-Qaeda. "The Saudis, including a key Saudi prince joined by Muslim and non-Muslim gun traffickers, [meet] to determine who would pay how much to Osama. This [is] not so much an act of support but of protection -- a payoff to keep the mad bomber away from Saudi Arabia" (see also 1996 (C)). [Best Democracy Money Can Buy, by Greg Palast, 2/03] The 9/11 victims' relatives also site a "nonpublished French intelligence report" of this meeting in their lawsuit against important Saudis. [Minneapolis Star-Tribune, 8/16/02] Palast claims that the Saudi Sheikh Abdullah Bakhsh attends the meeting. Bakhsh also saved Bush Jr.'s Harken Oil from bankruptcy around 1990. The notorious Saudi billionaire Adnan Khashoggi also attends the meeting. [Santa Fe New Mexican, 3/20/03, Democracy Now, 3/4/03] In a somewhat tongue-in-cheek manner, Slate has claimed that Khashoggi is a "shadowy international arms merchant" who is "connected to every scandal of the past 40 years." Amongst other things, he was a major investor in BCCI and a key player in the Iran-Contra affair. [Slate, 12/4/00, Slate, 11/14/01, Slate, 3/12/03] Saudi billionaire Khalid bin Mahfouz also apparently attends the meeting (though it could be a later meeting with Khashoggi in 1998). [Business Post, 10/7/01] Palast, noting that the French monitored the meeting, asks, "Since US intelligence was thus likely informed, the question becomes why didn't the government immediately move against the Saudis?" [Best Democracy Money Can Buy, by Greg Palast, 2/03] An apparent follow-up meeting occurs in 1998 (see July 1998).

May 18, 1996:�Sudan expels bin Laden at the request of the US and Saudi Arabia.�Bin Laden and al-Qaeda then move to Afghanistan, taking all of their money, resources and personnel. Bin Laden flies there in a C-130 transport plane with an entourage of about 150 men, women and children. [Los Angeles Times, 9/1/02] The US knows in advance that bin Laden is going to Afghanistan, but does nothing to stop him. Elfatih Erwa, who, Sudan's minister of state for defense at the time, later says in an interview: "We warned [the US].�In Sudan, bin Laden and his money were under our control. But we knew that if he went to Afghanistan no one could control him.�The US didn't care; they just didn't want him in Somalia. It's crazy."�[Village Voice, 10/31/01, Washington Post, 10/3/01]

June 1996: Jamal al-Fadl, an al-Qaeda operative from al-Qaeda's first meeting in the late 1980s until 1995, tells the US everything he knows about al-Qaeda. "Before al-Fadl's debriefings, US intelligence had amassed thick files on bin Laden and his associates and contacts. But they'd had no idea how the many pieces fit together. 'Al-Fadl was the Rosetta Stone,' an official says. 'After al-Fadl, everything fell into place.'" [The Cell, John Miller, Michael Stone and Chris Mitchell, 8/02, pp. 154-165] Yet the US will not take "bin Laden or al-Qaeda all that seriously" until after the bombing of US embassies in Africa in 1998. [The Cell, John Miller, Michael Stone and Chris Mitchell, 8/02, pp. 213]

This map shows how Enron planned to connect its gas fields in Turkmenistan to its Dabhol power plant. The pipelines in blue are preexisting; the rest needed to be built. [Albion Monitor]

June 24, 1996: Uzbekistan signs a deal with Enron "that could lead to joint development of the Central Asian nation's potentially rich natural gas fields." [Houston Chronicle, 6/25/96] The $1.3 billion venture teams Enron with the state companies of Russian and Uzbekistan. [Houston Chronicle, 6/30/96] On July 8, 1996, the US government agrees to give $400 million to help Enron and an Uzbeki state company develop these natural gas fields. [Oil and Gas Journal, 7/8/96] However, the deal is later canceled when it becomes apparent a gas pipeline will not be built across Afghanistan, and there is no easy way to get the gas out of the region (see November 1993 and June 1998 (B)).

Bombing of the Khobar Towers. [Corbis]

June 25, 1996: Explosions destroy the Khobar Towers in Dhahran, Saudi Arabia, killing 19 American soldiers and wounding 500. [CNN, 6/26/96] Saudi officials later interrogate the suspects, declare them guilty, and execute them - without letting the FBI talk to them. [PBS Frontline, 2001, Irish Times, 11/19/01] Saudis blame the Hezbollah, the Iranian-influenced group, but US investigators still believe bin Laden was somehow involved (in June 2001 a US grand jury indicted 13 Saudis for the bombing). [Seattle Times, 10/29/01] Bin Laden admitted instigating the attacks in a 1998 interview. [Miami Herald, 9/24/01] Ironically, the bin Laden family is later awarded the contract to rebuild the installation. [New Yorker, 11/5/01] In 1997, Canada catches one of the Khobar Tower attackers and extradites him to the US. But in 1999, he is shipped back to Saudi Arabia before he can reveal what he knows about al-Qaeda and the Saudis. One anonymous insider calls it, "Clinton's parting kiss to the Saudis." [Best Democracy Money Can Buy, by Greg Palast, 2/03]

The 1998 reward poster for Khalid Shaikh Mohammed. [FBI]

Mid-1996-September 11, 2001: After fleeing Qatar (see January-May 1996), 9/11 mastermind Khalid Shaikh Mohammed travels the world and plans many terror acts. He is apparently involved in the 1998 US embassy bombings (see August 7, 1998), the 2000 USS Cole bombing (see October 12, 2000) and other attacks. He previously was involved in the 1993 WTC bombing (see February 26, 1993) and the Bojinka plot (see January 6, 1995). [Time, 1/20/03] One US official says, "There is a clear operational link between him and the execution of most, if not all, of the al-Qaeda plots over the past five years." [Los Angeles Times, 12/22/02] He lives in Prague, Czech Republic, through much of 1997. [Los Angeles Times, 9/1/02] By 1999 he is living in Germany and visiting with the hijackers there (see 1999 (K)). [New York Times, 9/22/02] Using 60 aliases and as many passports, he travels through Europe, Africa, the Persian Gulf, Southeast Asia and South America, personally setting up al-Qaeda cells. [Los Angeles Times, 12/22/02, Time, 1/20/03] The US announces a $2 million reward for his capture in 1998. [New York Times, 6/5/02] But supposedly, US investigators only learn of Mohammed's large role in al-Qaeda after 9/11. [Committee Findings, 12/11/02, Los Angeles Times, 12/22/02] However, one official says, "We have been after him for years, and to say that we weren't is just wrong. We had identified him as a major al-Qaeda operative before Sept. 11." [New York Times, 9/22/02] If reports are true that Mohammed is given protection by Pakistan (Early 1994-January 1995), and is possibly even an ISI agent (see June 4, 2002), doesn't that make Pakistan responsible for all of these terrorist acts?

Mid-1996-October 2001: In 1996, Ariana Airlines, the national airline of Afghanistan, is essentially taken over by al-Qaeda and becomes the transportation for an illegal trade network. Passenger flights become few and erratic; instead the airline begins flying drugs, weapons, gold and personnel mostly between Afghanistan, the United Arab Emirates (UAE) and Pakistan. The Emirate of Sharjah, in the UAE, becomes a hub for al-Qaeda drug and arms smuggling. Typically "large quantities of drugs" would be flown from Kandahar, Afghanistan, to Sharjah, and large quantities of weapons would be flown back to Afghanistan. [Los Angeles Times, 11/18/01] About three to four flights a day would run the route. Many weapons come from Victor Bout, a notorious Russian arms dealer based in Sharjah (see October 1996). [Los Angeles Times, 1/20/02] Afghan taxes on opium production would be paid in gold, and then the gold bullion would be flown to Dubai, UAE, and laundered into cash. [Washington Post, 2/17/02] Taliban officials regularly provide terrorists with false papers identifying them as Ariana employees so they can move freely around the world. A former National Security Council official later claims the US is well aware at the time that al-Qaeda agents regularly fly on Ariana, but the US fails to act for several years. The US does press the UAE for tighter banking controls, but moves "delicately, not wanting to offend an ally in an already complicated relationship," and little changes by 9/11. [Los Angeles Times, 11/18/01] Much of the money for the 9/11 hijackers flows though these Sharjah channels (see June 29, 2000-September 18, 2000 and September 8-11, 2001 (C)). Could the 9/11 attacks have been stopped if the US pressed harder to shut down the Sharjah al-Qaeda money channels? There also are reports suggesting that Ariana Airlines might have been used to train Islamic militants as pilots (see October 1, 2001 (C)). The illegal behavior of Ariana helps cause the United Nations to impose sanctions against Afghanistan in 1999 (see November 14, 1999), but the sanctions lack teeth and don't stop the airline. A second round of sanctions finally stops foreign Ariana flights. But Ariana charter flights and other charter services keep the illegal network running (see January 19, 2001). Ariana and the network is finally largely destroyed in the October 2001 US bombing of Afghanistan. [Los Angeles Times, 11/18/01]

July 6-August 11, 1996: US officials identify crop-dusters and suicide flights as potential terrorist weapons that could threaten the Olympic Games in Atlanta, Georgia. They take steps to prevent any air attacks. Planes are banned from getting too close to Olympic events.�During the games, Black Hawk helicopters and US Customs Service jets are deployed to intercept suspicious aircraft over the Olympic venues.�Agents monitor crop-duster flights within hundreds of miles of downtown Atlanta. Law enforcement agents also fan out to regional airports throughout northern Georgia "to make sure nobody hijacked a small aircraft and tried to attack one of the venues," says Woody Johnson, the FBI agent in charge. �[Chicago Tribune, 11/18/01]

Richard Perle, popularly nicknamed "The Prince of Darkness." [Australian Broadcasting Corp.]

July 7, 1996: The Institute for Advanced Strategic and Political Studies, an Israeli think tank, publishes a paper entitled "A Clean Break: A New Strategy for Securing the Realm." [Chicago Sun-Times, 3/6/03] The paper isn't much different from other Israeli right-wing papers at the time, except the authors: the lead writer is Richard Perle, now chairman of the Defense Policy Board in the US, and very influential with President Bush. Several of the other authors now hold key positions in Washington. The paper advises the new, right-wing Israeli leader Binyamin Netanyahu to make a complete break with the past by adopting a strategy "based on an entirely new intellectual foundation, one that restores strategic initiative and provides the nation the room to engage every possible energy on rebuilding Zionism ..." The first step would be the removal of Saddam Hussein in Iraq. A war with Iraq would destabilize the entire Middle East, allowing governments in Syria, Iran, Lebanon and other countries to be replaced. "Israel will not only contain its foes; it will transcend them," the paper concludes. [Guardian, 9/3/02, see the original paper here] Perle will be instrumental is moving Bush's US policy towards war with Iraq (see September 17, 2001 (B)).

August 1996: Bin Laden issues a public fatwa, or religious decree, authorizing attacks on Western military targets in the Arabian Peninsula. In previous years bin Laden was thought by some to be more of a financier of terrorist attacks than a terrorist himself, but this erases all doubts. [Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02]

Route of the planned gas pipeline, and other existing pipelines. [Forbes]



August 13, 1996: Unocal and Delta Oil of Saudi Arabia come to agreement with state companies in Turkmenistan and Russia to to build a natural gas pipeline from Turkmenistan to Pakistan via Afghanistan, the agreement is finalized the next year (see October 27, 1997). [Unocal website, 8/13/96] The Boston Herald later reports that, "The prime force behind Delta Oil appears to be Mohammed Hussein al-Amoudi" (see November 22, 2002 (B)) and that his business interests are "enmeshed" with those of Khalid bin Mahfouz (see for instance 1988 and April 1999). Together and separately, al-Amoudi and bin Mahfouz have become "partners with US firms in a series of ambitious oil development and pipeline projects in central and south Asia." [Boston Herald, 12/10/01] The two are later included in a secret United Nations list of financiers funding al-Qaeda (see November 26, 2002).

September 5, 1996:�Terrorist Ramzi Yousef and two other defendants, Abdul Hakim Murad and Wali Khan Amin Shah, are convicted of crimes relating to Project Bojinka, a failed al-Qaeda plan Yousef devised that would have crashed 11 or 12 planes into buildings simultaneously (see January 1995). [CNN, 9/5/96] Many people, including some experts, have said that Yousef was convicted on September 11, 1996 (for instance, see [A Stunning Intelligence Failure, Paul Monk, 2002]), and this would explain why that date would be chosen in 2001, but that appears to be incorrect.

WAMY logo.

September 11, 1996: An FBI investigation into two relatives of bin Laden, begun in February 1996, is closed.�The FBI wanted to learn more about Abdullah bin Laden, "because of his relationship with the World Assembly of Muslim Youth [WAMY] - a suspected terrorist organization." [Guardian, 11/7/01] Abdullah was the US director of WAMY and lived with his brother Omar in Falls Church, Virginia, a town just outside Washington.�The coding on the document, marked secret, indicates the case involved espionage, murder, and national security. WAMY has its offices at 5613 Leesburg Pike.�Remarkably, it is later determined that four of the 9/11 hijackers lived at 5913 Leesburg Pike at the same time the two bin Laden brothers were there.�WAMY has not been put on a list of terrorist organizations in the US, but it has been banned in Pakistan. A high-placed intelligence official tells the Guardian: "There were always constraints on investigating the Saudis.�There were particular investigations that were effectively killed."�An unnamed US source says to the BBC, "There is a hidden agenda at the very highest levels of our government." [BBC Newsnight, 11/6/01, Guardian, 11/7/01, see related leaked documents here] The Bosnian government later says a charity with Abdullah bin Laden on its board had channeled money to Chechen guerrillas (see also September 20, 2002 (C)), something that "is only possible because the Clinton CIA gave the wink and nod to WAMY and other groups who were aiding Bosnian guerrillas when they were fighting Serbia, a US-approved enemy." The investigation into WAMY is only restarted two days after 9/11, and after the bin Laden brothers have left the US. [Best Democracy Money Can Buy, by Greg Palast, 2/03] (Note that this Abdullah bin Laden is possibly bin Laden's cousin, not brother, and is apparently not the same as the Abdullah bin Laden who serves as the bin Laden family spokesman. [Best Democracy Money Can Buy, by Greg Palast, 2/03])

September 27, 1996:�The Taliban conquer Kabul [AP, 8/19/02], establishing control over much of Afghanistan. A surge in the Taliban's military successes at this time is later attributed to an increase in direct military assistance from Pakistan's ISI. [New York Times, 12/8/01] The oil company Unocal is hopeful that the Taliban will stabilize Afghanistan, and allow its pipeline plans to go forward.�In fact, "preliminary agreement [on the pipeline] was reached between the [Taliban and Unocal] long before the fall of Kabul. ... Oil industry insiders say the dream of securing a pipeline across Afghanistan is the main reason why Pakistan, a close political ally of America's, has been so supportive of the Taliban, and why America has quietly acquiesced in its conquest of Afghanistan." [Telegraph, 10/11/96]

Victor Bout, taken from a passport photo.

October 1996: Since 1992, Russian arms merchant Victor Bout has been selling weapons to Afghanistan's Northern Alliance, but this month he switches sides and begins selling weapons to the Taliban and al-Qaeda instead (see also Mid-1996-October 2001). [Guardian, 4/17/02, Los Angeles Times, 1/20/02, Los Angeles Times, 5/17/02] The deal comes immediately after the Taliban captures Kabul and gains the upper hand in Afghanistan's civil war (see September 27, 1996). Bout formerly worked for the Russian KGB, and operates the world's largest private weapons transport network. Based in the United Arab Emirates (UAE), Bout operates freely there until well after 9/11. The US becomes aware of Bout's widespread illegal weapons trading in Africa in 1995, and of his ties to the Taliban in 1996, but they fail to take effective action against him for years. [Los Angeles Times, 5/17/02] US pressure on the UAE in November 2000 to close down Bout's operations there is ignored. Press reports calling him "the merchant of death" also fail to pressure the UAE (for instance, [Financial Times, 6/10/00, Guardian, 12/23/00]). After President Bush is elected, it appears the US gives up trying to get Bout, until after 9/11. [Washington Post, 2/26/02, Guardian, 4/17/02] In one trade in 1996, Bout's company delivers at least 40 tons of Russian weapons to the Taliban, earning about $50 million. [Guardian, 2/16/02] Two intelligence agencies later confirm that Bout trades with the Taliban "on behalf of the Pakistan government." In late 2000, several Ukrainians sell 150 to 200 T-55 and T-62 tanks to the Taliban in a deal conducted by the ISI, and Bout helps fly the tanks to Afghanistan. [Montreal Gazette, 2/5/02] Bout moves to Russia in 2002. He is seemingly protected from prosecution by the Russian government, which in early 2002 claimed, "There are no grounds for believing that this Russian citizen has committed illegal acts." [Guardian, 4/17/02] The Guardian suggests that Bout may have worked with the CIA when he traded with the Northern Alliance, and this fact may be hampering current international efforts to catch him. [Guardian, 4/17/02]

October 1996 (B): US intelligence learn of an Iranian plot to hijack a Japanese plane over Israel and crash it into Tel Aviv. While the plot was never carried out, it is one more example of intelligence agencies being aware that planes could be used as suicide weapons. [Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02]

October 11, 1996:�The Telegraph publishes an interesting article about pipeline politics in Afghanistan.�Some quotes: "Behind the tribal clashes that have scarred Afghanistan lies one of the great prizes of the 21st century, the fabulous energy reserves of Central Asia." "'The deposits are huge,' said a diplomat from the region. �Kazakhstan alone may have more oil than Saudi Arabia.Turkmenistan is already known to have the fifth largest gas reserves in the world.[Telegraph, 10/11/96]

Late 1996: After moving the base of his operations to Afghanistan, bin Laden quickly establishes and maintains a major role in the opium drug trade. The money from opium is vital to keep the Taliban in power and fund bin Laden's terrorist network. Yoseff Bodansky, director of the congressional Task Force on Terrorism and Unconventional Warfare and author of a 1999 biography on bin Laden, says bin Laden takes a 15 percent cut of the drug trade money in exchange for protecting smugglers and laundering their profits. [Star Tribune, 9/30/01] A different estimate has bin Laden taking a cut of up to 10 percent of Afghanistan's drug trade by early 1999. This would give him a yearly income of up to $1 billion out of $6.5 to $10 billion in drug profits seen within Afghanistan each year. [Financial Times, 11/28/01]

1996

Clinton launches aggressive anti-terrorism initiatives; GOP fights every step. Meeting between Osama bin Laden and Saudi Arabia. Khobar Towers bombing. Failed attempt by CIA to overthrow Saddam Hussein. Olympic bombing. FBI stymies investigation into Muslim terror fronts in US.

1996 - The United Nations' 420-page report "Our Global Neighborhood" is published. It outlines a plan for "global governance," calling for an international "Conference on Global Governance" in 1998 for the purpose of submitting to the world the necessary treaties and agreements for ratification by the year 2000.

March 1, 1996 - The U.S. Marshals Service presents its highest award for valor to the five surviving deputy marshals involved in the deadly Ruby Ridge siege, prompting sharp criticism from two members of Idaho's Congressional delegation: Senator Larry Craig comments, "For the U.S. Marshals Service to say the Ruby Ridge incident is worthy of special commendation is sure to provoke outrage from many Americans, and it should." Representative Helen Chenoweth remarks, "Since investigations by both Congress and the Justice Department raised significant questions about the activities of all federal agencies involved in the Ruby Ridge operation, the U.S. Marshals Service should be trying to sort out what went wrong and ensuring that such deadly mishaps don't happen again, rather than handing out awards."

May 1996 - At the J. T. Lambert Intermediate School in East Stroudsburg, Pennsylvania, sixth-grade girls are forced to strip and undergo a vaginal exam without their parents' knowledge or consent. One girl tries to call her mother, but school officials refuse to let her do so. Some girls begin to cry. Others attempt to crawl out the windows and escape. The school nurse tells them they are a bunch of babies.

May 1, 1996 - A German airbase is established at Holloman Field near Alamogordo, New Mexico. This is the first time in U.S. history that a foreign nation has been allowed to set up a permanent military installation on American soil.

June 1996 - Episcopal Bishop William Swing moves to bring all religions of the world into a single organization called the UR (United Religions). The UR would be the spiritual counterpart of the UN. Swing plans to create a UR charter by June 1997 and to establish its headquarters in San Francisco by the year 2000. Christian denominations that say one can only come to God through Jesus Christ are considered "intolerant" and must be forced to acknowledge that there are other paths to God.



June 3-4, 1996 - The people of Pittsburgh are awakened by the sounds of low flying helicopters and gunfire. Black clad soldiers repel out of the helicopters terrifying residents within a 20 mile radius of downtown Pittsburgh and prompting frantic phone calls to local media outlets. [Pittsburgh was not alone in this experience. Similar military exercises have been conducted in 21 U.S. cities.

Fall 1996 - "State of the World Forum II" takes place, again in San Francisco. This time many of the sessions are closed to the press.



Oct. 1996 - Citizens of Australia are ordered to immediately take their semi-automatic firearms to local police stations. No exceptions are allowed. They are warned that if they refuse, they will be tracked down and punished with prison time. [The people of Australia are often used as New World Order guinea pigs. What happens in Australia is almost always done later in America.]



Oct. 10, 1996 - Gordon Novel, a close friend of William Colby (the former CIA Director who supposedly "drowned"), is on the "Freedom Forum" radio program with host Don Wiederman. Novel had worked for the White House as a special consultant on intelligence. He states: "Ruby Ridge was a deliberate operation to start the assault on the right wing. They are using gun confiscation and assaults on religion as a preliminary set-up for a global police state by the year 2000." He says that killing the Branch Davidians was the original intention at Waco under what was called the D Plan. He issues a chilling warning: "Colby was of the opinion that these guys were hell-bent on creating a condition that would erode all of our constitutional freedoms. Ultimately, that will happen when they start using what we call the 'pocket nuke,' a miniature Israeli-designed briefcase-sized nuclear weapon that can be left in an apartment building somewhere. It will take out about 20 square blocks. They would blame it on the Muslims, claiming that they had stolen Russian artillery shells. This would effectively move us into a condition of martial law under the United Nations."



In July, 1996, Amschel Rothschild was murdered, just as he was about to become the new head of the Rothschild worldwide banking empire, tied to the Vatican. Most of the American press were silent: some said it was a heart attack; others, a suicide. He was found with a bathroom cord tied around his neck, connected to a towel rack. In checking it out, however, the Paris police discovered the rack came right off the wall! Hence, it was murder, not suicide.



Rothschilds and Rockefellers have engaged each other in bloody financial wars for many decades. Rothschild was murdered on the anniversary of the murder of John D. Rockefeller III, 1978. Recently, we repeated the exclusive details.



1997: While the State Department listed bin Laden as a financier of terror in its 1996 survey of terrorism, al-Qaeda is not included on the 1997 official US list of terrorist organizations subject to various sanctions. They are finally listed in 1998. [New York Times, 12/30/01]



1997 (B):�It is later claimed that the special CIA paramilitary teams start entering Afghanistan in this year. [Washington Post, 11/18/01]



1997 (C): FBI headquarters is concerned that an unnamed terrorist group would possibly use an unmanned aerial vehicle (UAV) for terrorist attacks. The FBI and CIA become aware that this group had purchased a UAV. At the time, the agencies believed that the only reason to use this UAV would be for either reconnaissance or attack. There was more concern about the possibility of an attack outside the United States, for example, by flying a UAV into a US Embassy or a visiting US delegation. [Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02]

1997 or 1998: The Spanish newspaper El Mundo later reports, "According to several professors at the Valencia School of Medicine, some of whom are forensic experts, [Atta] was a student there in 1997 or 1998. Although he used another name then, they remember his face among the students that attended anatomy classes." It is also suggested that "years before, as a student he went to Tarragona. That would explain his last visit to Salou [(see July 8-19, 2001)], where he could have made contact with dormant cells..." [El Mundo, 9/30/01] If this is true, it would contradict Atta's presence as a student in Hamburg, Germany during this entire period. But there are other accounts of Atta seemingly being in two places at once (see 1998-2000, September 1999, Late April-Mid-May 2000, and Spring 2000).

1997-July 2001: Hijacker Hani Hanjour begins associating with an unnamed individual who is later mentioned in FBI agent Ken Williams' famous flight school memo (see July 10, 2001). Hanjour and this person train at flight schools in Arizona. Several flight instructors later note the two were associates and may have carpooled together. They are known to share the same airplane on one occasion in 1999, and are at the school together on other occasions. This individual leaves the US in April 2000. In May 2001, the FBI attempts to investigate this person, but after finding out the person is out of the country the decision is made to not open a formal investigation. The name of this person is not placed on a watch list, so the FBI is unaware that the person returns in June and stays in the US for another month. By this time, this person is an experienced flight instructor who is certified to fly Boeing 737s. The FBI speculates the person may return to evaluate Hanjour's flying skills or provide final training before 9/11. There is considerable circumstantial evidence placing this person near Hanjour during this month. [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03]



February 12, 1997:�The White House Commission on Aviation Safety and Security, led by Vice President Gore, issues its final report. [Gore Commission, 2/12/97]�But the report has little practical effect: "Federal bureaucracy and airline lobbying slowed and weakened a set of safety improvements recommended by a presidential commission - including one that a top airline industry official now says might have prevented the Sept.�11 terror attacks."�[Los Angeles Times, 10/6/01]

Mohammed Haydar Zammar.



March 1997: An investigation of al-Qaeda contacts in Hamburg by the Constitutional Protection Agency, Germany's domestic intelligence service, begins at least by this time (Germany won't give details). [New York Times, 1/18/03] Telephone intercepts show that a German investigation into Mohammed Haydar Zammar (see November 1, 1998-February 2001 and October 27, 2001) is taking place this month. It is later believed that Zammar, a German of Syrian origin, is a part of the Hamburg al-Qaeda cell. [Los Angeles Times, 1/14/03] He supposedly later claims he recruited Atta and others into the cell. [Washington Post, 6/19/02] A decade earlier, Germany authorities already identified Zammar as a militant. [New York Times, 1/18/03] From 1995-2000, he makes frequent trips to Afghanistan. [New York Times, 1/18/03, Stern, 8/13/03] German intelligence is aware that he was personally invited to Afghanistan by bin Laden. [FAZ, 2/2/03] Spanish investigators later say Zammar is a longtime associate of Barakat Yarkas, the alleged boss of the al-Qaeda cell in Madrid, Spain (see August 27, 2001). In 1998, Germany is given more evidence of his terror ties, and surveillance intensifies. He is periodically trailed, and all his calls are recorded (see Summer 1999). [Stern, 8/13/03] Its not clear if or when the investigation ends, but it continues until at least September 1999 (see September 21, 1999). [AP, 6/22/02]

April 24, 1997: A package containing a petri dish mislabeled "anthracks" is received at the B'nai B'rith headquarters in Washington, DC. "The choice of B'nai B'rith probably was meant to suggest Arab terrorists, because the building had once been the target of an assault by Muslim gunmen." The dish did not contain anthrax but did contain bacillus cereus, a very close, non-toxic cousin of anthrax used by the US Defense Department. There are similarities to the later real anthrax attacks (see October 4, 2001), such as the misspelling "penacilin." In July 2002, B'nai B'rith claims the FBI still hasn't asked them about this hoax anthrax attack. [New York Times, 7/12/02]



William Kristol, one of the founders and leaders of PNAC.



June 3, 1997: The Project for the New American Century (PNAC), a neoconservative think tank formed in the spring of 1997, issues its statement of principles. PNAC's stated aims: "to shape a new century favorable to American principles and interests," to achieve "a foreign policy that boldly and purposefully promotes American principles abroad," "to increase defense spending significantly," to challenge "regimes hostile to US interests and values," and to "accept America's unique role in preserving and extending an international order friendly to our security, our prosperity, and our principles." [PNAC Principles, 6/3/97] These principles matter because they are signed by a group who will become "a rollcall of today's Bush inner circle." [Guardian, 2/26/03] ABC's Ted Koppel will later say PNAC's ideas have "been called a secret blueprint for US global domination" (see also January 26, 1998, September 2000, August 21, 2001 (B)). [ABC News, 3/5/03 (B)]

August 1997: The CIA creates a secret task force to monitor Central Asia's politics and gauge its wealth. Covert CIA officers, some well-trained petroleum engineers, travel through southern Russia, Azerbaijan, Kazakhstan and Turkmenistan to sniff out potential oil reserves. [Time, 5/4/98]



Zbigniew Brzezinski.



October 1997:�Former National Security Advisor Zbigniew Brzezinski (see December 26, 1979) publishes a book in which he portrays the Eurasian landmass as the key to world power, and Central Asia with its vast oil reserves as the key to domination of Eurasia.�He states that for the US to maintain its global primacy, it must prevent any possible adversary from controlling that region.�He notes that, "The attitude of the American public toward the external projection of American power has been much more ambivalent. The public supported America’s engagement in World War II largely because of the shock effect of the Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor." Furthermore, because of popular resistance to US military expansionism, his ambitious Central Asian strategy could not be implemented "except in the circumstance of a truly massive and widely perceived direct external threat." [The Grand Chessboard: American Primacy and its Geostrategic Imperatives, by Zbigniew Brzezinski, 10/97 (the link is to excerpts of the book from a From the Wilderness article)]



October 27, 1997: Halliburton, a company with future Vice President Cheney as CEO, announces a new agreement to provide technical services and drilling for Turkmenistan, a country in Central Asia. The press release also mentions that "Halliburton has been providing a variety of services in Turkmenistan for the past five years." On the same day, a consortium to build a pipeline through Afghanistan is formed. It's called CentGas, and the two main partners are Unocal and Delta Oil of Saudi Arabia. [Halliburton press release, 10/27/97, CentGas press release, 10/27/97]

November 26, 1997:�An industry newsletter reports that Saudi Arabia has abandoned plans to have open bids on a $2 billion power plant near Mecca, deciding that the government will build it instead. What's interesting is that one of the bids was made by a consortium of Enron, the Saudi Binladen Group (run by Osama's family), and Italy's Ansaldo Energia. [Alexander's Gas and Oil Connections, 1/22/98]

Abdallah al-Thani [ABC News]



December 1997: CIA agent Robert Baer (see also August 2001 (G) and January 23, 2002), newly retired from the CIA and working as a terrorism consultant, meets a former police chief from the Persian Gulf nation of Qatar. He learns how 9/11 mastermind Khalid Shaikh Mohammed was sheltered from the FBI by the Qatari Interior Minister Abdallah bin Khalid al-Thani (see January-May 1996). He passes this information to the CIA in early 1998, but the CIA takes no action against Qatar's al-Qaeda patrons. The ex-police chief also tells him that Mohammed is a key aide to bin Laden, and that based on Qatari intelligence, Mohammed "is going to hijack some planes." He passes this information to the CIA as well, but again the CIA doesn't seem interested, even when he tries again after 9/11. [UPI, 9/30/02, Vanity Fair, 2/02, See No Evil: The True Story of a Ground Soldier in the CIA's War on Terrorism, Robert Baer, 2/02, pp. 270-271] Baer also tries to interest reporter Daniel Pearl in a story about Mohammed before 9/11, but Pearl is still working on it when he gets kidnapped and murdered (see December 24, 2001-January 23, 2002). [UPI, 9/30/02] The ex-police chief later disappears, presumably kidnapped by Qatar. It has been speculated that the CIA turned on the source to protect its relationship with the Qatari government. [Breakdown: How America's Intelligence Failures Led to September 11, Bill Gertz, pp. 55-58] It appears bin Laden visits Abdallah al-Thani in Qatar between the years 1996 and 2000. [ABC News, 2/7/03] Al-Thani continues to support al-Qaeda, providing Qatari passports and more than $1 million in funds. Even after 9/11, Mohammed is provided shelter in Qatar for two weeks in late 2001. [New York Times, 2/6/03] Yet the US still has not frozen al-Thani's assets or taken other action. Could the US have captured bin Laden if they paid more attention to Robert Baer's information?

December 4, 1997: Representatives of the Taliban are invited guests to the Texas headquarters of Unocal to negotiate their support for the pipeline. Future President Bush Jr. is Governor of Texas at the time.The Taliban appear to agree to a $2 billion pipeline deal, but will do the deal only if the US officially recognizes the Taliban regime. The Taliban meet with US officials, and the Telegraph reports that "the US government, which in the past has branded the Taliban's policies against women and children 'despicable,' appears anxious to please the fundamentalists to clinch the lucrative pipeline contract."A BBC regional correspondent says "the proposal to build a pipeline across Afghanistan is part of an international scramble to profit from developing the rich energy resources of the Caspian Sea." [BBC, 12/4/97, Telegraph, 12/14/97] FTW



December 14, 1997:It is reported that Unocal has hired the University of Nebraska to train 400 Afghani teachers, electricians, carpenters and pipefitters in anticipation of using them for their pipeline in Afghanistan.150 students are already attending classes. [Telegraph, 12/14/97]



February 1997: A long-time, major financial supporter of Albert Gore, Jr., was murdered in Paris: Pamela Harriman, U.S. Ambassador to France, widow of Averell Harriman of the major banking and railroad fortune. With her help, Gore had joined with top U.S. military leaders, who had fled to France, to arrest their Commander-in-Chief, Bill Clinton, for treason.



On August 31, 1997, Lady Diana Spencer was murdered, in Paris, by means of an automobile "accident." Other motivations for her killing, besides the threatening "constitutional crisis" and her hindering of profits to the huge armaments industry, were her impending marriage to Dodi al-Fayed and her outspokenness. Diana had emerged from the demure female role apparently still favored by monarchical types; she had become a "loose cannon", not spouting pre-approved meaningless feminist rhetoric but focusing on issues which were truly disturbing to the power elite. She had to go.



1997

Halliburton deals extensively with Iraq, in violation of US law. Project for New American Century founded. IAEA concludes that Iraq possesses no nuclear weapons program. Taliban negotiates with Unocal for pipeline construction in Afghanistan.

Jan. 1, 1997 - A new Secretary General of the United Nations begins his five-year term. His name is Kofi Annan, age 58. He's from the nation of Ghana in West Africa. Kofi Annan is an insider, a longtime U.N. official. He's been in the employ of the United Nations for more than 30 years, so he's well acquainted with U.N. objectives and methods. Just prior to being elected Secretary General, Kofi Annan was the Undersecretary General for Peace Keeping Operations, so he's been heavily involved in the U.N.'s efforts to establish its own standing army. [In order to placate critics of the U.N. in the United States, Annan has promised to reform the United Nations. He has placed occultist Maurice Strong in charge of "reform."]

Jan. 1997 - The Federal government announces that COSCO (Chinese Ocean Shipping Company) has been awarded a $138 million taxpayer-subsidized loan guarantee and will be allowed to build ships in a Mobile, Alabama, shipyard.

March 1997 - In Benjamin Creme's "The Emergence" newsletter, readers are alerted that the coming of Lord Maitreya, the supposed New Age Christ, is at hand: "Stand ready to see the Great Lord, for the time of His emergence is nigh. Respond quickly to His call. End forever the hatred and intolerance of men."

March 12, 1997 - American citizens assemble at a hearing of the Long Beach Harbor Commission to voice their opposition to the Clinton Administration's leasing of a port facility to COSCO (the company owned by Communist China). [The Clinton Administration had closed down the U.S. Navy facility at Long Beach, California, earlier this decade as a result of defense cutbacks. Now they want to lease this facility to Red China! This is the same regime that had threatened to nuke Los Angeles. U.S. Customs officials would only be allowed to inspect one out of every eight containers the Chinese bring into this port. Already, COSCO has been implicated in an attempt to smuggle 2,000 AK-47 assault rifles through Oakland to arm criminal gangs.]



March 13, 1997 - Ten thousand Arizona citizens see strange lights in the night sky over Phoenix. Several capture the phenomenon on home video cameras. The lights are arranged in a V shape over a mile wide. [Police and military claim nothing unusual happened that night and nothing showed up on radar. A Canadian researcher, the late Serge Monast, reported that through "Project Bluebeam," NASA had developed the capability of projecting three-dimensional holographic images into the earth's atmosphere. Using this technology, it would be possible to fake a UFO invasion and convince the people of the world that we must unite in a one-world government in order to combat this alien menace.] [This may indeed have been an experiment in faking UFO's, but the technology was more pedestrian. A National Guard unit visiting from out of state was using parachute flares to illuminate a flight zone, and they were arrayed in the striking manner described. -Ed.]

March 19, 1997 - During a session of the House National Security Committee, Representative Duncan Hunter (R-CA) addresses the fact that Red China has now obtained control of the Panama Canal. A subsidiary of COSCO has entered into agreements to lease the "anchor ports" - Balboa on the Pacific end of the Canal and Cristobal on the Atlantic end. [Farewell, Monroe Doctrine; hello, New World Order.]

March 21, 1997 - Three Red Chinese naval vessels - two destroyers and a supply ship - dock at the North Island Naval Air Station in San Diego Bay for five days. [The warm reception the Chinese received was in marked contrast to the chilly confrontation of one year earlier, when U.S. naval carriers were sent to the Taiwan Strait in response to Red Chinese efforts to intimidate the Free Chinese during a presidential election. The mainland regime condemned the U.S. action as an infringement of Chinese "sovereignty."]



June 5, 1997 - In testimony before the House Judiciary Committee, FBI Director Louis Freeh admits: "We are potentially the most dangerous agency in the country if we are not scrutinized carefully." [In the wake of Ruby Ridge, Waco, the Richard Jewell debacle and the mess at the FBI crime lab, that statement takes on especially ominous tones.]

1998: According to later closed session congressional testimony by the heads of the CIA, FBI and NSA, al-Qaeda begins planning the 9/11 attacks in this year. [USA Today, 6/18/02] In a June 2002 interview, 9/11 mastermind Khalid Shaikh Mohammed also says the planning for the attacks begin at this time. [AP, 9/8/02] But it appears the targeting of the WTC and pilot training began even earlier. An al-Qaeda operative in Spain will later be found with videos filmed in 1997 of major US structures (including "innumerable takes from all distances and angles" of the WTC). There are numerous connections between Spain and the 9/11 hijackers, including an important meeting there in July 2001 (see July 8-19, 2001). [AP, 7/17/02] Hijacker Waleed Alshehri was living in Florida since 1995, started training for his commercial pilot training degree in 1996, and got his license in 1997. [Sunday Herald, 9/16/01, Boston Globe, 9/14/01] So the attack was probably planned even earlier, but the earlier it was planned, the worse the US looks for not catching it.

1998 (B): It is later revealed by Uzbekistan that Uzbekistan and the US have been conducting joint covert operations against Afghanistan's Taliban regime and bin Laden since at least before this year. [Times of India, 10/14/01, Washington Post, 10/14/01]

1998 (C): In response to the 1988 bombing of a Pan Am 747 over Scotland, the FAA creates "red teams" - small, secretive teams traveling to airports and attempting to foil their security systems. "In 1998, the red team completed extensive testing of screening checkpoints at a large number of domestic airports... We were successful in getting major weapons — guns and bombs — through screening checkpoints with relative ease, at least 85 percent of the time in most cases. At one airport, we had a 97 percent success rate in breaching the screening checkpoint." "The individuals who occupied the highest seats of authority in FAA were fully aware of this highly vulnerable state of aviation security and did nothing." [New York Times, 2/27/02] In 1999, the New York Port Authority and major airlines at Boston's Logan Airport - used twice on 9/11 - "were fined a total of $178,000 for at least 136 security violations over the previous two years. In the majority of incidents, screeners hired by the airlines for checkpoints in terminals routinely failed to detect test items, such as pipe bombs and guns." [AP, 9/12/01] Did the terrorists know which airports were most vulnerable, and take advantage of that knowledge?

1998 (D): A military report released this year describes a program called "Joint Vision 2010", a series of "analyses, wargames, studies, experiments, and exercises" which are "investigating new operational concepts, doctrines, and organizational approaches that will enable US forces to maintain full spectrum dominance of the battlespace well into the 21st century." "The Air Force has begun a series of wargames entitled Global Engagement at the Air War College, Maxwell Air Force Base, Alabama." The same article mentions that the military is working on a "variety of new imaging and signals intelligence sensors, currently in advanced stages of development, deployed aboard the Global Hawk, DarkStar, and Predator unmanned aerial vehicles (UAVs)..." [Department of Defense Annual Report, 1998] What is the relevance of this? It may be complete coincidence, but "Air Force spokesman Col. Ken McClellan said a man named Mohamed Atta -- which the FBI has identified as one of the five hijackers of American Airlines Flight 11 -- had once attended the International Officer's School at Maxwell/Gunter Air Force Base in Montgomery, Ala." [Gannett News Service, 9/17/01] Global Hawk is a technology that enables pilotless flight and has been functioning since at least early 1997. [Department of Defense, 2/20/97] Some have claimed that Global Hawk technology was used to manipulate events on 9/11. Could Atta have taken part in wargames involving Global Hawk (see September 25, 2001)?



1998 (E): A son of Sheikh Omar Abdel Rahman, the al-Qaeda leader convicted in 1995 of conspiring to blow up tunnels and other New York City landmarks, is heard to say that the best way to free his father from a US prison might be to hijack an American plane and exchange the hostages. This is supposedly the most recent concrete hijacking report Bush hears in his August 2001 briefing titled "Bin Laden Determined to Strike in US" (see August 6, 2001). [Washington Post, 5/17/02]

Aukai Collins [ABC News]



1998 (F):�An American Muslim named Aukai Collins later says he reports to the FBI about hijacker Hani Hanjour for six months this year. [AP, 5/24/02] The FBI later acknowledges they paid Collins to monitor the Islamic and Arab communities in Phoenix between 1996 and 1999. [AP, 5/24/02, ABC News, 5/23/02] Collins claims that he is a casual acquaintance of hijacker Hani Hanjour while Hanjour is taking flying lessons.�[AP, 5/24/02] Collins sees nothing suspicious about Hanjour as an individual, but he tells the FBI about him because Hanjour appears to be part of a larger, organized group of Arabs taking flying lessons. [Fox News, 5/24/02] He says the FBI "knew everything about the guy," including his exact address, phone number and even what car he drove. The FBI denies Collins told them anything about Hanjour, and denies knowing about Hanjour before 9/11.�[ABC News, 5/23/02] Collins later calls Hanjour a "hanky panky" hijacker: "He wasn't even moderately religious, let alone fanatically religious. And I knew for a fact that he wasn't part of al-Qaeda or any other Islamic organization; he couldn't even spell jihad in Arabic." [My Jihad: The True Story of an American Mujahid's Amazing Journey from Usama Bin Laden's Training Camps to Counterterrorism with the FBI and CIA, Aukai Collins, 6/02, p. 248]

1998 (G): Antoine Sfeir, a French Arab specialist, later claims that bin Laden was a CIA asset in the 1980s, and that the CIA maintains contact with bin Laden until this year. He says, "Those contacts didn't end after bin Laden moved to Afghanistan" (see May 18, 1996). He isn't surprised by reports of bin Laden meeting with the CIA in July 2001 (see July 12, 2001) because, "Until the last minute, CIA agents hoped bin Laden would return to US command, as was the case before 1998." [UPI, 11/1/01] The CIA denies ever having any kind of relationship with bin Laden (see 1986).

1998-2000: Hijackers Atta and Marwan Alshehhi live periodically in the town of Mabalacat, Philippines. They stay in the Woodland Resort hotel and apparently learn to fly planes at a nearby flight school. Philippine and US investigators have looked into these visits but haven't confirmed the hijackers' presence there. Locals, however, are certain they saw them frequently partying, drinking alcohol, sleeping with local women, and consorting with many other, unknown Arabs (most of whom disappear shortly before 9/11). For instance, according to a former waitress at the hotel, Alshehhi throws a party in December 1999 with six or seven Arab friends: "They rented the open area by the swimming pool for 1,000 pesos. They drank Johnnie Walker Black Label whiskey ... They came in big vehicles, and they had a lot of money. They all had girlfriends." Several employees recall Atta staying at the hotel during the summer of 1999, acting unfriendly and cheap. One hotel employee claims that most of the guests were Arab, and many took flying lessons at the nearby school. These witnesses claim the two used aliases, but the other Arabs referred to Atta as "Mohamed." [Manila Times, 10/2/01, International Herald Tribune, 10/5/01, AP, 9/28/01] Apparently, other hijackers and 9/11 mastermind Khalid Shaikh Mohammed visit the Philippines during this time (see Early 1994-January 1995 and 2000-September 10, 2001). However, according to the official version of events, Atta and Alshehhi are in Hamburg, Germany during this time. Atta is still working on his thesis, which he completes in late 1999. [Australian Broadcasting Corp., 11/12/01]



PNAC logo.



January 26, 1998: The Project for the New American Century (PNAC), an influential neoconservative think tank, publishes a letter to President Clinton, urging war against Iraq and the removal of Saddam Hussein because he is a "hazard" to "a significant portion of the world's supply of oil." In a foretaste of what eventually actually happens, the letter calls for the US to go to war alone, attacks the United Nations, and says the US should not be "crippled by a misguided insistence on unanimity in the UN Security Council." The letter is signed by many who will later lead the 2003 Iraq war. 10 of the 18 signatories later join the Bush Administration, including (future) Defense Secretary Rumsfeld, Assistant Defense Secretary Paul Wolfowitz, Assistant Secretary of State Richard Armitage, Undersecretaries of State John Bolton and Paula Dobriansky, presidential adviser for the Middle East Elliott Abrams, and Bush's special Iraq envoy Zalmay Khalilzad (see also June 3, 1997, and September 2000). [Sunday Herald, 3/16/03, PNAC Letter, 1/26/98] Clinton does heavily bomb Iraq in late 1998, but the bombing doesn't last long and its long-term effect is the break off of United Nations weapons inspections. [New York Times, 3/22/03]



February 12, 1998:�Unocal Vice President John J. Maresca - later to become a Special Ambassador to Afghanistan - testifies before the House of Representatives that until a single, unified, friendly government is in place in Afghanistan the trans-Afghani pipeline will not be built.�He suggests that with a pipeline through Afghanistan, the Caspian basin could produce 20 percent of all the non-OPEC oil in the world by 2010. [House International Relations Committee testimony, 2/12/98] FTW

February 22, 1998: Bin Laden issues a fatwa, declaring it the religious duty of all Muslims "to kill the Americans and their allies - civilians and military ... in any country in which it is possible." [PBS Frontline, 2001, Sunday Herald, 9/16/01, complete text of the fatwa from al-Quds al-Arabi, 2/23/98] This is an expansion of an earlier fatwa issued in August 1996 (see August 1996).



Early 1998:�Bill Richardson, the US Ambassador to the UN, meets Taliban officials in Kabul�(all such meetings are technically illegal, because the US still officially recognizes the government the Taliban ousted as the legitimate rulers of Afghanistan).�US officials at the time call the oil and gas pipeline project a "fabulous opportunity" and are especially motivated by the "prospect of circumventing Iran, which offered another route for the pipeline." [Boston Globe, 9/20/01]

Spring 1998: Sources who know bin Laden later claim that bin Laden's mother has the first of two meetings with her son in Afghanistan. This trip was arranged by Prince Turki al-Faisal, then the head of Saudi intelligence. Turki was in charge of the "Afghanistan file" for Saudi Arabia, and had long-standing ties to bin Laden and the Taliban (see Early 1980). [New Yorker, 11/5/01]



April 1998: Osama Basnan, a Saudi living in California, later claims that he writes a letter at this time to Saudi Arabian Prince Bandar bin Sultan and his wife, Princess Haifa bint Faisal, asking for financial help because his wife needs thyroid surgery. The Saudi embassy sends Basnan $15,000 and pays the surgical bill. However, University of California at San Diego hospital records say Basnan's wife, Majeda Dweikat, isn't treated until April 2000. [Los Angeles Times, 11/24/02] Basnan will later come under investigation for possibly using some of this money to support two of the 9/11 hijackers who arrive in San Diego (see December 4, 1999 and November 22, 2002). Prior to this time, the FBI had several chances to investigate Basnan, but failed to do so. In 1992 they received information suggesting a connection between him and a terror group later associated with bin Laden. In 1993, they received reports that Basnan hosted a party for terrorist leader Sheikh Omar Abdul-Rahman (see July 1990) the year before, but again they failed to investigate. [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03] According to one US official, at a party shortly after 9/11, Basnan "celebrate[s] the heroes of September 11" and talks about "what a wonderful, glorious day it had been." [Newsweek, 12/24/02, San Diego Magazine, 9/03]



Mu'ammar al-Qadhafi. [Reuters]


April 15, 1998: The first Interpol (international police) arrest warrant for bin Laden is issued by, of all countries, Libya. [Observer, 11/10/02] According to Jean-Charles Brisard and Guillaume Dasquié, authors of the controversial book The Forbidden Truth, British and US intelligence agencies play down the arrest warrant, and have the public version of the warrant stripped of important information, such as the summary of charges and the fact that Libya requested the warrant. At this point, no Western country has yet issued a warrant for bin Laden, even though he publicly called for attacks on Western targets beginning in 1996 (see 1996). The arrest warrant is issued for the murder in 1994 of two German anti-terrorism agents. Supposedly, Britain and the US aren't interested in catching bin Laden at this time due to his involvement with Britain in attempts to assassinate Libyan leader Colonel Mu'ammar al-Qadhafi (see November 1996 and November 5, 2002). [The Forbidden Truth, by Jean-Charles Brisard and Guillaume Dasquié, 5/02 edition, pp. 97-98]



May 18, 1998: An FBI pilot sends his supervisor in the Oklahoma City FBI office a memo warning that he has observed "large numbers of Middle Eastern males receiving flight training at Oklahoma airports in recent months." The memo, titled "Weapons of Mass Destruction," further states this "may be related to planned terrorist activity" and speculates that "light planes would be an ideal means of spreading chemicals or biological agents." The memo doesn't call for an investigation, and none is done. [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03 (B), NewsOK, 5/29/02, see the memo here] The memo is "sent to the bureau's Weapons of Mass Destruction unit and forgotten." [New York Daily News, 9/25/02] In 1999 it is learned that an al-Qaeda agent had studied flight training in Norman, Oklahoma (see September 1999 (E)). Hijackers Atta and Marwan Alshehhi briefly visit the same school in 2000; Zacarias Moussaoui does study at the school in 2001 (see February 23, 2001 and August 23, 2001 (E)).



After May 15, 1998: At some point in 1998 after an Oklahoma City FBI office warning about possible terrorists training at US flight schools (see May 18, 1998), the FBI receives reports that a terrorist organization might be planning to bring students to the US for flight training. [New York Daily News, 9/25/02] The FBI is aware that people connected to this unnamed organization had performed surveillance and security tests at airports in the US and had made comments suggesting an intention to target civil aviation. Apparently this warning is not shared with other FBI offices or the FAA, and a connection with the Oklahoma warning is not made; a similar warning follows in 1999 (see 1999 (L)).

[Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03 (B)]



May 26, 1998: In a press conference from Afghanistan, bin Laden discusses "bringing the war home to America." [Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02]



Taliban leader Mullah Omar, blind in one eye. [TG5]



June 1998: Relations between Taliban head Mullah Omar and bin Laden grow tense, and Omar strikes a secret deal with the Saudis to expel bin Laden. Head of Saudi intelligence Prince Turki al-Faisal travels to Kandahar, Afghanistan and brokers the deal, but before it can be enacted, the US strikes Afghanistan in August, driving Omar and bin Laden back together. Prince Turki states that "the Taliban attitude changed 180 degrees," and that Omar was "absolutely rude" to him when he visited again in September. [Guardian, 11/5/01, London Times, 8/3/02] Note that reports of this meeting seemingly contradict reports of a different secret meeting a month later (see July 1998). Was bin Laden charmed by luck, or might the embassy bombings and/or the US missile attacks in response have been timed to help keep him in Afghanistan?

June 1998 (B):�Enron's agreement to develop natural gas with the government of Uzbekistan is not renewed (see June 24, 1996).�Enron closes its office there. The reason for the "failure of Enron's flagship project" is an inability to get the natural gas out of the region.�Uzbekistan's production is "well below capacity" and only 10 percent of its production is being exported, all to other countries in the region.�The hope was to use a pipeline through Afghanistan, but "Uzbekistan is extremely concerned at the growing strength of the Taliban and its potential impact on stability in Uzbekistan, making any future cooperation on a pipeline project which benefits the Taliban unlikely." A $12 billion pipeline through China is being considered as one solution, but that wouldn't be completed until the end of the next decade at the earliest.�[Alexander's Gas and Oil Connections, 10/12/98]

June 1998 (C): US intelligence obtains information from several sources that bin Laden is considering attacks in the US, including Washington and New York. This information is given to senior US officials in July 1998. [Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02]

June 1998 (D): An unknown Saudi benefactor pays a Saudi named Saad Al-Habeeb to buy a building in San Diego, California for a new Kurdish community mosque. However, the approximately $500,000 needed will only be given on the condition that a Saudi named Omar al-Bayoumi be installed as the building's maintenance manager with a private office at the mosque. Al-Bayoumi is later suspected of being both an al-Qaeda advance man and a Saudi agent (see December 4, 1999, Early February 2000, and November 22, 2002). After taking the job, al-Bayoumi rarely shows up for work. [Newsweek, 11/24/02, San Diego Magazine, 9/03] This means he has two "ghost" jobs at once (see August 1994). The people in the mosque eventually begin a move to replace al-Bayoumi, but he moves to Britain in July 2001 before this can happen. [Newsweek, 11/24/02] An anonymous federal investigator states: "Al-Bayoumi came here, set everything up financially, set up the San Diego [terrorist] cell and set up the mosque." An international tax attorney notes that anyone handling business for a mosque or a church could set it up as a tax-exempt charitable organization "and it can easily be used for money laundering." [San Diego Union-Tribune, 10/27/01, San Diego Union-Tribune, 10/22/02]

June 8, 1998: A US grand jury issues a sealed indictment charging bin Laden and other al-Qaeda leaders with conspiracy to attack the US. The indictment is publicly released on November 4, 1998. [PBS Frontline 10/3/02]



June 23, 1998: Future Vice President Cheney, working for the Halliburton energy company, states: "I can't think of a time when we've had a region emerge as suddenly to become as strategically significant as the Caspian.�It's almost as if the opportunities have arisen overnight." The Caspian Sea is in Central Asia.�[Cato Institute Library, Chicago Tribune, 8/10/00]

July 1998: According to documents exposed in a later lawsuit, a meeting takes place in Kandahar, Afghanistan, that leads to a secret deal between Saudi Arabia and the Taliban. Those present include Prince Turki al-Faisal, head of Saudi Arabian intelligence (see also Early 1980 and Spring 1998), Taliban leaders, senior officers from the ISI, and bin Laden. Saudi Arabia agrees to give the Taliban and Pakistan "several hundred millions" of dollars, and in return bin Laden promises no attacks against Saudi Arabia. The Saudis also agree to ensure that requests for the extradition of al-Qaeda members will be blocked and promise to block demands by other countries that bin Laden's Afghan training camps will be closed down. Saudi Arabia had previously given money to the Taliban and bribe money to bin Laden (see 1996 (C)), but this ups the ante. [Sunday Times, 8/25/02] A few weeks after the meeting, Prince Turki sends 400 new pickup trucks to Afghanistan. At least $200 million follow. [Honolulu Star-Bulletin, 9/23/01, New York Post, 8/25/02] Note that reports of this meeting seemingly contradict reports of a meeting the month before between Turki and the Taliban, in which the Taliban agreed to get rid of bin Laden (see June 1998).



July 7, 1998: Thieves snatch a passport from a car driven by a US tourist in Barcelona, Spain. The passport later finds its way into the hands of would-be hijacker Ramzi bin al-Shibh. Bin al-Shibh allegedly uses the name on the passport in the summer of 2001 as he wires money to pay flight school tuition for Zacarias Moussaoui in Oklahoma. Investigators believe the movement of this passport shows connections between the 9/11 plotters in Germany and a support network in Spain, made up mostly by ethnic Syrians. "Investigators believe that the Syrians served as deep-cover mentors, recruiters, financiers and logistics providers for the hijackers - elite backup for an elite attack team" (see also 1998). [Los Angeles Times, 1/14/03] Atta twice travels to Spain, perhaps to make contact with members of this Spanish support team (see January 4, 2001 (B) and July 8-19, 2001).



August 1998: A German inquiry into Mounir El Motassadeq, an alleged member of the Hamburg al-Qaeda cell with Mohamed Atta, begins by this time. Though Germany won't reveal details, documents show that by this month Motassadeq is under surveillance. "The trail soon [leads] to most of the main [Hamburg] participants" in 9/11. On this date, surveillance records Motassadeq and Mohammed Haydar Zammar, who had already been identified by police as a suspected extremist (see March 1997), as they meet at the Hamburg home of Said Bahaji, who is also under surveillance that same year. (Bahaji will soon move into an apartment with Atta and other al-Qaeda members, see November 1, 1998-February 2001.) German police monitor several other meetings between the Motassadeq and Zammar in the following months. [New York Times, 1/18/03] Motassadeq is later convicted in Germany for participation in the 9/11 attacks (see August 29, 2002).



August 1998 (B): A CIA intelligence report asserts that Arab terrorists are planning to fly a bomb-laden aircraft from a foreign country into the WTC. The FBI and the FAA don't take the threat seriously because of the state of aviation in that unnamed country. Later, other intelligence information connects this group to al-Qaeda. [New York Times, 9/18/02, Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02] An FBI spokesman says the report "was not ignored, it was thoroughly investigated by numerous agencies" and found to be unrelated to al-Qaeda. [Washington Post, 9/19/02] The New York Times says the group is now believed to have "had ties to al-Qaeda." [New York Times, 9/18/02]



The destroyed US embassy in Nairobi, Kenya. [Corbis]



The destroyed US embassy in Dar es Salaam, Tanzania. [AP]



August 7, 1998:�Terrorists bomb the US embassies in Kenya and Tanzania.�The bomb in Nairobi, Kenya kills 213 people, including 12 US nationals, and injures more than 4,500. The bomb in Dar es Salaam kills 11 and injures 85. The attack is blamed on al-Qaeda. [PBS Frontline, 2001]



August 9, 1998:�The Northern Alliance capital of Afghanistan, Mazar-i-Sharif, is conquered by the Taliban. Military support of Pakistan's ISI plays a large role; there is even an intercept of an ISI officer stating, "My boys and I are riding into Mazar-i-Sharif." [New York Times, 12/8/01] This victory gives the Taliban control of 90% of Afghanistan, including the entire pipeline route.�CentGas, the consortium behind the gas pipeline that would run through Afghanistan, is now "ready to proceed. Its main partners are the American oil firm Unocal and Delta Oil of Saudi Arabia, plus Hyundai of South Korea, two Japanese companies, a Pakistani conglomerate and the Turkmen government." However, the pipeline cannot be financed unless the government is officially recognized.�"Diplomatic sources said the Taliban's offensive was well prepared and deliberately scheduled two months ahead of the next UN meeting" to decide if the Taliban should be recognized. [Telegraph, 8/13/98]

August 20, 1998:The US fires 66 missiles at six training camps in Afghanistan and 13 missiles at a pharmaceutical factory in Khartoum, Sudan in retaliation for the US embassy bombings. [Washington Post, 10/3/01 (C)] The US makes clear the attacks are aimed at terrorists "not supported by any state'' despite obvious evidence to the contrary in Afghanistan.�About 30 people are killed in the attacks, but no important al-Qaeda figures.�[Observer, 8/23/98, New Yorker, 1/24/00] Suspected terrorist financiers Khalid bin Mahfouz (see April 1999) and Mohammed Hussein al-Amoudi (see November 22, 2002 (B)) appear to have been the main investors in the Sudanese factory. However, "subsequent lab tests and court actions leave little doubt the El Shifa plant was producing only human and veterinary drugs." [Ottawa Citizen, 9/29/01] The US later unfreezes the bank accounts of the nominal factory owner and takes other actions indicating guilt, but admits no wrongdoing. It is later learned that of the six camps targeted in Afghanistan, only four were hit, and of those only one had connections to bin Laden. Two of the camps belong to the ISI, and five ISI officers and some twenty trainees are killed. Clinton says on TV that the missiles were aimed at a "gathering of key terrorist leaders", which turns out to have taken place a month earlier, in Pakistan. [Observer, 8/23/98, New Yorker, 1/24/00] Was intelligence really that bad, or was Clinton set up by his own intelligence agencies to fail, so he wouldn't try to attack bin Laden in the future, and thus deprive them of a war on terrorism?

August 24, 1998: The New York Times reports that the training camps recently attacked by the US (see August 20, 1998) were actually built years before by the US and its allies. The US and Saudi Arabia gave the Afghans between $6 billion and $40 billion to fight the Soviets in the 1980s (see December 26, 1979). Many of the people targeted by the Clinton missile attacks were actually trained and equipped by the CIA years before. [New York Times, 8/24/98]



Late August 1998: A captured member of the al-Qaeda cell that bombed the US embassy in Kenya tells an FBI agent about a conversation he had with his cell's leader. The leader told him that al-Qaeda was planning an attack on the US, but "Things are not ready yet. We don't have everything prepared." [USA Today, 8/29/02]

Late August 1998 (B): NOTE: was Late 1998: An al-Qaeda operative involved in the bombing of the US embassy in Nairobi is captured and interrogated by the FBI. The FBI learns of a safe house telephone number in Yemen, owned by bin Laden associate Ahmed Al-Hada, hijacker Khalid Almihdhar's father-in-law. [Newsweek, 6/2/02, Die Zeit, 10/1/02] US intelligence learns the safe house is an al-Qaeda "logistics center" used by agents around the world to communicate with each other and plan attacks. [Newsweek, 6/2/02] It has been revealed that even bin Laden called the safe house dozens of times from 1996 to 1998 (the two years he had a traced satellite phone). [Sunday Times, 3/24/02, Los Angeles Times, 9/1/02] The NSA and CIA together plant bugs inside the house, tap the phones, and monitor visitors with spy satellites. [Mirror, 6/9/02] The NSA later records Khalid Almihdhar and other hijackers calling this house, even from the US (see Early 1999 (B) and Spring-Summer 2000). In late 1999 the phone line will lead the CIA to an important al-Qaeda meeting in Malaysia (see December 1999 (B)). [Newsweek, 6/2/02] It appears al-Qaeda still uses the phone line until a Yemeni government raid in February 2002. [CBS News, 2/13/02]



September 1998: US intelligence gives a memorandum to senior officials detailing al-Qaeda's infrastructure in the US. This includes the use of fronts for terrorist activities. [Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02]



September 1998 (B): US intelligence finds information that bin Laden’s next operation could possibly involve crashing an aircraft loaded with explosives into a US airport. This information is provided to senior US officials. [Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02, Washington Post, 9/19/02]



Omar al-Bayoumi.



September 1998-July 1999: The FBI conducts a counterterrorism inquiry on Omar al-Bayoumi, suspected al-Qaeda advance man and possible Saudi agent (see December 4, 1999, Early February 2000, and November 22, 2002). The FBI discovers he has been in contact with several people also under investigation. [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03] The FBI is given a tip that he was sent a suspicious package filled with wire from the Middle East, and that large numbers of Arab men routinely meet in his apartment. His landlord notices that he switches from driving a beat up old car to a new Mercedes. [Newsweek, 7/28/03] According to the 9/11 Congressional Inquiry, the FBI notes that al-Bayoumi has "access to seemingly unlimited funding from Saudi Arabia." For instance, an FBI source identifies him as a person who has delivered about $500,000 from Saudi Arabia to buy a mosque (see June 1998 (D)). But the FBI closes the inquiry "for reasons that remain unclear." [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03] Also in 1999, al-Bayoumi is working as an employee of the Saudi company Dallah Avco but apparently doing no work (see August 1994). Someone in the company tries to fire him and sends a note to the Saudi government about this, since the company is so closely tied to the government. But Mohammed Ahmed al-Salmi, the director general of civil aviation, replies that it is "extremely urgent" his job is renewed "as quickly as possible," and so he keeps his job. [Wall Street Journal, 8/11/03]



Mamdouh Mahmud Salim [CNN]



September 20, 1998: Mamdouh Mahmud Salim, an al-Qaeda terrorist from the United Arab Emirates connected to the 1998 US embassy bombings (see August 7, 1998), is arrested near Munich, Germany. [PBS Newshour, 9/30/98] In retrospect, it appears he was making one of many visits to the al-Qaeda cells in Germany. [The Base, Jane Corbin, 8/02, p. 147] US investigators later call him bin Laden's "right hand man." [New York Times, 9/29/01] However, the FBI is unwilling to brief their German counterparts on what they know about Salim and al-Qaeda, despite learning much that could have been useful as part of their investigation into the US embassy bombings. [The Base, Jane Corbin, 8/02, pp. 148-149] By the end of the year, German investigators learn that Salim had a Hamburg bank account. [New York Times, 9/29/01] The cosignatory on the account is businessman Mamoun Darkazanli (see September 24, 2001), whose home number had been programmed into Salim's cell phone. [Chicago Tribune, 11/17/02] US intelligence had first investigated Darkazanli in 1993, when a suspect was found with his telephone number. [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03] German authorities had begun to suspect Darkazanli of terrorist money laundering in 1996. Wadih El-Hage, a former personal secretary to bin Laden, is also arrested in the wake of the embassy bombings. El-Hage had created a number of shell companies as fronts for al-Qaeda terrorist activities, and one of these uses the address of Darkazanli's apartment. [Chicago Tribune, 11/17/02] Darkazanli's phone number and Deutschebank account number are also found in El-Hage's address book. [CNN, 10/16/01] The FBI also discovers Darkazanli had power of attorney over a bank account of Hajer, a person on al-Qaeda's supreme council. [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03] Based on these new connections, investigators ask a federal prosecutor for permission to open a formal investigation against Darkazanli. An investigation begins, at the insistence of the US, though Germany has claimed the request for the investigation was rejected (see December 1999). [AFP, 10/28/01, New York Times, 1/18/03] German investigators also learn of a connection between Salim and Mohammed Haydar Zammar, who is already identified by police as a suspected extremist (see March 1997). [AP, 6/22/02, New York Times, 1/18/03]



FBI agents Vincent (left) and Wright (right) [ABC News]



October 1998: FBI agents Robert Wright and John Vincent are tracking a terrorist cell in Chicago, but are told to simply follow suspects around town and file reports. The two agents believe some of the money used to finance the 1998 US embassy bombings (see August 7, 1998) leads back to Chicago and Saudi multimillionaire businessman Yassin al-Qadi (see also March 21, 2000 and October 12, 2002). Supervisors try, but temporarily fail, to halt the investigation into al-Qadi's possible terrorist connections. However, at this time, a supervisor prohibits Wright and Vincent from making any arrests connected to the bombings, or opening new criminal investigations. Even though they believe their case is growing stronger, in January 2001 Wright is told that the Chicago case is being closed and that "it's just better to let sleeping dogs lie" (see Late January 2001). Wright tells ABC: "Those dogs weren't sleeping, they were training, they were getting ready. ... September the 11th is a direct result of the incompetence of the FBI's International Terrorism Unit. ... Absolutely no doubt about that." Chicago federal prosecutor Mark Flessner, also working on the case, says there "were powers bigger than I was in the Justice Department and within the FBI that simply were not going to let [the building of a criminal case] happen." Wright will write an internal FBI memo slamming the FBI in June 2001 (see June 9, 2001, and also May 30, 2002 and August 9, 2002 (C)). Al-Qadi is named in a March 2000 affidavit as a source of terrorist funds in Chicago. [ABC, 11/26/02, ABC, 12/19/02, ABC, 12/19/02 (B)] He is also on secret US and UN lists of major al-Qaeda financiers (see November 26, 2002). His charity, the Muwafaq Foundation, is allegedly an al-Qaeda front which transferred $820,000 to the Palestinian group Hamas through a Muslim foundation called the Quranic Literacy Institute; the date of the transfer has not been released. [CNN, 10/15/01] Al-Qadi says he shut down Muwafaq in 1996, but the charity has received money from the United Nations since then. [BBC, 10/20/01, CNN, 10/15/01]



October-November 1998: US intelligence learns that al-Qaeda is trying to establish a terrorist cell within the US. There are indications they might be trying to recruit US citizens. In the next month, there is information that a cell is attempting to recruit a group of five to seven young men from the US to travel to the Middle East for training. This is part of a plan to strike a US domestic target. [Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02]



October 8, 1998: The FAA issues the first of three warnings to the nation's airports and airlines urging a ''high degree of vigilance'' against threats to US civil aviation from al-Qaeda. It specifically warns against a possible terrorist hijacking ''at a metropolitan airport in the Eastern United States.'' The information is based on statements made by bin Laden and other Islamic leaders and intelligence information following the US cruise missile attacks in August. All three warnings came in late 1998, well before 9/11. [Boston Globe, 5/26/02] This report contradicts numerous later statements by US officials that the US never had any pre-9/11 specific threats inside the US or involving hijackings (for instance, see September 12, 2001 or May 16, 2002).



Autumn 1998: US intelligence hears of a bin Laden plot involving aircraft in the New York and Washington areas. [Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02, New York Times, 9/18/02] No more details are known - was this the 9/11 plot, or something else?



November 1998: US intelligence learns that a Turkish extremist group had planned a suicide attack. The conspirators, who were arrested, planned to crash an airplane packed with explosives into a famous tomb during a government ceremony. The Turkish press said the group had cooperated with bin Laden. [Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02]



November 1998 (B): Former President George Bush Sr. meets with the bin Laden family on behalf of the Carlyle Group. The meeting takes place in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia. This is one of two known meetings (see January 2000). [Sunday Herald, 10/7/01]

The Marienstrasse building. [AP]



November 1, 1998-February 2001: Mohamed Atta and al-Qaeda terrorists Said Bahaji and Ramzi bin al-Shibh move into a four bedroom apartment at 54 Marienstrasse, in Hamburg, Germany and stay there until February 2001 (Atta is already mainly living in the US well before this time). Investigators believe this move marks the formation of their Hamburg al-Qaeda terrorist cell. [Los Angeles Times, 1/27/02, New York Times, 9/10/02] Up to six men at a time live at the apartment, including other al-Qaeda agents such as hijacker Marwan Alshehhi and cell member Zakariya Essabar. [New York Times, 9/15/01] During the 28 months Atta's name is on the apartment lease, 29 ethnically Middle Eastern or North African men register the apartment as their home address. [The Cell, John Miller, Michael Stone and Chris Mitchell, 8/14/02, p. 256] From the very beginning, the apartment was officially under surveillance by German intelligence, because of investigations into businessman Mamoun Darkazanli that connect to Said Bahaji (see September 20, 1998 and December 1999). [Washington Post, 10/23/01] They also suspect connections between Bahaji and al-Qaeda operative Mohammed Haydar Zammar (see March 1997 and February 17, 1999). [Los Angeles Times, 9/1/02] Germans surveil the apartment off and on for months, and also wiretap Mounir El Motassadeq (see August 1998), an associate of the apartment-mates who is later put on trial for assisting the 9/11 plot (see August 29, 2002), but they don't find any indication of suspicious activity. [Chicago Tribune, 9/5/02] Bahaji is directly surveilled at least for part of 1998, but German officials have not disclosed when the probe began or ended. That investigation is dropped for lack of evidence. [AP, 6/22/02, Los Angeles Times, 9/1/02] However, certainly investigators would have found evidence if they looked more thoroughly. For instance, Zammar, a talkative man who has trouble keeping secrets, is a frequent visitor to the many late night meetings there. [Chicago Tribune, 9/5/02, Los Angeles Times, 9/1/02, The Cell, John Miller, Michael Stone and Chris Mitchell, 8/14/02, pp. 259-260] Another visitor later recalls Atta and others discussing attacking the US. [Knight Ridder, 9/9/02] 9/11 mastermind Khalid Shaikh Mohammed is in Hamburg several times in 1999, and comes to the apartment (see 1999 (K)). But although there was a $2 million reward for Mohammed since 1998 (see Mid-1996-September 11, 2001), the US apparently fails to tell Germany what it knows about him. [New York Times, 11/4/02, Newsweek, 9/4/02] Hijacker Waleed Alshehri also apparently stays there "at times." [Washington Post, 9/14/01, Washington Post, 9/16/01] The CIA also starts monitoring Atta while he is living at this apartment, and doesn't tell Germany of the surveillance (see January-May 2000). The German government originally claimed they knew little about the Hamburg al-Qaeda cell before 9/11, and said nothing directed them towards the Marienstrasse apartment, which is clearly incorrect. [Telegraph, 11/24/01]



November 4, 1998:The US formally charges bin Laden with the US embassy bombings in Kenya and Tanzania, and announce a record $5 million reward for information leading to his arrest. [PBS Frontline, 2001] Shortly thereafter, bin Laden allocates $9 million in reward money for each assassination of four “top” intelligence agency officers. Before 9/11 it is learned that the Secretary of State, Secretary of Defense, FBI Director and CIA Director are the targets. [Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02, MSNBC, 9/18/02]

December 1, 1998: A US intelligence assessment: "[bin Laden] is actively planning against US targets... Multiple reports indicate [he] is keenly interested in striking the US on its own soil... al-Qaeda is recruiting operatives for attacks in the US but has not yet identified potential targets." Later in the month, a classified document signed by a senior US official states: "The intelligence community has strong indications that bin Laden intends to conduct or sponsor attacks inside the US." [Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02, Washington Post, 9/19/02]

December 4, 1998: CIA Director Tenet issues a "declaration of war" on al-Qaeda, in a memorandum circulated in the intelligence community. This is 10 months after bin Laden's fatwa on the US, which is called a "de facto declaration of war" by a senior US official in 1999 (see February 22, 1998). Tenet says, "We must now enter a new phase in our effort against bin Laden ... each day we all acknowledge that retaliation is inevitable and that its scope may be far larger than we have previously experienced... We are at war... I want no resources or people spared in this efforts [sic], either inside CIA or the [larger intelligence] community." Yet a Congressional joint committee later finds that few FBI agents had ever heard of the declaration. Tenet's fervor did not "reach the level in the field that is critical so [FBI agents] know what their priorities are." And even as the counterterrorism budget continues to grow generally, there is no massive shift in budget or personnel until after 9/11. For example, the number of CIA personnel assigned to the Counter-Terrorism Center (CTC) stays roughly constant until 9/11 then nearly doubles from approximately 400 to approximately 800 in the wake of 9/11. The number of CTC analysts focusing on al-Qaeda rises from three in 1999 to five by 9/11. [New York Times, 9/18/02, Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02]

December 5, 1998: In the wake of the al-Qaeda US embassy attacks (see August 7, 1998), the US gives up on putting a pipeline through Afghanistan.�Unocal announces its withdrawing from the CentGas pipeline consortium, and closing three of its four offices in Central Asia.�A concern that Clinton will lose support among women voters for upholding the Taliban also plays a role in the cancellation.[New York Times, 12/5/98] FTW



December 21, 1998: In a Time magazine cover story entitled "The Hunt for Osama," it is reported intelligence sources "have evidence that bin Laden may be planning his boldest move yet - a strike on Washington or possibly New York City in an eye-for-an-eye retaliation. 'We've hit his headquarters, now he hits ours,' says a State Department aide." [Time, 12/21/98]



Late 1998 (B): During the investigation of the 1998 embassy bombings, FBI counter-terrorism expert John O'Neill finds a memo by al-Qaeda leader Mohammed Atef on a computer.�The memo shows that bin Laden's group has a keen interest in and detailed knowledge of negotiations between the Taliban and the US over an oil and gas pipeline through Afghanistan.�Atef's analysis suggests that the Taliban are not sincere in wanting a pipeline, but are dragging out negotiations to keep Western powers at bay.�[Salon, 6/5/02]



Late 1998 (C): FBI counter-terrorism expert John O'Neill and his team investigating the 1998 embassy bombings are repeatedly frustrated by the Saudi government. Guillaume Dasquié, one of the authors of Bin Laden: The Forbidden Truth, later tells the Village Voice: "We uncovered incredible things... Investigators would arrive to find that key witnesses they were about to interrogate had been beheaded the day before." [Village Voice, 1/2/02, Bin Laden: The Forbidden Truth, released 11/11/01 (the link is an excerpt containing Chapter 1)]



Late 1998 (D): President Clinton signs a directive authorizing the CIA to plan an assassination of bin Laden. The CIA draw up detailed profiles of bin Laden's daily routines, where he sleeps, and his travel arrangements. The assassination never happens, supposedly because of inadequate intelligence. But, as one officer later says, "you can keep setting the bar higher and higher, so that nothing ever gets done." An officer who helped draw up the plans says, "We were ready to move" but "we were not allowed to do it because of this stubborn policy of risk avoidance... It is a disgrace." [Philadelphia Inquirer, 9/16/01]



Mohammed Atef.



Late 1998 (E): Intelligence agents learn that Mohammed Atef (also known as Abu Hafs) - head of Islamic Jihad and one of the top three leaders of al-Qaeda [ABC News, 11/17/01], is staying in a particular hotel room in Khartoum, Sudan. White House officials ask that Atef be killed or captured and interrogated. The CIA puts the operation in the "too hard to do box," according to one former official. A plan is eventually made to seize him, but by then he has left the country. [New York Times, 12/30/01] Atef is considered a top planner of the 9/11 attacks (see Before September 11, 2001 (D)), and is later killed in a bombing raid (see November 15, 2001 (B)).

Late 1998 (F): The failed August 1998 US missile attack against bin Laden (see August 20, 1998) greatly elevates bin Laden's stature in the Muslim world. A US defense analyst later states, "I think that raid really helped elevate bin Laden's reputation in a big way, building him up in the Muslim world.... My sense is that because the attack was so limited and incompetent, we turned this guy into a folk hero." [Washington Post, 10/3/01] An Asia Times article published just prior to 9/11 suggests that because of the failed attack, "a very strong Muslim lobby emerge[s] to protect [bin Laden's] interests. This includes Saudi Crown Prince Abdullah, as well as senior Pakistani generals. Prince Abdullah has good relations with bin Laden as both are disciples of slain Doctor Abdullah Azzam." [Asia Times, 8/22/01] In early 1999, Pakistani President Musharraf complains that by demonizing bin Laden, the US has turned him into a cult figure and hero. The US decides to play down the importance of bin Laden. [UPI, 6/14/01]

Late 1998-January 2001: The US permanently stations two submarines in the Indian Ocean, ready to hit al-Qaeda with cruise missiles on short notice. Six to ten hours advance warning is now needed to review the decision, program the cruise missiles and have them reach their target. On at least three occasions, spies in Afghanistan report bin Laden's location with information suggesting he would remain there for some time. Each time, Clinton approves the strike. Each time, CIA Director Tenet says the information is not reliable enough and the attack cannot go forward. [Washington Post, 12/19/01, New York Times, 12/30/01] The submarines are removed shortly after President Bush takes office (see Late January 2001 (B)).

1998. CYPRUS



1998

Investigation into Clinton-Lewinsky affair mounts. Starr illegally redirects Whitewater investigation to encompass Lewinsky investigation. Paula Jones lawsuit against Clinton fizzles; judge rebukes "perjury trap." PNAC advocates military overthrow of Iraqi government. Starr commission proves to leak information to press to influence investigation. US missile attacks on terrorist groups in Tanzania and Afghanistan. Clinton authorizes assassination of bin Laden. CIA gives Clinton officials evidence of upcoming attacks by al-Qaeda on US targets involving hijacked airplanes. Starr Report. House impeaches Clinton over lying about Lewinsky affair. Gingrich resigns over marital affairs. "Operation Desert Fox."

May 1998 - President Bill Clinton issues Presidential Decision Directive 63, which provides that, in the event of an emergency beyond the capabilities of the private sector to handle, "the full authorities, capabilities and resources of the government including law enforcement, regulation, foreign intelligence and defense preparedness shall be available, as appropriate, to ensure that critical infrastructure protection is achieved and maintained." This plan is to be put in place "no later than the year 2000."

May 14, 1998 - President Bill Clinton issues Executive Order 13083, amounting to a complete inversion of the Tenth Amendment to the U.S. Constitution (which states that all powers not specifically granted to the Federal government are to be retained by the States or by the people). In essence, EO 13083 claims the authority to dispense with constitutional limitations, the separation of powers and the reserved powers of individual states when the President or his subordinates in the executive branch believe such action is "necessary." [For the Clintonites, "federalism" is defined by arbitrary power in the central government, rather than diffusion of power among various complementary governments and limitation of all government power through a written constitution.]



June 17, 1998 - The Transportation Department's National Highway Traffic Safety Administration issues a directive to implement driver's license-ID provisions passed by Congress. This directive contemplates requiring all states to submit certificates of compliance to the Department of Transportation by September 30, 2000. The directive also "urges states to adopt as many security features as possible," including biometric devices - like fingerprints and retina-scan data. Rep. Ron Paul (R-TX) elaborates on this heavy-handed state of affairs: "Under the current state of the law, the citizens of states which have driver's licenses that do not conform to the federal standards by October 1, 2000, will find themselves essentially stripped of their ability to participate in life as we know it. On that date, Americans will not be able to get a job, open a bank account, apply for Social Security or Medicare, exercise their Second Amendment rights, or even take an airplane flight, unless they can produce a state-issued ID that conforms to the federal specifications." [Many reasons have been advanced as justification for a national ID system - assurance of health care, tracking deadbeat dads, fighting illegal immigration. But no matter how noble or politically attractive the cause, no federal law or regulation is justifiable on moral or other grounds if it is unconstitutional in the first place. Americans ignore at their peril the promulgation of national IDs. A national ID has always been a cornerstone of totalitarianism. The relentless push for a national ID brings us ever closer to the day when "no man might buy or sell, except that he had the mark of the beast." (Rev. 13:17)]

July 15, 1998 - In a "Dear Colleague" letter about Executive Order 13083 to his fellow congressmen, Rep. Mac Collins (R-GA) warns, "It seems clear to me that President Clinton intends to usurp and utilize the powers reserved by the Constitution to Congress and to the States as well...If the Federal executive branch were granted the power to determine when there is a 'need' for uniform standards or to dictate what State-level regulations are 'necessary,' then there would be little reason for State law-making bodies or the U.S. Congress to exist at all."

July 17, 1998 - In his "Between the Lines" column, Joseph Farah, editor of the popular internet newspaper WorldNetDaily, argues that the Y2K bug is a major problem but warns that the government may use this problem as an excuse to consolidate dictatorial powers. Farah fears that President Clinton may audaciously attempt to accomplish such a power grab prior to the expiration of his term. Farah asks, "Is it not possible...with all we know about the character of Bill Clinton, that he would attempt to turn such a crisis [as Y2K] into an opportunity?" [The Millennium Bug could provide an ambitious President with an opportunity to seize dictatorial powers. Such a notion seems plausible when one considers the extent to which the federal government has already exceeded the boundaries of the Constitution, the direction in which we continue to head and the quickening of the pace.]

July 17, 1998 - Gathered for a conference in Rome, 120 nations approve an International Criminal Court (ICC). The U.S. is one of only seven nations voting against the statute. The ICC is to become binding upon every individual on earth, once it is ratified by only 60 nations! [Under the ICC treaty, Americans would be faced with judges from totalitarian regimes, an unrestrained global prosecutor, no right to confront accusers, no protection against double jeopardy, no presumption of innocence until proven guilty and prosecution for vaguely defined "crimes." The definition of "genocide" includes "causing mental harm." An individual could be hauled before an international tribunal, convicted of genocide and imprisoned for years in a foreign land for merely expressing criticism of a lifestyle which he finds morally reprehensible!]



Nov. 1998 - Congress discovers that President Clinton has buried seed money for a U.N. standing army in a huge State Department funding bill. If this U.N. standing army is created, American troops could be subject to:



1) Taking an oath to uphold the U.N. Charter, not the U.S. Constitution.



2) Serving under incompetent foreign commanders.



3) Fighting and dying in some far-away land in a U.N. war which does nothing to protect American security.



Nov. 30, 1998 - The National Instant Check System (NICS) for the purchase of any firearm from a dealer goes into effect. A purchaser is required to state what type of firearm - handgun, rifle or shotgun - he is purchasing. [If an individual is found to be legally eligible to purchase a firearm, what difference does it make what type of firearm it is? When gun grabbers on the state or federal level achieve their oft-stated goal of banning handguns, they will know immediately who has them. The FBI has announced that it will retain records of firearm purchases for 18 months - clearly contrary to federal law, which requires that information on successful firearm purchases immediately be destroyed. Hence, we have the nation's premier law enforcement agency declaring that they intend to flagrantly violate the law!



Despite claims that they only want to protect children and enhance public safety, the ultimate objective of gun control proponents is to completely disarm American civilians. They realize they will be unable to accomplish this in one fell swoop, so they have adopted a piecemeal approach - restricting firearms ownership a little at a time, repealing the Second Amendment on the installment plan. This is not merely the paranoid imagining of "gun nuts." Advocates of gun control have stated as much. Democratic presidential candidate Michael Dukakis declared, "I do not believe in people owning guns, only police and military. I am going to do everything I can to disarm this state." Michael Stephenson of Stop Firearm Violence used the school shooting in Jonesboro, Arkansas, to disclose his real intention: "this incident should] once and for all erase the differentiating we do between the machine gun, a .38 special and a shotgun. There's only one enemy and that is the gun, period."



Zacarias Moussaoui passing through a London airport. [BBC]



1999: Zacarias Moussaoui, living in London, is observed by French intelligence making several trips to Pakistan and Afghanistan. French investigators later claim the British spy agency MI5 was alerted and requested to place Moussaoui under surveillance. The request appears to have been ignored. [Independent, 12/11/01]

1999 (B): The FBI creates its own unit to focus specifically on bin Laden, three years after the CIA created such a special unit. By 9/11, 17-19 people are working in this unit, out of over 11,000 FBI staff. [Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02] Why so late, and so few people?



1999 (C):�MI6, the British intelligence agency, gives a secret report to liaison staff at the US embassy in London.�The reports states that al-Qaeda has plans to use "commercial aircraft" in "unconventional ways", "possibly as flying bombs."�[Sunday Times, 6/9/02]



1999 (D): The CIA finds an abandoned airstrip in Afghanistan, and makes plans to use it to evacuate a captured bin Laden, take agents in and out, and similar purposes. It is speculated that this is the same airstrip occupied and used as a base of operations early in the later Afghan war. [Washington Post, 12/19/01]



1999 (F): A joint project run by the CIA and NSA slips into Afghanistan and places listening devices within range of al-Qaeda's tactical radios. [Washington Post, 12/19/01] If all of al-Qaeda's communications was being monitored, why was bin Laden never captured or killed and apparently no hints of the 9/11 plot revealed?

1999 (G): Secretary of State Madeleine Albright repeatedly asks about having a "boots on the ground" option to kill bin Laden, using the elite Delta Force. Joint Chiefs of Staff head Shelton says he wants "nothing to do" with such an idea. He calls it naive, and ridicules it as "going Hollywood." [Washington Post, 12/19/01] Nonetheless, plans to have Delta Force members swoop into Afghanistan and grab bin Laden are eventually drawn up, but never used. [Time, 8/4/02]



Hijackers Ahmed Alghamdi, left, and Waleed Alshehri, right. [FBI]



1999 (H): Diane and John Albritton later say they call the CIA and police this year several times to report suspicious activity at a neighbor's home, but authorities fail to respond. [MSNBC, 9/23/01, New York Daily News, 9/15/01] Hijacker Waleed Alshehri is renting the house on Orrin Street in Vienna, Virginia at the time (three blocks from a CIA headquarters). [AP, 9/15/01] He makes his neighbors nervous. "There were always people coming and going," said Diane Albritton. "Arabic people. Some of them never uttered a word; I don't know if they spoke English. But they looked very focused. We thought they might be dealing drugs, or illegal immigrants." [New York Times, 9/15/01] Ahmed Alghamdi lived at the same address until July 2000. [Fox News, 6/6/02, World Net Daily, 9/14/01] Waleed Alshehri lived with Ahmed Alghamdi in Florida for seven months in 1997. [Telegraph, 9/20/01] Albritton says they observed a van parked outside the home at all hours of the day and night. A Middle-Eastern man appeared to be monitoring a scanner or radio inside the van. Another neighbor says, "We thought it was a drug house. All the cars parked on the street were new BMWs, new Mercedes. People were always walking around out front with cellphones." There were frequent wild parties, numerous complaints to authorities, and even a police report about a woman shooting a gun into the air during a party. [World Net Daily, 9/14/01, note that this is a highly partisan publication] Other neighbors also called the police about the house. [AP, 9/14/01] "Critics say [the case] could have made a difference [in stopping 9/11] had it been handled differently." Standard procedures require CIA to notify FBI of such domestic information. But FBI officials have not been able to find any record that the CIA shared the information. [Fox News, 6/6/02] FBI Director Mueller has said "the hijackers did all they could to stay below our radar." [Senate Judiciary Statement, 5/8/02] Does this sound like extremely religious "sleepers" successfully blending in?



1999 (I): CIA Director Tenet later claims that in this year, the CIA establishes a network of agents throughout Afghanistan and other countries aimed at capturing bin Laden and his deputies. [UPI, 10/17/02] Tenet states that by 9/11, "a map would show that these collection programs and human networks were in place in such numbers to nearly cover Afghanistan. This array meant that, when the military campaign to topple the Taliban and destroy al-Qaeda began [in October 2001], we were able to support it with an enormous body of information and a large stable of assets." [Senate Intelligence Committee, 10/17/02]



1999 (J): The London Times later claims that British intelligence secretly offers 9/11 paymaster Saeed Sheikh, imprisoned in India (see November 1994-December 1999) for kidnapping Britons and Americans (see June 1993-October 1994), an amnesty and the ability to "live in London a free man" if he will reveal his links to al-Qaeda. He apparently refuses. [Daily Mail, 7/16/02, London Times, 7/16/02] Yet after he is rescued in a hostage swap deal (see December 24-31, 1999), the press reports that he, in fact, is freely able to return to Britain. [Press Trust of India, 1/3/00] He visits his parents there in 2000 and again in early 2001. [Vanity Fair, 8/02, BBC, 7/16/02, Telegraph, 7/16/02] He is not charged with kidnapping until well after 9/11 (see November 2001-February 5, 2002). Those kidnapped by Saeed call the government's decision not to try him a "disgrace" and "scandalous." [Press Trust of India, 1/3/00] The Pittsburgh Tribune-Review later suggests that not only is Saeed closely tied to both the ISI and al-Qaeda, but may also have been working for the CIA: "There are many in Musharraf's government who believe that Saeed Sheikh's power comes not from the ISI, but from his connections with our own CIA. The theory is that ... Saeed Sheikh was bought and paid for." [Pittsburgh Tribune-Review, 3/3/02] Did or does Saeed have some kind of deal with British or US intelligence?

1999 (K): 9/11 mastermind Khalid Shaikh Mohammed "repeatedly" visits Mohamed Atta and others in the Hamburg al-Qaeda cell. [AP, 8/24/02] US and German officials say a number of sources place Mohammed at Atta's Hamburg apartment. It isn't clear when he visits or who he visits. [Los Angeles Times, 6/6/02, New York Times, 11/4/02] However, it would be logical that he at least visits Atta's housemate Ramzi bin al-Shibh, since investigators believe he is the "key contact between the pilots" and Mohammed. [Los Angeles Times, 1/27/03] Mohammed is living in Germany at the time. [New York Times, 9/22/02] German intelligence surveil the apartment in 1999 but apparently don't notice Mohammed (see November 1, 1998-February 2001). US investigators have been searching for Mohammed since 1996 (see January-May 1996), but apparently never tell the Germans what they know about him. [New York Times, 11/4/02] Even after 9/11, German investigators complain that US investigators don't tell them what they know about Mohammed living in Germany until they read it in the newspapers in June 2002. [New York Times, 6/11/02]



1999 (L): The FBI receive reports that a terrorist organization is planning to send students to the US for aviation training. The organization's name remains classified, but apparently it is a different organization than one mentioned in a very similar warning the year before (see After May 15, 1998). The purpose of this training is unknown, but the organization views the plan as "particularly important" and has reportedly approved open-ended funding for it. The Counterterrorism Section at FBI headquarters instructs 24 field offices to pay close attention to Islamic students from the target country engaged in aviation training. Ken Williams at the Phoenix FBI office will later write a memo on this very topic (see July 10, 2001), and his squad receives this notice. Williams, however, doesn't recall reading it. The 9/11 Congressional Inquiry later concludes, "There is no indication that field offices conducted any investigation after receiving the communication." [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03 (B)] However, an analyst at FBI headquarters conducts a study and determines that each year there are about 600 Middle Eastern students attending the slightly over 1,000 US flight schools. [New York Times, 5/4/02, Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03 (B)] In November 2000 a notice is sent out telling field offices that no information about the terrorist group recruiting students had been uncovered. Apparently Williams doesn't see this notice either. [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03 (B)]



Early 1999: State Department counterterrorism coordinator Michael Sheehan writes a memo calling for a new approach in containing bin Laden. He urges a series of actions the US could take toward Pakistan, Afghanistan, Saudi Arabia, the United Arab Emirates and Yemen to persuade them to help isolate al-Qaeda. He calls Pakistan the key country and urges that terrorism be made the central issue with them. He advises the US to work will all these countries to curb money laundering. However, a former official says Sheehan's plan lands "with a resounding thud." Pakistan continues to "feign cooperation but [does] little" about its support for the Taliban. [New York Times, 10/29/01]



Early 1999 (B): As the NSA continues to monitor an al-Qaeda safe house in Yemen owned by hijacker Khalid Almihdhar's father-in-law (see Late August 1998 (B)), they find references to Almihdhar and the hijacker brothers Salem and Nawaf Alhazmi. In early 1999 the NSA intercepts communications mentioning the full name "Nawaf Alhazmi." More intercepts involving the names Nawaf, Salem, and Khalid together and alone are intercepted during 1999. However, this information is not shared with the CIA or FBI. As a result, as an important al-Qaeda meeting approaches in Malaysia (see January 5-8, 2000), the CIA doesn't know the last name of the "Nawaf" attending the meeting. [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03, AP, 9/25/02, NSA Director Congressional Testimony, 10/17/02] In mid-January, after the Malaysian meeting is over, the CIA reports to the NSA what it has learned about Khalid Almihdhar, and asks the CIA for information about him. Some information about him is given back and some is not. The NSA still doesn't report Alhazmi's last name. [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03] The NSA continues to monitor calls from these hijackers to this safe house after they move to the US (see Spring-Summer 2000).



January 31, 1999: German intelligence is tapping the telephone of al-Qaeda terrorist Mohammed Haydar Zammar (see March 1997 and September 21, 1999), and on this date Zammar gets a call from a "Marwan." This is later found to be hijacker Marwan Alshehhi. Marwan talks about mundane things, like his studies in Bonn, Germany, and promises to come to Hamburg in a few months. German investigators trace the telephone number and determine the call came from a mobile phone registered in the United Arab Emirates. In March, German intelligence tells the CIA about this Marwan and the phone call, saying that he's been in contact with Zammar and Mamoun Darkazanli, who is also under investigation (see September 20, 1998 and December 1999). He is described as a United Arab Emirates student who has spent some time studying in Germany. [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03, Stern, 8/13/03, Deutche Presse-Agenteur, 8/13/03] It is not known what the CIA does with this information, or if they're informed about other calls between Alshehhi and Zammar (see September 21, 1999), but the 9/11 Congressional Inquiry implies that the CIA never learns Alshehhi's last name. [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03]



February 1999:�A classified report discusses responses to an anthrax attack through the mail. The report, precipitated by a series of false anthrax mailings, is written by William Patrick, inventor of the US anthrax weaponization process, under a CIA contract.�[New York Times, 12/3/01] The report was commissioned by Steven Hatfill, a good friend of Patrick. [Baltimore Sun, 6/27/02] The report describes what the US military could do and what a terrorist might be able to achieve. [New York Times, 12/3/01] The similarities between what the report predicted and the anthrax attacks that eventually happen after 9/11 are startling.�The BBC later suggests the "possibility that there was a secret CIA project to investigate methods of sending anthrax through the mail which went madly out of control" and that the anthrax attacker knew of this study or took part in it. The CIA and William Patrick deny the existence of this report, even though copies have been leaked to the media.�[BBC, 3/14/02, Baltimore Sun, 6/27/02]

February 1999 (B): There is another hoax anthrax attack. A handful of envelopes with almost identical messages are sent to a combination of media and government targets including The Washington Post, NBC's Atlanta office, a post office in Columbus, Georgia (next to Fort Benning, an Army base), and the Old Executive Office Building in Washington. The letters contained fake anthrax powder. "That's interesting because as of 1997, US bio-defense scientists were working basically only with wet anthrax, while by 1999 some had experimented with making powders." The New York Times later suggests that Steven Hatfill could have been behind this attack and the one in 1997 (see April 24, 1997). [New York Times, 7/12/02] Could there be a connection between this hoax and a classified CIA report about sending anthrax through the mail released the same month (see February 1999)?



Said Bahaji, computer expert for the Hamburg cell.



February 17, 1999: German intelligence is periodically tapping suspected al-Qaeda terrorist Mohammed Haydar Zammar's telephone (see March 1997, January 31, 1999, and September 21, 1999), and on this day investigators hear a caller being told Zammar is at a meeting with "Mohamed, Ramzi, and Said," and could be reached at the phone number of the Marienstrasse apartment where all three of them live. This refers to Mohamed Atta, Ramzi bin al-Shibh, and Said Bahaji, all members of the Hamburg al-Qaeda cell. But apparently the German police fail to grasp its importance of these names, even though Said Bahaji is also under investigation (see November 1, 1998-February 2001). [AP, 6/22/02, New York Times, 1/18/03] Atta's last name is given as well. Agents check the phone number and confirm the street address, but it isn't known what they make of the information. [Der Spiegel, 2/3/03]



March 1999: US intelligence learns of plans by an al-Qaeda member who is also a US citizen, to fly a hang glider into the Egyptian Presidential Palace and then detonate the explosives he is carrying. The individual, who received hang glider training in the US, brings a hang glider back to Afghanistan, but various problems arise during the testing of the glider. This unnamed person is subsequently arrested and is in custody abroad. [Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02]

March 3, 1999: Andrew Krepinevich, Executive Director of the Center for Strategic and Budgetary Assessments, before the Senate Armed Services Subcommittee on Emerging Threats and Capabilities: "There appears to be general agreement concerning the need to transform the US military into a significantly different kind of force from that which emerged victorious from the Cold and Gulf Wars. Yet this verbal support has not been translated into a defense program supporting transformation ... the "critical mass" needed to effect it has not yet been achieved. One may conclude that, in the absence of a strong external shock to the United States - a latter-day 'Pearl Harbor' of sorts - surmounting the barriers to transformation will likely prove a long, arduous process." [CSBA, 3/5/99] This comment echoes other strategists who wait for a second Pearl Harbor to fulfill their visions (see October 1997 and September 2000).


Khalid bin Mahfouz


April 1999: A Saudi government audit shows that five of Saudi Arabia's billionaires have been giving tens of millions of dollars to al-Qaeda. The audit shows that these businessmen transferred money from the National Commercial Bank to accounts of Islamic charities in London and banks in New York that serve as fronts for bin Laden. $3 million was diverted from a Saudi pension fund. [USA Today, 10/29/99] $2 billion of the bank's $21 billion is also found to be missing. The only action taken is that Khalid bin Mahfouz, founder of National Commercial Bank, Saudi Arabia's biggest bank, is placed under house arrest and majority control in the bank is bought out by the Saudi government. [Ottawa Citizen, 9/29/01] The Saudi government won't allow US officials to talk to bin Mahfouz, despite asking "at a very senior level." [Washington Post, 2/17/02] By 9/11, he is in a hospital and technically no longer under house arrest. The US has not frozen the accounts of bin Mahfouz, and he continues to engage in major oil deals with US corporations (see Early December 2001 (B)). Forbes Magazine claims his family fortune is worth more than $4 billion. [Boston Herald, 10/14/01, Boston Herald, 12/10/01] Bin Mahfouz had invested in George Bush Jr.'s businesses starting in 1988 (see 1988). He is later sued for his role in funding terrorism (see August 15, 2002).



Friends of Ziad Jarrah taken on April 1, 1999. Third from left in back row is Abdelghani Mzoudi, fifth from is Mounir El Motassadeq; seventh is Ramzi bin al-Shibh; the man on far right in middle row is Mohamed Atta; Atta rests his hands on Mohammed Raji, now a wanted man. [FAZ]



April 1, 1999: Ziad Jarrah has an unofficial wedding with his girlfriend, Aisel Senguen. What's interesting is a photo apparently taken by Jarrah at the wedding, shown here. German intelligence found the photo several days after 9/11. An undercover agent was able to immediately identify 10 of the 18 men in the photo, as well as where it was taken: the prayer room of Hamburg's Al-Quds mosque. The informant was also able to identify which of them attended Mohamed Atta's study group. This informant knew even "seemingly trivial details" of some of the men, showing that "probably almost all members of the Hamburg terror cell" had been watched by German state intelligence since this time, if not before. The head of the state intelligence had previously maintained that they knew nothing of any of these men, and had no informant. [FAZ, 2/2/03]



April 3-7, 1999: Hijackers Nawaf Alhazmi, Salem Alhazmi, and Khalid Almihdhar obtains US visas through the US Consulate in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia. [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03 (B)] All three are already "al-Qaeda veterans" and battle-hardened killers (see 1996-December 2000). Almihdhar's visa is issued on April 7, and allows him multiple entries and exits to the US until April 6, 2000. [Stern, 8/13/03] Nawaf Alhazmi gets the same kind of visa; details about Salem are unknown. The CIA claims the hijackers then travel to Afghanistan to participate in "special training" with at least one other suicide bomber on a different mission. The training is led by Khallad bin Attash (see January 5-8, 2000). The US learns about Almihdhar's visa in January 2000 (see January 5, 2000). The Jeddah Consulate keeps in its records the fact that Nawaf and Salem Alhazmi obtain US visas several days before Almihdhar, but apparently these records are never searched before 9/11. [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03]



Spring 1999: US intelligence learns of a planned bin Laden attack on a US government facility in Washington (which facility has not been made public). [Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02, New York
 Times, 9/18/02]



Spring 1999 (B): Randy Glass is a con artist turned government informant participating in a sting called Operation Diamondback. [Palm Beach Post, 9/29/01] He discusses an illegal weapons deal with an Egyptian American named Mohamed el Amir. In wiretapped conversations, Mohamed discusses the need to get false papers to disguise a shipment of illegal weapons. His brother, Dr. Magdy el Amir, has been a wealthy neurologist in Jersey City for the past twenty years. Two other weapons dealers later convicted in a sting operation involving Glass also lived in Jersey City, and both el Amirs admit knowing one of them, Diaa Mohsen (see June 12, 2001). Mohsen has been paid at least once by Dr. el Amir. In 1998, Congressman Ben Gilman was given a foreign intelligence report suggesting that Dr. el Amir owns an HMO that is secretly funded by bin Laden, and that money is being skimmed from the HMO to fund terrorist activities. The state of New Jersey later buys the HMO and determines that $15 million were unaccounted for and much of that has been diverted into hard-to-trace offshore bank accounts. However, investigators working with Glass are never given the report about Dr. el Amir. Both el Amirs have not been charged with any crime. Mohamed now lives in Egypt and Magdy continues to practice medicine in New Jersey. Glass's sting, which began in late 1998, will uncover many interesting leads before ending in June 2001 (see also July 14, 1999, Early August 2001 and August 2, 2002). [MSNBC, 8/2/02]



June 1999:� Enron announces an agreement to build a $140 million power plant in the Gaza Strip. One of the major financers for the project comes from the Saudi Binladin Group, a company owned by Osama's family.�This is the second attempted project between these two companies.�90% complete, the construction is halted because of Palestinian - Israeli violence and then Enron's bankruptcy.�[Washington Post, 3/2/02]



June 1999 (B): In testimony before the Senate Select Committee on Intelligence and in a briefing to House Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence staffers one month later, the chief of the CTC describes reports that bin Laden and his associates are planning attacks in the US. [Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02]

Anwar Al Aulaqi.



June 1999-March 2000: The FBI conducts a counterterrorism inquiry into imam Anwar Al Aulaqi. From about February 2000, he serves as the "spiritual leader" to several of the hijackers while they live in San Diego, and again in 2001 when he and they move to the East Coast (see March 2001 (D)). During the investigation, the FBI discovers he is in contact with a number of other people being investigated. For instance, in early 2000 he is visited by an associate of Sheikh Omar Abdul-Rahman (see July 1990). But, as the 9/11 Congressional Inquiry later notes, the investigation is closed "despite the imam's contacts with other subjects of counterterrorism investigations and reports concerning the imam's connection to suspect organizations." [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03]

June 7, 1999: Bin Laden is added to FBI's "Ten Most Wanted" List. This is almost a year and a half after bin Laden's "declaration of war" against the US (see February 22, 1998) and about six months after the CIA's "declaration of war against al-Qaeda (see December 4, 1998). It's also three years after an internal State Department document connecting bin Laden to financing and planning numerous terrorist attacks. [PBS Frontline 10/3/02]



Mid-June 1999: Hijackers Mohamed Atta and Marwan Alshehhi, plus would-be hijacker Ramzi Bin al-Shibh and associate Mounir El Motassadeq, hold a meeting in Amsterdam, Netherlands. All are living in Hamburg at the time, so it's not clear why they go to meet there, though it's speculated they are meeting someone. Motassadeq also goes to the town of Eindhoven, Netherlands, on three occasions, in early 1999, late 1999 and 2001. [AP, 9/13/02] On at least one occasion, Motassadeq receives cash provided by unnamed "Saudi financiers" that is meant to fund a new Eindhoven mosque. Investigators believe he uses the money to help pay for some 9/11 hijacker flying lessons. [Baltimore Sun, 9/2/02] Alshehhi also flies to Amsterdam from the US in the summer of 2001, but it isn't known why (see April 18, 2001).

Summer 1999: Around this time, US intelligence notes that a man in Hamburg, Germany named Mohammed Haydar Zammar is in direct contact with one of bin Laden's senior operational coordinators. Zammar is an al-Qaeda recruiter with links to Mohammed Atta and the rest of the Hamburg terror cell (see March 1997, January 31, 1999, February 17, 1999, and September 21, 1999). The US had noted Zammar's terror links on "numerous occasions" before 9/11. [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03] But apparently the US does not share their information on Zammar with German intelligence. Instead, the Germans are given evidence from Turkey that Zammar is running a travel agency as a terror front in Hamburg. In 1998, they get information from Italy confirming he is a real terrorist. But his behavior is so suspicious, they've already started closely monitoring him. [Stern, 8/13/03, Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03]



July 1999: The FBI begins an investigation of an unnamed person for ties to important al-Qaeda figures and several organizations linked to al-Qaeda. The FBI is concerned this person is in contact with several experts in nuclear sciences. After 9/11, the FBI determines hijacker Marwan Alshehhi had contact with this person on the East Coast of the US. This person also may have ties to Mohammed Atta's sister. Most additional details about this person, including their name, when and how often Alshehhi had contact, and if the investigation was ever closed, remain classified. [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03]

July 1999-November 2000: Hijacker Marwan Alshehhi receives about $100,000 from an account in Sharjah, United Arab Emirates during this time. [Financial Times, 11/30/01, Newsweek, 12/2/01, Congressional Intelligence Committee, 9/26/02] The money is apparently sent by Mohamed Yousef Mohamed Alqusaidi, believed to be Alshehhi's brother. Alqusaidi had been sending money to Alshehhi in Germany since at least March 1998. [Congressional Intelligence Committee, 9/26/02] It is not clear if this is money innocently sent by Alshehhi's rich Arab family or if it is money deliberately sent for terrorism. Much of the rest of the 9/11 funding also passes through Sharjah (see June 29, 2000-September 18, 2000, Early August 2001 (D) and September 8-11, 2001), a town at the center of illegal al-Qaeda business dealings (see Mid-1996-October 2001).



July 4, 1999: With the chances of a pipeline deal with the Taliban looking increasingly unlikely, the US government finally issues an executive order prohibiting commercial transactions with the Taliban. [Executive Order, 7/4/99]

July 5, 1999: President Clinton signs an executive order freezing the assets of the Taliban in the US and prohibiting trade and other transactions between US citizens and the Taliban. Clinton blames the Taliban for harboring bin Laden. [CNN, 7/6/99]

Rajaa Gulum Abbas. [Dateline NBC]



July 14, 1999: US government informant Randy Glass records a conversation at a dinner attended by him, illegal arms dealers Diaa Mohsen and Mohammed Malik (see June 12, 2001), a former Egyptian judge named Shireen Shawky, and ISI agent Rajaa Gulum Abbas, held at a restaurant within view of the WTC. FBI agents pretending to be restaurant customers sit at nearby tables. [WPBF Channel 25, 8/5/02, MSNBC, 8/2/02] Abbas says he wants to buy a whole shipload of weapons stolen from the US military to give to bin Laden. [Cox News, 8/2/02] Abbas points to the WTC and says, "Those towers are coming down." This ISI agent later makes two other references to an attack on the WTC. [WPBF Channel 25, 8/5/02, Cox News, 8/2/02, Palm Beach Post, 10/17/02] Abbas also says, "Americans [are] the enemy," and, "We would have no problem with blowing up this entire restaurant because it is full of Americans." [MSNBC, 3/18/03] The meeting is secretly recorded, and parts are shown on television in 2003 (see also August 17, 1999). [MSNBC, 3/18/03 (B)]



Randy Glass, center, shows Stinger missiles to Rajaa Gulum Abbas and others. [Dateline NBC]



August 17, 1999: A group of illegal arms merchants, including an ISI agent with foreknowledge of 9/11, had met in a New York restaurant the month before (see July 14, 1999). This same group meets at this time in a West Palm Beach, Florida, warehouse, and is shown Stinger missiles as part of a sting operation. [South Florida Sun-Sentinel, 3/20/03] US intelligence soon discovers connections between two in the group, Rajaa Gulum Abbas and Mohammed Malik, terrorist groups in Kashmir (where the ISI assists terrorists fighting against India), and the Taliban. Mohamed Malik suggests in this meeting that the Stingers will be used in Kashmir or Afghanistan. His colleague Diaa Mohsen also says Abbas has direct connections to "dignitaries" and bin Laden. Abbas also wants heavy water for a "dirty bomb" or other material to make a nuclear weapon. He says he will bring a Pakistani nuclear scientist to the US to inspect the material. [MSNBC, 8/2/02, MSNBC, 3/18/03] Government informant Randy Glass passes these warnings on before 9/11, but he claims, "The complaints were ordered sanitized by the highest levels of government" (see also Early August 2001). [WPBF Channel 25, 8/5/02] In June 2002, the US secretly indicts Abbas (see June 2002), but apparently they aren't trying very hard to find him: In August 2002, MSNBC is easily able to contact Abbas in Pakistan and speak to him by telephone. [MSNBC, 8/2/02]



September 1999: BJ's Wholesale Club, a store in Hollywood, Florida, later tells the FBI that Atta may have held a BJ's membership card since at least this time ("more than two years"). Several cashiers at the store vaguely remember seeing Atta there. [Miami Herald, 9/18/01] According to the official story, Atta doesn't arrive in the US until June 3, 2000. [Miami Herald, 9/22/01]



September 1999 (B): Steven Hatfill, later suspected of being behind the 2001 anthrax attacks (see October 4, 2001), ends his two-year contract working at USAMRIID. But his contact held little meaning after February, when he had started working full time somewhere else. [Weekly Standard, 9/16/02] It is later reported that the strain of anthrax used in the attacks could be no older than September 1999. [New York Times, 6/23/02] While at USAMRIID, Hatfill also worked on virology in a different building than where anthrax was studied, so the odds of Hatfill getting access to the type of anthrax used in the attacks at USAMRIID seems extremely small. [Weekly Standard, 9/16/02]



September 1999 (C): A report prepared for US intelligence entitled the "Sociology and Psychology of Terrorism" is completed.It states: "Al-Qaeda's expected retaliation for the US cruise missile attack ... could take several forms of terrorist attack in the nation's capital.Al-Qaeda could detonate a Chechen-type building-buster bomb at a federal building.�Suicide bomber(s) belonging to al-Qaeda's Martyrdom Battalion could crash-land an aircraft packed with high explosives (C-4 and Semtex) into the Pentagon, the headquarters of the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA), or the White House.�Whatever form an attack may take, bin Laden will most likely retaliate in a spectacular way."The report is by the National Intelligence Council, which advises the President and US intelligence on emerging threats. [AP, 4/18/02, read the complete report on-line] The Bush administration later claims to have never heard of this report until May 2002, despite the fact that it had been publicly posted on the internet since 1999, and "widely shared within the government" according to the New York Times. [CNN, 5/18/02, New York Times, 5/18/02]

September 1999 (D): US intelligence obtains information that bin Laden and others are planning a terrorist act in the US, possibly against specific landmarks in California and New York City. The reliability of the source is unknown. [Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02]

September 1999 (E): Agents from Oklahoma City FBI office visit the Airman Flight School in Norman, Oklahoma to investigate Ihab Ali, who has already been identified as bin Laden's former personal pilot. Ali attended the school in 1993 and is later named as an unindicted coconspirator in the 1998 US Embassy bombing in Kenya. [CNN, 10/16/01, Boston Globe, 9/18/01, Senate Intelligence Committee, 10/17/02] When Ali was arrested in May 1999, he was working as a taxi driver in Orlando, Florida. Investigators discover recent ties between him and high ranking al-Qaeda leaders, and suspect he was a "sleeper" agent. [St. Petersburg Times, 10/28/01] However, the agent visiting the school is not given most background details about him. [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03 (B)] it's not known if these investigators are aware of a terrorist flight school warning given by the Oklahoma City FBI office in 1998 (see May 18, 1998). Hijackers Atta and Marwan Alshehhi later visit the Airman school in July 2000 but ultimately decide to train in Florida instead. [Boston Globe, 9/18/01] Al-Qaeda agent Zacarias Moussaoui takes flight lessons at Airman in 2001 (see February 23, 2001). One of the FBI agents sent to visit the school at this time visits it again in August 2001 asking about Moussaoui, but he fails to make a connection between the two visits (see August 23, 2001 (E)).

September 15, 1999: The first phase of the US Commission on National Security/21st Century, co-chaired by former Senators Gary Hart (D) and Warren Rudman (R) is issued. It concludes: "America will be attacked by terrorists using weapons of mass destruction and Americans will lose their lives on American soil, possibly in large numbers" (see also January 31, 2001). [download the complete report here: USCNS Reports]

September 21, 1999: German intelligence is periodically tapping suspected al-Qaeda terrorist Mohammed Haydar Zammar's telephone (see also March 1997 and February 17, 1999), and on this day investigators hear Zammar call hijacker Marwan Alshehhi. Officials initially claim that the call also mentions hijacker Mohamed Atta, but only his first name. [Telegraph, 11/24/01, New York Times, 1/18/03] But in fact, his full name, "Mohammed Atta Al Amir," is mentioned in this call and in another recorded call. [FAZ, 2/2/03] Alshehhi makes veiled references to plans to travel to Afghanistan. He also hands the phone over to Said Bahaji (another member of the Hamburg cell under investigation at the time November 1, 1998-February 2001), so he can talk to Zammar. [Stern, 8/13/03] German investigators still don't know Alshehhi's full name, but they recognize this Marwan also called Zammar earlier in the year, and they told the CIA about that call (see January 31, 1999). Alshehhi, living in the United Arab Emirates at the time, calls Zammar frequently. German intelligence asks the United Arab Emirates to identify the number and the caller, but the request is not answered. [Der Spiegel, 2/3/03]



The ANSER logo. [Institute for Homeland Security website]



October 1999: The ANSER Institute for Homeland Security is founded. This institute claims to be "leading the [homeland security] debate through executive-level education, public awareness programs, workshops for policy makers and online publications: a weekly newsletter and the Journal of Homeland Security, which features articles by senior government leaders and leading homeland security experts." As their webpage makes clear, the first mention of the phrase "homeland security" in a US context came only one month earlier. This institute, which has deep roots in the Air Force, has received tens of millions of government dollars in support. [Online Journal, 6/29/02] They talked about a "second Pearl Harbor" long before 9/11. Doesn't this institute indicate the Department of Homeland Security was planned long before 9/11? Their own website touts their role in the creation of this department, but the media has completely failed to cover the story. [Institute for Homeland Security website, Institute for Homeland Security website FAQ, and, though it's a partisan website, the only reporting on this has been at the Online Journal, 6/29/02]



October 1999 (B): The CIA readies an operation to capture or kill bin Laden, secretly training and equipping approximately 60 commandos from the ISI. Pakistan supposedly agrees to this plan in return for the lifting of economic sanctions and more economic aid. The plan is ready to go by this month, but it is aborted because on October 12, General Musharraf takes control of Pakistan in a coup (see October 12, 1999). Musharraf refuses to continue the operation despite the promise of substantial rewards. [Washington Post, 10/3/01] Some US officials later say the CIA was tricked, because the ISI just feigned to cooperate as a stalling tactic, and never intended to get bin Laden. [New York Times, 10/29/01]



October 5, 1999: The highly respected Jane's Terrorism and Security Monitor reports that US intelligence is worried bin Laden is planning a major terrorist attack on US soil. They are said to be particularly concerned about some kind of attack on New York, and they have recommended stepped-up security at the New York Stock Exchange and the Federal Reserve. [NewsMax, 10/5/99]



October 12, 1999: General Musharraf becomes leader of Pakistan in a coup. One major reason for the coup is the ISI felt the previous ruler had to go "out of fear that he might buckle to American pressure and reverse Pakistan's policy [of supporting] the Taliban." [New York Times, 12/8/01] Shortly thereafter Musharraf replaces the leader of the ISI, Brig Imtiaz, because of his close ties to the previous leader. Imtiaz is arrested and convicted of "having assets disproportionate to his known sources of income." It comes out that he was keeping tens of millions of dollars earned from heroin smuggling in a Deutschebank account. This is interesting because insider trading just prior to 9/11 will later connect to a branch of Deutschebank recently run by "Buzzy" Krongard, now Executive Director of the CIA (see September 6-10, 2001). [Financial Times (Asian edition), 8/10/01] The new Director of the ISI is Lt. Gen. Mahmood Ahmed, a close ally of Musharraf who is instrumental in the success of the coup. [Guardian, 10/9/01] Mahmood will later be fired after suggestions that he helped fund the 9/11 attacks (see October 7, 2001 (B)).

November 1999:�The Washington Post refers to hijackers Nawaf Alhazmi and Khalid Almihdhar when it later reports, "In November 1999, two Saudi Arabian men moved into a ground-floor apartment at the Parkwood Apartments, a town house complex near a busy commercial strip in San Diego." [Washington Post, 9/30/01] Alhazmi's name is on the apartment lease beginning in November 1999. [Washington Post, 10/01] Some reports even have them visiting the US as early as 1996. [Wall Street Journal, 9/17/01, Las Vegas Review Journal, 10/26/01] However, FBI Director Mueller has stated the two first arrived the middle of January 2000 (see January 15-early February 2000) after an important meeting in Malaysia (see January 5-8, 2000). Some news reports mention that the hijackers first arrive in late 1999 (for instance, Los Angeles Times, 9/1/02, Los Angeles Times, 11/24/02]), but most reports concur with the FBI.



November 3, 1999: The head of Australia's security services admits that the Echelon global surveillance system exists (see August 12, 1988); the US still denies its existence. The BBC describes Echelon's power as "astounding," and elaborates: "Every international telephone call, fax, e-mail, or radio transmission can be listened to by powerful computers capable of voice recognition. They home in on a long list of key words, or patterns of messages. They are looking for evidence of international crime, like terrorism." [BBC, 11/3/99]



November 14, 1999: United Nations sanctions against Afghanistan take effect. The sanctions freeze Taliban assets and impose an air embargo on Ariana airlines in an effort to force the Taliban to hand over bin Laden. [BBC, 2/6/00] However, Ariana keeps its illegal trade network flying (see Mid-1996-October 2001), and is grounded in early 2001 only when additional sanctions against Ariana take effect (see January 19, 2001).



November 29, 1999: The United Nations Drug Control Programme has determined the ISI makes around $2.5 billion annually from the sale of illegal drugs. [Times of India, 11/29/99]



November 30, 1999: Jordanian officials successfully uncover an al-Qaeda plot to blow up the Radisson Hotel in Amman, Jordan and other sites on January 1, 2000 (see also 1989-May 2000). [PBS Frontline 10/3/02] A call between al-Qaeda leader Abu Zubaydah and a suspected Jordanian terrorist exposes the plot. In the call, Zubaydah states, "The grooms are ready for the big wedding." [Seattle Times, 6/23/02] This call reflects an extremely poor code system, because the FBI already determined in the wake of the 1998 US embassy bombings (see August 7, 1998) that "wedding" was the al-Qaeda code word for bomb. [The Cell, John Miller, Michael Stone and Chris Mitchell, 8/02, p. 214] Furthermore, it appears al-Qaeda fails to later change their code system, because the codename for the 9/11 attack is also "The Big Wedding." [Chicago Tribune, 9/5/02] US intelligence claims it failed to understand the code language for the 9/11 attacks.



Late November 1999: Investigators believe hijackers Atta, Marwan Alshehhi and Ziad Jarrah and associates Ramzi bin al-Shibh and Said Bahaji (all members of the same Hamburg, Germany cell) arrive separately in Afghanistan around this time. They meet with bin Laden and train for several months. [CBS, 10/9/02, New York Times, 9/10/02] In a 2002 interview with Al Jazeera, bin al-Shibh says "We had a meeting attended by all four pilots including Nawaf Alhazmi, Atta's right-hand man." The Guardian interprets this to mean that Alhazmi flew Flight 77, not Hani Hanjour as popularly believed. [Guardian, 9/9/02]



December 1999: The CIA begins "persistent" efforts to recruit German businessman Mamoun Darkazanli (see September 24, 2001) as an informer. Darkazanli knows Atta and the other members of the Hamburg al-Qaeda cell. US and German intelligence had previously opened investigations into Darkazanli (see September 20, 1998). Agents occasionally followed him, but Darkazanli obviously noticed the trail on him at least once. More costly and time-consuming electronic surveillance is not done however, and by the end of 1999 the investigation has produced little of value. German law does not allow foreign governments to have informants in Germany. So this month, Thomas Volz, the undercover CIA representative in Hamburg appears at the headquarters of the Hamburg state domestic intelligence agency, the LFV, responsible for tracking terrorists and domestic extremists. He tells them the CIA believes Darkazanli had knowledge of an unspecified terrorist plot and encourages that he be "turned" against his al-Qaeda comrades. A source later recalls he says, "Darkazanli knows a lot." Efforts to recruit him continue the next year (see Spring 2000). The CIA has not admitted this interest in Darkazanli. [Chicago Tribune, 11/17/02, Stern, 8/13/03]



December 1999 (B): A Yemeni safe house telephone monitored by the FBI and CIA (see Late August 1998 (B)), reveals that there will be an important al-Qaeda meeting in Malaysia in January 2000, and that a "Khalid," a "Nawaf," and a "Salem" will attend. One intelligence agent notes at the time, "Salem may be Nawaf's younger brother." It turns out they are brothers, and these are the future hijackers Khalid Almihdhar, and Nawaf and Salem Alhazmi. US intelligence is already referring to both of them as "terrorist operatives" because the safe house is known to be such a hotbed of al-Qaeda activity. Their last names are not yet known to the CIA, even though the NSA has learned Nawaf's last name (see Early 1999 (B)). However, Khalid Almihdhar is at the safe house at the time, and as he travels to Malaysia, he is watched and followed (see January 5, 2000). [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03]

Prince Bandar [Newsweek] (Pictures of his wife and Osama Basnan are not available)

December 4, 1999: Princess Haifa bint Faisal, the wife of Prince Bandar, the Saudi Ambassador to the US, begins sending monthly cashier's checks of between $2,000 and $3,500 (accounts differ) to Majeda Dweikat, the Jordanian wife of Osama Basnan, a Saudi living in San Diego (see April 1998). Accounts also differ over when the checks were first sent (between November 1999 and about March 2000; a Saudi government spokesman has stated December 4 [Fox News, 11/23/02]). Basnan's wife signs many of the checks over to her friend Manal Bajadr, the wife of Omar al-Bayoumi. [Washington Times, 11/26/02, Newsweek, 11/22/02, Newsweek, 11/24/02, Guardian, 11/25/02] Al-Bayoumi is a suspected al-Qaeda advance man and possible Saudi agent. Some later suggest that the money from the wife of the Saudi ambassador passes through the al-Bayoumi and Basnan families as intermediaries and ends up in the hands of the two hijackers (see November 22, 2002). The payments from Princess Haifa continue until May 2002 and may total $51,000, or as much as $73,000. [MSNBC, 11/23/02, MSNBC, 11/27/02] While living in the San Diego area, al-Bayoumi and Basnan are heavily involved in relocating and offering financial support to Saudi immigrants in the community (see also ../../../RAW/OFF

LINE/CooperativeSearch/www.cooperativeresearch.org/timeline/main/timelinebefore2001.html - a0894dallahavcoAugust 1994 and June 1998 (D)). [Los Angeles Times, 11/24/02] In late 2002, Al-Bayoumi claims he did not pass any money along to the hijackers. [Washington Times, 12/04/02] Basnan is also described as an al-Qaeda sympathizer who called 9/11 "a wonderful, glorious day." [Newsweek, 11/22/02] Basnan has variously claimed to know al-Bayoumi, not know him at all, or to know him only vaguely. [Arab News, 11/26/02, ABC, 11/26/02, ABC, 11/25/02, MSNBC, 11/27/02] But earlier reports say Basnan and his wife were "very good friends" of al-Bayoumi and his wife. Both couples lived at the Parkwood Apartments at the same time as the two hijackers; prior to that, the couples lived together in a different apartment complex. Also, the two wives were arrested for shoplifting together in April 2001. [San Diego Union-Tribune, 10/22/02]



December 11, 1999: The CIA's counterterrorism center sends a cable reminding all personnel about various reporting obligations. The cable clearly states that it is important to share information so terrorists can be placed on watch lists The US keeps a number of watch lists; the most important one is known as TIPOFF, with about 61,000 names of suspected terrorists by 9/11. [Los Angeles Times, 9/22/02, Knight Ridder, 1/27/04] The list is checked whenever someone enters or leaves the US. "The threshold for adding a name to TIPOFF is low," and even a "reasonable suspicion" that a person is connected with a terrorist group, warrants being added to the database. [Congressional Inquiry, 9/20/02] Within a month, two future hijackers, Khalid Almihdhar and Nawaf Alhazmi, are identified (see January 5, 2000 and January 8, 2000), but the cable's instructions are not followed for them. The CIA initially tells the 9/11 Congressional inquiry that no such guidelines existed, and CIA Director Tenet fails to mention the cable in his testimony. [Congressional Inquiry, 7/24/03 (B), New York Times, 5/15/03]



Border patrol agent Diana Dean stopped Ahmed Ressam. [Seattle Times]



December 14, 1999:�Al-Qaeda terrorist Ahmed Ressam is arrested in Port Angeles, Washington, attempting to enter the US with components of explosive devices.130 pounds of bomb-making chemicals and detonator components are found inside his rental car. He subsequently admits he planned to bomb Los Angeles International Airport on December 31, 1999. [New York Times, 12/30/01] This would have been part of a wave of attacks against US targets over the New Year's weekend (see also November 30, 1999 and January 3, 2000). He is later connected to al-Qaeda and convicted, but he still hasn't been formally sentenced. [Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02, PBS Frontline 10/3/02]

Ahmed Ressam.



December 14-31, 1999: In the wake of the arrest of Ahmed Ressam (see December 14, 1999), FBI investigators work frantically to uncover more millennium plots before they are likely to take place at the end of the year. Documents found with Ressam lead to coconspirators in New York, then Boston and Seattle. Enough people are arrested to prevent any attacks. National Security Council Chief of Counterterrorism Richard Clarke later says, "I think a lot of the FBI leadership for the first time realized that ... there probably were al-Qaeda people in the United States. They realized that only after they looked at the results of the investigation of the millennium bombing plot." [PBS Frontline, 10/3/02] Yet Clinton's National Security Adviser Sandy Berger says, "Until the very end of our time in office, the view we received from the [FBI] was that al-Qaeda had limited capacity to operate in the US and any presence here was under surveillance." No analysis is done before 9/11 to investigate just how big that presence might be. [Washington Post, 9/20/02]

December 20, 1999:�The BBC explains one reason why the Northern Alliance has been able to hold out for so long in its civil war against the Taliban in Afghanistan: "Iran has stirred up the fighting in order to make sure an international oil pipeline [goes] through its territory and not through Afghanistan." [BBC, 12/20/99] In the summer of 2001 Pakistan and India appear to be leaning towards putting a gas pipeline through Iran but this plan is apparently canceled after the 9/11 attacks (see June 27, 2001).



Hijackers leave the Indian Airlines plane, under Taliban supervision. [BBC]

December 24-31, 1999: An Indian Airlines flight is hijacked and flown to Afghanistan where 155 passengers are held hostage for eight days. They are freed in return for the release of three militants held in Indian prisons. One of the hostages is killed. One of the men freed in the exchange is 9/11 paymaster Saeed Sheikh (see November 1994-December 1999). [BBC, 12/31/99] Another freed militant is terrorist leader Maulana Masood Azhar. Azhar emerges in Pakistan a few days later, and tells a crowd of 10,000, "I have come here because this is my duty to tell you that Muslims should not rest in peace until we have destroyed America and India." [AP, 1/5/00] He then tours Pakistan for weeks under the protection of the ISI. [Vanity Fair, 8/02] The ISI and Saeed helps Azhar form a new terrorist group called Jaish-e-Mohammad, and Azhar is soon plotting terrorist acts again (see October 1, 2001 (D) and December 13, 2001). [Pittsburgh Tribune-Review, 3/3/02, Guardian, 7/16/02, Washington Post, 2/8/03]

Late 1999: Hijackers Atta and Marwan Alshehhi report their passports missing, Ziad Jarrah reports his missing in February 2000. [Sun Sentinel, 9/28/01, Inside 9-11: What Really Happened, by Der Spiegel, 2/02, pp. 257-258] Alshehhi has a replacement issued on December 26, 1999. [London Times, 9/20/01] The common theory is that this was to cover up incriminating trips to Afghanistan and other places, but could this have been when they took on new identities?

Late 1999 (B): Former Saudi Intelligence Minister Prince Turki al Faisal later claims that his intelligence agency tells the CIA that hijacker Khalid Almihdhar and Nawaf Alhazmi have been put on a Saudi terror watch list. Turki says, "What we told [the CIA] was these people were on our watch list from previous activities of al-Qaeda, in both the [1998] embassy bombings and attempts to smuggle arms into the kingdom in 1997.'' However, the CIA strongly denies any such warning. [AP, 10/16/03] Turki admits no documents concerning this were sent to the US, but claims the information was passed via word of mouth. [Salon, 10/18/03] The US doesn't put these two on their watch list until August 2001 (see August 23, 2001 (C)).

December 31, 1999-January 1, 2000: The CIA expected five to 15 attacks against American targets around the world over the New Year's weekend, but none occur. [Time, 8/4/02] Since late 1999, there was intelligence that targets in Washington and New York would be attacked at this time. [Senate Intelligence Committee, 9/18/02] It's not clear who they warned or when, but if US intelligence thought terrorists were capable of so many simultaneous attacks then why (as was claimed after 9/11) have only a total of 14 fighters been at a state of highest readiness to defend the entire US since 1997?



1999



US payoffs to Taliban in order to secure oil pipeline rights. Anthrax mailings begin, with little media notice. Senate fails to vote to impeach Clinton. Iraq ambassador visits Sudan; the visit will later trigger false accusations that Iraq purchased uranium from Niger. Vice President Al Gore's comments about his sponsorship of Internet leglislation, and his comments on toxic spills and Love Canal, are misquoted, becoming source of allegations of Gore's "serial lying." Columbine High School massacre. GOP refuses to support Clinton administration's peacekeeping efforts in Balkans. George W. Bush presidential campaign whitewashes his military records. CIA plans to assassinate bin Laden fail. Starr resigns as head of investigation. Plethora of terror warnings. 


1999 BUILDERBERG

Web Hosting Companies